an
pea ene Banesae
Vane ana
OMA ;
;
AANAAA
Man
MANY Alalalalal:
eAPAAARAARAAARWAMAAY
| :
A
A
AAAAA AAA
nw
AAANACIAWA
A ‘ AVA
YIAAMAAARMAMAAMAAMANAANANYSN Rane
1M a aot 2 Oa
ee £
|
‘
x
%
ae
a
aN
=
S
i)
se
S
BS
00
On
t 7
N
\ a,
yn
ue
la
WEES)
Wi
Bs
=e
7 »
Pe
Aa
5
> ia
“i
4
7 ore 7 ht
7)
hie 0 i ys i
uy
i
ir 7
7 a
, re
Ma +e
i am of
, } Tu
i; Hl
hin
; z
Z
? ~
*
'
if
‘
\
‘
¢
aint
t <i
4
r
*
*
“
i
* Y i
4
4 r
;
’
g
tic a Ly
or J
‘
i ie
O75
4%
; | f
. >
i &
A ;
" '
by ral
part bs
‘ Pen
f a)
hes
i}
» aj
Wit i
i
yy 3
‘
tals
rm
;
ers
. :
r
aad »
5 a Pay
: : on Pee
“a
Sy
—
ha oe -
Die il
4
yy
_
ANNALS
OF THE
Cr Me OR Naa ieee ES On ie
es
Bain PMC ae ah tatee na
Varo f 4 }
iat
3 | | To - ¢
‘ainyae z Division at Rint
viston Of Molhmsins
A N N A Ty. S eC Onc? race
OF THE
LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
OF
NEW YORK.
VOLUME X.
NEW YORK:
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM,
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY, SALEM, MASS.
1874.
vod ¢
7
at
|THE SALEM PRESS.
F.W. PurnaM & Co., Proprietors.
Bop f
OPP TORS: Ob Th BLY Ce U Mt.
1873.
President.
JOHN S. NEWBERRY.
Viee- Presidents,
een Gre Be Se OpNe GE NOR YG = Mi OORT ON.
Corresponding Secretary.
RIOR EAR ee DREN Wr eDPIeE
Recording Secretary.
ROBERT H. BROWNNE.
Treusurer.
JOURN: GH. Hol N EON. Mi Dr
Hibrarian.
1334 (Era ORE 1B, INP ID)
Committee of Publication.
TSESO Ss eB arAUN Dy. JOHN (Ss NEW BE DR Y:
SH ON 2 da ASW REN CED ACN Tl Bis (Se NAC TEIN.
H., CARRING TON, BOLT ON:
cis oan
eC sae Snes P Ba ah th
i Al Yai ee CA) ee $i cA oii ‘Or
2 ees , q iy -
Vehen b ' ta A Prats Ty ats iy reel! ¥
See or
= Ik a) Lape
* : ; is oak he
Fi iy vA we (a ins joe
> a A i ; ie ae a
;
7 { é ‘ Md @'; a il
: ek shee “ teed ‘ie ale
,
J ta : a CT Ps b f Fi five, valdek ‘on On
cay ee
ioe Olengtaeh soy 3i6.
CONTENTS
OF THE
Ee NEE Vv Ome ME
BY THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY.
Notes on the Genus Pineria and on the Lingual Dentition of Pineria Viequensis,
ES ipeerrcieiet ie iciatelerereictetelointelelalatalefoleialelwlotpiciclaterelatcfeluicla's/a\nlelalatelele'elacle’s hotlodaceonacnnsecas oe
On the Lingual Dentition of Helix turbiniformis, Pfr., and other species of Ter-
restrial Mollusca. (Plate I1.).0.......cceececceccs ccc cccscccccscccccccesccsencce
On the Systematic Arrangement of North American Terrestrial Mollusks....... ,
On the Relations of Certain Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca of, or related to, the
Sub-family Succinine, with Notes on the Lingual Dentition of Succinea ap-
pendiculata, Pfr. (Plate 1X, UNINHO AN fia) epataratoielalerotelelnlatsielareteiaialets|vleleleleis/els/x(eielale(eistersisle 6
Description of Hemphillia, a new Genus of Terrestrial Mollusks. (Plate TEX®). 2.
On the Lingual Dentition of Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata Foreign to the United
States.....cccccsccccscnccsecee eloiatelaetacielsieloreiointelaicigrefate arele eiolieieleistalefelelelelsisieie(ate/alsiee[ein 0
On the Lingual Dentition of Gwotis. (With plate XI in part.)...+-.+-++++eee senses
Note on a curious form of Lingual Dentition in Physa. (With plate XI.).......--
On Prophysaon, anew Pulmonate Mollusk, on Ariolimax, on Helix lychnuchus
and other species. (With Plates XIII and XIV.)..... Gscabosonoos aratefatera Rereysiale 5
On the Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of Achatinella and other Pulmonata.
(With Plates XV and XVI.)...---+-+--- platereletslalalaieiatelcleivieraialsielelale/</viclele wisiereistsisialeisiele °
BY THOMAS BLAND.
Description of a New Species of Mollusk of the Genus Helicina....-.+++++++++++ :
On the Physical Geography of, and the distribution of the Terrestrial Mollusca
in, the Bahama Islands.......--- eletarafelaiaiaraisiatel deteinjelersiaicisies\sinis)-teieialsielalnivi=ivinleielelele\ale 5
Description of a new species of Helix, and note on Helix Mobiliana, Lea........
BY H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Outlines of a Bibliography of the History of Chemistry....+-+-++++++++++++- sadood
BY LOUIS ELSBERG.
Qn the Subdivisions of Science and their Classi AtOMseeeceieciacleletcinicleisistelelsletelelere} =
BY P. FISCHER.
Note sur ? Anatomie des Cyrénes Americaines. (Plate VIII.)....-++--+++--++++++
BY W. J. HAYES.
Description of a Species of Cervus. (Plate DOscadoaasicas pedbac eisveleteraremeleleleicinie -
BY GEORGE N. LAWRENCE.
Descriptions of New Species of Birds from Mexico, Central America and South
America; with a Note on Rallus longirostris.....+. ++++++- Sisisteialeleloleietersteia ecads
Page.
186
311
361
352
191
218
Vill CONTENTS.
Descriptions of three New Species of American Birds, with a Note on Hugenes
SIC CULDULUS ecstslorsterstelciein siarelecrale satel siaieleicieter> podacodconsactos arcobnoangEooonaadsouoKoc
Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Icterus and Synallaxis......
Descriptions of Six Supposed New Species of American Birds............-...++
BY ALBERT LEEDS.
SPeChroscopic MxamMIMaLilomiOf SULA LES orcleyareeiele sin clelcieis/ele\els/e\cicislereio(aiaicialeraieleieiele/s'stsisieiace
BY PROFESSOR BENJAMIN N. MARTIN.
Essay upon a Necessary Limitation of the Doctrine. of the Unity of the General
LOE CSUO Le NAUIIN Cireletaysiatelateleteteleleleietatetelaiatevnratars mieiatetsieceiatelelcietalete inte releloleafeleteieteieietelersiersettle
BY EDWARD S. MORSE.
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. (With Plates IV and V.).......-----...--0--
- BY A. 8. PACKARD, JR.
Catalogue of the Pyralidz of California, with descriptions of new Californian
EACELOP HOGG ce ratertsiateletetd alsr-tate otels a etelsiatale/stetereraisicters ie (siyieete nie obadbiovonse NOOB ARE ABPNE
Notes on some Pyralide from New England, with Remarks on the Labrador
SPECIES TO feu SPH aamliyete rela state etejalelsistelorereteretatelerelatelateletaiaetistataislste/<iaiclaisicisisteiatele(alstel=tsiatie c
BY FELIPE POEY.
Genres des Poissons de la Faune de Cuba, appartenant & la Famille Percide,
avec une Note @ introduction par J. Carson Brevoort. (Plate I.)......-.-..-
Monographie des Poissons de Cuba compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini.
QWathrP Ta tes Val AniGiuvilile)erjereisicieteleleleicicie/ovale atete Se(efe ne a wialeelalnie iciemetareseteisvstavele sists
BY TEMPLE PRIME.
Notes on Specimens of Corbiculade in the Cabinet of the Jardin des Plantes at
Paris, and on the authorship of the Encyclopédie Méthodique..............-.
BY ROBERT RIDGWAY.
Catalogue of the Birds ascertained to occur in Illinois...... aSiejefai nei syainre aioe nistainls
BY JNO. J. STEVENSON.
The Upper Coal Measures West of the Alleghany Mountains. (Plate XII.)......
Notes on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley, West Virginia............sseccsessece
BY WILLIAM STIMPSON.
Notes on North American Crustacea, in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institu-
Tore (ExOy JOM Sacnodgaachoawacdetonsanbnnoobde SA sags aooadonspendonadgooNedaseC
BY THEO. A. TELLKAMPF.
Notes on the Ascidea Manhattensis, DeKay, and on the Mammaria Manhattensis.
(PUA MINS Seiesa scttecinsetmins eee uote oateeiecatisniee oie dclesltesticor Saashsiessouee
211
141
170
188
364
83
LEST AOR PLATES. VOI Xe
PLATE I. Gramma Loreto, Hypoplectrus maculiferus.
PLATE II. Figs.land 5. Bulimulus laticinctus.
“2. Helix turbiniformis.
“ 3and4. Bulimulus Bahamensis.
For explanations see page 82.
PLATE III. Molgula Manhattensis.
For explanations see page 91.
PLATE IV. Tarsus and Embryos of Birds.
PLATE Y. Carpus of Birds.
For explanations see pages 156-158.
PLATE VI. Calamus Bajonado.
Calamus orbitarius.
PLATE VIL. Calamus macrops.
Grammateus medius.
PLATE VIII. Figs. 1-4. Cyrena Carolinensis.
LS) asoh Oe F loridana.
For explanations see page 197.
PLATE IX. Figs. 1, 15-17. Hemphillia glandulosa.
“ 2,6, 9-11. Swccinea appendiculata.
“ 4,5. Pellicula depressa.
“ 7,8. Simpulopsis sulculosa.
se 42-14. Pellicula convexa.
For explanations see page 210.
PLATE X. Cervus Yucatanensis.
PLATE XI. Fig. 1,5-7. Geotis.
“ 2-4,9. Physa.
« 8. Amphibulima patula.
For explanations see page 256.
PLATE XII. Map to show limits of the Upper Coal Measures in Ohio.
PLATE XIII. Fig.1. Avriolimax niger.
‘© 9-8. Prophysaon Hemphill.
PLATE XIV. Figs.1,2. Helix Columbiana.
“3,4. Helix germana.
“6 6-8. Helix lychnuchus.
For explanations see page 310.
PLATE XY. Fig.1. Zonites Gundlachi.
“ 9,4,5. Achatinella producta.
“3. Nanina Chamissoi.
“© 6. Newcombia picta.
“7, 9-11. Laminella Mastersi.
“ 8. Leptachatina nitida.
PLATE XVI. Figs.1-2. Helix picta.
“3-5. Onchidium Schrammi.
For explanations see page 301.
(ix)
Fa
& r Ay
AY Yarn
ERRATA.
Page 83, between 2d and 3d line from top, insert “‘ with PLATE II.”
Page 85, 7th line from bottom, after ‘ciliz on the inside” substitute a semicolon for
the comma; same page and line, for “‘ canal” read ‘ canals.”
Page 90, 5th line from bottom, for “vermicem,” read “‘ vermium.”
Page 169, 10th line from bottom, for “cabias,” read “calias;” same page, 6th line
from bottom, for ‘‘ jaws,” read “ jaw is.”
Page 185, 6th line from top, for ‘‘ Tuchitan,” read “ Juchitan.”
Page 325, 5th line from bottom, for ‘‘ could,” read “‘ can.”
Page 328, top line, for “‘sligoclase-felsite,” read “ albite.”
Page 382, between 2d and 3d line from bottom, insert ‘‘Genus Ortyx.”
Page 395, 18th line from top, for “‘ species,” read “‘ specimens.”
(xi)
4 fas
447 “17
- < io ra iy Ty) ee wt feo RAS 8, Me I Ving
SN Sanpete Pio aid Esty aaa aie eae
- ‘ 5 f . ‘ pee Lev) Be Peas PL ya ‘Soi
Peel TL take agate Myron ceunb iat Reed to Agta 4 SOOO
‘ . : 4 aad
Gia dara ave a VSD OW Ne sian vcr kt Dabalie gt
.
: ye
. 1 BK ;
‘ ;
Sy “A 4 2 at)
2 st ce he; i" {
‘ i
24
et ‘]
; ¥ Sy.
2 rr
be} AQ
5
. + {
aif i
= j -
’ om es i
: :
he
rs ’
j I
: ot
7 5 ; - P
i is eit 2
k t
5 Tee v4,
#
1
y r
Dine ct
ha
A ‘4 als
i: 4S: a)
i.
: ‘i ‘ % se) eit Le
OY, rw «3 ante yi hy i bahia 2
« Ge) 2, Pad ’ Pio | ‘ pare} OF) a
ANNALS
OF THE
LYCEUM OF NATURAL ‘HISTORY.
I.—Desecriptions of New Species of Birds from Mexico, Cen-
tral America, and South America, with a Note on Ral-
lus longirostris.
By GEO. N. LAWRENCE.
Read January 30th, 1871.
Some of the birds described in this paper were obtained by
the late Col. A. J. Grayson, of Mazatlan, most of them on the
Island of Socorro, off the Pacific coast of Mexico. Col. Gray-
son’s collection, with others made in Northwestern Mexico, were
kindly placed in my hands by Prof. Henry, of the Smithsonian
Institution, for examination, with a view to furnishing a cata-
logue of them, in which the notes of Col, Grayson are to-be
incorporated. As some time will elapse before this can be pre-
pared and published, I have thought best, preliminary to its
appearance, to describe the new species.
Several of the species have MS. names given them by Prof.
Baird, which in all such cases have been retained.
i. Harporhynechus graysomi, Baird, MS.
Male. Above of a rather dull reddish-brown, the front paler, a
blackish spot in front of and under the eye; chin, upper part of
throat and sides of the head pale ochreous, the latter marked with
narrow faint dusky bars; tail dark liver-brown, the outer three
FEBRUARY, 1871. 1 ANN. Lyc.. Nav. Hist., Vou. X.
2 Description of New Species of Birds from
feathers with a grayish spot on the inner web at the end; quills of
the same color as the tail, the larger ones narrowly edged with dull
white, the others with dull pale rufous; the entire under-plumage is
pale yellowish fulvous, sides darker, with longitudinal brown stripes ;
bill black ; tarsi and toes blackish-brown.
Length (fresh) 114 in.; wing 44; tail 54; bill 2; tarsi 12.
Habitat. Socorro Island, Mexico. Collected by Col. A. J.
Grayson, June, 1865. Type in Museum of the Smithsonian
Institution, No. 59987.
The female (No. 50808) differs in being brownish on the un-
der-plumage, without any of the yellowish tint.
ftemarks. This is so distinct from all others of the genus,
that no comparisons are required.
Note by Col. Grayson.
“ Socorro Thrush, Mocking- Bird. Iris brown; bill and feet
black, nails do.; soles of feet dull yellow. First primary very
short or spurious, third and fourth longest; tails lightly forked
when closed.
“Not very abundant, but seems to be well distributed over the
island. It has all the characteristics of the true Mocking-Bird
(Mimus polyglottus) in its habits. Of solitary disposition, it
attacks every bird of its own species that approaches its usual
haunts. There was one that took up its quarters in our camp,
and was certainly the tamest bird of this genus I ever saw. He
appeared to take pleasure in our society, and attacked furiously
every bird that came near us; he doubtless regarded us as _ his
own property, often perching upon the table when we were
taking our meals, and eating from our hands, as though he had
been brought up to this kind of treatment; at times ascending
to the branches over our heads, he would break forth into loud
and mellow song, very thrush-like. In the still hours of the
night, while roosting on the branches near us, he would some-
times utter a few dreamy notes, recalling to mind the well-
known habits of the trae Mocking-Bird.”
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 3
2. Cistothorus wquatorialis.
Male. Upper plumage brownish rufous, brightest on the rump;
the feathers of the crown and hind neck have their centres marked
with paler, nearly obsolete stripes; a stripe of pale rufous extends
from over the eye to the hind neck, sides of the head and neck clear
light rufous; a narrow dark brown line runs from the angle of the
mouth under the eye; the interscapular feathers are blackish-brown,
with conspicuous shaft stripes of pale fulvous ; tail ight rufous, with
transverse narrow bars of black, on the central feathers there are
thirteen bars, on the others they are broader and wider apart; quills
dark umber-brown, the outer primaries narrowly margined with
white, the outer webs of the smaller quills and the wing coverts are
light rufous, more or less transversely marked with blackish-brown ;
the under surface is pale rufous, whitish on the throat and middle of
the abdomen, brighter on the flanks and under tail coverts; under
wing coverts whitish; upper mandible light-brown, the under pale
yellowish-white, dusky at the tip; tarsi and toes yellowish-white.
Length (skin) about 43 in. ; wing 13; tail 13; bill ;4,; tarsi 2.
Habitat. Pichincha, Ecuador. Type in the Museum of
Vassar College, from the collection of Prof. J. Orton.
ftemarks. This species seems of a somewhat stouter form
than C. stellaris, with longer tarsi and bill; the colors are
lighter and more rufous ; it may be distinguished by the absence
of dark brown on the crown, and its clear rufous uropygium ;
the tail also is rufous, with narrower and more numerous bands.
3. WTroglodytes imsularis, Baird, MS.
Male. Plumage above of a dull light brown, slightly rufescent, and
crossed with narrow faint dusky bars, front paler, the feathers of the
crown have lighter margins; the concealed feathers of the rump end
with white; lores, a narrow line over the eye, sides of the head, and
the entire under-plumage of a clear pale fulvous, the under-tail cov-
erts with dusky bars; tail light brown, crossed with numerous dark
brown bars, on the outer feathers the interspaces are whitish; the pri-
mary and secondary quills have their inner webs dark liver-brown, the
outer webs are light brown with whitish indentations, tertiaries light
4 Description of New Species of Birds from
brown, barred with darker brown; upper mandible brown, the under
yellowish-white, dusky at the end; tarsi and toes yellowish-brown.
Length (fresh) 5 in.; wing 1$; tail 135; bill 3; tarsi 2.
Habitat. Socorro Island, Mexico. Collected by Col. A. J.
Grayson. Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No. 50810.
Remarks. This somewhat resembles 7. inquietus from
Panama, but that species has a stouter bill, the colors are more
rufous, and the bars more clearly defined ; the flanks and under-
tail coverts are of a darker rufous, the former faintly barred,
the latter with dark brown bars and ending with white.
Note by Col. Grayson.
“ Socorro Wren. Iris brown; bill dark brown above, under
mandible paler; feet brown, nails black; wings much rounded,
the fifth and sixth primaries longest.
“This busy little wren is the most common bird I met with
upon the Island, and everywhere its cheerful song may be
heard in the trees, or among the brambles and rocks; like all
the birds peculiar to this Island, it is very tame. I often saw it
feeding upon dead land-crabs; and I may here remark, that all
the birds inhabiting the Island, with the exception of doves and
parrots, subsist more or less upon this crustacean.”
4. Parula insularis.
Maile. Plumage above of a clear bluish-gray, a patch of dull green-
ish-yellow in the middle of the back; a blackish mark surrounds the
fore part of the eye; tail feathers brownish-black, with margins the
color of the back, the outer two feathers on each side have a small
spot of dull white on the immer web near the end; the smaller wing
coverts and exposed portions of the others, and of the inner quills,
are the color of the back; the concealed parts of the middle and
larger coverts are black, the ends of both largely marked with white ;
the quills are blackish-brown, the outer with narrow whitish edges ;
inside of wings white; under-plumage bright yellow, deepening to
orange on the upper breast and on the flanks, lower part of abdomen
light fulvous, in the middle and on the under tail coverts creamy-
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 5
white, thighs light ashy brown; upper mandible black, the under
yellow, with the tip brown; tarsi and toes brown.
Length (skin) 44 in.; wing 24; tail 1£; bill 54; tarsi 2.
Habitat. Tres Marias Islands, Mexico. Collected by Col.
A. J. Grayson. Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No.
50796. Four specimens in the collection are all males.
In the collection made by Col. Grayson at Socorro Island,
are eight specimens of Parula, only one of which has the sex
indicated, viz., No. 50804, a female; they are probably the
same as the males from the Tres Marias; they differ in having
the upper plumage more gray, scarcely showing any shading of
blue, but with the rump tinged with greenish-yellow, and the
quills and tail feathers edged with the same color ; below they
are of a paler yellow; all the Socorro Island birds are much
alike, which may be due to seasonal change, as it is not pro-
bable that all the specimens are females.
Ltemarks. Col. Grayson says of this species, “ perhaps
Parula pitiayumi,” but they are very distinct. That species
is of a deeper and more decided blue above than all others of
the genus, whereas the present bird is paler. P. pitiayumi is
entirely of a deep yellow below, with the lores a decided black ;
in the present species the lower part of the abdomen is whitish
and the lores dusky; it also has the tail longer and the wings
shorter than those of 2. pitiayumi.
Note by Col. Grayson.
“Tris brown; bill black above, dull yellow below towards
the base and black at tip; feet brown, with yellow soles, claws
dark brown ; indistinct shady bars across the upper part of tail
feathers. This bird seems to be identical with the Tres Marias
species, and is quite common on the Socorro; it is a little larger
than the Marias’ bird, and less white at the extremities of the
tail feathers.”
6 Description of New Species of Birds from
>. HMamophila sumichrasti.
Female. The feathers of the back are pale rufous, broadly marked
down their centres with dark brown, the rump is immaculate and the
upper tail coverts bright rufous; the feathers of the crown have dark
brown shaft-stripes, with their edges brighter rufous than those of
the back, there is a narrow cinereous stripe from the bill over the
centre of the crown to the hind neck; a broader stripe of ashy-white
extends from the bill over the eye, along each side of the crown as far
back as the central stripe; below, and bordering this, is a brownish-
red postocular stripe, also one from the bill to the eye; sides of the
head and of the neck, lower part of the throat and the breast, of
a pale ashy color, upper part of throat and abdomen grayish-white,
the latter washed with very pale rufous, flanks and under tail coverts
light rufous; a short, narrow brown line extends back from the
angle of the mouth, and another parallel to it down the side of
the chin on each side; the two central tail feathers are of a rather
bright rufous, and are crossed with dusky, nearly obsolete bars,
the other tail feathers have their inner webs brownish-rufous, the
outer webs colored like the central feathers, the outer feather
very pale rufous; quills liver-brown, margined with dull pale
rufous, smaller wing coverts deep bright rufous, the middle and
greater coverts blackish-brown edged with very pale rufous; “ iris
brownish-red ; upper mandible brown, the lower mandible and feet
fleshy.”
Length (skin) 53 in.; wing 24; tail 235 tarsi 3.
Habitat. Tuchitan, Tehuantepec, Mexico. Collected by
Prof. F. Sumichrast, September 8, 1868. Type in Mus.
Smithsonian Institution, No. 54139.
~ Remarks. With the exception of the very different mark-
ings about the head, this species in coloring much resembles
my HH. melanotis ; but it is much smaller, and differs from it in
there being no black on the crown or sides of the head, and in
having two narrow stripes extending downwards from the bill,
on each side of the throat.
I found a single specimen of this species in a remarkably fine
collection of birds made by Prof. F. Sumichrast, in Southwest-
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 7
ern Mexico, belonging to the Smithsonian Institution, and sub-
mitted to me for examination by Prof. Henry. It contains many
species of much interest, but so far this is the only one I feel
satisfied to describe as new.
Since my determination of it as a new species, I have
received a letter from Prof. Sumichrast, containing a full
‘description and an accurate drawing of the head, apparently
of the same bird, which he writes he is tempted to con-
sider new. It is, therefore, with much pleasure I dedicate
it to him.
6 Pipilo carmani.
Male. Whole upper plumage, head, throat, and upper part of
the breast olivaceous brown, with a reddish cast; there is a spot of
white on the centre of the throat (this last character varies in size in
different individuals) ; tail blackish-brown, edged with olivaceous and
crossed with almost obsolete dusky bars, the outer two feathers on
each side with an irregular oval spot of white on their inner webs at
the end; quills dark hair-brown, with grayish margins; the wing
coverts blackish-brown, the greater and middle coverts, the scapulars
and the tertiaries spotted with white at their ends; lower part of
breast and middle of abdomen white, sides broadly marked with
bright ferruginous, the under tail coverts pale ferruginous; upper
mandible brownish-black, the under paler; tarsi and toes light fleshy-
brown.
Length 64 in.; wing 2%; tail 3; bill 4; tarsi 1
The female differs only in having the color of the upper
plumage and that of the throat of a lighter brown; the
coloring of the abdomen, and the sides are the same in both
sexes.
Habitat. Socorro Island, Mexico. Collected by Col. A. J.
Grayson, June, 1865. Types in Mus. Smithsonian Institution,
No. 50843, No. 39990.
Remarks. As will be seen, this is quite a diminutive species ;
its style of coloring is like that of P. erythropthalmus, P.
8 Description of New Species of Birds from
arcticus, &c. It may readily be known from all others by its
smaller size.
Col. Grayson requested that this species might be named
after his friend, Dr. B. I’. Carman, of Mazatlan, to whom he
was under many obligations. With this request it gratifies
me to be able to comply.
Note by Col. Grayson.
Tris reddish-hazel; bill black; tarsi and toes brown ; nails
brown.
“This is an abundant species, found in all the thickets of the
Island; many of them took up their abode in our camp, picking
up crumbs about our feet, as tame as domestic fowls. They de-
lighted in bathing in the water we had placed in a basin on the
ground for their use, and frequent combats took place between
them for this privilege. It was through the agency of this
species that water was discovered in a locality where we had
not the remotest idea of finding it, and for this providential
service he was a welcome visitor and a privileged character.”
@. Attila cimmamomeus,
Male. Upper plumage of a rather light reddish cinnamon, the
rump and upper tail coverts pale yellowish-cinnamon, the coverts
lightest in color; front, superciliary stripe and sides of the head clear
light yellow, all the feathers having black shaft-stripes; the throat
and breast are clear yellow, the centres of the feathers with dusky
flammulations, abdomen and under tail coverts bright lemon-yellow,
sides of the breast and flanks bright pale cinnamon, thighs yellow,
tinged with cinnamon ; tail clear cinnamon, of a brighter color than
the back; quills dark brown, the primaries edged with grayish, the
secondaries with light cimmamon; the smaller wing coverts are the
color of the back, the middle and larger are blackish-brown ending
with cinnamon; under wing coverts bright yellow, axillaries tinged
with cinnamon; bill brownish horn-color, both mandibles whitish at
tip, the hook much elongated; tarsi and toes brown.
Length (skin) 84 in.; wing 3; tail 33; bill 1; tarsi 1.
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 9
The female differs in having grayish-white on the front, sides of the
head, throat and breast, in place of the yellow of the male; the abdo-
men is creamy-white, with a slight tinge of yellow on the lower part ;
under tail coverts very pale yellow; under wing coverts light yellow.
Habitat. Mazatlan, Mexico. Collected by Col. A: J. Gray-
son. Types in Museum of Smithsonian Institute, $ No. 58231;
2 No. 58232.
Lemarks. Three specimens are in Col. Grayson’s collection,
two marked A. sclatert and one A. citreopygius, but I think it
a very distinct species from both; its affinities are with A. e7t-
reopygrus, from which it differs in its upper plumage being not at
all tinged with brown, the light marking on the rump apparently
more restricted, the yellow coloring below clearer and brighter,
without any brown on the sides of the breast, and the under
wing coverts yellow—not light cinnamon as in that species;
the tail is lighter in color, not inclining to brown; the feathers
overlying the pleura are brighter in color and more elongated ;
it is larger than A. cttreopygius, the tail being half an inch
more in length than that of the other; the bill is more slender,
with the hook conspicuously longer, and much lighter in color.
A. sclatert has not been found, I think, north of Costa Rica;
it may be distinguished by the olive-green which prevails in its
upper plumage, also on the neck and breast.
8. Todirostrum superciliaris.
Crown and hind neck dark grayish-plumbeous, the front blackish ;
a white stripe extends from over the eye quite forward on the bill;
lores blackish; back and rump bright olive-green; tail black, mar-
gined with olive-green; wing coverts black, the ends broadly marked
with bright yellow; quills brownish-black, edged with bright yellow ;
under wing coverts yellow ; the under-plumage is pearly-white, with
the upper part of the breast light plumbeous ; a wash of pale yellow on
the lower part of the abdomen and under tail coverts ; sides under the
wings light olive-green ; bill black, whitish at the end; tarsi and toes
pale brown.
Length 3f in.; wing 2; tail 12; tarsi 3; bill 4.
10 Description of New Species of Birds from
Habitat. Venezuela? Collected by Mr. Christopher Wood,
of Philadelphia. Type in my collection.
Leemarks. In general appearance this comes nearest to 7.
schistaceiceps, Scl., but has the crown of a lighter shade; is much
whiter below, the ashy coloring occupying only a small space
on the upper part of the breast; the yellow markings on the
wings are much broader and brighter ; the wings, tarsi and tail
are longer; a very distinguishing character is the white stripe,
which runs from over the eye to the nostrils, on each side of
the crown, whereas 7. schistaceiceps has a white spot in front
of the eye, not extending over it.
9, Elainea macilvainii.
Upper plumage greenish-olive, yellowish-green on the rump; front
and crown blackish-brown, with a crest of light sulphur-yellow; a
line from the bill over the eye and circle round the eye grayish-white ;
lores dusky; tail light umber-brown, edged with yellowish-green; the
smaller wing coverts are colored like the back, the other coverts are
dark brown, the middle ones ending with very pale yellow, forming a
transverse band, and the larger edged with the same color; quills
blackish-brown, the primaries narrowly and the secondaries rather
broadly margined with pale yellow; under wing coverts light yellow ;
chin and throat grayish-white, sides of the breast dusky olive-green,
middle of the breast pale yellow, the feathers with ashy centres, the
abdomen and under tail coverts are of a clear, rather pale yellow; bill
and feet black.
Length 42 in.; wing 24; tail 24; tarsi 3; bill 3.
Habitat. Venezuela? Collected by Mr. Christopher Wood.
Type in my collection.
Remarks. This fly-catcher in coloring most resembles £.
placens, Scl., but is much smaller, with the upper plumage of a
darker shade; the wings and tail each measure half an inch
less than those of that species; the top of the head is darker
and the crest much paler; by these differences it is easily dis-
tinguished.
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 11
I have named this species in compliment to my friend, J. H.
Mcllvain, Esq., of Philadelphia, an ethnologist as well as
ornithologist, to whose liberality Mr. Wood is indebted for the
opportunity to make the collection, from which I obtained this
and the preceding species.
Unfortunately, Mr. Wood lost a considerable portion of his
collection by shipwreck.
10. Empidonmax fulvipectus.
Male. The entire upper plumage is brownish-olive, the crown and
lengthened crest are a little darker ; lores dusky gray ; a conspicuous
circle of pale yellow around the eye; tail dark brown, the outer web
of the outside feather dull white, the other feathers edged with olive ;
the smaller wing coverts are the color of the back, the middle and
larger are blackish-brown, ending with dull pale fulvous, forming two
bars across the wing; quills blackish-brown, with olive-green margins ;
under wing coverts pale tawny yellow; under plumage dull yellow,
the chin grayish, the breast and upper part of the abdomen of an
olivaceous brownish-fulvous, middle of abdomen light buffy yellow ;
the upper mandible is brownish-black, the under pale yellow ; tarsi
and toes brownish-black.
Length 52 in.; wing 3; tail 22; bill 31; tarsi 2.
The bill is very narrow and tapers regularly from the base, not the
least bulging at the sides; the third quill is the longest, second and
fourth nearly as long, first and sixth equal.
Habitat. City of Mexico. Type in my collection.
Remarks. This species in its peculiar coloring is somewhat
like E. bairdii, Scl., but may readily be known by its more
slender form, longer wings and tail, its general duller color,
decided brownish breast, and slender bill, this last in E. bairdit
being quite broad.
The bill exceeds in length that of A. hammondi, while it is
quite as narrow at the base.
11. Trogon eximius.
Trogon viridis, Lawr., Ann. Lye. N. Y., Vol. vii., p. 290.
Male. Crown and hind neck dark violet-blue, back of a shining
12 Description of New Species of Birds from
dark green, more or less mixed with violet-blue, rump and upper tail
coverts deep violet-blue; front, cheeks, chin, and throat black; breast
fine vivlet-blue, connecting with the same color on the hind neck ;
abdomen and under tail coverts very deep orange, sides dark grayish
slate-color, thighs sooty black; two middle tail feathers green, with a
decided wash of blue, the outer webs of the next two feathers are of
the same color, the inner webs black—the ends of all these end nar-
rowly with black, the outer three feathers are white, their concealed
bases being black; wings black; the quill feathers have their bases
white, the primaries are narrowly edged with white for two-thirds
their length ; the upper mandible is whitish horn-color, with the base
pale plumbeous, the under is dark plumbeous ; feet dark brown, the
soles yellow.
Mr. J. Galbraith, in his note of this species, says, “very common,
light blue about the eyes, irides brown.”
Length (fresh) 10} in.; wing 53; tail 6; tarsi 4.
The female is of a plumbeous slate-color, grayish on the breast, the
abdomen and under tail coverts orange; primaries of a rich dark
brown; the wing coverts and smaller quills are black, crossed with
very narrow undulating white lines, rather widely separated ; tail
blackish-brown, with a purplish gloss, the three lateral feathers are
white at their ends, the outer web of the outer feather is barred with
white, and has a few irregular bars of the same color on the inner
web, both webs of the next feather also have a few white bars.
Tlabitat. Isthmus of Panama. Typés in my collection.
Remarks. In my catalogue of birds from Panama, I in-
cluded this species as Z. veridis, Linn.; but as it differs so
materiatly from that species, I consider it to be distinct.
In general coloration it somewhat resembles Z”. viridis, but
is rather smaller; the back is mixed with violet-blue, and the
rump is of a more intense violet-blue color; the wash of blue on
the tail is more apparent, and the orange of the under parts is
of a deeper shade; but the most distinguishing character is
that of the outer tail feathers, which have a much greater ex-
tent of white on their terminal portions, when the tail is closed,
the under side appears entirely white, the black bases being
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 13
quite concealed, whereas in 7. vridis the ends of the feathers
only are white, the black basal portions showing conspicuously.
Specimens referred to 7. venustus, Cab., by Mr. Cassin, are
in Prof. Orton’s collection, from Archidona, Ecuador; they
agree quite well with Cabanis’ description, except in being of
the same size as 7. viridis, not ‘somewhat smaller,” and that
the abdomen is deep orange; he says, “belly yellowish-orange ;”
in deseribing 7. viridis, he has, “belly orange,’ but this is
perhaps a variable character.
Compared with examples of Z. viridis from Bahia, Prof.
Orton’s specimens are more of an azure instead of violet-blue,
the upper plumage more golden, the rump less violet, being
mixed with green; the middle tail feathers are green, without
any shading of blue, and the abdomen and under tail coverts of
a deeper orange; in the extent of white on the end of the tail
feathers, they agree with 7. viridis.
These comparative differences with 7. viridis are very simi-
lar to those pointed out by Dr. Cabanis; as he makes no allu-
sion to the ending of the outer tail feathers, I infer they are
the same in both.
Specimens exactly corresponding with those from Archidona
are in collections received by Prof. Orton from Mr. J. Haux-
well, at Pebas on the Upper Amazon; also, I have an example
from Bogota.
The new species differs from the specimens above spoken of
as 7’. venustus, in the head and breast being of a deeper blue,
the rump intensely violet instead of greenish ; the middle tail
feathers, instead of being green, are more blue even than those
of 7. viridis; the greater extent of white on the outer tail
feathers distinguishes it from this as well as from Z”. viridis ;
the orange coloring below is of a deeper color than in either
T. venustus or T. viridis.
12. Chiorostilbon caribzeus.
Male. Crown of a glittering pale golden-green, upper plumage and
wing coverts grass-green, somewhat golden; the entire under-plumage
14 Description of New Species of Birds from
is of a brilliant uniform emerald-green, with a few white feathers on
the flanks; tail steel-blue; wings brownish-purple; bill black; feet
dark brown.
Length about 34 in.; wing 12; tail 145 bill 2.
FTabitat. Island of Curagao. Type in my collection.
Remarks. Its nearest ally appears to be C. atala, but that
species is entirely of a golden-green; the new species is only
slightly golden above, not the least so in its under-plumage,
where it is of a much darker shade of green, and more glitter-
ing; the tail is strikingly larger and the feathers broader, the
color of which is more blue, that of C. atala being more of a
steel-black; the wings are longer, and the bill appears to be
stouter than in that species.
Three specimens were presented to me by my friend, Mr.
T. Bland; he obtained them from Mr. Henry H. Raven, who
brought them from the Island of Curagao. ‘I'wo of the speci-
mens are immature males.
13. Conurus holochlorus var. brevipes, Baird,
M.S.
Male. The general plumage is grass-green; the abdomen is lighter
and has a yellowish cast; ends and inner margins of quills biackish;
inside of quills and under-surface of the tail dull yellowish; bill
yellowish-white ; feet light yellow.
There is no difference in the plumage of the sexes.
Length (fresh) 124 in.; wing 62; tail 64; tarsi 3.
Habitat. Socorro Island, Mexico. Collected by Col. A. J.
Grayson, “Spring of 1865.” Type in Mus. Smithsonian Insti-
tution, No. 39971.
Remarks. Six specimens before me, compared with two ex-
amples of C. holochlorus from Salvador, have the toes uniformly
shorter; the wings of the Socorro Island bird are half an inch
shorter than in. those from Salvador; in plumage there is no
perceptible difference in the two forms.
Mexico, Central America, and South America. ab)
The toes of the two forms measure as follows :—
C. holochlorus—Outer toe 13; middle 1$; inner 2; hind
C. brevipes— ce $; af 7a eat
Color
cleo 1ofe
. 6s
p)
Note by Col. Grayson.
“Socorro Parrot. Iris reddish-brown ; bill yellowish-white,
dark or black at point ; feet pale yellow, with brownish scutelle ;
nails dark brown. Contents of the stomach, kernels of nuts.
“This Parakeet is quite abundant and evidently belonging to
this locality, which it never leaves ; they are to be met with in
flocks or in pairs. In the mornings they left the cove in which
we were encamped, for the higher regions of the interior, to
feed, returning again in the evening to roost; this cove, in
which the trees are larger and the shade more dense than in
other parts of the Island, seems to be their favorite resort. J saw
them at times walking about on the ground beneath these trees,
apparently picking up clay or gravel. They are remarkably
tame, exhibiting no fear in our presence; three cages were soon
filled with them, which were caught by hand, and their con-
stant whistling for their mates brought many of them into
camp, perching upon the cages and elsewhere. They feed upon
a hard nut which they find in the mountain-gorges, and on ac-
count of the inaccessible localities where this fruit grew, I was
unable to find it; the powerful jaws of this Parakeet would
indicate the fruit to be very hard.”
14. Leptoptila bonapartii.
Male. Above of a light brownish-olive, a little browner on the
wings and more olivaceous on the lower back and upper tail coverts,
hind neck grayish, with a bluish tinge; front whitish, with a slight
roseate tint, crown plumbeous-blue, grayish on the forward part and
darker towards the occiput; throat white, sides of the head light
brownish-vinaceous, this color extending somewhat on the hind neck ;
breast and upper part of abdomen of a pale roseate color, lower part
of abdomen and under tail coverts white, sides under the wings light
16 Description of New Species of Birds from
cinnamon-brown ; four middle tail feathers colored like the back, the
others purplish-black, terminating in white; under wing coverts dark
bright cinnamon; the inner webs of the primaries light cinnamon, the
larger quills are of a fine dark brown, the exposed portions of the
others colored like the back ; bill black; feet yellow.
Length 103 in.; wing 59; tail 4; bill 14; tarsi 1,3.
Habitat. Mexico (A. Sallé). Type in Mus. Smithsonian
Institution, No. 29693.
Remarks. This specimen was received from Mr. Sallé and
labelled by him ‘ Z. albifrons, Bp.;” the reverse side of the
lable is marked “ ¢ P. V. Juin, ’59.” It no doubt was super-
vised by Bonaparte, as Salle’s birds mostly were; it is very
distinct from the species, which is now admitted to be entitled
to bear that name, viz., the bird for some time known as JZ.
brachyptera, Gray.
I found this specimen in the collection of the Smithsonian
Institution (where there are numerous specimens of the true
L. albifrons) about two years ago, and hesitated to describe it
as new, fearing to add to the confusion attached to the name of
albifrons. In general coloration it somewhat resembles that
species, which differs in being of a lighter olive above and
more roseate on the breast, it has a much longer tail, with no
plumbeous on the crown, and may be known from all its allies
by the inner webs of the primaries being just edged with pale
cinnamon.
L. plumbeiceps, Scl. & Salv. (P. Z. 8., 1868, p. 59), differs in
being dark brown above, in having the plumage of the breast
somewhat darker, and the under-lining of the wings of a more
intense color; in the new bird the plumbeous is confined
to the crown, and does not extend on the hind neck, as in Z.
plumbeiceps.
It really comes nearest to LZ. rufaxilla, from South America,
in general coloration, but that species has the breast more roseate,
the blue of the head lighter and more restricted, the sides of
the head cinnamon color, and the feet smaller.
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 17
Under the circumstances I consider the name conferred a
very appropriate one.
15. Zenaidura graysoni, Baird, M.S.
Male. Entire plumage above olivaceous-brown, with a rufescent
tinge, the crown of a darker brown; front, sides of the head, and the
whole under-plumage dark cinnamon red, except the chin, which is
paler; auricular spot black, but not very distinct; the sides under
the wings grayish-plumbeous; the two central tail feathers are of the
same color as the back, with their centres blackish-plumbeous; the
next feather on each side has the outer web and end colored like the
back, with a rather indistinct subterminal black bar on the inner
web, below which the inner web is dark plumbeous, the next pair on
each side are grayish-plumbeous, the outer webs broadly margined and
tipped with brown, and having the subterminal black bar more
distinct, the next two on each side of a light plumbeous-gray, just
margined with brown on the outer webs, and with the black bars still
darker, the outer feather has its end and the outer web pale bluish-
white, the inner web dark plumbeous, the black spot mostly contined
to the inner web; the tail feathers underneath are brownish-black,
except the outer web of the lateral one, the end of which and those of
the next two are light plumbeous, the ends of the others becoming
darker towards the central ones, and more or less tinged with brown;
primary and secondary quills blackish-brown, the outer primaries just
edged with white; wing coverts and tertiaries of a rather lighter
reddish-brown than the back, and marked with oval black spots,
most conspicuous on the tertiaries; under wing coverts grayish-
plumbeous; bill dark brown, base of under mandible yellowish; feet
reddish.
Length (fresh) 12 in.; wing 53; tail 5; bill 12; tarsi 1.
Habitat. Socorro Island, Mexico. Collected by Col. A.
J. Grayson. Type in Museum Smithsonian Institution, No.
50855,
There is no difference in the plumage of the sexes. Three
specimens are in the collection, one of which is rather more oli-
vaceous on the back; otherwise all are alike.
FEBRUARY, 1871. 2 Ann, Lyc. Nat. HisT., Vou. X.
18 " Description of New Species of Birds from
The tail consists of fourteen feathers, as in the two others
of the genus; the shape of the tail is like that of Z. yucatanen-
sis, the feathers not pointed as in Z. carolinensis.
Remarks. It bears no resemblance to Z. carolinensis ; com-
pared with Z. yucatanensis, they are somewhat alike in color-
ing below, but in Z. graysoni the color is more uniform and
much darker; it differs from both species in the absence of
metallic coloring on the neck.
Note and observations by Col. Grayson.
“ The Solitary Dove. Iris dark brown; bill dark brown,
with a slight tinge of red; base of under mandible reddish-
purple, as also the base of the gape; tarsi and toes reddish
flesh-color, posterior portion of which is paler, nails brown-
ish-black; bare space extending from base of bill to and
around the eye plumbeous; second and third primary quills
longest; tail graduated, with fourteen feathers, outer ones 14
inches shorter than the central. Not abundant.
“Of all the birds I met with in the Island, this seemed to be
the most lonely; not a flock or even a pair were ever seen
together. They are remarkably tame, perhaps more so than
any bird of this order; one was captured by hand as it came
into our camp, and perched upon the rude table on which I
was at work. Its melancholy look appeared to be in keeping
with the solitude of, and its sombre plumage corresponding
with the gray brush and brown voleanic rock composing its
wild home. In form and appearance, when alive, it resembles
the common Turtle Dove.
“The first specimen seen and captured was by my son,
Edward Grayson, whose name this evidently new species
should bear—not for this discovery alone, but for the as-
sistance often rendered, in making my collections, and more
particularly on this expedition, in which he was indefatigable,
even to enthusiasm, in aiding its progress, as well as the
advancement of science, in the cause of which he came to an
untimely death!”
Mexico, Central America, and Svuth America. i)
16. Note on fallus longirostris, Boddaert.
I received a specimen of /ea/lus in a collection from Bahia,
which I was unable to determine and was inclined to consider
undescribed; from the stoutness of its bill, I named it pro-
visionally 2. crassirostris. In 1868 Messrs. Sclater and
Salvin gave a most valuable and complete ‘Synopsis of the
American Rails” (Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 442). Not being able
to make it agree satisfactorily with any of the species therein
enumerated, and an opportunity offering to send it to them,
as they had lately so fully investigated the Rallide, I did so.
On returning it, Mr. Sclater wrote, “is true dongirostris,
figured Pl. En]. 849.” I infer from this (although not dis-
tinctly so stated) that they consider it different from erepitans ;
the two birds are very unlike, and no one with the two before
him could confound them. If right in my inference, this
would be a change of opinion since the publication of the
Synopsis, wherein crepitans is put as a synonym of longirostris 5
this view has also been taken by other recent writers, adopting
Mr, Cassin’s suggestion of their probable identity.
I find it agrees with Buffon’s plate (which is of reduced size)
in the apparent color of the back, also in the form and stout-
ness of the bill; but they differ in the coloring below, which in
the plate is more like ecrepitans, being of an ashy-fulvous,
instead of uniform light rufous; they differ also in the bars
on the flanks. The only characters, then, on which it can
assume the name of dongirostris, are the shape of the bill and
the color of the back, if these are deemed sufticient to overrule
the coloring below, in which the plate resembles crepitans.
My specimen differed so much from crepitans, as well as from
all others, that I considered it undescribed at the time, taking
for a settled fact that crepitans and longirostris were the same;
if the Bahia bird is to take the name of longtrostris, it being
certainly distinct from ecrepitans, the latter name must be
restored to full specific rank.
20 Description of New Species of Birds from
The bird from Bahia is grayish-olive above, flammulated with
blackish-brown ; the under-plumage is light rufous, the throat white ;
a stripe of dull rufous extends from over the eye to the bill; the
sides and under wing coverts are brown, with transverse narrow
white bars; the upper mandible is brown on the ridge and at the
end, the remaining part and the lower mandible dark yellow; feet
yellow.
Length 12 in.; wing 54; tail 24; bill 24 to rictus; tarsi 13.
It is smaller in all its measurements than erepitans, and has
the bill fully twice as deep as in that species, the tarsi are
shorter, the feathers of the back are bordered with grayish-
olive instead of light bluish-cinereous, and the color below
of a clear light rufous instead of an ashy-fulvous; the colors
are more like those of /2. eleyans, but are lighter; its smaller
size, shorter and stouter bill, distinguishes it also from that
species.
The description of R. dongirostris in Messrs. Sclater and
Salvin’s Synopsis is evidently taken from United States speci-
mens of erepitans. I have seen no description at all applicable
to my Bahia specimen, and if the evidence is not considered
sufficient for it to assume the name of dongirostris, it may then
bear that of crassirostris.
The new species of Vireo, described below, is added to my
paper by request of Professor Baird. The description and
remarks are his, without alteration by me.
Vireosyivia magister, Barr, n. s.
Habitat. Belize, Br. Honduras.
Bill stout and lengthened. Wings considerably longer than the
nearly even, though rather short and decidedly rounded tail; the Ist
quill about equal to the 6th, or very little longer; the 3d longest ;
the 2d and 4th a little shorter. No spurious primary.
Upper parts olive-green, brightest on rump and tail; the head
above, and to a less degree the back, with a slight gloss of ashy, but
without forming acap. Beneath dull olivaceous-white, the belly (and
Mexico, Central America, and South America. 21
the tibiz somewhat) rather buffy yellow; the sides of neck and body
olivaceous. Axillars and inner wing coverts sulphur yellow; the
crissum similarly colored, but duller. Quills almost black, edged
internally with grayish-white, externally with olive; tail feathers
more olive-brown, edged internally with greenish-yellow, externally
with bright olive. A broad stripe of pale yeilowish from bill over
and behind eye to nape, becoming paler when it reaches the eye, and
with a faint indication of a dusky border above it; a dusky brown,
well-marked stripe from bill to eye, and a small spot of the same
behind it. The bill is almost black, except the basal half of lower
mandible, which appears to have been nearly white. The legs are
blackish-plumbeous. “ Iris brown” ( Wood) ?
Total length, 6.00; wing, 3.00; tail, 2.50; difference between 9th
and longest quills, .60; exposed portion of Ist primary, 1.90, of 2d,
2.15, of longest (measured from exposed base of Ist primary), 2.24 ;
length of bill from forehead, .80, from nostril, .46, along gape, .90 ;
tarsus, .83; middie toe and claw, .70, claw alone, .24; hind toe and
claw, .56, claw alone, .27.
This interesting new species of Vzreo is among the largest of
the genus, considerably exceeding in size V. olivacea, and fully
equal to V. calidris of Jamaica. In general appearance it
closely resembles the latter, but there is even less of the grayish
cap, and the dusky mandibular stripe is wanting; the under
parts are rather more olivaceous ; the bill is of about the same
size. The much rounded wings constitute an important char-
acter of the species.
The much larger size, almost black bill and feet, absence of
ashy cap, more olivaceous under-parts, will readily distinguish
the species from V. olivacea. The wings, also, are much more
rounded ; the first quill about equal to the sixth, instead of
being but little shorter than the fourth. The wing formula is
much the same as that of V. agilis, but the size and coloration
are very different.
This species is one of several new species of birds in a col-
lection made at Belize, British Honduras, for Dr. Henry
Bryant, by Mr. Christopher Wood.
22 Notes on the Genus Pineria, and on the
IL.—Wotes on the genus Pinerta, and on the lingual dentition
of Pixerta Virquensis, Pfeifer.
By Tuomas Branp anp W. G. Binney.
Read March 20, 1871.
Tue genus Pineria was established by Poey in 1854 (Me-
morias, I., 428), and thus characterized :-—
T. bulimiformis, imperforata, turrita, apertura rotundata, peris-
toma simplex, rectum, undique acutum. Animal nudipes tentaculis
duobus retractilibus instructum, apice oculatis ; labrum rotundatum ;
reptatio sinuosa.
Poey described two species, P. terebra and Beathiana, both
from the Isle of Pines, of which figures are given (Jlemorias,
lL. c., tab. 34, f. 12-18).
He remarks that he had examined the living animal of P.
Beathiana with great care, but could detect no trace of “ in-
ferior tentacles,” and Dr. Gundlach had satisfied himself of
their absence in 1. terebra. Observing that the form of shell
(columella excepted) and sculpture of the former species was
somewhat like that of Macroceramus turricula, Pfr., Poey
studied its soft parts and found such tentacles existing.
In 1856 Pfeiffer (Malak. 51. IL. p. 46) described Bulimus
Viequensis, from Viéque, and suggested its alliance with
Pineria. The species is figuredin Wotit. Conch. Fasc. xxxi. t.
93, f. 39-41.
The late Rev. H. Parkinson, in 1857, discovered P. Viequen-
sis in Barbados.
In 1858 Fischer (Jowrn. Conch. vii. 184, t. 7, f. 7-8) described
Helix Schrammi, from Guadaloupe.
Pfeiffer (J/on. vi. 343) adopts the genus Pneria, for B.
Viequensis, H. Schrammi, and Poey’s two species, and re-
marking on the evident affinity of Fischer’s species with Vee-
Lingual Dentition of Pineria Viequensis, Pfeiffer. 23
quensis, asks whether both should not be transferred to Macro-
ceramus. .
H. and A. Adams (en. ii. 163) place Poey’s species in Maero-
ceramus, While Pineria is adopted by v. Martens (Albers, 2d,
ed) as a subgenus of Pupa.
We have compared specimens of J/elix Schrammi, received
from M. Crosse, Pineria Viequensis from Barbados, and also of
P. Schrammé trom Anguilla, St. Martin, and St. Bartholomew,
and are satisfied that all are of one and the same species, which,
by priority, is entitled to the specific name, Viequensis.
We obtained the jaw and odontophore from a dead specimen
of this species, collected at the east end of St. Martin, by Dr.
van Rijgersma, for which we are indebted to Mr. Robert Swift,
but no living example has at present been received to enable
us to form an opinion as to the presence or absence of the “ in-
ferior tentacles.”
With respect to the alleged absence of those organs in
Pineria, the following is a copy of a note by Poey, published in
1865, with a Catalogue of the Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusks
of Cuba by Arango (/epertorvo, I. 145); “ En las altas regiones
de la filosofia natural, tendran probablemente razon los que
suprimen mi género Pineria, el cual he separado de los
Macrocéramos por la razon, de que el animal no muestra ni
vestigios de tentaculos inferiores. Los principios formolégicos
nos obligan 4 considerar que existen virtualmente; por lo que
no me opongo 4 que se suprima.”
Before the commencement of the late Earopean war, we sent
to M. Crosse, unfortunately without previous examination, the
odontophore from a dead specimen of P. terebra, as to which
we hope to have a report at no distant day.
It will be seen from what has been stated above, that an
opinion has been generally entertained in favor of placing the
species of Pneria in the genus Macroceramus.
Crosse and Fischer, in a late interesting paper (Journ. de
Conch, xviii. 1, Jan. 1870) fully discussed the lingual dentition
24 Notes on the Genus Pineria, and on the
of various groups of Cylindrella and Macroceramus, and con-
sider that they constitute a natural family, characterized by the
presence, Ist, of a jaw of extreme thinness, and with folds
chevroned on the median line; and 2d, of lateral teeth, more
or less palm-leaf shaped, disposed in very oblique rows, which
family they designate as Cylindrellide.
The authors proposed the following classification :—
FAMILY CYLINDRELLID 4.
1. Group A. CYLINpRELLA (sensu stricto).
Two lateral teeth on either side of the rachidian tooth; mar-
ginal teeth of a very different form, varying in number,
according to the species.
This group comprises the sections Apoma, Beck, or Casta,
Albers (including the sinistral species, C. gracilis, Wood, C.
elongata, Chemn., C. Agnesiana, C. B. Ad.); Trachelia (C.
Brooksiana, Gundl, &c.), and Mychostoma, Albers (C. costata,
Guilding, C. Bahamensis, Pfr. &e.).
2. Group B. Cattonta, Crossk AND FiscHEr.
Rachidian tooth with a very long cusp; lateral teeth more
than two; marginal teeth arranged obliquely in a continuous
line with the laterals, and not distinctly characterized. Only
one species known, C. /liotte.
3. Group C. THaumasia, ALBERS (partim),
Lateral teeth more than two; marginal teeth similar to the
laterals, and not to be distinguished from them.
This group includes the large species of Jamaica and Hayti,
and some of those of Cuba, but none of the species of Hucalo-
diune.
4. Group D. Lia, Arsers (emend.)
Lateral teeth very numerous; marginal teeth of the same
type as the lateral teeth, and not to be distinguished from
Lingual Dentition of Pineria Viequensis, Pfeiffer. 25
them ; inner cusp simple and pointed, instead of semi-circular,
as in the preceding groups.
This group includes L. Maugeri, Wood, zebrina, Blandiana,
macrostoma, Paivana, flexuosa, Gossei, and tricolor, all of Ja-
maica, and L. virginea of Hayti.
5. Grourp E. Macroceramus, Guinprna.
Lateral teeth very numerous, as in the preceding group;
marginal teeth of the same type also ; two inner cusps.
This includes forty-eight species, of which only four are
found on the continent of America; the balance belong to the
Antilles, particularly to Cuba, which alone has thirty-four.
The other species formerly referred to the genus Cylindrella,
are placed by Crosse and Fischer in the genera Hucalodium,
Berendtia and FHolospira, of the family Helicide ; their lin-
gual membranes resembling those prevailing in that family.
The limits of the present paper preclude our entering further
on this part of the subject.
The authors remark that the three above-named genera of
flelicide are localized in a relatively small portion of the
American continent (Texas, Lower California, Mexico, and
Guatemala), where there are very few representatives of Cylin-
drella proper, while the family Cylindreilidw is largely de-
veloped in the Antilles (Cuba, Jamaica, and Hayti especially),
with an entire absence of the Cylindrelliform genera belonging
to [elicide.
From the subjoined descriptions of the jaw and lingual denti-
tion of Pineria Viequensis, it will be seen that it belongs to the
family Cylindrellide as restricted by Crosse and Fischer. If
form of shell be considered, the species may be placed in the
above-mentioned group E (d/acroceramus), but from the char-
acter of the dentition it is rather a member of group A (Cylin-
drella). ‘The resemblance of the dentition of P. Viequensis to
that of Cylindrella Trinitaria, Pf. (Amer. Jour. of Oonch., iv.,
187) is very striking.
26 Notes on the Genus Pineria.
An examination of the lingual teeth of the various forms of
Macroceramus, and of Pineria from the Isle of Pines, is ex-
tremely desirable, and also of the soft parts of the latter, in order
to settle the question raised by Poey as to the tentacles. In the
meanwhile we continue to use the generic name Pineria.
The following is a description of the jaw and lingual denti-
tion of P. Viequensis :
Jaw so extremely thin and delicate that it curls or folds over upon
itself along the edges, and at the extremities ; pale horn-color, translu-
cent ; strongly arched, subcircular; of nearly equal height throughout,
the ends slightly attenuated and blunt; entire, but with the appear-
ance of being divided perpendicularly into about twenty-eight sepa-
rate sections or folds, the outer margin of each defined by a thicken-
ing of the substance of the jaw; the sections curve strongly out-
wards, excepting at the upper centre of the jaw, where they are
arranged en chevron upon the central line; either margin serrated by
the extreme outer edges of the sections or folds ; generally resembling
the jaws of Macroceramus and Cylindrella* as figured in Ann. Lye.
vill. 162.3; Am. Jour. Conch. iv. 187, v. pl. xi.3; Journ. de Conch.
xviii. 1, pl. iii. and v., Jan. 1870.
Lingual membrane very long and narrow, composed of numerous
rows of teeth arranged obliquely from below upwards en chevron ;
teeth arranged in quincunx 2. 1. 2 in eachrow, with several additional
rudimentary marginal teeth; central teeth small, long, slender,
crowded between the first laterals, its apex recurved into a rounded
cusp ; first lateral broad, bicuspid, base of attachment subquadrate,
lower cusp very large, broader than the base, subcircular, upper cusp
very small, seated on a long, slender neck, which curves gracefully
outward and upward beyond the apex of the central tooth; second
lateral of the same shape as the first lateral ; marginal teeth five or six,
arranged in a crowded row running obliquely upward and outward
from near the base of the outer lateral, decreasing rapidly in length
* Crosse and Fischer, in their description of the jaw of Cylindrella, remark
that it is furnished with very fine ribs, which are shown under the microscope
to be nothing less than a complete folding of the substance of the jaw.
Genres des Poissons. QT
as they pass outward, long, narrow, simple, with irregularly curved
apices.
On some portions of the lingual membrane the cusp of both central
and lateral teeth are much more produced than on others, the lower
cusp being quite spoon-shaped.
With respect to the habits of Cylindrella and Macroceramus,
we are indebted to Mr. C. P. Gloyne, of Jamaica, for the infor-
mation that they feed on lichens growing on walls and rocks—
he has found their stomachs and intestinal canals filled with
such matter. He also remarks that the sinistral species
(C. gracilis, etc.) appear to be viviparous, as he had frequently
found four or five young shells, with several whorls, within living
adults, but that while he had never detected eggs, he had not
seen such embryo shells in the group to which C. sanguinea,
etc., belong (Zhaumasia, Cr. and Fisch.).
Il.— Genres des Poissons dela Faune de Cuba, appartenant
a la Kamille Percipm, avec une Note @introduction par
J. Carson Brevoort.
By FELIPE POEY.
Read March “th, 1871.
INTRODUCTORY NOTE,
[The difficulty in establishing a permanent generic group of animals
defined by truly natural characters, is well known to naturalists, and
to those more especially, who, as in the case with fishes, have to study
preserved, and therefore shrunken and faded specimens. The want
of a complete series of all the species and varieties, taken at all
seasons and at all ages, and in both sexes, together with accurate
data concerning their habits, geographical range, rarity of occurrence
and appearance when fresh, causes insuperable difficulties in properly
28 Genres des Poissons
defining the genera and characterizing the species. On this account
we take especial pleasure in presenting the following paper by our
esteemed corresponding member, Professor Poey, of Havana, on the
great group which stands at the head of the Order of Fishes, the
perplexing characters of which he has sought to more clearly define
and describe. Well known as a careful observer and able anatomist,
he is also a diligent and indefatigable collector of specimens and of
information, qualities rarely found combined in the older naturalists.
He has sought to become thoroughly acquainted with the entire
Fauna of the tropical island which he inhabits, and his studies have
thus a peculiar and abiding value. Hxamining, as in the case before
us, specimens of every age and at all seasons, he learns their habits
and native characteristics, so as to surely fix the species and mark
the genus. His generic descriptions in the following paper are so
thorough, that they can hardly be disputed or misunderstood. His
bibliographical knowledge withal is most extensive, enabling him to
present the history of each genus and criticise the labors of his pre-
decessors.
The paper is published as it was received, for were a translation of
it to be attempted, the sense might be slightly altered, and the true
meaning of the author be lost. J.C. B.]
CLASSIS PISCIUM.
Les Poissons sont des animaux vertébrés ovipares, a circula-
tion double et compléte, & respiration bronchiale, et par con-
séquent incomplete, ce qui fait baisser la température du sang.
Le cceur est veineux, 4 deux cavités, s¢paré du sinus aortique.
La plupart ont le corps couvert d’écailles.
La locomotion s’éffectue par le moyen des nageoires, prin-
cipalement par la caudale, Les nageoires pectorales représen-
tent les membres thoraciques, et les ventrales les abdominaux.
Oes nageoires sont soutenues par des rayons, tantot épineux,
tantot mous, articulés, et le plus souvent branchus.
Les dents sont implantées sur les machoires. Il peut y en
avoir encore att vomer, aux palatins, aux ptérygoidiens in-
ternes, sur Ja langue et sur les os pharyngiens; les ares
branchiaux sont hérissés de tubercules épineux,
de la Faune de Cuba. 29
Los hyoide est trés-compliqué: il soutient la membrane
branchiostége, pourvue de rayons, placée sous les os opercu-
laires, et formant avee ces derniers ’ouverture des ouies.
Les narines Wont pas de communication avec Varriére-
bouche.
Pei a wn cristallin globuleux et trés-dur: il manque
Vhumeur aqueuse.
Poreitle est réduite & un sac qui représente le vestibule, et
aux canaux semi-circulaires: on y trouve des otolithes.
Les vertebres sunissent par des surfaces concaves: elles se
divisent en abdominales et caudales. Les os de la téte, com-
parés a ceux de Vhomme, se divisent presque toujours en
plusieurs pieces, qui répondent aux points d’ossification des
derniers.
Les parties ordinaires dw cerveaw sont placdes & la suite les
unes des autres. Le pylore est presque toujours entouré de
coecums, qui remplacent le paneréas. Les reins sont fixés le
long de l’épine. Les testicules et Jes ovaires sont doubles ;
les premiers prennent le nom de laites. Presque tous les
poissons osseux ont une vessie aérienne, dont toutes les fonctions
ne sont pas bien connues, mais qui est pourvue d’une mem-
brane musculaire, pour diminuer, au besoin, le volume du
corps dans l’acte de la natation. La plupart des poissons n’ont
pas d’accouplement.
Ce qui vient d’étre dit présente quelques exceptions ou
modifications chez les chondroptérygiens, qui, Vossification a
part, sont supérieurs dans la série animale. (’)
1 Dans les divisions qui viennent 4 la suite du tableau ci-joint, j’ai souvent
profité des travaux de Mr. Gill. J’ai consulté aussi, entr’autres matériaux,
Varticle de J. Miiller, inséré dans Wiegmann’s Archiy. I., p. 292. Quant aux
caractéres génériques, il faut avouer que les auteurs les plus renommés n’en
ont employé qu’un nombre bien borné, et en ont négligé plusieurs de premiére
importance. Ce reproche ne s’adresse pas 4 Mr. Gill, qui a donné l’exemple de
diagnoses génériques plus étendues: c’est sous cette impulsion que je présente
les miennes.—Quant & la nomenclature des os, j’ai adopté celle de Mr. Richard
Owen.
30 Genres des Poissons
CLASSIFICATIO PISCIUM VIVENTIUM
ex Artedi, Linné, Cuvier, Agassiz, Miller, Owen, Bonaparte,
C. Duméril, Bleeker, Gill, Poey.
Subciassis. Sectio. Ordo. ~ Subordo. Series. Familie, v. ¢.
=j { choripharyngodon- { thoracici. .. .Percide.
w | Acanthopteri, Art. Tes BIER os s:o ss abdominales. Sphyrzenide.
ie 1 amphipharyngodontes,P......... Malacanthidi.
a f ee ( ctenoidei .. .Pomacentridi.
a pe dae Sle a acanthopterygii... 1 cycloidei... . Scaridi.
2 4 : malacopteryeiis st i... AAA eh Scombresocidi.
: : thoracici...Gobidi.
3 ; Gobiosomi, -P {-... | jugulares ,. Blennidi.
Teleostei, M....4 1 | Subacanthopteri, P..4 Pediculati,l..................-- Lophidi.
H Woe ulatio Mls minaret ameter Gadidi.
Heterosomiiy Dir. cnet 213 wsteciaaiete Pleuronectidi.
(ivestacapeerte’ Art. Abdominales, C Cyprinidi.
rH INTO Wie nog dupopaousnoonsaconpecuuatacde Murzenidee.
Q. nell pNematopnatiniy Gill eyem Rare ciccu teatieihelere see Sic ee race Siluridi.
Sey A : WrryanOCON bse Cinsrsrtclele tciteeiee recite Diodontidi,
ce Plectognathi, C..... ) Sclerodermi, C........s0.sc00ce. Balistidi.
OD" |Meophobranchiiy© vem ii iclectere cieloisisictecine nit sieleyateietorectoeie ite Hippocampidi.
bia OLE Stele Ms arc mm ielsreep ieee vidj ta; «ole ge olevarereimrsi> scereteaelsi axele sas Lepidosteidi.
SOE Bho oc os { (CHOBATOSLSIN IM syectajate tafe teleleLelolelelcfetarelnls/slelofale/areveiayaicistaye eters Acipenseridi.
ETOLODECETS FO waa as cierto taraiays ocls eicsotateican: esiatene Ratatek taepnvatelaiapeiesatelolsies oie Eis lo afoastelejeisveinints Lepidosirenidz.
J Placiost D (PElenrobrerniy De s./ ao) *jae clots = Squalidi.
Elasmobranchii, Bon... Ese Rest gan goot eb puree ION Con sPonocoadescde Rajidee.
Aolocephalli, (MEST LIAT . Anes edd tae etotiben A bleis)< tet bet bere Chimeridze
3 EDV erOAT DS Meat ctatelelelasierelsiote oi Petromyzontidi,
Dermopteri, Ow....... Cyclostomt, Doo. +0. l Hyperotreti, Mi soc citsisia beer: Myxinide.
Men Locardliiliicr 1c sevacistacic einer tsisdsicleraciciatsicleicicerace coeie Amphioxidi.
1. Les Sympharyngodontes de Bleeker sont les Pharynyognathi de Miiller.
2. Miller place la famille des Chromides parmi les Pharyngognathes ; cependant, le Nandopsis
tetracanthus de Cuba, a les os pharyngiens inférieurs unis seulement en apparence; car ils se
séparent avec un léger effort.
3. Je n’ai pas nommé avec Miller Anacanthini mon ordre des Subacanthopteri, parceque
Vauteur limite cette dénomination aux Gadidi, Pleuronectidi, Ophididi.
4, Je ne me suis pas occupé des Leptocephali de Bonaparte, ou Lemniscati de Kaup, parcequ’on
ignore encore si ce sont des poissons adultes, ou des embryons.
SUBCLASSIS I.—TELEOSTEI.
Le nom de cette sous-classe est di & Miiller en 1845 ; il fait allu-
sion a Vossification plus ou moins parfaite du sqiteletta! Elle
répond aux poissons osseux de Cuvier, sauf les Lépidostéides.
Branchies libres sur leur contour; ouverture branchiale
simple de chaque cote, et placée au-devant des pectorales.
Nerfs optiques croisés ; deux valvules opposées 4 entrée du
bulbe aortique.
Corps écailleux; les écailles sont ctenoides ou cycloides.
de la Faune de Cuba. 31
Sectio 1.—TELEOCEPHALI.
Le nom indique que la téte est parfaite. Cette coupe était
nécessaire, etsa dénomination est due a Mr. Gill, qui l’a appliquée
i un ordre. Elle embrasse les Acanthoptérygiens de Cuvier,
ainsi que ses Malacoptérygiens abdominaux et subbrachiens, ex-
cepté les Silurides. Les maxillaires et les prémaxillaires existent
séparément, ainsi que les sous-orbitaires; l’os sous-operculaire
existe, sauf chez les Notoptérides. Branchies pectinces.
Ordo 1.—ACANTHOPTERI.
Une partie des rayons dorsaux et quelques-uns de l’anale
sont épineux, simples, non-articulés, ainsi que le premier de la
ventrale. Ares branchiaux au nombre de quatre, portant les
branchies entiéres, 4 double lame suivies d’une fissure, et ordi-
nairement une fausse-branchie. Des appendices pyloriques 4 la
branche montante de V’estomac. Vessie atrienne sans conduit
pheumatique.
Subordo 1.—CHoriPHARYNGODONTES.
Os pharyngiens inféricurs sépares.
Serves 1,—THoracict.
Os pelvien en relation avec l’arcade scapulaire: ventrales tho-
raciques.
' Familia 1.—Prrcw a.
Corps plus on moins allongé; anus arrieré. Ventrales 1, 5.
Sept rayons aux branchies; ouverture branchiale bien fendue ;
la fausse-branchie existe, excepté dans les genres Lates et (’ni-
32 Genres des Poissons
don. Quelques pieces operculaires épineuses on a bords dente-
lés, excepté chez les Apsiles. Yeux latéraux ; overtures nasales
doubles de chaque cété, ’antérieure a bord tubulaire, la posté-
rieure simple. Bouche fendue a lextrémité du museau; ré-
gime carnivore; machoires plus ou moins protractiles. Dents
en velours, le plus souvent accompagnées dun rang externe
de dents pointues, plus fortes et solides, avec ou sans canines.
Dents au vomer et aux palatins. Une ou deux dorsales, avec
ou sans sillon sur le dos, pour loger les rayons épineux; la par-
tie molle moins étendue que la partie épineuse ; rayons mous
branchus. eailles cténoides: ligne latérale continue, finis-
sant sur la base de la caudale. Joues non-cuirassces.
Le conduit osseux semi-circulaire latéral de lVouié com-
mence sur Valisphénoide, pénctre dans le mastoidien, et revient
par Vexoccipital, aprés avoir traversé ces trois os; le conduit
vertical postérieur traverse l’exoccipital, pénetre dans le parocci-
pital, et termine par une ouverture supérieure de ce dernier.
C’est ce qui arrive chez les adultes; car dans les jeunes le canal
membraneux latéral entre et sort par le mastoidien, par des ou-
vertures rendues complétes au moyen d’une échanerure de !’alis-
phénoide et de Vexoceipital ; Pautre pénétre par une échancrure
de Vexoccipital. Le pectoral osseux et tout-a-fait superficiel,
n’entre pas dans la formation de la capsule auditive. La premiere
névrapophyse chevauche, c’est-a-dire quelle est mobile sur la
premicre vertebre abdominale.
Vertebres 10—14. Surtemporaux au nombre de deux. Ap-
pendices pyloriques généralement peu nombreux; intestins a
deux replis, sauf quelques légéres modifications. Vessie aéri-
enne simple.
Observations.—Cette coupe répond a la famille des Per-
coides de Cuvier, Regne Animal, 2° édition; sauf les genres qui
ont plus ou moins de sept rayons aux branchies, et les sous-
familles du Dr. Giinther, Catalogue, I., p. 57, qui ont pour types
les genres Pentaceros, Apogon, et Grystes. J’en ai détaché aussi
les genres Centropomus et Rhypticus, comme types de familles
de la Faune de Cuba. 33
distinctes; et les genres anomaux de Giinther (1. ¢., p. 51),
Pogonoperca et Prionodes, ainsi que mon genre Gramma, non
moins anomal. Voyez les observations de Mr. Gill, Proc. Phil.,
1861, p. 46.
Subfamilia 1.—SERRANINI.
Une seule dorsale, la partie épineuse non-logée dans un
sillon du dos. Opercule épineux, préopercule dentelé. Un rang
de dents extérieures, solides et plus fortes que les intérieures
qui les accompagnent, et qui sont ordinairement couchées et
mobiles. Des canines sur le devant des machoires. Le premier
sous-orbitaire, peu développé, ne recouvre pas la partie postéri-
eure du maxillaire, excepté dans le genre Mentiperca. Pecto-
rale arrondie. Dernier rayon de la ventrale attaché 4 l’abdo-
men par une membrane axillaire. Il n’y a pas de lobule
écailleux au-dessus de la base de la ventrale; mais il y a sou-
vent une pli cutané écailleux au-dessus de Vaxille pectorale.
Les écailles sont petites; le limbe préoperculaire en est cou-
vert. L’os surscapulaire ne perce pas en dehors. Le post-
frontal, saillant et aplati en dessus, porte un os caverneux
post-orbitaire solidement encaissé, faisant continuation a la
chaine d’osselets sous-orbitaires. La fosse paroccipito-mastot-
dienne est plus ou moins profonde, couverte en partie par une
cote parieto-mastoidienne, excepté cependant dans le genre
Brachyrhinus. ly aun os labial, placé au-dessus du maxil-
laire. On ne trouve pas dans les chairs, au-devant de la
premiére épine internévrale, les trois fausses internévrales
qui se présentent chez les Lutjaninz; tout au plus y voit-on
dans les premiers groupes, un os de la nuque, incliné en sens
contraire et moins ossifié.
Les deux derniers groupes de cette sous-famille, appartenant
aux genres [Haliperca et Hypoplectrus, forment une transition
aux Leutjanini, par Vos surscapulaire ‘visible en dehors, lapo-
physe post-frontale sans osselet post-orbitaire, la fosse paroccipito-
MARCH, 1871. 3 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X.
34 Genres des Poissons
mastoidienne limitée et non-recouverte, le défaut d’os labial et
absence de fausses épines internévrales ; mais ils appartiennent
aux Serraniné par tous les autres caractéres, qui sont les plus im-
portants. La caudale est échancrée. Le limbe préoperculaire
est nu. Ils different encore de tous les Percides par la ventrale
sans frein membraneux. On pourrait former de cette coupe la
sous-famille des Hypoplectrini.
Voici dans quel ordre je place les genres de Cuba qui se
p quoaano.yans cette sous-famille.
a.
1. Trisotropis.—Species : Cardinalis, V al.—petrosus, Poey.—
brunneus, Poey.—Bonaci, Poey.—171, Poey.—Aguaji, Poey.
—camelopardalis, Poey.—429, Poey.—tigris, Val.—calliurus,
Poey.—181, Poey.—interstitialis, Poey.—chlorostomus, Poey.
—dimidiatus, Poey.—falcatus, Poey.
2. Lpinephelus.—Species: striatus, Bl.—morio, V al.—flavo-
limbatus, Poey.—niveatus, Val.—impetiginosus, M. et Tr.—-
lunulatus, Bl.—Cubanus, Poey.
3. Lioperca.—Species: mermis, Val.
4. Promicrops.—Species: Guasa, Poey.
5. Schistorus.—Species: mystacinus, Poey.
6. Prospinus.—Species: chloropterus, Cuv.—7T12, Poey.
b:
7. Brachyrhinus.—Species: furcifer, Val.
C.
8. Petrometopon.—Species: guttatus, L.—apiarus, Poey.
9. Enneacentrus.—Species : punctulatus, Gm.—224, Poey.
10. Menephorus.—Species : dubius, Poey.—809, Poey.
d.
11. Centropristis.—Species: Merus, Poey.
e.
12. Haliperca.—Species: Phebe, Poey.—fuscula,
Jacome, Poey.—prestigiator, Poey.—bivittata, Val.
13. Diplectrum.—-Species: radians, Q. et G.
14, IMentiperca.—Species: luciopercana, Poey.
de la Faune de Cuba. 35
ie
15. Hypoplectrus.—Species : puella, Cuv.—vitulinus, Poey.
—indigo, Poey.—bovinus, Poey.—gummigutta, Poey.—gutta-
varius, Poey.—pinnavarius, Poey.—maculiferus, Poey.—aber-
rans, Poey.—nigricans, Poey.—accensus, Poey.—affinis, Poey.
16. Gonioplectrus.—Species: hispanus, Ouv.
GENUS TRISOTROPIS.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les Pro-
ceed. Acad. Philad., 1865, p. 104, dans la famille Percida,
sous-famille Serranine. Voyez en entier cette description,
dont le type est le 7. guttatus, Gill ex Bloch, le méme que le
Serranus cardinalis de Valenciennes. C’est un démembrement
du grand genre Serranus de Cuvier, appartenant a la division
des Mérous de Cuv. et Val., et comprenant parmi ces der-
niers ceux qui joignent & onze piquants de la dorsale la cau-
dale coupée carrément, et Panale 3, 11.
Ltymologie.—zrpeis, tres 3 tpomss, carina.
Caractere du genre. AGS ps oblong, ceil haut; ouvertures
nasales rapprochées, plus prés de I’ oeil ie du bout du museau.
La bouche est trés-fendue; le maxillaire termine, dans les su-
jets de 12 pouces, sous le milieu de l’ceil; mais dans les grands
sujets, il dépasse l’orbite. La machoire inférieure est beaucoup
plus avancée que la supérieure. L’opercule a trois pointes ;
celle du milieu bien saillante, la supérieure émoussée, l’inféri-
eure peu visible en dehors. Le préopercule finement dentelé,
arrondi, presque sans sinuosité, sauf dans le groupe qui
porte le nom vulgaire de Abadejo, ou Vangle inférieur se dé-
tache et porte quelques grosses pointes; il n’est pas denticulé
en dessous. La langue est pointue, lisse, retenue par un frein,
logée en partie sous un voile membraneux.
Dents.—Il y a une dent canine, robuste, courte, au-devant de
chaque machoire ; elle est snivie d’une rangée externe de dents
coniques, aigués, crochues, plus petites, solidement implantées.
36 Genres des Poissons
En dedans, soit en arriére de cette premicre série, se trouve une
bande de dents en cardes, gréles, aigués, les antérieures en plus
grand nombre et plus longues, toutes mobiles, ordinairement
couchées; celles de la machoire inférieure plus nombreuses.
Les dents de la votite palatine sont aussi en cardes; celles du
vomer, sur un chevron angulaire ; celles des palatins, sur une
ligne étroite. Les os pharyngiens ont des dents en velours.
Les ares branchiaux ont de courtes ratelures et de gros tuber-
cules hérissés d’épines.
Nageotres.--D. 11, 16 ; A. 3, 11. Le dernier rayon épineux
de la dorsale est au moins aussi long que celui qui le précede,
et rapproché du premier rayon mou; la partie molle est nota-
blement moins étendue que la partie épineuse. La candale est
coupée carrément, présentant souvent deux pointes trés-peu
saillantes; il est trés-rare de la trouver légérement arrondie
vers les pointes, et je ne l’ai vue bien échanerée que chez le
T. falcatus. Les épines anales ne sont pas fortes; et il y aun
repli cutané au-dessus de la base de la pectorale.
Ecailles.—Les écailles sont petites ; car lear nombre, sur la
ligne latérale, passe ordinairement de 100: elles doivent se
ranger sous la division des Cténoides de Mr. Agassiz, a cause de
Péventail qu’elles ont toujours a leur racine; mais leur bord
libre, quoique ponctué, n’est pas toujours cilié ; il est souvent
couvert par l’épiderme, ce qui empéche de les compter avec ex-
actitude, et de les sentir sous les doigts. Celles de l’opercule
sont un peu plus petites que celles du trone; celles du dessus de
la téte et des joues sont encore plus petites; il y en a sur le
limbe du préopercule et sur l’interopercule ; celles qui s’éten-
dent sur le bout du museau et sur la machoire inférieure sont
trés-petites ; et celles qui couvrent le maxillaire le sont a tel
degré qu’on ne peut les distinguer qu’avec une forte loupe. La
partie molle des nageoires verticales est en partie couverte par
la peau, qui montre a la loupe de petites écailles ; il y en a méme
a la base des interstices que laissent entr’elles les épines dorsales.
On trouve souvent, soit entre deux écailles, soit a la base d’une
de la Faune de Cuba. on
seule, de tres-petites écailies, qui se montrent comme des tuber-
cules microscopiques, formés par l’épiderme sous laquelle elles
se cachent.
Squelette.—Crane élargi en arriére. Espace interorbitaire
large et enfoncé. La créte suroccipitale est basse, terminant
postérieurement en angle obtus; les autres crétes sont hautes ;
il n’y a pas de ecréte frontale. L’orbite est placé sur la moitié
antérieure du crane. L’apophyse préorbitaire est tres-saillante,
et portant la téte qui s’articule avec le premier sous-orbitaire ;
Papophyse post-orbitaire est tres-prononcée. La lame antérieure
de Valisphénoide avance beaucoup; le trou postérieur qui donne
passage au nerf trijumeau est trés-arri¢ré. La convexité oto-
cranienne ne se montre pas au dehors. La base esphénoidale
du crane est droite ; la fosse paroccipito-mastoidienne est pro-
fonde.
Voici comment Mr. Gill décrit le crane: “ Distinguished by
the petrous-like convexity between the supra-orbital grooves,
and its triangular sinus behind, into the angles on each side of
which the lateral crests terminate; the crests are parallel, and
the surface between flat or scarcely convex.”
Cing sous-orbitaires et un osselet cavernenx solidement en-.
caissé sur ’apophyse post-orbitaire. Prétympanal pourvu d’une
lame apophysaire plate. Lessix premiéres vertebres abdominales
sans apophyses transverses, les deux derniéres paires formant l’an-
neau. Les premieres névrapophyses de la colonne vertébrale sont
larges, courtes, plus obliques que les normales. Jes cétes sont
dans Vordre suivant, de chaque cété: 2 épines épinévrales, 8 pleur-
apophyses, 7 épipleurales. La premiére épine internévrale ne
porte qu’un seul aiguillon de la dorsale. I] n’y a pas sur le
devant, entre les chairs, de fausses internévrales ; on y trouve
seulement un osselet peu durci, saus téte épineuse, disposé
obliquement en sens contraire, en arriére de la créte occipi-
tale; on pourrait le nommer los de la nuque. L’os pelvien
n’a pas son apophyse interne ascendante.
Visceres.—Lintestin est ferme ; il revient deux fois sur lui-
88 Genres des Poissons
méme, et se pelotonne avant le premier pli. Les ccecums
sont au nombre de 12 a 18, ordinairement 15; ils sont longs et
fermes. La vessie aérienne est 4 parois minces et transparentes.
I] nest pas rare de trouver au milieu des viscéres des helminthes
enkystés, bleuatres 4 lextérieur.
Couleurs.—Les couleurs, chez les espéeces de Cuba, sont d’un
fond violet, plus ou moins couvert de taches d’un brun rouge-
dtre: le rouge se présente parfois sur le fond du dos et sur les
taches. Les nageoires verticales ont un fin liséré blanc, qui se
perd avec l’age.
Variétés—Les changements apportés par lage ne se bornent
pas a la petitesse de l’ceil et au raccourcissement des nageoires;
mais encore aux couleurs du corps, et surtout a celle des
nageoires pectorales, qui dans le premier age sont presque d’une
teinte uniforme, et plus tard bordées d’une maniére tranchée
d’orangé ou de blane.
fistoire.—La plupart de ces poissons deviennent trés-grands ;
leur chair est bonne 4 manger. Ceux de grand taille sont
suspects, parce que parfois et bien rarement ils ont été péchés
malades, et ont causé l’indisposition que dans le pays on nomme
ciguatera.
GENUS EPINEPHELUS.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par Bloch, Ichthyologia,
Pars 10, p. 9; abandonné par Cuvier et Valenciennes, rétabli
par Mr. Gill, Proceed. Philad., 1862, pp. 286, 237 ; 1863, p. 80;
dans la famille Percide, . sous-famille Serranine. C'est
un démembrement du grand genre Serranus de Cuvier,
appartenant a la division des Mérous de Cuv. Val., et com-
prenant parmi ces derniers ceux qui joignent 4 onze piquants
de la dorsale la caudale ordinairement arrondie, et les nombres
de l’anale 8, 9; jamais plus, quelquefois 3, 8.
Etymologie.—taweperes, obnubilus.
Voici les caractéres assignés par Bloch: “ Pisces capite toto
squamoso, operculo anteriore serrato, posteriore aculeis
de la Faune de Cuba. 39
armato;” & quoi il ajoute une seule dorsale et des écailles
ciliées. La premiére espéce décrite est le /. afer, dont ila
fait plus tard le type de son genre Alphestes, et dont je m’oc-
cuperai au sujet du Prospinus chloropterus: ce type de Bloch
a la caudale arrondie, et l’anale 3, 9.
Ce genre, négligé par Cuvier et Valenciennes, a été repris
par Mr. Gill, qui y a ajouté un caractére remarquable, savoir,
des dents en cardes et mobiles dans Vintérieur des machoires.
En 1865, Proceed. Philad., p. 105, il l’a distingué du genre
Trisotropis par la forme du crane; et par le seul fait d’avoir
accordé a ce dernier genre J’anale 3, 11, il a Jaissé dans le genre
Epinephelus les especes qui ont l’anale 3, 9; il n’a rien dit de
la caudale, mais celle de 7risotropis n’est pas pour lui arrondie.
Bloch a nommé ces poissons Epinépheéles, parce que, dit-il,
“ils ont les yeux couverts d’une membrane, ou d’une taie;”
ce qui ferait croire qwils ont sur ceil une membrane adipeuse.
Tout au plus voit-on chez les adultes une prolongation de Ja
paupicre supérieure, qui est loin de pouvoir étre nommée une
taie. Le nom reposerait alors sur une erreur, et mériterait
d’étre changé. En ce cas le groupe Mérow de Cuv. Val., fixé
par sa premiere espéce Serranus gigas, pourrait y étre sub-
stitué, en Latin Jerws. Quant aux Mérous de 9 épines dor-
sales, ilsen ont été détachés par Mr. Gill, qui en a fait ses genres
Petrometopon et Hnneacentrus. Le genre Crom ileptes de
Swainson, Nat. Hist. of Fishes, &*., 11, pp. 168, 201, doit aller
a la synonymie du genre “pinephelus,
Caractéres du genre.—Pour étre bref dans les caractéres du
genre, je me bornerai a& dire qwil a tous ceux qui ont été
assignés au genre 7risotropis, sauf Vanale 3, 9, et la forme du
crane; la caudale est ordinairement arrondie. Le crane est
étroit entre les deux orbites; la créte mastoidienne forme un
arc descendant. La langue n’est pas toujours si pointue. Les
écailles du trone sont ciliées et découvertes, sans mélange
d’autres plus petites ; les nageoires verticales n’ont pas toujours
un liseré, et portent quelquefois une lanicre vers les pointes
40 Genres des Poissons
épineuses de la dorsale. La vessie natatoire est a parois
minces, mais ordinairement renforcée sur sa partie antérieure;
le nombre des ccecums varie, mais il n’est pas trés-considérable.
La chair est toujours saine.
GENUS LIOPERCA.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill en 1862,
dans les Proceed. Philad., pp. 236, 287, famille Percidae
sous-famille Serranine. Il se trouve dans la division de:
*“ Dorsale entiére ou presque entiére, caudale enticre ou simple-
ment échanerée; corps oblong, écailles petites; dents non-
couchées en arriére des canines; écailles douces au tact et
glissantes; onze rayons épineux a la dorsale; type: Serranus
anermis C. et V.—L’auteur dit en 1865, dans le méme
ouvrage, p. 105: “que les genres de cette sous-famille établis
par lui pour les espéces des Indes occidentales, peuvent se
distinguer par la forme du crane, méme le genre Lioperca, qui
offre cependant le plus de doutes.”
Etymologie.—r«ies, levis ; Perca, nom propre. Ce qui peut-
étre fait allusion a la faiblesse des pointes operculaires.
Caracteres du genre.—Corps oblong, machoires a-peu-prés
@égale longueur. Trois pointes 4 Vopercule ; celle du milieu
forte, les autres plates. Préopercule finement dentelé.a la
branche montante, fortement a Vangle, nullement au’ bord
inférieur. Narines rapprochées de Veil. Langue lisse, libre
et pointue.
Dents.—l.es dents des machoires sont en cardes; les plus
intérieures, quoique petites, sont mobiles, et il y en a quel-
ques-unes de plus grandes sur le devant; les canines ne sont
bien remarquables que dans un age avancée. Les dents du
vomer et des palatins sont en cardes, sur un seul chevron.
Nageoires.—D. 11, 19; A. 3, 9. La partie molle de la
dorsale est trés-élevée ; la caudale arrondie, excepté dans un age
fort avancé.
de la Faune de Cuba. 41
Ecailles.—Environ 100 sur une ligne longitudinale ; celles de
la joue trés petites ; il y en a sur toutes les piéces operculaires
et sous le dentaire. Il n’y en a pas sur les apophyses mon-
tantes du prémaxillaire, sur le devant de l’ceil, ni sur le maxil-
laire. ly en asur la base de toutes les nageoires, principale-
ment sur les verticales médianes, qui sont couvertes d’une peau
épaisse.
Squelette—Le crane est étroit postérieurement, ainsi que
Vespace interorbitaire ; la créte suroccipitale peu relevée, se
continuant avec une créte frontale tres basse et courte; la
mastoidienne est descendante. L’orbite est avancé, les apo-
physes orbitaires saillantes ; le trou du nerf trijumeau arriéré ;
Ja convexité otocranienne nulle en dehors; la base esphenoidale
un peu courbe. Sous-orbitaires an nombre de 4, sans compter
Vosselet solidement encaissé sur l’apophyse post-orbitaire ; pré-
tympanal pourvu dune apophyse laminaire. Les apophyses
latérales des vertebres abdominales commencent sur la 6° et
vont en augmentant, les deux dernicres paires formant l’anneau.
Les premieres névrapophyses forment un are renforcé sur le
devant; 2 épines épicentrales antérieures, 8 pleurapophyses, 6
épipleurales (peut-étre 8). Le premier internévral ne soutient
quwune seule épine du dos; il n’y a pas sur le devant de fausses
épines internévrales.
Visceres.—Estomac court, branche montante trés-courte ;
ceecums assez nombreux, divisés, les divisions sont dans le type
au nombre de 60. L’intestin est trés-ferme et trés-gréle,
faisant les circonvolutions ordinaires, mais se pelotonnant un
peu avant le premier pli. Vessie a¢rienne 4 parois minces et
transparentes.
Observations.—J’ai adopté ce genre dans ma Synopsis, en
1868, par déférence pour Vopinion de Mr. Gill, en qui j’ai
toujours reconnu un tact stir, soit un don particulier pour la
classification. Un des caracteres par lui donnés, a cependant
disparu ici; ¢’est celui qui se fonde sur l’absence de dents
couchées en arriére des canines: on voit que les machoires sont
49 Genres des Poissons
armées dans le sens de celles de Zrisotropis ; ce n’est quwune
question de plus ou de moins entre les deux genres. C'est
peut-étre moi qui ai induit en erreur Mr. Gill; car en 1851,
époque a laquelle j’ai décrit Vespéce-type dans mes Mémoires,
je n’avais pas encore les connaissances que j’ai retirées plus tard
de mes études et des savants articles de Vichthyologiste améri-
cain, mon digne correspondant durant le cours de plusieurs
années ; et j’ai commis alors quelques erreurs: ainsi, je me suis
trompé en écrivant que les dents sont en velours ras; ce qui ne
peut paraitre ainsi que chez de jeunes individus; et que la
créte suroccipitale est haute.
Tel qu'il est, le genre Lioperca peut étre séparé de Triso-
tropis et de Epinephelus par un corps un peu bossu, a cause de |
Vaffaissement de la téte, la peau plus mucilagineuse, deux épines
plates qui accompagnent une épine plus robuste de lopercule,
bout du museau dépourvu d’écailles, sauf le dentaire ; ececums
nombreux et divisés, défaut complet de fausses épines inter-
névrales. Une autre particularité bien remarquable est celle
que lage introduit dans la forme des nageoires verticales, surtout
dans la caudale, qui, @abord arrondie, devient dans l’dge
adulte légérement échancrée.
GENUS PROMICROPS,
Listorique—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, qui n’en
a pas encore donné au public les caractéres; mais il a eu la
bonté de me lindiquer avant Vimpression de ma Synopsis,
ayant pris pour type le Serranus Guasa de mes Mémoires.
Etymologie.—Je crois que le nom se rapporte a la briéveté
de la partie antérieure du créne; ce qui est di au grand
avancement de l’orbite.
Caracteres du genre.—Ce genre a les caractéres des Epine-
pheli, sauf le crane, qui se rapporte a celui des Zrisotropi par
la grande distance interorbitaire. On y remarque l’wil trés-
de la Faune de Cuba. 43
avancé, et le trou du nerf trijumean tres-arriéré. Il en differe
de plus par les dents et par Pextréme division des appendices
pyloriques.
Les dents sont en cardes sur une large bande, un peu plus
étroite &la machoire inférieure; le bord externe offre une
rangée de dents un peu plus fortes, surtout les deux premiéres,
mais on ne voit pas s’y détacher de vraies canines; la rangée
tout-a-fait interne, sur le devant, offre aussi quelques dents plus
fortes. La bande des palatins et le chevron du vomer sont en
cardes plus fines. Les ccecums et leurs divisions sont in-
nombrables.
GENUS SCHISTORUS.
LTistorique-—Genre établi par Mr. Gill, Proceed. Philad.,
1862, pp. 236, 237, ou il en donne les caractéres suivants,
servant 4 le distinguer des autres genres de Cuba: “ Famille
des Percide, sous-famille Serranine ; une seule dorsale sans
échancrure, caudale enticre, corps oblong, écailles petites, des
dents couchées derriére les canines, préopercule ayant vers le
bas des épines tournées en avant; D. 11, 14; cceeums nom-
breux et divisés.” Type: Serranus mystacinus, Poey.
Caractéeres du genre.—Je crois qwil faut faire peu d’attention
aux pointes de l’angle du prévpercule, telles que les présente
cette espéce, lesquelles sont peu nombreuses et variables; ce
qui, outre la taille et la dentition, Véloigne du groupe des
Plectropome, Laissant a part ce faible caractére, tout ce que
m’a appris l’étude de cette espéce, n’ayant pas examiné le
squelette, en fait un véritable Apinephelus, avec la seule
difference que présentent les appendices pyloriques. J’ai
indiqué ce dernier caractere, bien mieux prononcé chez le
Promicrops Guasa; et on le retrouve, tel que le présente le
Schistorus mystacinus, chez le Hpinephelus niveatus et chez le
Lioperca inermis. L’étude du crane peut seule nous dire si le
genre doit étre conservé, ou s'il faut le considérer comme un
44 Genres des Poissons
Epinephelus ou comme un Promicrops. Mon respect pour
Popinion de Mr. Gill m’a fait adopter son genre dans ma
Synopsis, en 1868.
Etymologie.—exiSw, diviser; pes, humeurs. Par allusion aux
coecums.
GENUS PROSPINUS.
Historique.—Les auteurs du genre Plectropomus (Cuy. et
Val., Poiss., IL, p. 887) ont eux-mémes qualifié de fort léger le
caractére tiré de la dentelure autour et au-dessous de l’angle
préoperculaire. C’est cependant sur les modifications de ce
caractére qwont été fondés, parmi les Percidw, sous-famille
des Serranina, plusieurs genres, qui ne mériteraient pas d’étre
conservés, si lon n’avait pas trouvé a leur appui quelques
autres particularités plus importantes.
Le genre Plectropomus est de 1828: il a été subdivisé en
trois groupes, selon le nombre de dentelures, et le bord mon-
tant du préopercule entier ou finement dentelé. La premiere
espéce nommeée, et qui doit par conséquent servir de type dans
le premier groupe, est le Bodianus melanoleucus de Lacépéde.
Le corps est allongé. Le bord montant du préopercule est
entier; D. 8, 11; A. 2, 8. Les écailles sont petites; il y en a
sur le bout du museau, sur le maxillaire, sur les nageoires; les
pectorales sont arrondies, la caudale a-peu-prés coupée carré-
ment.
Le genre [Hypothrodus (on lit Hyporthodus, mais je crois que
cest une faute d’impression) a été établi par Mr. Gill, Proce.
Phil., Mai de 1861, p. 98. Type: ZZ. flavicauda, Gill. L’oper-
cule, la joue, les os surmaxillaires sont couverts d’écailles, la
mdachoire inférieure nue. Le préopercule porte a l’angle une
forte épine, elle-mémne denticulée, aussi que le bord montant ; il
y a encore des dentelures au bord inférieur. D. 11, 14; A.
3, 10.
Le genre Prospinus a été nommé dans mes Mémoires, I. p.
de la Faune de Cuba. 45
364. Type: Pl. chloropterum C. V., fondé, p. 888, sur la force
et le petit nombre de dents sous-préoperculaires. Il a été
adopté par Mr. Gill, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1862, pp. 236, 237,
dans la division de ‘Dorsale entiére ou presque entiere,
eaudale enticre ou simplement échanerée, corps oblong, écailles
petites, dents couchées en arriére des canines, préopercule
pourvu en dessous d’une on de deux pointes dirigées en avant ;
D. 11, 18-19. Ccecums 8.”
Le genre Alphestes de Bloch, Systema, p. 2386, en 1801,
ayant pour type le Apinephelus afer de Bl., Ichth., tab. 327,
lequel est le méme que le P/. chloropterum de C. et V., ala
priorité sur le genre Prospinus; mais je crois qwil doit
tomber: 1°. parce quwil n’est pas fondé sur Vépine préoper-
culaire, que l’auteur n’a pas apercue; 2°. parce que le caractcre
donné a une étendue trop-considérable, savoir: Sguame oper-
cult posterioris duplo majores quam anterioris. C’est tout ce
qwil en dit; et c’est ce qui pourrait étre appliqué a une foule
de genres.
Le genre Acanthistius a été proposé par Mr. Gill, Proce.
Acad. Phil., 1862, p. 236, pour le Pl. serratwm, Cuv. et Val.,
qui doit servir de type. Cette espéce, placée dans le 2°
eroupe de C. et V., a le corps gros et court, les deux machoires
@éeale longueur, des écailles au maxillaire et & la machoire
inférieure ; préopercule fortement dentelé; et prés de langle,
deux grosses dents dirigées en avant, dont Vantérieure plus
forte. D. 13,16; A. 3,9. Lcailles petites.
Le genre Hypoplectrodes a été proposé par Mr. Gill, Proceed.
Acad. Phil., 1862, p. 236, pour le Pl. nigro-rubrum, C. et V.
Il est plus allongé que le PU. serratwm ; les dentelures du bord
montant du préopercule sont plus fines; il n’y a au bord
inférieur que deux pointes dirigées en avant, dont lune a
anole 107 A8, 8:
Genre Gonioplectrus, Gill.—V oyez ci-dessous.
Genre //ypoplectrus, Gill.—V oyez ci-dessous.
Genre Schistorus, Gill.—Voyez ci-devant.
46 Genres des Poissons
Etymologie.—Prospinus, épine tournée en avant.
Caractere du genre Prospinus.—U differe du genre Lpine-
phelus par Vépine préoperculaire et quelques menus détails : ainsi,
les canines sont trés-petites ; on n’en voit pas a la machoire infé-
rieure. La ligne latérale porte 70 écailles; celles de l’opercule
sont grandes; elles sont petites sur les jones; ily en a sur Des-
pace interorbitaire et sur l’os turbinal, mais non pas sur le bout
du museau ni sur le maxillaire. L’épine unique sous-préopercu-
laire est trés-forte, couverte dans le frais par la peau: elle parait
elle-méme finement subdivisée en arriere, parce qu’elle porte
la terminaison de la roue formée par l’angle.
Genus BracuyrHINvus.
LHistorique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les
Proced. Acad. Philad., 1862, p. 236, dans la famille des Per-
cide, sous-famille Serranine ; type, Serranus creolus, C. et V.
Il y est placé dans la division de ‘ Dorsale enticre ou presque
entiere ; caudale bifurquée, a lobes aigus; dorsale basse et
uniforme ; formule radiale 9, 18-19.” C’est pour Cuvier et Va-
lenciennes un Serran du groupe des Anthias. J’ai adopté ce
genre dans ma Synopsis, en 1868. Plus tard, Mr. Guichenot, dans
un travail intitule Zndew Generum et Specierum Anthiadido-
rum, inséré dans le 9° volume des Annales de la Société Lin-
néenne de Maine et Loire, a fait de ’espéce que je viens de citer
le type de son genre Paranthias, dont il a donné les caracteéres
suivants: “Corpus oblongum subelongatum, squamis minimis
vestitum. Caput breve curvatum, omnino squamosum. Preeo-
perculum tantum denticulatum. Oculi parvi. Pinna dorsi
simplex absque incisa, simul ac analis et caudalis in parte
squamosa.”
Etymologie.—fpaxvs, brevis; pv, nasus.
Caractéres du genre-—Corps élégamment oblong, museau
court, ceil médiocre ; narines rapprochées, occupant le milieu
entre l’ceil et le prémaxillaire; préopercule finement ‘dentelé,
de la Faune de Cuba. 47
sinueux vers le bas; opercule a trois pointes, l’inférieure pres-
que aussi forte que celle du milieu; bouche petite, machoire
inferieure un peu plus avancée que la supérieure. Langue lisse.
Dents.—Les dents des machoires sont courtes et pointues sur
un rang extérieur, précédées de deux canines petites et fortes ;
a lintérieur il y a une bande de petites dents en cardes,
tres-étroite ala machoire inférieure. Celles du vomer sont sur
une plaque triangulaire, et celles des palatins forment une plaque
apre. Les dents pharyngiennes supérieures sont en cardes, les
inférieures en velours. Le premier are porte de longues rate-
lures.
Nageotres.—D. 9,19; A. 3,9. La partie molle de la dor-
sale est plus basse que l’épineuse, et moins étendue; les épines
anales sont courtes, mais fortes; la pectorale est arrondie, for-
mant cependant un prolongement aigu; caudale bifurquée ;
ventrale retenue par une membrane axillaire. Le dernier rayon
des nageoires médianes est filamenteux.
Leailles.—Knviron 115 Je long de la ligne latérale, qui asa
direction normale. I] y enasur toute la téte, excepté aux
lévres, ainsi que sur les nageoires. Le préopercule n’a pas son
limbe nu. Il] n’y a pas de lame surseapulaire.
Squelette.—Le crane est aplati en dessus, concave dans l’es-
pace interorbitaire, qui est assez large; Vorbite est rejeté vers
Vextrémité antérieure ; la créte suroccipitale est basse, arrondie,
et peu prolongée en arriére ; la paroccipitale est sinueuse; la
fosse paroccipito-mastoidienne est ouverte antérieurement; le
basi-occipital offre une ample ouverture qui conduit a la fosse
sous-cranienne. Sous-orbitaires au nombre de quatre? Nul
osselet solidement encaissé sur l’apophyse post-orbitaire. Pré-
tympanal portant une lame apophysaire. Les apophyses laté-
rales abdominales commencent ala 5° vertebre, les deux derniéres
paires formant ’anneau. Les deux avant-premicres névrapo-
physes sont courtes, fortes, et peu inclinées. I] parait que appa-
reil des cOtes se compose de 2 épines épinévrales, 8 pleurapo-
physes, 7 épipleurales. Le 1* internévral soutient une seule épine
48 Genres des Poissons
du dos; il y a sur le devant deux, peut-étre trois fausses interné-
vrales. L’os pelvien n’a pas d’apophyse interne ascendante.
Visceres.—Ceecums, 8.
GeENus PETROMETOPON.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les
Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1865, p. 105, sur le nombre des épines
dorsales et la construction du crane, famille des Percida, sous-
famille Serranine ; ayant proposé pour type le Perca guttata
de Linné, soit le Serranus coronatus de Valenciennes. En 1862,
p- 236 du méme ouvrage, il Pavait placé dans le genre Lodi-
anus de Bloch; mais en 1865, il a laissé ce dernier dans les
Labride, type Bodianus bodianus de Bloch, soit le Labrus
rufus de Linné. J’ai adopté ce genre dans ma Synopsis, en
1868. C’est un démembrement du genre Serranus de Cuvier,
groupe des J/érous, dont il se distingue principalement par les
neuf aiguillons de sa nageoire dorsale.
Eiymologie.—merpe, petra; métamoy, frons; 4 cause de l’en-
durcissement du crane sur la partie frontale.
Caractéres du genre.—Corps oblong. Narines rapprochées,
placées prés de l’eeil. Préopercule dentelé sur le bord poste-
rieur seulement ; cpercules 4 trois pointes Gpineuses. Machoire
inférieure plus avancée que la supérieure.
Dents.—Les machoires ont une rangée extérieures de petites
dents aigués, précédées d’une ou deux petites canines. La ma-
choire supérieure a, derriére cette rangée, une bande d’aspéri-
tés ; mais sur le devant il y a un groupe de dents en cardes, les
plus internes trés-longues et gréles, couchées et mobiles. La
machoire inférieure porte derriere la rangée externe une bande
de dents en cardes, fines et allongées, également conchées et mo-
biles. Le vomer porte un chevron triangulaire de petites
dents, et les palatins un mince chevron. La langue est lisse.
Les dents pharyngiennes sont en velours.
de la Faune de Cuba. 49
Nageoires.—D. 9,14; A. 3,8. La derniére épine dorsale
est égale a celle qui la précede. La partie molle de la dorsale a
presque autant d’étendue que la partie épineuse. Les épines de
Panale sont fortes. La caudale est arrondie. La ventrale est rete-
nue par une membrane axillaire.
Ecailles.—La ligne latérale est arquée. Les écailles sont
ciliées, petites, environ 70 sur une ligne longitudinale ; celles de
la joue sont petites. Il yen ade trés-petites sur toute la téte,
méme sur le maxillaire, et sur la base des nageoires verticales.
Un espace anteorbitaire qui conduit aux narines est cependant
nu. Le surscapulaire ne perce pas en dehors.
Squelette—Le crane a peu de largeur en arriére ; espace
interorbitaire endurci, étroit, et convexe ; la eréte suroccipitale
trés-basse, et les autres aussi. L’orbite est placé sur la partie
antérieure. La fosse paroccipito-mastoidienne est profonde; les
apophyses articulaires préfrontales sont verticales. Les sous-
orbitaires sont au nombre de cing, et de plus il y a un osselet
caverneux solidement encaissé dans Vapophyse post-orbitaire. Le
prétympanal a une apophyse laminaire. Les six premiéres
vertébres abdominales n’ont pas d’apophyses latérales, les trois
derniéres paires formant l’anneau. Les premiéres névrapophyses
sont robustes, dont les deux dernieres moins longues. On
compte 2 épines épinévrales, 8 pleurapophyses, 7 épipleurales,
dont la derniére est plut6t une épinévrale. Le premier inter-
névral soutient une seule épine dorsale. L’os pelvien n’a pas
d’apophyse ascendante.
Viscéres.—Circonyolutions ordinaires, intestin gréle, un peu
pelotonné avant le premier pli; ccoecums médiocrement nom-
breux, longs, fermes. Vessie aérienne trés-solide.
fistoire.—Ce sont des poissons de mer, carnivores, de taille
médiocre ; ceux de Cuba se distinguent par un fond rougedtre
parsemé de taches brunes; trois taches brunes le long du dos, de
chaque céte.
MARCH, 1871. | j 4 ANN, Lyc. NAT. Hist., Vou. X.
50 Genres des Poissons
GeENus ENNEACENTRUS.
Fistovique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les Pro-
ceed. Acad. Philad., 1865,p. 105, conjointement avec le genre /n-
neacentrus, sur le nombre des épines dorsales et de la construe-
tion du crane; famille des Percide, sous-famille Serranine ;
ayant pour type le Serranus Ouatalibi de Valenciennes, soit la
variété rouge du Perca punctulata de Gmelin. J’ai adopté ce
genre dans ma Synopsis en 1868, II] appartient au méme
groupe que le genre antérieur.
Etymologie.—étvvix, novem ; xévzpev, aculeus.
Caractéres dw genre.—Ce sont tous les caracteres du genre
Pétrométopon, sauf ceux du crane, qui differe en ce qu’il est
cannelé dans l’espace interorbitaire, et toute sa surface lisse,
comme Mr. Gill, habile observateur des cranes, l’a déja fait
remarquer. Le besoin de traduire au-dehors cette distinction
anatomique, m’oblige d’ajouter un caractere tiré des couleurs:
cest, pour Cuba, deux taches noires surcaudales, et une autre,
de chaque coté, sur ’extrémité de la machoire inférieure. Jai
trouvé dans le type un petit nombre de ccecums, dépassant 5,
et la vessie aérienne a parois minces. Les mceurs et la taille
sont ceux des Pétrométopons.
Gernus MENEPHORUS.
Le genre Menephorus ne differe du genre Enneacentrus de
Mr. Gill, que par la caudale coupée en croissant, et le
défaut de taches noires sur le pédicule caudal et a l’extrémité
du menton ; il porte, comme le genre établi par Mr. Gill, des
points bleus sur le corps. L’importance du premier de ces deux
caractéres n’a pas été méconnu du savant classificateur que je
viens de nommer; car il l’a fait heureusement entrer dans la
description de ses genres. Il est certain que la caudale des
Trisotropis se présente coupée carrément ; celle des Epinephela
est arrondie; celle des Zutjanz est échancrée; celle des Caran-
de la Faune de Cuba. 5
gide est bifurquée. Cependant, je mignore pas qu'il y a en
cela de rares exceptions, comme par exemple chez mon Z7iso-
troprs falcatus et chez le Kpinephelus morio ; et je waurais pas
sur ce seul caractere établi un nouveau genre dans la coupe de
Mr. Gill, si je n’avais pas été appuyé par un trait de coloration
caractéristique qui se trouve chez les Hnneacentri, et qui man-
que dans les deux espéces du genre que j’établis ici.
Quant au caractere de coloration, il parait nul au premier
abord, quand on considére que lVorganisation entiére n’est nul-
lement changée par la disposition des couleurs; mais d’un
autre coté, on observe que la nature est souvent constante dans
sa maniere de peindre les animaux, suivant les groupes aux-
quels ils appartiennent. Ainsi, les espéces de la race féline
ont en général le poil fauve, parsemé de taches arrondies; les
Colibris, parmi les oiseaux, ont le gosier aussi resplendissant
que les pierres précieuses ; les Buprestes, parmi les Coléoptéres,
sont couverts Wor; les Papillons du genre Coliade sont presque
tous jaunes, et les Piérides, blanches ; les Satyres dérobent aux
herbes des bois montagneux leurs traits cendrés et incertains.
Hiibner a étrangément abusé de ce caractére dans sa classifica-
tion lépidoptérique ; mais il n’en a pas été moins conduit 4 faire
d@’heureux rapprochements. Les couleurs souvent n’aménent a
rien; mais dans certains groupes elles semblent devoir faire
nécessairement partie des descriptions génériques; ne fut-ce
quwau dernier terme.
Je prends pour type le Hnneacentrus dubius de mes
Mémoires,
LEtymologie.—riva, luna; 4épe, fero. Ce qui répond au mot
latin Lunzfer, la caudale étant coupée en croissant.
GENUS CENTROPRISTIS.
Ce genre a été établi par Cuvier et Valenciennes, en 1829,
dans Il’ Histoire des Poissons, ILI., p. 86, sous le nom de Centro-
pristes. Dans le 2° volume du Régne animal, qui est posté-
52 Genres des Poissons
rieur, quoique de la méme année, il a été changé en Centropris-
tis, qui est plus acceptable.
D’aprés les auteurs du genre, ils sont parmi les Perches 4
dorsale unique et 4 dents en velours, & peu-prés ce que sont les
Serrans dans la division de dents canines, c’est-a-dire, qwils
réunissent & un opercule épineux un préopercule dentelé en
scie. Le museau, la machoire et la membrane des ouiés man-
quent d’écailles; mais il y en a sur le crane, sur la joue, et sur
les piéces operculaires. Type: Perea atraria, L.
Le type nommé, a les dents en velours, la langue lisse ; D.
10,11; A. 3, 7. La caudale est trilobée; mais la forme de
cette nageoire n’entre pas dans les caracteres du genre, tel que
le présentent Cuv. et Val.
Le Dr. Giinther, Catal. I., p. 82, indique les dents en velours,
avec de tres-petites canines aux deux machoires. II ajoute
que les dents du vomer sont sur une plaque triangulaire
et que les nombres sont: D. 10, 12 (ou moins de 12);
A. 8, 7 (parfois 6). Presque toutes les espéces citées dans
dans cette partie de son catalogue, ont été plus tard portées
par Mr. Gill 4 un nouveau genre, nommé par Ini //aliperca.
Etymologie.—xévz per, aculeus ; *pir7¥s, serratus.
Genus Hatiperca.
Tistorique.—-Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les
Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1862, p. 236, parmi les Percida,
sous-famille Serranine ; type, Serranus bivittatus, C. et V.,
S. Phabe, Poey, Centropristis tabacarius,C. V.,&*. Il est placé
dans la division de “ Dorsale enti¢re ou presque entiére, caudale
enticre ou simplement échanerée, corps délié, écailles modé-
reés (50-75) dents non conchées, machoires égales, préopercule
dentelé.” Les especes de ce genre ont été distribuées par Ou-
vier et Valenciennes parmi les Serrans proprement dits et les
Centropristes. C’est dans ces derniers qu’elles ont été placées
par le Dr. Giinther. Klein, Miss. V., p. 60, N°. 4, a placé une
de la Fuune de Cuba. 53
de nos espéces dans son genre Prochilus, dépourvu de dents,
qualifié de monstrueux par Cuvier et Valenciennes.
Etymologie.—érs, mare ; *épxn, perche.
Caractéres du genre.—Corps allongé, téte obtuse en dessus,
ceil médiocre, ouvertures nasales rapprochées et placées pres de
Veil; préopercule dentelé sur tous ses bords, opercules a trois
épines rejetées en bas; bouche grande, machoire inférieure
dépassant la supérieure. Langue lisse, libre, pointue. Voyez
ce qui a été indiqué dans la sous-famille des Serranint.
Dents.—Les machoires ont un rang extérieur de dents poin-
tues, dont les deux ou trois premiéres en haut, une ou deux en
bas, sont plus fortes et peuvent étre considérées comme canines ;
en dedans, il y a en haut une bande de dents en velours, ainsi
que sur le devant de la machoire inférieure. Parmi celles de
devant de la machoire supérieure, il y en a une de chaque cdoté
longue et forte, couchée en arriére, et qui parait étre mobile.
Au milieu du rang externe de la machoire inférieure, s’élevent
environ cing dents plus longues que les autres et écartées. Les
dents du vomer sont sur un chevron triangulaire, et celles des
palatins sur une bande étroite.
Nageoires—D. 10, 12; A. 3, 7. La derniere épine dorsale
est égale a Vavant-derniére. La partie molle ‘est a-peu-pres
aussi étendue que la partie épineuse. La caudale est échancrée.
Il n’y a pas de lanieres a la pointe des épines dorsales.
Evcailles.—Les écailles sont au nombre de 50 a 70 le long de
la ligne latérale, laquelle est parallele au dos. Celles des joues
sont égales ou presque aussi grandes que celles de l’opercule ;
tantot il y ena, tantot il n’y en a pas sur l’interopercule, dont le
limbe est toujours nu; le crane et tout le musean en est dépour-
vu; il yen aa la base des nageoires verticales.
Squelette—Le crane est arrondi en-dessus ; les crétes courtes
et basses, la suroccipitale rejetée en arriére ; espace interorbi-
taire étroit ; une apophyse laminaire au prétympanal. Les apo-
physes latérales des vertebres abdominales commencent a la 5°,
les trois dernieres paires formant ]’anneau. La 1° et la 2° névra-
54 Genres des Poissons
pophyses sont fortes et courbent leur pointe en avant. La 1°
épine internévrale soutient deux rayons de la dorsale; 2
épines épicentrales, 8 pleurapophyses, 7 épipleurales.
Viscéres.—L’intestin est mou, les eceecums au nombre de 5,
la vessie aérienne a parois minces et transparentes.
fistoire—On en connait plusieurs espéces, toutes de petite
taille.
Genus DreLectrRuM.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi en 1855, par le Dr. Hol-
brook, dans son /ehthyology of South Carolina, p. 32. Type:
Serranus fascicularis, Cuv, et Val. ila été accepté par
Mr. Gill, Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1862, pp. 236, 237.
Caractéres.—I) ne différe du genre /aliperca que par le préo-
percule armé de deux faisceaux d’épines divergentes. Le JZ. b¢-
vittatus peut servir de transition entre ces deux genres.
Etymologie.—as, bis; *aaxrpev, plectrum, que Cuvier traduit
éperon.
Genus MENTIPERCA.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les
Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1862, p. 236. Type: Serranus lucio-
percanus, Poey.
Caractéres.— Le genre Mentiperca parait bien établi, quoique
Vauteur ne lait séparé des Haliperce que par un menton
proéminent et le petit nombre de ccecums (deux seulement).
- L’avancement de la machoire inférieure, chez les Halzper-
c@, a été indiqué par moi; mais ce caractére n’est pas bien re-
marquable. I] est bien prononcé chez les Mentiperce, ce qui
leur fait un museau plus pointu; Vceil est plus grand. Le
crane, au lieu d’étre arrondi, est plat en dessus. Le préorbitaire,
trés-développé, couvre tout le milieu de l’os maxillaire, et touche
au bord de la lévre. Ouvertures nasales extrémement petites,
de la Faune de Cuba. 55
surtout lantérieure, qu’on peut a peine découvrir avec une
forte loupe. Sauf ces différences, il a les caractéres des //al?-
perce ; je ne suis pas certain cependant que l’on trouve der-
riére les premieres dents de la machoire supérieure, la grosse
dent qui de chaque cdté se couche en arriére.
Ltymologie.—Mentum—Percea.
Genus Hyporiectrvs.
Fistorique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, Proce. Acad.
Philad., 1862, pp. 236, 237 ; type, Plectropoma puella C. et V.
Il yest placé dans la famille des Perczda@, sous-famille Serrani-
nw. ‘* Dorsale entiere, caudale échancrée, corps oblong, écailles
petites, dents couchées en arriére des canines, préopercule ayant
en dessous des dentelures dirigées en avant, le dit préopercule
denticulé en dessous en forme de scie. D. 16, 14-15. J’ai
accepté ce genre dans ma Synopsis, en 1868.
L’espéce citée par Mr. Gill est chez Cuvier et Valenciennes
le type de leur 3° division des Plectropome, laquelle, outre les
dentelures fines du bord montant du préopercule, en montre
au bord inférieur de nombreuses, presque aussi fines, mais
dirigées en avant.
Litymologie.—ixe, sub; xajxzpov, plectrum.
Caracteres du genre.—Corps court, comprimé ; cil médioere,
haut ; narines rapprochées, plus prés de Veil que du bout du
museau. Préopercule finement dentelé a son bord montant,
sans échancrure, portant sur son bord inférieur 10 a 12 dente-
lures dirigées en avant. Opercule armé de trois pointes
épineuses. Bouche bien fendue, la machoire inférieure dépas-
sant la supérieure. Langue lisse. Voyez ce qui a été indiqué
dans la sous-famille des Serraniné.
Dents.——Il] y a aux machoires un rang externe de petites dents
coniques, crochues, précédées de deux courtes canines. En ar-
riére, sur la machoire supérieure, il y a un rang de dents plus
minces, plus nombreuses sur le devant, et qui paraissent cou-
‘
56 Genres des Poissons
chées et mobiles. A la machoire inférieure les dents couchées
ne se trouvent que sur le devant. Les dents du vomer sont sur
une plaque triangulaire.
Nageoires.—D. 10,15; A. 3, 7. La derniére épine dorsale
est aussi longue que l’avant derniére ; l’étendue de la partie molle
égale, a peu pres, celle de la partie épineuse ; les épines anales
sont fortes; la caudale est échanerée. I] n’y a pas de la-
niéres membraneuses a Vextrémité des epines dorsales.
Ecailles.—Les €cailles sont tortement ciliées, aussi longues
que hantes, adhérentes, plus fortes sur les jones que sur les
deux piéces postérieures operculaires ; les plus grandes du trone
se trouvent sur les flanes, pres de la pectorale ; celles de la gorge
sont petites ; il y en a aux tempes, mais non pas sur le crane,
Vinteropercule, le limbe préoperculaire, ni le bout du musean,
inclus le maxillaire et le dentaire. Il n’y ena pasa Ja mem-
brane des ouiés. De tiés-petites écailles s’étendent sur la base des
nageoires verticales; il n’y en a pas sur la base des pectorales,
Squelette.—Le crane est arrondi a son sommet, |’espace inter-
orbitaire médiocre, l’orbite plus rapproché de Vextrémité anté-
rieure ; la créte suroccipitale basse et rejetée en arriére; la
mastoidienne trés-basse; le nasal bas. Les cinq premiéres
vertebres abdominales manquent d’apophyses latérales ; les trois
derniéres paires forment l’anneau. Les premieres névrapophyses
sont plus fortes et plus courtes que les autres. L’appareil
des cdtes se compose de 2 épinévrales, 8 pleurapophyses, 6 épi-
pleurales. Le 17 internévral sontient deux ¢pines dorsales.
Le coracoidien est tres-échancré vers le bas. L’os pelvien n’a
pas d’apophyse ascendante.
Viscéres.—Lintestin fait les cireonvolutions ordinaires ; ap-
pendices pyloriques au nombre de 5; vessie natatoire a parois
minces, quoique opaques; vésicule du fiel allongé.
Histoire.—Ce genre parait tres-naturel. Les espéces qui le
composent sont assez nombreuses, et de petite taille: environ 5
pouces.
de la Faune de Cuba. bye
GENUS GONIOPLECTRUS.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, Proceed.
Acad. Philad., 1862, pp. 236, 237, parmi les Percida@, sous-
famille Serranina, dans la division de ‘ Dorsale entiére, caudale
entiére, corps oblong, écailles petites, dents couchées en arri¢re
des canines, préopercule portant a son angle une dent plec-
troidale dirigée enavant: D. 8. Type: Plectropoma hispa-
num, O. V. Je Vai adopté dans ma Synopsis, en 1868.
L’espéce citée par Mr. Gill est le type du 2° groupe de
Plectropoma de Cuvier et Valenciennes, distingué par le bord
montant du préopercule dentelé, n’ ayant au bord inférieur
quwun petit nombre de dentelures. Les espéces renfermées dans
cette division ne forment pas un groupe naturel, comme le dé-
montrent le Pl. chloropterum, le Susuki, le Serratum, le nigro-
rubrum, types aunjourd’hui de nouveaux genres.
Etymologie.—vyava, angulus ; xaqxzpov, plectrum.
Caractéres du genre.—Corps court, cil médiocre, placé haut ;
préopercule finement dentelé a son bord montant, pourvu en des-
sous d’une forte épine partant de langle et se dirigeant en
avant; opercule a trois pointes, celle du milieu extrémement
longue et forte.
Dents.—Les dents des machoires sont en cardes; il y en asur
le devant quelques-unes un peu plus longues, couchées et pro-
bablement mobiles ; une seule canine en haut, forte; deux en
bas longues et fortes, au milieu de la machoire. Les dents du
vomer sur une plaque triangulaire; les palatines sur une bande
étroite.
Nageoires.—D. 8, 13; A. 3, 7. Les rayons épineux de la
dorsale sont assez courts et forts, le dernier plus court que celui
qui le précéde ; la partie molle a peu d’étendue relativement a la
portion épineuse. Les épines anales sont trés-fortes. La pec-
torale est plutot arrondie que pointue. Ventrale retenue par
une membrane axillaire.
Licailles.—Les écailles sont cili¢es. La ligne latérale se re-
58 Genres des Poissons
léve et ne suit pas la direction paralléle au dos. I] y a des
écailles sur toutes les pieces operculaires; celles des joues sont
petites; il n’y en a passur le crane, qui est apre, ni sur le devant
du museau; elles montent sur les nageoires médianes jusqu’aux
deux tiers de leur hauteur; il y en'améme quelques-unes sur la
membrane épineuse de la dorsale. L’ossurscapulaire envoit au
dehors sa lame plate.
Squelette.—Malegré la grande différence que présente, au pre-
mier aspect, ce genre comparé avec les /ypoplectri, Vexamen
du crane révéle entre eux une grande aflinité. Ainsi il est ar-
rondi en dessus, la créte suroccipitale est au-dessous du niveau
frontal ; les autres erétes sont basses ; la distance interorbitaire
médiocre; mais le nasal n’est pas bas. J’ignore si le labial
existe. Les apophyses latérales des vertebres abdominales se
montrent a commencer de la 7°, les trois derniéres paires formant
Vanneau. La 1° névrapophyse chevauche ; les trois qui suivent
sont fortes et rejetées en arriére, les quatre autres sont courtes ;
celles qui suivent sont normales. Je ne crois pas qwil y ait
entre les chairs de fausses épines internévrales.
Viscéres.—L’intestin est étroit, et fait les circonvolutions
ordinaires. J’ai compté 8 appendices pyloriques, courts et
fermes. J’ai trouvé des crustacés dans son estomac.
Observations.—Si Von n’avait égard qwa Vépine sous-preé-
operculaire, on placerait ce genre a cdté du genre Prospinus ;
mais le nombre des épines dorsales et la forme du crane rap-
proche ce dernier des Hpinepheli ; tandis que le genre Gonio-
plectrus se rapproche davantage des //ypoplectri.
Supramiia I].—Lutsanint.
Une seule dorsale, la partie épineuse presque entiérement
logée dans un sillon du dos. Préopercule dentelé ; opercule
sans épines ou n’en portant qu’une plate. Machoire in-
férieure peu avancée. Un rang de dents extérieures, solides
et plus fortes que les intérieures, qui plus ou moins les
} de la Faune de Cuba. 59
accompagnent; des canines sur le devant des machoires.
Le premier sous-orbitaire, tres-développé, recouvre en partie
Vextrémité postérieure du maxillaire. Pectorale pointue ;
dernier rayon de la ventrale attaché a ’abdomen par une mem-
brane axillaire. I] n’y pas de lambeau cutané écailleux au-
dessus de l’axille pectorale. Mais il y a toujours un lobule
écailleux au-dessus de la base de la ventrale. La caudale est
échanerée ou bifurquée. Les écailles sont grandes ou médiocres.
Le limbe préorperculaire est nu; l’os surscapulaire perce en
dehors. Le post-frontal n’a pas d’os caverneux solidement
encaissé dans l‘apophyse post-orbitaire. Quand Vos existe, il
y est lachement encaissé. La fosse paroccipito-mastoidienne
est ouverte et se continue jusq’au frontal. Il n’y a pas d’os
labial. Il ya dans les chairs, au-devant de la dorsale, trois
fausses épines internévrales.
On voit que cest a juste titre que Mr. Gill a formé cette
sous-famille, qui se distingue assez nettement de l’antérieure ;
en méme temps quelle se rapproche de la famille des Sparoida.
Voyez la-dessus ce qu’en dit Mr. Gill, Proced. Acad. Philad.,
1862, p. 446, d’aprés les vues de Mr. Troschel. Le genre
Lutjanus est le type normal de cette coupe: ¢’est le genre
Mésoprion de Cuvier.
Voici les genres compris dans cette sous-famille :—
1. Ocyurus.—Species: chrysurus, Bl.—aurovittatus, Ag.—
ambiguus, Poey.—lutjanoides, Poey.
2. Phomboplites.—Species : elegans, Poey.
3. Lutjanus.—Species: Caxis, Bl.—Jocu, Cuv.— Caballerote,
Bl.— Cubera, Poey.— Buccanella, Cuv.—Aubrieti, Dem.—
Ojanco, Poey—profundus, Poey—Campechianus, Poey—ana-
lis, Cuv.—rosaceus, Poey.
4. Tropidinius.—Species : Arnillo, Poey.
5. Platyinius.—Species : voraw, Poey.
6. Htelis.—Species: oculatus, Val.
7. Verilus-—Species: sordidus, Poey.
60 Genres des Poissons
Genus Ocyurts.
fistorique.—Genre établi par Mr. Gill, Proceed. Acad.
Philad., 1862, pp. 286, 237, ot il en donne les caractéres suivants,
servant a le distinguer des autres genres de Cuba: “ Famille
des Percide, sous-famille Lutjanine, caudale bifurquée a
lobes trés-aigus.” Le type cité est le Mesoprion chrysurus de
Cuvier et Valenciennes.
LEtymologie.—axvs, celer ; spe, canda.
Caractéres du genre. — Le genre Ocyurus, considéré dans
son type, présente les caracteres qui suivent: Corps élégam-
ment oblong. Opercule sans épines. Narines écartées, d-peu-
prés a égale distance de l’cil que du bout du musean. Bouche
petite, la machoire inférieure dépassant un peu la supérieure.
Langue Apre.
Dents.—Les machoires portent une rangée de petites dents
aigues, écartées, sans canines remarquables; derriére cette
rangée il y a en haut une bande d’aspérités, ainsi qu’en bas
sur la partie antérieure seulement ; il y a des aspérités aux pa-
latins et au vomer; ce dernier en présente une plaque rhom-
boidale ; les os pharyngiens ont des dents en fin velours. Le
premier are des branchies porte de longues ratelures.
Nageoires.—D. 10, 18; A. 3, 9. L’étendue de la partie
molle de la dorsale est un peu moindre que celle de la partie
épineuse. Caudale bifurquée, a lobes trés-aigus, portée sur un
pédoncule étroit.
Leuwilles.—Elles sont assez grandes, environ 55 le long de la
ligne latérale, qui est paralléle au dos; il y en a aux tempes,
aux joues, et sur l’appareil operculaire, sauf le limbe du préoper-
cule; le reste de la téte en est dépourvu.
Squelette.—Le crane, vu en dessus, est large; l’espace inter-
orbitaire assez grand et enfoncé; la créte suroccipitale trés-
haute, et se continuant avec la créte frontale jusqu’a larticula-
tion du nasal. Les apophyses latérales des vertébres abdomi-
nales commencent a la 6° vertébre. Le 1° internévral ne soutient
de la Faune de Cuba. 61
quw’une seule épine. L’appareil des cotes se compose de 2
épinévrales, 8 pleurapophyses, 6 épipleurales.
Viscéres.—Circonvolutions ordinaires ; ccecums au nombre de
53 vessie aérienne longue, opaque, argentée.
Genus RHOoMBOPLITES.
fistorique—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans tes
Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1862, pp. 236, 237; type: Centropristis
aurorubens, Cuy. et Val. Il y est mis dans la famille des Per-
cide, sous-famille Lutjanine, caudale échancrée, dents vomeé-
riennes sur une plaque rhomboidale. Je Vai adopté dans ma
Synopsis, en 1868,
Etymologie. —feuBos, rhombus ; wares, armatura.
Caractéres du genre.—Corps oblong, élégant; cil grand,
peu élevé; narines rapprochées, aussi éloignées de lceil que
de Vextrémité du museau; préopereule finement dentelé a sa
branche montante, bien denté a l’angle et sur la branche infeé-
rieure ; opercule 4 une seule pointe épineuse, plate. Bouche
petite, machoire inférieure dépassant la supérieure. Langue
apre.
Dents.
de dents aignes, écartées, plus grandes d’avant en arricre,
Les michoires présentent extérieurement une rangée
2
mais sans canines prononcées. La rangée d’en haut est accom-
pagnée intérieurement d’une bande de dents en cardes fines ;
tandis que celle d’en bas n’en a que sur la partie antéricure.
Dents vomériennes sur une plaque rhomboidale ; celles des pa-
latins sur une large plaque. Pharynx 4 dents en velours. Pre-
mier are des branchies a longues ratelures.
Nageoires.—D. 12,11; A. 3,8. La partie molle de la dorsale
est d’une étendue beaucoup plus courte que celle de la partie
épineuse. Caudale bien échancrée.
Ecailles. —Elles sont ciliées, de grandeur médiocre, environ 60
le long de la ligne latérale, qui est paralléle au dos. La téte en
62 Genres des Poissons
montre jusqu’aux tempes ; la joue en est couverte, aussi grandes
qua Vopercule ; il y en a a Vinteropereule, mais pas au limbe
préoperculaire. Le reste de la téte en est dépourvu. Le sur-
scapulaire laisse voir son bord postérieur en dehors.
Squelette—Le crane, vu en dessus, est aplati, le diamétre
postérieur grand, ainsi que Vespace interorbitaire. La créte sur-
occipitale est haute, se continuant avec la frontale; les autres
sont basses. Une large perforation basilaire conduit aux fosses
sous-craniennes. L’orbite occupe un espace plus prés de l’extré-
mité antérieure que de la postérieure. Sous-orbitaires au nom-
bre de quatre. Prétympanal portant une apophyse laminaire.
Les apophyses latérales de abdomen commencent 4 la 5° ver-
tebre. Il y a de chaque cdté 2 épinévrales, 8 pleurapophyses, 6
épinévrales. La 1° épine internévrale supporte deux rayons
épineux. L’os pelvien n’« pas d’apophyse ascendante.
Viscéres—Circonvolutions ordinaires. Ccecums, 5.
Observations.—On voit que ce qui distingue principalement
ce genre de celui que Mr. Gill nomme Lutjanus, c’est le nombre
12 des épines dorsales ; car la plaque rhomboidale du vomer est
un caractere commun a plusieurs Lutjans. J’ai pris pour type,
quant aux caractéres du genre, le Rh. elegans de Vile de
Cuba.
Histoire.—Meeurs carnivores ; taille médiocre.
Genus Lursanvs.
Listorique—Ce genre a été établi par Bloch en 1797, dans
son Ichthyologie, Pars 7, p. 324, sous les caractéres suivants:
“téte nue antérieurement; préopercule dentelé, opercule sans
épines ; museau aigu.” Ila pour premiere espéce son Latia-
nus Luteanus du Japon, qui est le M/esoprion Lutjanus de
Cuvier, dont les nombres sont: D. 10,13; A. 3, 8.
Cuvier, en 1817, avait adopté ce genre; mais il ’a abandonné
en 1828, et l’a remplacé par celui de J/ésoprion, parce qu il est
de la Faune de Cuba. 63
mélé dans Bloch a des espéces d’autres familles, soit Se?énoides,
soit Labroides, et a des Serrans du groupe des Mérous. Si cette
raison pouvait étre admise, il faudrait supprimer bien d’autres
genres.
Mr. Gill, croyant sans doute que le poids d’un grand nom
ne saurait nuire a la priorité, a rétabli le genre de Bloch dans
les Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1862, pp. 236, 237, comme syno-
nyme de Mesoprion, Cuv. Mr. Demarest Vavait déja accepté ;
et avant lui, Lacépéde, en ajoutant le caractere de “ une seule
nageoire dorsale.” Mr. Gill lui assigne: “ Lutjanine, caudal
emarginated, profile straight ; occiput crested.” Son type est
le Desoprion griseus, Cuv., qui est le méme que le Lutjanus
Canis.
Le Dr. Giinther a conservé le nom de Cuvier. Je crois avec
Mr. Gill que le genre Liacope, Cuv., soit Genyroge de Cantor,
doit étre confondu avec les Lutjani.
Etymologie—Du mot Lutjang, que Bloch avait cru du
Japon, et qui est malais, selon Cuvier. Bloch écrit en latin
Lutianus.
Caractéres du genre.—V oici comment je présente les carac-
téres du genre Lutjanus, prenant pour type le Jesoprion
Caxis, n’ayant pas en mon pouvoir le type cité par Bloch.
Corps oblong, un peu élevé; museau aigu; machoire
inférieure un peu moins avancée que la supérieure ; opercule
finissant en angle mousse et non-épineux ; préopercule presque
pas dentelé en dessous. Langue tantot lisse, tantot apre.
Dents._-La machoire supérieure a une rangée externe de
dents aigues, écartées, les dernicres plus petites ; elle est pré-
cédée de deux canines tres-longues ; en dedans il y a une large
bande d’aspérités. La machoire inférieure n’a pas de canines
remarquables, mais seulement une rangée externe de dents
aigues, plus longues que celles d’en haut, et les derniéres plus
petites ; en dedans il n’y a quune plaque étroite d’aspérités sur
le devant. Les dents du vomer sont tantdt sur un simple
chevron triangulaire, tantot sur une plaque rhomboidale qui se
64 Genres des Poissons
prolonge en arricre en angle trés-aigu. Les dents pharyngi-
ennes inférieures sont en velours ; mais le bord interne en porte
une rangée de plus grosses et crochues, ainsi que les os
supérieurs. Le premier are des branchies a de longues
ratelures.
Nageotres.--D. 10, 14; A. 3,8. La caudale est échancrée,
mais non pas profondément.
Ecailles.—Elles sont ciliées, de 45 a 50 sur une ligne longi-
tudinale. Il yen a aux piéces operculaires, aux tempes, aux
joues ; mais non pas sur le crane, sur le museau, nisur le limbe
du préopercule. Il y en a sur la base des nageoires verticales,
partie molle; mais non pas sur la base des nageoires paires.
Elles sont d’égale grandeur sur la joue et sur l’opercule.
Squelette.—Le crane est étroit en arriére. La créte surocci-
pitale plus ou moins élevée; Veil placé au milieu de la
longueur cranienne; l’espace interorbitaire étroit; le trou qui
livre passage au nerf trijumeau est presque marginal. L’ap-
pareil sous-orbitaire porte en tout cing os, dont le dernier paraft
articulé sur ’apophyse postorbitaire, mais trés-lachement. I] y
a 2 épines épinévrales, 8 pleurapophyses, 7 épipleurales. Le
1* internévral porte deux épines du dos.
Visceres.—L’intestin fait les circonvolutions ordinaires. La
vessie aérienne est ordinairement solide ; quand ses parois sont
minces, elles ne sont pas transparentes. La vésicule du fiel est
longue et étroite. Les ccecums, au nombre de 5, mous et
courts.
Observations.—Ce genre admet quelques subdivisions: ainsi
les espéces nommeées Caxis, Jocu, etc., ont de longues canines a
la machoire supérieure, et de grosses dents a Vinférieure; en
méme temps que les rayons mous des nageoires médianes sont
plats, trés-divisés et contigus. D’autres ont les dents moins
remarquables, surtout le Lutjanws Ojanco, et les rayons mous
peu divisés. Il y a encore des différences a l’égard de la
convexité otocranienne.
de la Faune de Cuba. 65
Genus TRoprprnivs.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, qui n’en a
pas encore fait connaitre les caracteres. Je l’ai adopté dans
ma Synopsis en 1868, d’aprés les renseignements manuscrits de
auteur, savoir : “ Distinguished by the elevated occipital crest;
strengthened by a subvertical rib behind, and the simple paroc-
cipital process.” Type: Z. Arnillo, Poey.
Etymologve.—rporis, carina; iver, nucula.
Caracteres du genre-—Corps oblong. Narines rapprochées,
plus prés de l’ceil que de Vextrémité du museau; une seule
épine a l’opercule ; préopercule finement dentelé 4 la branche
montante et a Vangle, sinueux en dessous; bouche médiocre-
ment fendue, machoire inférieure un peu avancée. Langue
lisse.
Dents.—Les dents des machoires sont courtes et pointues,
sur un rang externe; précédées de deux canines en haut et
trois en bas. Intérieurement, il y aen haut une bande en
velours ras, ainsi qu’en bas; mais ici il n’y en a que sur la
partie antérieure. Celles du vomer sont sur un simple chevron
transversal, et aux palatins sur une seule ligne. Les os
pharyngiens ont des dents en velours en bas, en cardes fines
en haut. Le premier are porte de longues ratelures.
Nageowres.—D. 10, 10; A.3, 8. La caudale est échancrée ;
la ventrale n’a pas de lobe écailleux au dessus de sa base.
Eeailles—Environ 60 sur la ligne latérale, qui suit la
courbure du dos; il yen a sur la joue, mais non pas sur le
limbe du préopercule ; les autres pieces operculaires en sont
pourvues ; on en yoit un groupe aux tempes: le reste de la téte
est nu. Les nageoires verticales antérieures n’en ont pas.
Squelette—Le crane est médiocrement élargi en arriére et
sur l’espace interorbitaire; la créte suroccipitale commence
vers le milieu de l’orbite; elle est haute, tronquée en arriére ;
les deux autres sont basses. La convexité otocranienne ne se
montre pas en dehors. L’opercule est arrondi et échaneré
MARCH, 1871. 5 Ann. Lyc. NAT. Hist., Vou. X,
—
66 Genres des Poissons
vers le haut, son épine unique renforecée intérieurement.
Cing sous-orbitaires; prétympanal sans apophyse laminaire.
Les apophyses latérales abdominales commencent 4 la 5°
vertébre, les trois derniéres paires formant Vanneau. Les
quatre premiéres névrapophyses sont assez fortes. Le 1°
internévral supporte deux épines du dos. L’os pelvien n’a pas
d’apophyse interne ascendante.
Viscéres.—Ccecums, 5.
Observations.—Le nombre des rayons de la dorsale, et la
base nue de cette nageoire, ainsi que de l’anale, distinguent
principalement ce genre des Lutjani. L’écaille ventrale sur-
axillaire manque. L’opercule et le prétympanal offrent encore
des différences.
Genus Puaryinivs.
Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, en 1862, dans les Proceed.
Acad. Philad., pp. 236, 237, dans la sous-famille des Lutjanine ;
ayant ‘la caudale échancrée, les dents du vomer sur une
plaque triangulaire, le profil bossu, occiput plat.” Type: le
Mesoprion vorax, Poey. Il rentre dans le genre Anthias de
Bloch, ou Serrans barbiers de Cuvier et Valenciennes. Mr.
Gill a cependant démontré dans son article sur le genre Litelis,
Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1862, p. 447, que sa plus grande
affinité est avec les Lutjans, ou Mesoprionsde Cuvier. Je Vai
adopté dans ma Synopsis, en 1868.
Etymologie.—x«r0s, latus ; iver, nucula.
Caracteres du genre.—Malgré la dorsale sans échancrure,
qui distingue ce genre, il est tellement rapproché du genre
Etelis, que je crois devoir le décrire par simple comparaison
(voyez ci-dessous). I] a les caractéres de ce dernier, savoir, la
méme colonne vertébrale, les mémes pieces operculaires, l’ceil
grand, la bouche bien fendue, le dentaire avancé, la caudale
bifurquée, les écailles manquant au-dessus et au-devant de la
téte, ainsi qu’aux nageoires, sauf le long des rayons de la
de la Faune de Ouba. 67
caudale. Tl s’en distingue par la dorsale entiare et par les
détails qui suivent. Le corps est oblong, sans étre élancé ;
trongon de la queue plus court, lobes moins inégaux ; le museau
plus bombé; l’ceil plus petit, le dentaire moins avancé; le
maxillaire et le dentaire sans écailles; le préopercule plus
dentelé a Vangle et en-dessous; la partie molle de la dorsale
plus étendue; les épines anales plus fortes; le dernier rayon
mou de cette nageoire non-divisé ; les écailles plus petites, 60
sur une ligne longitudinale; celles de la caudale plus nom-
breuses.
Les dents des machoires offrent quelques différences: je les
décris minutieusement ici. En haut, il y a d’abord deux ou
trois canines, puis vient la rangée externe de dents pointues,
au nombre a-peu-pres de 12, et quelques-unes plus petites; dans
Vintérieur il y en a une bande en velours ras, plus large sur le
devant, ot les plus intérieures sont les plus longues. En bas, il
y a d’abord 5 a 6 dents en crochets, plus petites que les canines
d’en haut, et elles vont en augmentant de la premiére 4 la
dernicre; immédiatement aprés vient larangée de dents externes,
plus petites et plus nombreuses que celles d’en haut. Dans
Vintérieur, le devant seulement est pourvu d’une bande de dents
en cardes fines, dont les plus intérieures sont les plus longues,
mais non pas mobiles.
Le crane est construit sur le méme modeéle que celui de
V Htelis ; il en differe cependant par un frontal plus prolongé, et
les deux crétes latérales plus basses, ce qui détache un peu plus
la créte suroccipitale.
Genus ETELIs.
Hlistorique.-—Ce genre a été établi en 1828, par Cuvier et
Valenciennes, Poiss. II., p. 127, famille des Percoides; “ ayant
tous les caractéres des Perches proprement dites, sauf une
rangée externe de dents en crochets, et se distinguant du genre
68 Genres des Poissons
Lucioperca par les palatins tout en velours et par ses opercules
pourvus de deux pointes.” Le type est le Z. carbunculus, C. V.
C’est un démembrement du genre Anthias de Bloch,
qui peu-a-peu se trouyera réduit a une seule espéce, le Labrus
Anthias, L., Anthias sacer, Bl., dont Rafinesque a fait le genre
Aylopon: cette espéce a des particularités remarquables aux
dents des machoires et au piéces operculaires; et surtout aux
vertebres, qui sont 10-16.
Swainson, en 1839, Nat. Hist. of Fishes, ete., I., pp. 168, 202,
le présente sous le nom de /tc/les, en ajoutant le caractere de
“caudale a lobes inégaux.” II établit en méme temps le genre
Hlastoma, qui en differe, selon lui, par les lobes égaux et la
nageoire dorsale profondément échancrée, sa partie épineuse
plus étendue que la postérieure, l’ceil trés-grand; type, Serra-
nus oculatus,C. V. On voit que les illustres auteurs de
P Histoire générale et particuliére des Poissons n’ont pas connu
la grande aflinité qui existe entre le carbunculus et le oculatus ;
ni Swainson non plus. Le Dr. Giinther a suivi exemple de
Cuvier et Valenciennes. Mr. Gill a démontré que ces deux
espéces appartiennent au méme genre. Le nom de Swainson
doit done passer a la synonymie.
Il en est de méme du genre /fesperanthias de Lowe, Fishes
of Madeira, 1843, puisqu’il prend pour type le S. ocuwlatus,
ainsi que Swainson. CO’est encore le genre J/acrops, établi par
Mr. Oh. Duméril en 1856, Ichth. analyt., p. 279.
I] faut consulter sur ce sujet et sur les caractéres détaillés du
genre un bon article de Mr. Gill, inséré dans les Proceed.
Acad. Philad., 1862, p. 447, sous le titre de “ On the Synonymy
and Systematic Position of the Genus Zéezis of Cuvier and
Valenciennes.”
Ltymologie.—Nom propre d’un poisson dans Aristote.
Caracteres du genre.—J’ai profité du travail de Mr. Gill. j’y
ai ajouté quelques autres particularités, principalement celles
qui ont été prises sur le squelette.
Corps oblong, élancé; racine de la queue longue. Dorsale
de la Faune de Cuba. 69
unique, presque double a cause de son échancrure profonde ;
Vespace entre les yeux plan, ainsi que Pocciput; museau court,
bouche grande; ceil tres-grand ; narines rapprochées, beaucoup
plus pres de Poeil que de l’extrémité du museau ; le préopercule
n’a pas d’échancrure ; son bord montant est finement pectiné,
Vangle et le dessous sont denticulés; lopercule est armé d’une
pointe assez forte, Vinférieure n’éxistant pas, la supérieure tres-
plate; maxillaire terminant sous le tiers postérieur de Vceil ;
machoire inférieure plus avancée que la supérieure; langue
lisse.
Denis.
en crochets, petites, écartées, les premieres d’en haut un peu
Les machoires ont une rangée extérieure de dents
plus fortes; parmi celles-ci on remarque une canine peu
développée en haut, et une plus petite en bas. <A l’intérieur,
la machoire supérieure porte une bande de dents en velours
ras; et linférieure aussi, mais sur le devant seulement. Ilya
des dents en velours au vomer, sur un chevron angulaire ; aux
palatins, sur une bande étroite, ainsi qu’aux pharyngiens. De
longues ratelures au premier arceau des branchies.
Nageoires.—D. 10, 11; A. 38, 8. La partie molle de
la dorsale a peu détendne. L’anale a les épines faibles.
Caudale bifurquée, lobes aigus, le supérieur plus prolongé que
Pinférieur. Le dernier rayon mou de la dorsale n’est pas
divisé; il se prolonge en filament, ainsi que le dernier de
Vanale; mais celui-ci est divisé. Il n’y a pas de lobe écailleux
au-dessus de la base des ventrales.
Ecailles.—l.es éeailles sont ciliées, au nombre de 50 sur une
ligne longitudinale; la ligne latérale suit la courbure du dos.
Il y a des écailles aux joues, aux tempes, au maxillaire, au
dentaire ; mais non pas sur le préorbitaire, qui est strié, ni sur
la téte, ni sur le limbe du préopercule. I] n’y en a pas non
plus aux nageoires, sauf a la base de la caudale.
Squelette.—Le crine est-trés large et plat entre les deux
orbites, et le bord orbitaire bien strié en travers. L’ceil oecupe
le milieu du crane. La créte suroccipitale, sans étre trop
70 . Genres des Poissons
basse, ne s’avance pas sur le front: il y a un trait élevé en
travers la ou commencent les crétes. Le basilaire est percé
dune grande fente, qui conduit aux fosses sous-craniennes,
lesquelles sont trés-amples. I] y a cing os dans l’appareil sous-
orbitaire. L’apophyse laminaire du prétympanal est trés-
petite. Les apophyses latérales abdominales ne commencent a
se bien prononcer qu’a la 4° ou 5° vertebre; les trois derniéres
paires forment Vanneau. Les premiéres névrapophyses sont
basses et un peu robustes sur les premicres vertébres qui
suivent. L’appareil des cdtes compte de chaque cdté 2
épinévrales, § pleurapophyses, 7 épipleurales. La 1° épine
internévrale supporte deux rayous épineux du dos. L’os
pelvien a une apophyse interne ascendante.
Observations.—Ce genre ne contient aujourd’hui que trois
especes, qui peut-étre n’en font quwune; la premiére est
Atlantique, région intertropicale; la seconde est du Japon, la
troisieme, de Vile de Bourbon. Malgré Véchancrure de la
dorsale, les affinités sont plutdt avec les Lutjanini qu’avec les
Percide, comme Mr. Gill l’a démontré. Le genre Pla-
tyuneus sert d’intermédiaire.
GeEnus VERILUS.
Historique.—Ce genre a été établi par moi en 1860, dans
mes Memorias sobre la Ilistoria natural dela isla de Cuba, I.,
p. 125, tab. 12, f. 6, famille des Percoides, voisin du genre
Htelis, mais s’en distinguant quant a la dentition. Type: V.
Sordidus, Poey. Mr. Gill le cita dans les Proceed. Acad.
Philad., d’abord dans la sous-famille des Serranine, 1862, p.
236, indiquant avec doute 5 rayons aux branchies, pour le
distinguer du genre lastoma (le Vertlus a T rayons); mais
apres son article sur le genre Helis, 1862, p. 445, il est certain
quwil le considére aujourd’hnui comme appartenant a la sous-
famille des Lutjanine.
de la Faune de Cuba. rel
Etymologie.—Du mot espagnol veri, gui signifie haut-fond
coupé a pic.
Caractéres du genre.—Je renvoie au genre Helis, pour avoir
par comparaison la description du genre actuel. I] lui
ressemble probablement par Vaplatissement de la partie
supérieure de la téte; ila, comme lui, le museau court, Voeil
grand, la bouche grande, la machoire inférieure avancée, la
langue lisse, les mémes dents du vomer et des palatins, le
méme préopercule, Popercule portant deux épines plates, le
sillon dorsal, la nageoire dorsale aussi profondément échancrée
et sous le méme nombre 10, 11; les épines anales faibles, la
caudale bifurquée, la pectorale pointue, le maxillaire écailleux,
Pécaille surscapulaire.
Il en differe par un corps oblong moins allongé, par l’anale 3,
7, P. 15; lobes de la caudale égaux et moins prolongés, dernier
rayon des nageoires verticales divisé et non-filamenteux; 45
écailles sur une ligne longitudinale; jignore sil en a au sous-
orbitaire et au limbe du préopercule; mais il y ena a la base
de la dorsale molle et de Vanale; celles du trone sont minces
et caduques, pourvues d’éventail et centre granuleux, non-
ciliées sur leur bord libre. La principale différence est dans
les dents des machoires. Dans celles d’en haut, c’est une
bande d’aspérités portant seulement en dehors et sur le
devant une dent canine (ou deux sil y en a une de rechange) ;
dans celle d’en bas, c’est un rang externe de dents petites et
serrées, et une bande intérieure en velours sur le devant; il y
a de plus une petite canine dont la pointe se rejéte en arriére.
Je n’ai pas étudié le squelette.
Les visceres présentent les circonvolutions ordinaires de Vin-
testin, qui est étroit et ferme; les ccecums sont au nombre de
6 a 7.
Ce genre renferme a Cuba une seule espece. Une forme
analogue le représente peut-étre au Japon, dit Mr. Gill, dans
le genre Caprodon de Temminck et Schlegel.
Ce enn ce en ec ee ee eee ee
|
|
|
TG) Genres des Poissons
SUBFAMILIA III.—PERCIN 2.
Deux dorsales, la premiere portant des rayons épineux.
Dents des machoires en velours, sans canines distinctes.
Genres de cette sous-famille :—
1. Chorististium.—Species: rubrum, Poey.
2. Liopropoma.—sSpecies : aberrans, Poey.
GENus CHORISTISTIUM,
Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les Proceed. Acad.
Philad., 1862, p. 15; ayant pour type mon Liopropoma ?
rubrum, dans la famille des Percide, sous-famille Percine.
Voici les caractéres qwil en donne: *‘ Body fusiform, with the
caudal peduncle high and compressed. Head rather elongated,
conic in profile and acute in front, but with the outline slightly
curved; lower jaw protuberant, teeth villiform on the jaws,
vomer, and palatine bones. Preoperculum entire. Opereculum
armed with two spines. Scales on the whole body except the
muzzle. Dorsal fins entirely separated; the first with five
spines diminishing from the second; the second dorsal with a
simple spine. Anal armed with three graduated spines, and
with the soft portion elevated backwards. Caudal subtrun-
cated. Lateral lines anteriorly arched.”
Etymologie.— xeeic7%s, separatus ; iztov, velum.
La pectorale est pointue; les écailles montent sur la 2° dor-
salevet survanales Dib lo A 3. 8b oe Ll ia trois
épines operculaires, mais il n’y a que celle du milieu qui soit
forte; les deux autres sont plates. Les dents des machoires
sont en fin velours; mais ily en a d’autres dans l’intérieur sur le
devant, longues et gréles, ayant Vaspect d’étre mobiles; celles
du vomer sont placées sur un espace triangulaire. La créte
suroccipitale est basse.
de la Faune de Cuba. te
Genus LiopRropoMa.
Ce genre a été établi par Mr. Gill, dans les Proceed. Acad.
Philad., 1861, p. 82, dans la famille des Perezd, sous-famille
Percine, dans la division de “* Dents en velours a Pintermaxil-
laire, au vomer et aux palatins, ayant des pseudobranchies, toute
la téte couverte d’écailles, préopercule ordinairement entier,
dorsale antérieure ayant environ 6 rayons. Le type est le Perca
aberrans, Poey.” Voici sa diagnose de p. 52: ‘ Body slender
and fusiform. Head elongated, conic in profile and anteriorly
acute. Preoperculum entire. Operculum armed with a strong
spine. Scales covering the whole head and the bases of the
vertical fins. Dorsal fins connected at their bases; the anterior
with six spines, the middle of which are longest; the second
armed with three spines, regularly increased in length. Anal
fin with three spines; the fin increasing in height pos-
teriorly. Caudal fin emarginate. Lateral line anteriorly
strongly curved.”
J’ajoute qu'il y a des écailles sur le maxillaire ; on en compte
45 sur une ligne longitudinale ; le surscapulaire ne perce pas
en dehors. La ventrale est un peu avancée. D. 6+3, 12; A.
3, 8; P.15; V.1,5; C.17. Les dents des machoires forment
une bande en velours, sans canines ni rang externe de dents
plus fortes. Les dents en velours deviennent plus longues en
avant, couchées en arricre, probablement mobiles. Le crane
est lisse et un peu arrondi en dessus; l’espace interorbitaire
médiocre ; la créte suroccipitale rejetée en arricre et tres-basse,
ainsi que la paroccipitale. La fosse exoccipito-mastoidienne
est bien marquée. La base esphenoidale du crane est droite.
Vertébres 10+14; les six premiéres sans apophyses latérales.
Les trois premiéres névrapophyses sont fortes et courbées en
avant.
LHtymologie.—asies, levis ; xs, ante; *@z«, operculum.
44 Genres des Poissons
APPENDICE.
GrENus GRAMMA.
J’ai établi ce genre en 1868, dans ma Synopsis, p. 296,
famille Percide, sous-famille Lutjanini ; ligne latérale re-
montant trés-haut et interrompue; caudale arrondie, un peu
pointue. Par le seul fait de le placer pres des Lutjans, on doit
supposer qu’il en a les principaux caracteres. En effet, les
ventrales sont thoraciques, a 5 rayons mous; préopercule dentelé,
opercule sans épines, pectorale pointue, écailles ciliées, peu
nombreuses, 45 sur une ligne longitudinale; il n’y en a pas sur
le crane, sur le museau, ni sur les nageoires; il y a des dents
au vomer et aux palatins.
Il en différe par les épines dorsales, puisque la formule
radiaire est D.12, 9, A.3, 9, C.17,P.17, V. 1, 5, et par la forme
de la caudale. La machoire inférieure parait dépasser un peu
la supérieure. La partie molle de la dorsale a trés-peu d’éten-
due; le premier rayon des ventrales forme un filament allongeé.
Les dents de la machoire supérieure sont trés-fines ; celles
de la machoire inférieure sont bien visibles, pointues,
crochues. Je n’ai pas indiqué de canines, et j’ai oublié de
noter s'il y a d’autres dents sur une rangée intérieure. Je
n’ai pris de notes non plus sur le nombre de rayons branchi-
ostéges, la surface de de la langue, le frein membraneux des
ventrales, l’écaille surscapulaire, ni tout ce qui se rapporte au
squelette interne et aux viscéres.
La plupart des caracteres indiqués rapprochent ce genre des
Pomacentres ; mais il s’en éloigne par un trait de la plus grande
importance, savoir, deux os pharyngiens inférieurs; ce que
j’ai examiné avec soin dans l’exemplaire unique envoyé a Mr.
Agassiz, sur lequel j’ai établi le genre; on n’y trouvera pas
ces os, parce que je les ai enlevés pour en faire l’étude. Tous
les Pomacentres que je connais ont le corps court, la bouche
trés-petite, des écailles sur le crane, et le palais manque de
dents ; leurs nageoires sont écailleuses.
de la Faune de Cuba. 15
Gramma Loreto. Pory.
Observations—L’individu type n’ayait que 50 millimétres
de long. Cette taille, jointe 4 la grandeur de Veil et aux
narines trés-rapprochées de l’orbite, paraissent annoncer le
jeune age deVindividu. Je Vai figuré grossi, sous le nom de
Gramma Loreto.
Litymologie.—ypxuun, linea; par allusion a la ligne latérale.
La partie antérieure du corps est bleuatre, plus éclairci sur
les flanes, et passant insensiblement au rouge sur la partie pos-
térieure du tronc; les nageoires sont jaunatres, la ventrale a
le bord antérieur bleu. La membrane qui soutient les quatre
premiers rayons épineux de la dorsale porte vers le bord une
tache d’un bleu foncé. Il y a deux lignes noiratres sur la
partie postérieure de Vorbite, montant obliquement vers la
nuque, la supérieure plus longue.
Deux especes nouvelles de Poissons de Cuba, nommées dans
Particle qui précede.
Lutjanus Cubera, Poey.
Poey, Proceed. Acad. Philad., 1863, p. 185; dlesoprion
eynodon (Cuv.), nec typus. Vide quoque Repert. L., p. 268,
411; IL., p. 157; et Lutjanus cynodon in Synopsis, p. 294.
Je vais décrire ce poisson par comparaison avec le Lutjanus
Caballerote. Je n’ai pas besoin d’entrer dans le détail des
formes, parceque ces deux espeéces sont assez connues, quoique
difficiles a distinguer, au premier aspect, une de Vautre. Le
corps est toujours plus allongé que celui du LZ. Caxis et que
celui du LZ. Jocu; et leurs couleurs n’ont pas les teintes jaunes
du premier ni le rosé du second. Le Cubera est ordinairement
brun, tirant sur le violet; le bord des écailles jéte un reflét mi-
doré, chez les jeunes individus. Le ventre est rose; les
nageoires vineuses. L’cil est brun-rougedtre. Le Caballerote
eee eee eee
——ee
ware
a eee
76 Genres des Poissons
est teint a peu-prés des mémes couleurs: ou y trouve quelque-
fois dans les jeunes, sous lorbite, des points bleus longitudi-
naux, tels qu’on en voit chez le Jocu et parfois chez le Cawis ;
mais on n’y trouve pas les bandes verticales qui sont si
fréquentes chez ces derniers. Cependant, lorsque animal sort
de Veau, il présente des bandelettes verticales, blanches, qui
ne tardent pas a disparaitre apres la mort; ce qui probablement
arrivera aussi au Cubera. Chez les deux especes, on trouve les
caractéeres indiqués dans le type, décrit par moi, du genre
LIntjanus ; sauf les rayons de Vanale moins divisés, et ce qui
sera dit plus bas. Le Caballerote arrive a dix livres de poids,
tout au plus douze; le Cubera a trés-souvent quarante livres,
quelque fois cent.
Il faut étre un pécheur trés-expérimenté, comme lest a la
Hav ane M. Pablo Lesmes, pour bien distinguer le Cubera du
Oaballerote ; Vautant plus qu’on prend rarement des Cubera
jeunes, pour en faire la comparaison, A Matanzas, tout est dit
Oubera ; et les Caballerote, en raison de leur taille, sont dits
Oubereta (petites Cubera). A la Havane, au contraire, tout est
Caballerote, parceqwil est defendu de vendre le Cubera. Jai
donné dans les Proceedings de Philadelphie les caractéres qui
distinguent les deux especes, en comparant deux individus du
méme Age, longs de 350 millimetres. La différence consiste,
outre la taille, en ce que le Caballerote a le museau aigu, ce
quiest di d’abord 4 un prolongement plus grand, ensuite a un
affaissement du profil; la bouche, plus petite, termine rarement
au-dessous du bord antérieur de Vorbite. Le Cubera a le
museau plus court, et obtus; la bouche, plus fendue, se rejéte
en arriére, et arrive souvent sous l’aplonb du milieu de l’qil.
Mais ce dernier caractére, bien marqué dans le jeune age
devient équivoque chez le Cubera adulte; parceque Veil
diminuant avec l’age, la bouche avanceen proportion. Cepen-
dant la ligne du profil est suffisante pour le reconnaitre a tout
Age. La langue est lisse; celle du Caballerote est Apre. En
étudiant nouvellement ces espéces sur les individus cités dans
de la Fauune de Cuba. (ae
les Proceedings, j’ai trouvé un caractére tellement important,
quwil suffit 4 lui-seul pour enlever toute espéce de doute: c’est
que les dents du vomer, chez le Cubera, sont sur un mince
chevron transversal, tandis que, chez le Caballerote, elles
forment une large plaque qui se prolonge en arricre, comme
chez le Z. Cais, et prend un forme rhomboidale.
J’avait d’abord cru que le poisson de Parra n’était pas le
Caballerote, mais plutot notre Cuwbera, a cause du racourcisse-
ment du museau que l’on remarque sur sa figure ; mais ¢’est un
défaut dans lequel l’auteur tombe quelquefois, comme on peut
le voir dans son Caais. Parra ne dit pas que le poisson
devient tres-grand ; il dit senlement que son individu, dont il
ne donne pas la mesure, est un des plus grands de son espéce.
Or j’ai su par Mr. Goaells que ’exemplaire original, déposé au
Muséum de Madrid, a 380 millimétres de long jusquw’a la bi-
furcation caudale. Mr. Perez Arcas a eu plus tard la bonte
de m’écrire que la distance du bout du museau au bord
postérieur du maxillaire est de 59 millimetres; et a l’ceil, 64.
C’est done la vraie physionomie du Caballerote. Dvailleurs,
Parra a bien connu le Cubera, ayant été lui-méme empoisonné
par un individu de cette espéce, comme il le rapporte, page 200
de son ouvrage.
La figure de Parra a suffi a Bloch pour établir Vespeéce.
Cuvier l’accepte dans sa synonymie ; mais, sans respect pour la
priorité, il nomme le poisson Afesoprion cynodon : il décrit des
individus de la Martinique; et les caracteres qwil en donne
sont communs aux deux especes dont il est question dans cet
article. Il ne donne ni la taille de l’animal, ni la forme du
museau, ni la grandeur de la bouche relativement a Veil; ce
qui fait qu’on ne peut savoir quelle espéce est par lui décrite.
D’autre part, il rapporte a son cynodon la Sarde mulatiesse de
St. Domingue, qui me semble deyoir étre plutot rapportée au
L. Cais, dont il a les teintes jaunes et orangées; ainsi que le
Yellow-tailk Snapper, cité sous le nom de Cuvier par Miiller et
Troschel in Schomburgk, Hist. of Barbadoes, p. 465.
78 Genres des Poissons
En tout ceci, ce qu’il y a de certain, d’aprés Cuvier lui-méme,
e’est que le Mesprion cynodon est le méme que le Caballerote
de Parra, soit ?Anthias Caballerote de Bloch, qui a la priorité
sur Cuvier. J’ai di par conséquent donner un autre nom au
véritable Cubera de Cuba.—N°. 153 de mon Atlas MSS.
Voici la synonymie du Caballerote, N°. 111 de mon Atlas.
Parra, p. 52, tab. 25, f. 1. Caballerote. 1787.
Anthias Caballerote B. Syst. p. 310. 1801.
Mesoprion cynodon Cuv. in C. V. Poiss., II., p. 465. 1828.
Sagra, Atlas MSS., tab. 36. Caballerote.
Giinther, Catal. I, p. 194. JL cynodon. 1859.
Poey, Proceed. Philad., 1860, p. 187. J. Caballerote ;
Synopsis, p. 2938, Lutjanus Caballerote, 1868. Vide quoque
Repert. I., p. 268, 411; I1., p. 15%.
Hypoplectrus maculiferus, Poey.
La taille et la forme de ce poisson sont les mémes que celles
du Plectropome puella de Cuvier, inclus aujourd’hui dans le
genre [Hypoplectrus de Gill. I] a, comme lui, des bandelettes
sur la téte ; mais il se rapproche de mon HZ. guttavarius par la
tache préorbitaire, quoique non-bordée de bleu. L’espéce la
plus voisine est mon /Z. aberrans, dont il differe par les lignes
de la téte et par la couleur du trone. [ Voyez planche. ]
La téte et le ventre sont orangés, mais le dessus de la téte est
olivatre; le trone est terred’ombre. Il y a une tache noire sur
la caudale, et une tache préorbiraire d’un bleu trés-foncé, sans
bordure. Les bandelettes de la téte et de la gorge sont d’un
bleu métallique. La dorsale est jaundtre avec des traits bleus
sur la partie molle. La pectorale est la caudale sont d’un
orangé vif, mais la pectorale a le bord supérieur bleu; la
ventrale est verdatre, sa base est orangée; l’anale est orangée,
son bord bleu. |
Les écailles les plus grandes sont situées sur les flancs, pres
de la Faune de Cuba. 79
de la pectorale; les plus petites sont sur la région jugulaire. I]
y en a de tres-petites sur la base des nageoires verticales. II
n’y en a pas sur Vinteropercule ni sur le museau.— N° 390.
Voyez les autres caractéres dans la famille et le genre.
Loriginal sera envoyé au Professeur Agassiz, pour étre
déposé au Muséum de Cambridge.
IV.—On the Lingual Dentition of Helix turbiniformis, Pfr.,
and other species of Terrestrial Mollusca.
By THOMAS BLAND anv W. G. BINNEY.
Read May 15th, 1871.
Welix turbiniformis, Pfeiffer.
(Plate II., Fig. 2.)
Jaw so extremely thin and delicate as to fold over upon itself
along its edges and at its extremities; very light horn color,
almost transparent; strongly arched, rather narrow, attenuated
towards the ends, which are obtuse ; divided into about forty
separate perpendicular compartments composed of curving fold-
like plates, whose extremities give a correctly serrated appear-
ance to either margin ; these plates or folds are straight at the
centre of the jaw, and in no wise chevron-shaped upon the
central line; upon about the centre of the jaw is a curving,
horse-shoe shaped line of reinforcement, running somewhat
parallel to the margin, below this line there are very delicate
transverse strive ; the upper margin is slightly incurved at its
centre, the lower margin has no approach to a median pro-
jection. !
It is difficult to determine the precise nature of the fold-like
plates into which this jaw is divided. They give the same ap-
pearance as if the whole substance of the Jaw were plaited along
JULY, 1871. 6 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. X.
80 On the Lingual Dentition of
its entire length, no interstices being left between the plaits.
As the word plait would imply an actual folding of the sub-
stance of the jaw upon itself, we have not used that term, as
there is in reality a simple thickening. In using the word
plate, we do not intend to describe the jaw as composite, as in
the case of Orthalicus, or Achatina fasciata and virgined, in
which it seems to be composed of separate, ¢. e., partially de-
tached plates, imbricated one upon the other, with oblique
sutures, those of the upper centre chevroned upon the central
line, so as to leave an angular upper central plate. From this
angular plate is derived the term Goniognatha used by Morch
for one of the sections into which he suggests the Geophila may
be classified according to character of jaw. In the jaw of /Z.
turbiniformis the central plates are perpendicular, with no
approach to the angular arrangement. The plates must be
considered, therefore, as a modification of the rib-like process,
which characterizes most of the species of the genus //e/zx, as
restricted by Albers and v. Martens, but by no means all of
them, as we find a ribless jaw in J//. alternata, Hemphilli,
striatella, asteriscus, labyrinthica, Phenix, muscarum, and
varvans, in the last of which we have also a highly developed
median projection.
With the exception of the absence of angular plates at the
upper centre, this jaw resembles very closely that of Cylindrella
rosea (see photograph, Amer. Journ. Conch. V., plate XL.), or
that of Pinerva Schramm (Ann. Lye. N. Y., X. 22).
We now notice, for the first time, this form of jaw in the
Genus //elix, in which stout, distinct ribs are usually found
upon the anterior surface of the jaw, decidedly crenellating
either margin. It is very common, however, in the genus
Bulimulus, having been observed by us in L. aurisleporis,
Brug., sufiatus, Gld., membranaceus, Ph., papyraceus, Mawe,
Jonasi, Pir., alternatus, Say, pallidior, Sow., and aureolus,
Guppy, var. Rawsont. In the jaw of B. aurisleporis there
appear to be angular central plates.
Helix turbiniformis, Pfeiffer. 81
In the Genus Bulimulus, however, the form of jaw under
consideration is not constant, as that of 2B. dealbatus, Say, has
distinct anterior ribs.
Helix turbiniformis is placed, by Albers and v. Martens, in
the subgenus JLicrophysa.
The lingual membrane is long and quite narrow, composed
of numerous oblique rows of about 25-1-25 teeth. Centrals
large in proportion to the laterals, sabquadrate, with broadly
reflected triscuspid apex, the cusps very globose, the two outer
ones unusually small and distant from the middle eusp ;
laterals like centrals, but bicuspid ; marginal teeth wide, low,
with small, stout, irregular denticles.
The jaw and lingual membrane above described were re-
ceived, already mounted, through Governor Rawson, from Mr.
Henry Vendryes of Jamaica, by whom they were taken from
a Jamaica specimen, and who noticed and has corresponded
with us on the peculiarity of the jaw.
Bulimulus laticinctus, Guppy.
(Plate IL., Figs. 1, 5.) ,
A mounted lingual membrane of this Dominica species was
received from W. KR. J. Lechmere Guppy, of Trinidad.
Lingual membrane long, and quite broad in comparison to
its length, composed of numerous waving rows of teeth. Cen-
trals subpyramidal, the base excavated, the apex not pointed,
but bluntly rounded and recurved into a stout obtuse long cusp,
which is unequally divided into two blunt, stout lobes. Later-
als very much longer and larger than the centrals, long, narrow,
obliquely recurved into a greatly developed, unequally tri-
lobed cusp. Marginals but little modified from the laterals in
shape, but narrow, denticulated on the outer side of their re-
flected cusp, which last is bicuspid rather than trilobed.
Fig. 1 represents the central and lateral teeth; Fig. 5 one of
the marginals.
82 On the Lingual Dentition.
Bulimulus Bahamensis, Pfr.
i (Plate IL, Figs. 3, 4.)
A specimen from New Providence, received from Governor
Rawson, furnished the lingual membrane and jaws here de-
scribed.
Jaw long, low, slightly arcuate, composed of over fifty sepa-
rate plates, in some places divided by distinct, though narrow
ribs. In two of the three jaws examined, the central plates are
chevroned on the median line, leaving a distinctly triangular
plate at the upper centre, whose base is up, its apex pointing
downward. In the third specimen the plates are obliquely ar-
ranged, from above and outward to within and below, as on
the whole surface of the jaw, but they reach quite across it,
leaving no central triangular plate. The jaw is interesting, as
it combines the characteristics of separate plates and distinct
ribs.
Lingual membrane (PI. II., Figs. 38 and 4) as already de-
scribed in B. laticinctus. The points of the cusps, however,
are more acute than in that species.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
Bigs: Bulimulus laticinctus, to show the cusps of the central and
lateral teeth.
Helix turbiniformis. Jaw.
bo
“ 3, Bulimulus Bahamensis. To show the cusps of the marginal
teeth.
Same as Fig. 3. The cusps of central and lateral teeth.
Same as Fig. 1. One marginal tooth.
Notes on the Ascidea Manhattensis. 83
V.—WNotes on the Ascidea Manhattensis, De Kay, and on the
Mammaria Manhattensis.
By THEO. A. TELLKAMPF, M.D.}j
Read May 23d, [1871.
Dr Kavy’s description of the Aseidea Manhattensis* is such
that this species, the only simple Ascidian thus far known to
occur on the shore of Manhattan Island, could not be classified
as yet. He states, I. ¢., ‘‘the orifices are surrounded by ten to
thirteen verrucose processes,” while the branchial orifice is six-
lobed, the anal orifice four-lobed; he calls the tubes distant,
which generally are approximate, and omits to state that the
muscular sac (mantle) is gelatinous, and that the branchial sac
is not plicated. ‘In the young,” he says, “ besides, the orifices
are both terminal,” though they are commonly more or less
distant, even approximate, and more rarely terminal.
Description : Corpore subgloboso, cinereo, sacculo gelatinoso,
subverrucoso, subpellucido; tubis ingequalibus modice distan-
tibus ; osculo sexlobato, orificio anali quatuorlobato.
The orifices on very contractile tubes, the branchial is shorter
and wider than the anal tube.
This species is to be referred accordingly to the Molgule, and
I propose to name it Molgula Manhattensis. (Figs. 1, 2, 3.)
I have found it on the west, south, and east shores of Man-
hattan Island, particularly in places protected against the cur-
rent of the water, attached to beams, boards, or rocks in Sandy
Hook Bay, and in the Nevesink River to sea-grass, to about five
feet below the surface of the water.
In a floating bathing-house anchored near the Battery I
found the young, from one to three lines in diameter, earlier or
* Nat. Hist. of the State of New York, Part V., p. 259.
84 Notes on the Ascidea Manhattensis, De Kay,
later in June. Their earlier or later appearance, as well as de-
velopment, depends on the higher or lower temperature of the
season. During the unusually warm summer of 1856 a great
many specimens were full grown—nine lines to one inch in
diameter—as early as July 15, while commonly on the same
date the largest specimens measure but six lines. The animal
perishes, it appears, soon after the ova are ejected.
Larvee arrive through the summer months, and later, for
young specimens were found,constantly together with those
more or less developed or full grown. Those which arrive late
in the season (August and September) probably perish prema-
turely.
My observations on the general and minute anatomy of this
species, and of some morphological changes of certain organs,
particularly of the branchial sac, saccus calcareus, and ovaries,
and on gemmation, I shall publish hereafter.
In connection with the foregoing statements, I offer some
remarks on J/ammarie, which Lamarck * refers to the Ascidians
as a sub-family, enumerating three species, and which he de-
scribes in the following manner: ‘Corpus librum, nudum,
ovale aut subglobosum; apertura unica ad apicem.” He says,
l. c., that the organization of the Jlammariw was known so
little that they could be classified only provisionally; he sup-
poses that, in case the body had a double envelope, “les deux
ouvertures, que l’on supposerait a Vintérieure, viennent aboutir
i Voscule unique, qui termine supérieurement a l’extérieure,”
and adds that doubtless further observations are necessary in
order to enlighten us in this respect.
The literature on the Ascidians here at my disposal furnishes
nothing new on the subject.
On the 16th of August, 1850, I found Mammarie of about
the same size of the so-called three species enumerated by La-
marck, the largest 1.5 lines ]., 1 line br., with one terminal
* Hist. Nat. des Animaux sans Vertébres, tom. iii. p. 473, 1841.
and on the Mammaria Manhattensis. 85
opening situated on a short tube slightly lobed at its edge, with
circular and radial fibres (muscles) (57 diam.).* The muscular
sac (mantle) of this ammarva is tough, and contains much pig-
ment. The majority of pigment cells are filled either entirely or
partially with yellow and brown or black molecules. The latter
are found at this stage of development in diverging lines from
the base to the back, and on the back forming a line, in the
middle broadest, tapering to its ends, surrounded by a light-
colored space.
The orifice opens and closes at irregular intervals. The con-
traction of one is followed by the contraction of all others
imbedded within the same common envelope.
While carefully removing the muscular sac, I ascertained
that the short tube leads into the branchial sae, and that its
internal membrane adheres to the muscular sac around the ori-
fice. On further examination I found that the body is sur-
rounded by a fibrous membrane, and that the greatest portion
of the body consists of the branchial sac (about 2), while the
heart (and a mass of different cells, among them an aggregation
of dark fat-cells, lving forward and near the branchial sac, and
a body composed also of cells), inclosed within a membrane of
its own, occupied the remaining space (4).
At this stage of development there exists no intestinal tract,
and consequently no internal opening.
The branchial meshes are more or less rectangular or oval in
shape, provided with ciliz on the inside, within the canal, along
which red pigment is deposited, giving them a reddish appear-
ance, the circulation of the blosd peculiar to the Ascidians—
for some time in one and after a short pause in the opposite
direction—was visible. Near the base of the tube lies the cir-
cular canal of the branchial sac, into which all canals, cutting
the other circular canals nearly at right angles, open, covered
* All examinations were made on living animals; Plossl’s large microscope
was used.
86 Notes on the Ascidea Manhattensis, De Kay,
by the nervous ring, composed of light-yellow cells, correspond-
ing nearly in size and color with the cells of the nervous gang-
lion of the Molgula Manhattensis.
The body, enclosed within its own membrane already men-
tioned, lying nearest the apex opposite the orifice, now claimed
my special attention. When I examined it under the micro-
scope, after rupturing its membrane by means of the compres-
sorium of Purkinje, I discovered a body resembling an embryo
(Fig. 4). After afew days it had changed its form; it was globu-
lar, with its tail partially surrounding the body, which, as soon as
I had loosened it from the body with insect needles, made occa-
sional sudden motions. No sexual organs existed at that time
in the Mammaria in question. It was certain now that the
Mammaria was a nurse.
I then examined many specimens, and found in each, as was"
to be expected, one larva within its chorion. In regard to the
development of these larvee, I shall make at present but a few
statements, as it has been studied and accurately described
by Milne Edwards, Kolliker, A. Krohn, and others. The
younger larvee had three, those more developed two appendages,
those full grown three (7). These were conical at first, then
became triangular in form, perforated from the middle of the
base to its apex by a fine tubular canal; those fully developed
had three appendages perforated by asmall tubular canal, divided
in its middle trichotomically (Fig. 5,a,6,¢). It is a fact worthy
of note, that the larvae escape from their nurses about the same
time, consequently in great numbers; for I found them toa
certain day, but could not find any on the next following day,
though I examined a great number of Mammarie. It is in
favor of the supposition that the larvae of at least some simple
Ascidians, as well as those of the Salpe and of the compound
Ascidians, form as such colonies floating in the sea during a time
of their existence. An observation of Th. H. Huxley,* respect-
ing a marsupial Cynthia, that “the originally free-tailed larvee
* Report of the Brit. Ass. for the Ady. of Se., 1852, p. 76.
and on the Mammaria Manhattensis. 87
become firmly united before the withering away of their appen-
dages,” as well as other facts, support that supposition.
The development of the Mammaria continues after the lar-
va has escaped. Their aggregation in the common envelope
in circular or oval form resembles that of the compound As-
cidians. The common envelope increases in size, already ob-
served by Milne Edwards in reference to the compound Ascid-
jans; it contains, as I ascertained, elastic fibres (muscles),
which contract independently of the contractions of the J/am-
marie. Later in the season it assumes different forms; is
gradually detached from the objects to which it adhered, and
is then (September and October) carried away by the waves.
The Mammarie to which Lamarck refers were found floating in
the water.
Within the common envelope gemmation takes place.
Having proved that the J/ammaria observed by me is a,
nurse, I believe I can safely conclude that all W/ammarie are
nurses, and it follows that they cannot be classified with thé
Ascidians as a subfamily.
In regard to the question to which parent animal the J/am-
maria under consideration stands in a genetic relation, I made
some investigations during the following summer, 1851.
As I had found them on the mantles of the M/olgula Man-
hattensis, after the ova were ejected, I inferred that its ova
possibly might be metamorphosed into J/ammarie, being con-
vinced already from previous studies respecting the structure of
the cloaca, which represents a short tubular canal into which
the vas deferens opens between the orifices of the (2) oviducts,
as well as the development of the ovaries, etc., that the ova
would be fecundated during their passage through the cloaca,
and developed outside of the parent animal. Accordingly, when
I observed that the ovaries of numerous animals were filled
with mature eggs,—the germinative follicles (Keimschliuche)
having disappeared, with the exception of comparatively few
situated on the dorsal and ventral sides of the ovaries, their
88 Notes on the Ascidea Manhattensis, De Kay,
calices filled with mature ova, with the vesicles of Purkinje
and the vesicle of Wagner (the latter appears first in the
calyx, the former already in the germinative follicle, and such
representing different stages of their development),—I watched
from day to day for the ejection of the ova, and was fortunate
enough to observe, on the 18th of July, 1851 (at high water), a
viscid, yellowish substance deposited on the mantles of innumer-
able specimens attached to the sideboards of the bathing-house
already mentioned, and on such only, which had been exposed
to the rays of the sun during the afternoon, the tubes of which
were directed more or less upwards,* which contained, as I
anticipated, the fecundated ova. On examination of the
ovaries of those specimens on which it was deposited, they were
found flattened and almost empty, and when I examined under
the microscope (800 diam.) the substance itself, I found that it
-contained mature and immature eggs and spermatozoids, both
identical with those contained at the time in the ovaries and
testes of full-grown specimens. Among the ova I noticed such,
in which the process of segmentation had commenced already.
According to A. Krohn’s+ investigations of the development
of the Ascidians, who observed the development of the ova of
the Phallusia mammillata (Cuv.), artificially fecundated, that
process begins within two or three hours after the spermatozoids
have come in contact with the ova. The ova which I observed
about 5 o’clock p.m. were ejected therefore probably at about
2 or 3 o'clock p.m.—under altered circumstances perhaps
earlier—on the same day. This observation proves conclu-
sively what Cuvier and von Baer, and more recently Krohn,
expressed as an opinion that, with some simple Ascidians,
(Phallusie), the ova are actually fecundated during their pas-
* Wherever the animals are attached below stones or boards, etc., the tubes
being directed downwards, the viscid fluid containing the peed ova
necessarily sinks to the ground, or is carried away by the current of the
water.
+ Ueber die Entwicklung der Ascidien ; Joh. Miiller’s Archiv. Berlin, Ree
p. 312.
and on the Mammaria Manhattensis. 89
sages through the cloaca, and developed outside of the parent
animal.
The viscid fluid containing the ova deposited at the base of
the tubes, of a light orange-color, had assumed, in passing
through the cloaca, a threadlike appearance, irregularly folded
and glued together, as represented. On the following day
it had lost its folded appearance, and resembled the ex-
ternal envelope, “couche tegumentaire commune;” (Milne
Edwards.) This substance, which appeared at first whitish
when the sun was shining upon it, is, as has been already men-
tioned, of a pale orange-color, which is caused by the yellowish
color of the yolk of the mature ova. The vesicular, or cellu-
lar bodies embedded in the hyaline gelatinous layer—the future
muscular sac, or mantle—are colorless; they are green with
the Phallusiw according to Krohn, |. ¢., and yellow with the
Ascidia intestinalis, according to A. Kowalevsky.*
The viscid mass had become tough, and its color had changed
to ashy gray on the following day; the next day it was con-
tractile; the ova became visible with the naked eye. They
were round and of different sizes. After two or three days the
largest protruded somewhat above the surface of the common
envelope, and presented a circular or oval aggregation, like that
of the Mammarie found a year ago. The external envelope of
the ova had assumed the characteristics of the mantle. The
pigment had much increased. After an interval of four or five
days, on the eleventh day after the ova were ejected, I found
ova still of a round form, increased in size, with a central round
or oval orifice through which the motion of the cilia of the
branchial meshes were visible. The large orifice, without a tube,
led directly into the branchial sac, which formed a greater por-
tion of the body of these evidently young Mammarie than in
those found during the previous year, with terminal openings,
and I found, at this stage of development, the embryo within
* Entwicklungsgeschichte der einfachen Ascidien. Mémoires de l’Académ.
des Sc. de St. Petersbourg ; vii. Série, tom. x., No. 15, 1866.
90 Notes on the Ascidea Manhattensis, De Kay,
its chorion. The orifice had approached, on the 1st of August,
more or less, one apex; in some specimens—which were now
oval—it was terminal.
In my notes taken at the time (1851), no doubt is expressed
as to the identity observed soon after they were ejected, and
examined for three successive days, and those observed subse-
quently, until a central orifice was formed containing one em-
bryo.—(Of the microscopical examination of the morphological
changes taking place inside, which led to no satisfactory results,
I refrain from giving any details). Having established the fact
that the Mammarie are nurses, it is certain that a change of
generation takes place with the M/olgule. That there is such
an occurrence in nature as a change of generation was dis-
covered by Chamisso,* viz., with the Salpw. His observations
in regard to this subject were considered for years as contrary
to the laws of nature, but were proved to be true and intro-
duced into science by Steenstrup,t who deduced from them,
and from analogous observations among the lower animals, laws
now generally recognized.
In 1857 I found the ealices of the ovaries filled with mature
ova on the 12th of August, and on the 23d of the same month
young Mammarie, where I had found them before, viz., on
the mantle at the base of the tubes—with reference to the time
of their development—two days earlier than in 1851, a differ-
ence accounted for by the temperature of the respective years.
I have delayed the publication of the results of my investiga-
tions, desiring again to study minutely, and at short intervals,
the ova from the time of ejection to that of the formation of the
embryo, but have had no opportunity of doing so.
* De animalibus quibusdam e classe vermicem Linzana. Fascic. I. de Salpa
Berolini 1819.
+ Ueber den Generationswechsel oder die Fortpflanzung und Entwicklung
durch abwechselnde Generationen, eine eigenthiimliche Form der Brutpflege
in den niederen Thierklassen. Kopenhagen 1842.
and on the Mammaria Manhattensis. 91
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3.
Fig. 1. Represents: Molgula Manhattensis, of natural size.
2. The test has been removed ; left, or neural side.
3. Test removed ; right or heemal side.
4, Mammaria with embryo; test removed.
5. Larvee, Diam. 300.
6. Piece of the branchial sae.
EXpLANATION OF LErTERING.
b. t. Branchial tube, with six-lobed orifice.
a. t. Anal tube, with four-lobed orifice.
n.g. Nervous ganglion.
n. r. Nervous ring.
b. s. Branchial sae.
ce. s. Circular sinus.
b. v. Branchial bloodvessels.
s. Stomach.
lL. Liver. (¢)
i. Intestinal canal.
r. Rectum.
el. Cloaea.
]. o. Left ovary.
r.o. Right ovary.
h. Heart.
s. ec. Saccus ealeareus.
ce. Calyx.
ov. Oviduct.
p. Pericardium.
s. Sediment in the Saccus caleareus.
f.m. Fibrous membrane.
e.m. Circular muscles.
t.m. Transversal muscles.
].m. Longitudinal muscles.
e. Embryo.
f. ec. Fat cells.
r. o. Rudimentary organs enclosing the heart.
92 Notes on North American Crustacea,
VI.—WNotes on North American Crusracra, in the Museum of
the Smithsonian Institution. No. ITI.
By WILLIAM STIMPSON, M.D., CorrEsPoNDING MEMBER.
Read October 2d, 1871.
Tue publication of these notes has been discontinued for many
years, owing to various unfavorable cirumstances, among
which may be mentioned the destruction by fire of some of the
author’s manuscripts and materials, and want of opportunity of
access to the rest. It is proper to state that some of the de-
scriptions here following were written more than ten years ago,
and have not been revised.’
Herbstia pubescens, nov. sp.
Body covered with a dense short pubescence, beneath which the
carapax is smooth and unarmed, except at the sides, where there are
a few minute spines. There are two inconspicuous tubercles in the
median line on the gastric region, and a short, transverse, tubereuli-
form ridge between the gastric and the cardiac region, which latter is
somewhat prominent. There is a single small triangular tubercle at
the posterior extremity, on the intestinal region, Rostrum very
short. Chelipeds with the meros and carpus armed with spiniform
tubercles; hand smooth, unarmed; fingers not gaping (in the female
1 For No. I. see Annals of the Lyceum, Vol. VII. (1860), pp. 49-93; No.
II., same vol., pp. 176-246.
2 Since these pages were placed in the hands of the printer, the remainder
of these materials were involved in the disaster of the great fire of Chicago.
The manuscript descriptions of the North American Schizopods, Stomapods,
and Tetradecapods, intended to form a part of the present paper, with nu-
merous drawings and the specimens upon which they were based, were all
burnt in this third and finally complete destruction of the author’s scientific
property.
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 93
and young male). Ambulatory feet unarmed, pubescent; dactyli
very short.
Length of carapax in a female, 0.85; breadth, 0.67 inch.
It differs from ZZ. condyliata in its shorter, broader, and
smoother carapax, and smooth hand. From //. pyriformis
(hodia pyriformis Bell) in its shorter rostrum, and in the
spines of the lateral margins of the carapax, which are smaller
and more numerous.
Found at Manzanillo, West Coast of Mexico, by J. Xantus,
Esq.
This species would come under the group named as a genus,
f?hodia, by Bell. This can scarcely be considered as distinet
from Herbstia, the only important differences being those of the
chelipeds.
Herbstiella, nov. gen.
This name is proposed for a group of small crabs allied to
Herbstia, which it resembles in form, but differs in having a
strong tooth on the inferior margin of the orbit between its ex-
ternal angle and the base of the antenn ; and in having three
teeth instead of two on the outer side of the basal joint of the
antenne. It also differs in its longer chelipeds and spinous
meros-joint of the ambulatory feet.
Herbstia depressa Stm., which inhabits the Caribbean Sea,
may be considered as the type of the genus /erbstiella. It
also includes 7. Hdwardsii Bell, from the Callapages Islands,
and two new species described below.
Herbstiella depressa.
Herbstia depressa Stimpson, Notes on N. American Crust., p. 57 (Annals Lye.
Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII (1860) 185).
In the description of this species quoted above, the preeorbital
teeth, orbits, and antenne are by a slip of the pen stated to be
“nearly as in fH. condyliata” instead of “ nearly as in ZH.
parvifrons,”’ which was intended; the species alluded to as
94 Notes on North American Crustacea,
“HH. parvifrons” being that described below under the name
Hlerbstiella camptacantha.
Merbstiella camptacantha, nov. sp.
Herbstia parvifrons Stimpson, Notes on N. American Crust., p. 57 (Annals
Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII (1860), 185) ; not of Randall.
A more careful consideration of the terms of Randall’s de-
scription of /Z. parvifrons (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII.
107) leads me to believe that the species noticed by me under
that name cannot be the same as that meant by that author.
In HZ. camptacantha the carapax is but slightly convex, and the
surface is very regularly and conspicuously punctate. The cervical
suture is deep and well marked, but the sulci separating the branchial
from the cardiac regions are very shallow, and there is no sulcus
whatever between the branchial and the rather flattened intestinal
region. There are twenty small tubercles on the carapax, not includ-
ing the marginal spines. Of these tubercles there are five on the
gastric region, four of which are arranged in a transverse line across
the middle, the two on either side being approximated; three on the
cardiac region, two on the intestinal, and five on each branchial re-
gion. On the margin of the carapax on each side behind the orbit,
there are fourteen spines; five on the antero-lateral and nine on
the postero-lateral margin. The posterior spines are very small,
blunt, or tuberculiform ; but the anterior ones are larger, and, like the
spines on the legs, abruptly bent at the tip, so that they have a
truncated appearance, with the sharp apex pointing forward. There
is a similar spine and two smaller ones on the subhepatic region; and
the oblique ridge separating the pterygostomian from the subhepatic
region is armed with five spines, the anterior three being small and
tooth-like. The horns of the rostrum are rather large and divergent ;
they form considerably more than half the length of the rostrum, and
their tips as well as those of the antennal spines are bent inward. All
of the spines are much more acute in young specimens than in adults.
The chelipeds are long, and the meros-joint is armed with numerous
(about 13) blunt spines on the outer side; the carpus is tuberculated
above; the large and compressed hand is perfectly smooth, and un-
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 95
armed above and below ; the fingers are less than half as long as the
palm, and gaping; and the dactylus bears a strong truncated tooth
at the middle. In the ambulatory feet the meros-joint is armed
with seven to ten spines along the upper edge, and two or three be-
low near the extremity; the carpus is slightly taberculated, and the
penult joint unarmed.
The adult male specimens before me are entirely naked, but young
and female specimens are frequently pubescent. Possibly the adult
males may have been accidentally denuded.
Dimensions of an adult male: Length of carapax, 0.675; breadth,
0.57 inch.
It was found at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. John Xantus, and
there are specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology
taken at Acapulco by Alexander Agassiz, Esq.
Hierbstielia tumnida, nov. sp.
The following description is that of a female: Body and feet
pubescent, Carapax convex, with the regions more protuberant than
in the other two species. There are indications of tubercles on the
upper surface, distributed as in ZZ, camptacantha, but they are faint
protuberances rather than tubercles, except the two on the intestinal
region, which are small but distinctly prominent. There is a minute
sharp spine at the anterior end of the branchial region and one on the
hepatic region. On the antero-lateral margin there are no distinct
spines, but the rounded surface is covered with minute, sharp tubercles,
On the postero-lateral margin there are about ten minute spines, the
anterior one largest. The horns of the rostrum are small, acute, and
placed close together; they form rather less than half the length of
the rostrum. Basal-joint of the antenne short and broad, with a
sharp projection at the insertion of the movable part of the antennze
not seen in //, camptacantha ; antero-exterior spine straight, acute,
and pointing obliquely outward; the other spines shorter than in the
allied species. In the chelipeds the meros-joint is armed above with
eight acute spines; carpus with one minute spine above and a slight
crest on the outer side; hand unarmed; fingers little gaping ;
fod
JULY, 1871. ( Ann. Lyo. Nat. Hisr., Von. X.
96 Notes on North American Crustacea,
.
dactylus without tooth. Ambulatory feet with ten long, slender
spines above and two or three below.
Length of carapax, about half an inch.
Found at Manzanillo (West Coast of Mexico), by John
Xantus, Esq.
Notoilopas, nov. gen.
Carapax pyriform; back with a flattened area on the posterior
half, enclosed by a ridge which posteriorly becomes a broad concave
lamella, occupying the entire width of the carapax and projecting
over its posterior extremity. Rostrum long, bifid; horns divaricate.
There is a preorbital spine of moderate size, and behind the eye a
strong triangular lobe extending slightly beyond the tip of the eye,
and somewhat excavated in front, forming part of the orbit, which,
however, is not completed below. ‘The external antennz are not
concealed beneath the rostrum, and the basal joint is broad, with a
lobed laminiform expansion at the outer side; coxal joint with a
small but prominent tooth on the outer side. Outer maxillipeds of
the form usual in the Pisinz ; meros-joint with no distinct notch for
the reception of the palpus. Ambulatory feet cylindrical; dactyli
very strong, curved, and nearly as long as the penult joint. Male
abdominal appendages of the first pair somewhat flattened, reaching
to the last segment of the abdomen, and tapering very little toward
the extremity, which is truncate and expanded, with a fold on the
outer and a small slender hook on the inner side.
This genus resembles in general appearance some of the
genera of Acanthonychidz rather than those of the Pisa
group, in which the characters of the orbital region would lead
us to place it. It differs, however, trom Halimus and Pugettia
in the strong post-ocular lobe excavated in front, and from
Falimus also in the non-expanded penult joint of the ambula-
tory feet. From Acanthophrys A. M. Edw. it differs in its
exposed external antennee. The posterior lamelliform expansion
of the carapax will distinguish it at a glance from most if not
all other genera of Maioids.
am the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 97
Notolopas lamellatus, nov. sp.
Body and limbs pubescent. Carapax with an erect spine and two
tubercles on the gastric region, and a strong spine on each branchial
region, on the ridge near the outer end of the laminiform expansion
of the posterior extremity, which has a triangular tooth at the
middle. Rostrum half as long as the post-frontal part of the carapax.
From the antero-exterior angle of the buccal area a crest passes
backward, defining the pterygostomian region, which crest is armed
with two teeth, the anterior one largest. There is also a crest on
the sub-branchial region, along the bases of the feet, ending ante-
riorly in a projecting tooth.
Length of carapax in a male, 0.63; breadth, 0.35 inch.
Found at Panama by Capt. J. M. Dow, and at Man-
zanillo by John Xantus, Esq.
TVTvche lamellifrons.
Tyche lamellifrons Bell, Trans. Zool. Soc., II. O8is "plexi. ft, 3
Found at Cape St. Lucas by John Xantus, Esq.
Acanthonyx Petiveri.
Acanthonyx Petiverti H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., I. 343.
This is one of the few species which inhabit the shores of
both sides of tropical America. We have it from St. Thomas,
collected by A. H. Riise, and from Cape St. Lucas by John
Xantus.
Podonema Vestita. nov. sp.
This is the first species of the genus which has been reported
from the Western coast. It differs from all of the East coast
species in its more hairy body, shorter ambulatory feet, and
notched outer lamina or crest of the basal joint of the an-
tenne. The sternum and basal joints of the feet are ver-
miculated. The penult joint of the ambulatory feet is some-
what thickened in its distal half.
$8 Notes on North American Crustacea,
Length of the carapax in a female, 0.52; breadth, 0.42
inch,
Found at Cape St. Lucas by John Xantus, Esq.
Eupleurodon, nov. gen.
Allied to “pzaltus, but with a depressed and uneven cara-
pax. The antero-lateral angles of the carapax are strongly
prominent, forming projecting teeth directed forward, almost
parallel to the axis of the body. The ambulatory feet are
strongly prehensile, with dentigerous penult joints. The size
is small.
Eupleurodon trifurcatus, nov. sp.
Carapax with a profound depression in front of the gastric region,
and one on either side of the cardiac, which with the gastric region
forms a prominent median ridge. Branchial region depressed, with
a tubercle near the postero-lateral angle. Teeth and prominences of
the carapax generally setose. Rostrum half as long as the post-
frontal part of the carapax, and one-third as broad as long, flattened,
truncate, and emarginate at the extremity. Tooth of the antero-
lateral angle half as long as the rostrum and curving forward: the
distance between the tips of these teeth equals the greatest width of
the carapax, and is one-third greater than the middle width. There
is a small tooth on the lateral margin behind the antero-lateral
angle. Orbital margin arched but not toothed. Feet with an angular
or dentated carpal joint.
Of this species I have seen only one specimen, a female, the dimen-
sions of which are: Length of carapax, 0.31; breadth, between tips
of antero-lateral teeth, 0.25 inch.
Found at Cape St. Lucas by John Xantus, Esq.
Lambrus excavatus, nov. sp.
This species resembles Parthenope in general appearance. The
carapax is irregularly hexagonal, and one-sixth broader than long.
Antero-lateral margin concave, and forming an angle with the outer
lateral margin, which is nearly straight and parallel with the axis of
in the Musewm of the Smithsonian Institution. 99
the body, and terminates posteriorly in a strongly projecting angle.
The postero-lateral margins are slightly concave, and form a very
obtuse angle with each other on account of the little projection of the
intestinal region. The periphery is armed with teeth, which are short,
triangular, and regularly approximated on the antero-lateral and
outer lateral margins, but are longer, more spiniform, and irregularly
arranged on the postero-lateral margins. On the upper surface,
besides the usual depression between the cardiac and branchial regions,
there are four deep excavations in front of the latter region ;—-two
separating it from the hepatic, and two, somewhat larger, from the
gastric region. There is also a deep concavity on the frontal region,
which is continued posteriorly for a short distance on the gastric
region. The rostrum is large, regularly triangular, and deflexed to a
right angle with the general level of the gastric region; margin un-
armed, or only obscurely toothed. The surface of the protuberant
parts of the carapax is covered with low, granulated tubercles. The
chelipeds are much shorter and stouter than in the typical forms of the
genus, and are deeply concave above, the concavity being smooth or
nearly so, and defined by prominent marginal crests, which, except
on the carpus, are strongly toothed. The meros-joint of the cheliped
is particularly short ; its anterior crest 1s armed with three or four
teeth, and its superior one with only two large teeth, the outer one
of which is much the largest. In the hand, the crest of the superior
margin is armed with six unequal, approximated, triangular teeth ;
and that of the outer margin with two conical distant teeth, besides
the knob at each extremity. The lower surface of the hand is orna-
mented with four or five rows of granulated tubercles, those of the
middle row being largest and most conspicuous; inner margin ser-
rated with granulated teeth. Ambulatory feet much compressed, and
crested above. In the female abdomen each segment is armed with
short setose tubercles, there being a larger ridge-like one, equalling in
extent the length of the joint, in the middle, and four or five small
ones on each side.
Length of the carapax in a female, 1.20; breadth, 1.38 inch; pro-
portion 1:1.15; length of meros-joint of cheliped, 0.68; length of
greater hand, 1.20 inch.
‘
100 Notes on North American Crustacea,
It is distinct from all other known species with the carapax
broader than long, in the shortness of its chelipeds. In one of
the specimens before me the right hand is nearly twice as broad
as the left.
T'wo specimens were collected at Manzanillo, Mex., by John
Xantus, Esq.
Lambrus hyponcus, nov. sp.
~ The carapax is subrhomboidal in shape, the posterior region being
well developed and prominent, as in Z. angulifrons. There is one low
tubercle on the gastric region, two large, prominent ones on the
cardiac, one small, spiniform one on the posterior margin at the
median line, and two rather large ones on the branchial region, the
posterior one of which is the taller, and situated close to the postero-
lateral margin. Besides these tubercles, there are several other, minute
ones, roughly arranged in eight or ten longitudinal rows, and the gen-
eral surface is covered with punctures, crowded together. ‘There are
two or three small pits in the depression between the branchial and
gastric regions. The antero-lateral margin behind the cervical sulcus
is armed with eight triangular, denticulated teeth, the posterior one
being but little longer than the others, which are equal in size. Front
smooth. Rostrum of moderate size, subtriangular, deflexed ; sides
shghtly concave, unarmed; apex obtuse. Chelipeds long; surface
smooth above, except that of the meros, which has a median tubercu-
lated ridge ; edges of meros, carpus, and hand armed with small teeth,
which, on the superior edge of the meros, are spiniform; outer edge
of hand with sixteen teeth alternating in size. Below, the chelipeds
are smooth and glabrous except the inner edges, which are tubercu-
lated; the tubercles being small. Sternum with a strongly prominent,
almost capitate tubercle on each side at the base of the chelipeds,
which also bears a small tubercle on the basal joint; these four tuber-
cles are somewhat flattened at the top and bent forward. In the fe-
male abdomen the segments are each armed with a transverse ridge,
more or less developed; on the second and third joints this ridge is
strongly toothed, and on the penult joint it appears in the form of a
median tubercle.
in the Museum. of the Smithsonian Institution. 101
Of this species there is but one specimen in the collection, a sterile
female, the dimensions of which are: Length of the carapax, 0.60 ;
breadth, 0.68 inch; proportion, 1:1.133; length of meros of cheli-
ped, 0.60 inch.
Found at Panama by Capt. J. M. Dow, to whom the Insti-
tution is indebted for this and many other interesting species.
Lambrus depressiusculus, nov. sp.
Body depressed, though much less so than in Z. erenulatus. Cara-
pax one-fifth broader than long; regions moderately prominent,
the cardiac region most so; surface covered with scattered, granu-
lated tubercles, irregular in size. Branchial region: broadly expand-
ed. Lateral margin armed with about fourteen spiniform, granulated
teeth, largest on the outer side of the branchial region ; at the postero-
lateral angle they are as long, or longer, than the rostrum. The in-
testinal region is broad, and projects but little beyond the line of the
postero-lateral angles. Of the fourteen lateral teeth mentioned above,
only five properly belong to the postero-lateral margin. The frontal
region is concave. The rostrum is small, triangular, and horizontal.
Chelipeds of the usual length ; superior surface of the meros with a
median row of about five spiniform tubercles ; margins of both meros
and hand armed with numerous spiniform teeth, of which there are
about ten on the outer side of the hand. All these teeth of the
chelipeds are granulated like those of the carapax, but not ramose.
Beneath, the hands are ornamented with longitudinal rows of small,
smooth tubercles, largest along the inner edge, and fading out toward
the exterior margin. Ambulatory feet slightly compressed, but not
crested, and perfectly smooth and unarmed. There is a small, slender
spine on the penult joint of the abdomen in the male.
Length of the carapax in a male, 0.853; breadth, spines included,
1.15 inch; proportion 1:1.35; length of hand, 1.13 inch.
Found at Manzanillo, Mex., by John Xantus, Esq.
Solenolampbrus arcuatus, nov. sp.
Carapax short and broad, with projecting lateral angles. Surface
punctate, much more finely than in S. typicus. Antero-lateral
102 Notes on North American Crustacea,
margin long and convex. The two antero-lateral margins together
would form a regular are were it not for the projection of the ros-
trum. The postero-lateral margin is concave, and the posterior
margin short and slightly convex. The antero-lateral margin is armed
with eleven tridenticulate teeth, little projecting; the middle ones
broadest. Protuberances of carapax like those of S. typicus, but
stronger; their ridges crenulated. Gastric and cardiac protuberances
very tall, with strongly projecting apices, which are almost spiniform
but not acuminate. Ridge of branchial region convex forward, and
crenulated, with a larger toothlet at the middle. Basal joint of the ex-
ternal antenne shorter than the next jot. Eyes very small. Afferent
and subhepatic channels very deep; the ridge separating them being
prominent and very thin and sharp. No supplementary ridge on the
subhepatic region. External maxillipeds with hairy margins, and
with a tubercle near the inner summit of the ischium; antero-exterior
angle of the meros less acute and prominent than in S. typicus ; meros
with three or four strong tubercles on the external oblique ridge.
Sternum between the chelipeds concave, without tubercles. Chelipeds
rather short; meros seven-toothed before and behind; carpus with
five denticulated crests; hand with nine strong, subspiniform teeth on
the superior crest, and the same number of tuberculiform teeth on the
outer and the inner edge of the lower surface; on the inner edge the
teeth are minute toward the base, but are large on the outer half of
the hand. The surface of the hand between the toothed crests is
smooth; the inferior surface, and the interstices of the teeth of all
three of the crests, are pubescent. The hand is expanded in width
at the distal extremity, and the dactylus when retracted is exactly at
right angles with the palm. Ambulatory feet compressed, glabrous ;
meros-joints with acute, sparsely ciliated superior edge; meros of the
posterior pair obtuse below, without crest. Abdomen smooth.
Length of carapax in a female specimen, 0.40; breadth, 0.52;
length of meros-joint of cheliped, 0.31; length of hand, 0.37 inch.
Taken at Panama by Capt. J. M. Dow.
Heterocrypta, nov. gen.
The type of this genus is the Cryptopodia granulata of
Gibbes, which approaches Solenolambrus in its characters, and
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 103
differs greatly from Oryptopodia in the want of a posterior ex-
pansion of the carapax, and in the existence of a ridge on the
pterygostomian region defining the afferent passage.
I. granulata inhabits the seas of the Southern States and of
the West Indies.
Heterocrypta macrobrachia, nov. sp.
Body depressed. Carapax narrower and less triangular than that
of FH. granulata, but resembling it in its granulated ridges and pro-
tuberances. Antero-lateral margin regularly convex, and crenulated
with fourteen or fifteen teeth which are themselves denticulated.
Margin between the lateral angle of the carapax and the projecting
terminus of the branchial ridge profoundly concave. Posterior mar-
gins crenulated like the anterior, with a somewhat larger tooth on
each side at the juncture of the posterior with the postero-lateral
margins. Exognath of the external maxillipeds not tuberculated.
Chelipeds very long, smooth, and naked above, except at the crenulated
edges. Ambulatory feet compressed ; meros-joint with sharp, minutely
denticulated lower edge.
Color yellowish ; sometimes with bluish-gray patches on the cara-
pax, and bands of the same color across the chelipeds.
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapax, 0.56; breadth, 0.60 ;
length of meros of chelipeds, 0.46; length of hand, 0.55 inch.
It differs from //. granulata in its longer chelipeds, and
more strongly toothed margins of the carapax.
Taken at Panama by Capt. J. M. Dow.
CANCROIDEA.
Liomera cinctimana,
Carpilius cinetimanus Adams and White, Voy. Samarang, Crust., p. 37; pl.
vii, fig 4.
Liomera cinetimana Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exped., Crust., I. 161. A. Milne-
Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du Mus., I. 219.
The dactylus of the ambulatory feet is white, with a red base
and black tip.
104 Notes on North American Crustacea,
This species, like the next, is one of the few Indo-Pacific
forms which have thus far occurred on the west coast of
America. It was found at Cape St. Lucas by John Xantus,
Esq.
Liomera lata.
Liomera lata Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exped., Crust., I. 161; vii. 6. A. Milne-
Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du Mus., I. 220.
Our specimens are somewhat broader than those figured by
Dana. Color light-red. Lateral extremities of carapax in the
male white. Pterygostomian regions white. Fingers of hand
black with white tips. Dactylus of ambulatory feet with a
broad white ring at the middle.
The dimensions of a male specimen are: Length of carapax,
0.41; breadth, 0.74 inch. Of a female: Length of carapax,
0.48; breadth, 0.90 inch.
These specimens were found at Cape St. Lucas by John
Xantus, Esq.
Actaea Dovii, nov. sp.
Very closely allied to the West Indian species A. setigera,
but differing in the granulation of the carapax, which is finer
and more dense, and on the posterior regions more distinct.
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapax, 0.45; breadth,
0.63 inch.
Found at San Salvador by Capt. J. M. Dow, and at Panama,
by Alex. Agassiz, Esq.
Actaea erosa,
Actaea erosa Stimpson, Notes on N. American Crust., p. 5.
The raised parts of the surface of the carapax, between the
small cavities, are conical or ridge-like, and roughened. The
lobes of the antero-lateral margin are not distinctly defined,
with the exception of the posterior one, which is small, trian-
gular, and projecting.
This species differs from the Xantho vermiculata of H. Milne-
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 105
Edwards, judging from the description in the “ Histoire Nat-
-urelle des Crustacés ” in sculpture ;—the surface of the carapax
is not ‘‘couverte de petits tubercles soudés entre eux par doubles
rangées.” Also, the notch of the meros of the external maxilli-
peds is not at the mdddle of the anterior margin. Milne-Kd-
wards’gives no locality for his vermiculata.
Alphonse Milne-Edwards regards this species as belonging to
the Xantho-group.
Xanthodes Xantusii, nov. sp.
In this small species the carapax is smooth on the middle and pos-
terior portions of its surface, but in front it is areolated and rough-
ened with somewhat squamiform granules and slight transverse cren-
ulated ridges. The antero-lateral margin is armed with four teeth,
not including the angle of the orbit, between which and the first
tooth there is a granulated concavity. Front little projecting, and
bordered by a thin lamella; outline of lobes somewhat concave. Fis-
sures of orbit very slight. Subhepatic region irregularly granulated.
Basal joint of the external antennz short, scarcely reaching the pro-
cess of the front. In the chelipeds, the carpus and hand are strongly
granulated above and on the whole outer surface ; carpus with a deep
sulcus near and parallel to its extero-anterior margin ; hand with three
slight longitudinal sulci, one on the upper and two on the outer sur-
face. Smaller cheliped sparsely short-setose. Ambulatory feet setose
and roughened above with minute asperities.
The dimensions of a male specimen are: Length of carapax, 0.26 ;
breadth, 0.35 inch.
It resembles somewhat A. granostmanus Dana, a Polynesian
species, but the carapax is narrower and more convex, and the
lobes of the front are concave instead of convex.
It is very common at Cape St. Lucas, judging from the large
number collected by Mr. John Xantus.
Xanthodes insculpta, nov. sp.
Very small. Carapax naked, areolated; anterior areolets rather
strongly protuberant. Surface very minutely granulated. Antero-
106 Notes on North American Crustacea,
lateral margin with five teeth, including the angle of the orbit, which
is about equally prominent with the other teeth. There is generally a
minute denticle or two in the interval between the teeth. From the
posterior tooth a slight transverse ridge extends inward across the
branchial region. Front rather broad; median and lateral sulci deep ;
margin of lobes convex. Orbital margin smooth, or simply granulat-
ed; fissures very slight, except the extero-inferior one. A slight ridge
on the subhepatic region extending forward from the second antero-
lateral tooth. Chelipeds with large tubercles or projections, five or
six on the carpus, and nine or ten on the hand; outer surface of the
hand with a slight median ridge and obsolete transverse ranges of
minute granules.
Of this species I have seen only one specimen, a male, perhaps imma-
ture, the dimensions of which are: Length of carapax, 0.12; breadth,
0.17 inch.
The specimen was found at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. John
Xantus.
Menippe Rumphii.
Cancer Rumphii Fabr., Suppl., 336 (?). Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u.
Krebse, III, xlix., 2.
Menippe Rumphii De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., 21; Dana U. 8. Expl.
Exped., Crust., I., 179. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. IT. 34.
Pseudocarcinus Rumphii H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., I. 408.
Menippe nodifrons Stimpson, Notes on N. American Crust., p. 7.
In this species, as in AZ. obtusa, there is a striated area on the
inner surface of the hand, but it is far less developed than in that
species, and the strize are much finer and more closely set ; in
some specimens they are scarcely perceptible.
The description of Fabricius does not apply, in all respects, to
our species ; as, for instance, “ carpi vix unidentati” and “ frons
margine quadridentata.”
H. Milne-Edwards, and the older authors generally, give the
East Indies as the habitat of the species, buat White and Dana
refer it to the West Indies and Brazil. In the Smithsonian Mu-
seum there are specimens from Florida (Wurdemann), Jamai-
ca (C. B. Adams), and St. Thomas (A. H. Riise).
- on
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 107
Micropanope latimama, nov. sp.
Carapax moderately convex, naked, smooth, and polished, except
toward the anterior and antero-lateral margins, where it is somewhat
granulated. Front rather broad, and little projecting; lobes with
straight margins. Subhepatic region minutely granulated. Chell-
peds large and angular; hands broad, smooth, and polished, strongly
protuberant at the postero-inferior angle; palm broader than long;
fingers nearly as long as the palm, deflexed, and black; the black of
the propodal finger extends on the palm for one-third its length. The
hands are unequal, and the fingers of the smaller one are longer and
more deflexed than those of the greater one, which gives the smaller
hand a more angular form and a deeply concave inferior outline.
Ambulatory feet slender, smooth, and sparsely hairy.
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapax, 0.28; breadth, 0.38 inch.
Found at Cape St. Lucas by John Xantus, Esq.
Micropanope cristimama, nov. sp.
Carapax convex, smooth posteriorly, and with a transverse ridge,
interrupted at the middle, on the gastric, and one on each hepatic
and branchial region. Front convex, rather strongly projecting at
the middle, where there is a deep sinus, from which arises a deep
furrow extending backward to the gastric region. Posterior lateral
tooth rather more prominent than in J. latimana. Hiatus of outer
side of orbit almost entirely obsolete. Inferior inner tooth of orbit
large. Basal joint of the external antennze very short. Chelipeds
large, smooth, and polished ; carpus with one tooth at the inner angle,
and a short crest, bordering a depressed area, at the outer angle ;
hands very short and broad, and compressed, especially above, where
a smooth crest is formed; posterior outer extremity of hand protu-
berant and bituberculate, the tubercles being most conspicuous in
the greater hand. Fingers black, with white tips; those of the smaller
hand much deflexed and Jonger than the palm. Ambulatory feet
rather compressed and faintly crested above ; dactyli pubescent.
Dimensions of the carapax in a male: Length, 0.22; breadth, 0.27
inch.
Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus.
108 Notes on North American Crustacea,
Micropanope caribbaea, nov. sp.
Carapax somewhat pubescent, with two or three transverse raised
lines, or slight pubescent ridges, on the gastric and on each branchial
region. Frontal and gastric regions nearly smooth. Front rather
prominent, nearly horizontal ; margin straight ; median sinus slight.
Flagellum of the external antenne as long as the front is broad.
Chelipeds obsoletely granulated ; carpus with four or five tubercles
above, and a tooth at the inner angle; hand unarmed, but with
two slight parallel longitudinal ridges on the upper side. Ambula-
tory feet smooth, slightly pubescent.
The dimensions of the carapax in a male specimen are: Length,
0.16; breadth, 0.22 inch.
Found at St. Thomas, by A. H. Riise, Esq.
Chioredius occidemtalis nov. sp.
This species represents on the West Coast the C. foridanus
of the Caribbean Sea. Like many other West Coast crabs, it
differs from its eastern analogue in its broader and less convex
carapax. The antero-lateral teeth are less prominent than in
C. floridanus, the second tooth in particular being broader and
much less acute. The median lobes, or teeth of the front, do
not project beyond the lateral ones.
Dimensions of a male specimen: Length of carapax, 0.45 ;
breadth, 0.74 inch.
Found at Panama by Alex. Agassiz, Esq., and at Manzanillo,
Mex., by Mr. John Xantus.
Panopeus planissimus.
ny
4d
Xantho planissima Stimpson, Notes on N. American Crustacea, p.
The reception of several specimens of this species of larger
size, and more perfect than those first obtained, gives an oppor-
tunity for a re-examination of its characters, which leads me to
refer it to the genus Panopeus.
The body and chelipeds are very much depressed. The chelipeds
are very large, and the carpus has a groove on the upper surface,
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 109
running parallel and near to the antero-exterior margin ; above this
groove there are two tubercles, separated from each other by a short
groove placed at right angles with the first.
Dimensions of a male specimen: Length of carapax, 0.345; breadth,
0.53 inch.
Cape St. Lucas.
Pilumnus depressus, nov. sp.
Body depressed ; carapax for the most part flattened and naked,
but slightly curved, pilose and roughened toward the anterior and
antero-lateral margins. Frontal margin spinulose. Margins of the
orbits above and below armed with spiniform teeth. Antero-lateral
margin with three spiniform teeth besides the angle of the orbit,
which, like the next lateral tooth, is bifid. Subhepatic tooth minute.
Subhepatic and suborbital regions covered with sharp granules con-
cealed beneath pubescence. Feet pilose and spinulose; spinules
shorter than in P. Yantusii. Greater cheliped naked and obsoletely
granulated on the larger part of its outer surface.
Dimensions of a male specimen: Length of carapax, 0.35; breadth,
0.47 inch.
Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus.
Pilummnus ceratopus.
Pilumnus ceratopus Stimpson, Notes on N. American Crustacea, p. 87.
Pilumnus? Desbonne et Schramm, Crust. de la Guadeloupe, p. 33; pl. iii,
figs. 9, 10.
This species, originally discovered on the Florida coast, was
found at Guadeloupe by M. Desbonne.
Pilumnus marginatus, nov. sp.
A very small species. Carapax somewhat hairy, moderately convex,
somewhat distinctly areolated, and regularly covered with small equi-
distant tubercles, between which the surface is very minutely punc-
tate. The posterior extremity is very narrow. The areolets are not
protuberant. The median frontal channel is rather deep and con-
spicuous. The front is broad, very little prominent, and separated
110 Notes on North American Crustacea,
from the supra-orbital margin by a small notch ; its margin is simply
granulated, and there is a slight channel running parallel with it and
separating it from the frontal region. The orbital margin is unarmed
except by small tubercles or granules, and has a single slight fissure
at the middle above. The antero-lateral margin is sharply defined,
almost limbed; and is armed with three very slightly prominent
teeth, besides the angle of the orbit, and a broad lobe posterior to it, .
neither of which project beyond the general outline; the three
teeth are each composed of two or three denticles, of about the size
of the tubercles of the dorsal surface. There is no subhepatic tooth.
The ridge of the endostome is almost obsolete. Chelipeds large, granu-
lated ; carpus and hand usually covered on the outside with a dense
tuft of algoid growth.
Dimensions of a male specimen: Length of carapax.U 16; breadth,
0.20 inch.
This species is chiefly remarkable for the absence of a sub-
hepatic tooth, and the character of the antero-lateral margin,
which approaches somewhat in appearance that of P7duim-
noides, though much shorter. |
Cape St. Lucas: J. Xantus.
ACidoOps nov. gen.
Carapax broad, smooth, with convex antero-posterior and nearly
plane transverse dorsal outline ; surface nearly even. Antero-jateral
margin short, acute, with three inconspicuous teeth, besides the
angle of the orbit. yes and orbits elongated, resembling somewhat
those of certain Macrophthalmoids. Orbits destitute of teeth or
fissures. Eye-peduncles flattened, with an acute anterior edge con-
tinuous with that of the margin of the carapax. The basal joint of
the external antenne fills the hiatus of the orbit and just reaches the
front. Chelipeds small. Ambulatory feet broad and compressed,
except the terminal joint, which is narrow. Abdomen of the male
with the third joint much produced on either side. Male appendages
of the first pair broadly laminate at base, geniculated at the posterior
third of their length, and tapering to a fine point, somewhat incurved
toward the extremity, and reaching to the penult segment of the
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 111
abdomen ; those of the second pair two-thirds as long as the first,
slender, cylindrical, and tapering to a filiform extremity.
This genus is somewhat allied to Pilwmnus, but differs
greatly in the character of the orbits and eye-peduncles.
Acidops fimbriatus, nov. sp.
Anterior and antero-lateral margins of the carapax ciliated with
a fringe of long fine hairs. Carapax covered with a short pubescence,
and areolated, the areolets being sufficiently distinct, but not at all
protuberant. Angle of the orbit and next tooth of the antero-lateral
margin about equal in size; the other tw6 teeth very small. Sub-
hepatic region smooth, Front not prominent; median sinus slight ;
lobes very slightly convex. External maxillipeds hairy ; meros-joint
somewhat swollen. Chelipeds somewhat hairy; hand granulated on
the outer side; fingers short, acuminate, and with granulated longi-
tudinal ridges. Ambulatory feet ciliated.
Dimensions of a male specimen: Length of carapax, 0.21; breadth,
0.28 inch.
\
This little crab resembles Ceratoplaw ciliatus in appearance.
Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus.
Achelous tramsverstus, nov. sp.
Carapax broad ; regions only slightly protuberant; ridges distinct,
granulated ; branchial ridge sinuous, but only slightly convex, curv-
ing forward even less than in A. Gibbesvi and scarcely more than in
Callinectes, but nevertheless forming an angle near the base of the
lateral spine. The oblique meso-branchial lobes are distinct. The
lateral spine is long, as long as the space occupied by the four or five
teeth in front of it. The other antero-lateral teeth are pretty strong,
equal, and have a granulated surface. Front nearly as in A. pana-
" mensis described below, but with the teeth somewhat more pointed.
Chelipeds rather short; meros four-toothed in front. Meros of the
posterior pair of feet with a spiniform tooth at inferior extremity.
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapax, 0.39; breadth., 0.85
inch.
Of this species I have seen only one specimen, which is im-
NOVEMBER, 1871. 8 Ann. Lyc. Nar. Hist. Vou. X.
112 Notes on North American Crustacea,
perfect, the hands being wanting. It has somewhat the aspect
of a Callinectes.
It was taken at Manzanillo, Mex., by John Xantus, Esq.
Achelous acuminatus, nov. sp.
Body and feet pubescent. Carapax very short and broad ; propor-
tion of length to breadth, 1:2.52; surface uneven, but with the pro-
tuberances few in number and large, these being on the gastric,
cardiac, and inner branchial regions. All the protuberances and
ridges are granulated at their summits only. The branchial ridge is
convex, bending rather abruptly forward near the base of the lateral
spine. This lateral spine is very long, nearly two-thirds as long as
the antero-lateral margin. The other teeth are rather strong, the
second, fourth, and sixth being somewhat smaller than the others.
Front convex, separated from the orbit by deep incisions ; median
teeth projecting somewhat beyond the level of the outer angles of
the orbit; teeth equal, bluntly triangular, moderately deeply cut ;
median teeth most projecting. A large notch on the margin of the
orbit above the insertion of the external antenne. Chelipeds very
long, nearly three times as long as the carapax; meros longer than
the carapax, projecting nearly to the middle of the penult joint of the
first pair of ambulatory feet, and tapering,and armed with four spines
in front ; carpus slender, inner spine no longer than the basal spine
of the hand; hand very slender, almost sword-shaped, and with
strong granulated ridges, A spine on the meros-joint of the pos-
terior pair of feet.
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapax, 0.50; breadth, 1.26
inch.
Fonnd at Panama by Capt. J. M. Dow.
Achelous panamensis, nov. sp.
Carapax moderately broad; regions moderately protuberant.
Branchial ridge bending very abruptly forward near the base of the
lateral spine. Lateral spine as long as the space occupied by the
three teeth in front of it. The other lateral teeth are rather strong,
and of equal size. Front projecting slightly beyond the level of the
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 118
angles of the orbits; teeth rather blunt, equally prominent ; median
teeth smaller than the laterals, and separated from each other by a
much deeper and narrower sinus than that separating them from
the laterals. Notch of orbital margin over base of antennse very
slight. Chelipeds rather long; meros with four spines in front;
inner spine of carpus about twice as long as basal spine of hand ;
hand of ordinary proportions, if anything rather more slender than
usual, A. spine on meros joint of posterior feet.
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapax, 0.40; breadth, 0.75
inch, The breadth in this and the two preceding species of Acheloiis
is measured between the tips of the lateral spines.
It differs from A. acuminatus in its narrower carapax, shorter
lateral spines, blunter frontal teeth, and thicker hand.
Panama, Capt. J. M. Dow.
Achelous anceps.
Lupea anceps De Saussure, Crust. nouv. des Antilles, etc., p. 18; pl. ii,
Polat
Lupea Duchassagnit Desbonne et Schramm, Crust. de la Guadeloupe, p. 39 ;
pl. iv, £. 25.
Specimens from St. Thomas in the Smithsonian Collection
agree with the descriptions quoted above in everything except
their shorter chelipeds.
OCY PODOIDEA.
Pachvgrapsus gracilis,
Metopograpsus gracilis De Saussure, Crust. nouy. des Antilles, etc., p. 27;
pl. ii, fig. 15.
Found at Barbados by Professor T. Gill.
Pachygrapsus transversus.
Grapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci., 1850, p. 181.
Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 182.
Metopograpsus dubius De Saussure, Crust. nouv. des Antilles, p. 29; pl. ii,
fig. 16.
Found at St. Thomas by A. H. Riise, and at Barbados by
Theo. Gill.
114 Notes on North American Crustacea,
Pachysrapsus soecius, nov. sp.
Closely allied to P. transversus, but differing in several minor par-
ticulars. The carapax is somewhat narrower, less convex,-and more
strongly striated; and the frontal region is more depressed and ex-
panded. The propodal finger of the chelipeds never has the dark
patch which is always more or less conspicuous in P. transversus and
P. innotatus.
Dimensions of a male specimen: Length of carapax, 0.63;
breadth, 0.725 inch.
There are ‘specimens in the Smithsonian Collection from the
following localities: Peru, C. H. Raymond; Panama, Alex.
Agassiz; San Salvador, J. M. Dow; Manzanillo, Mex., John
Xantus ; Cape St. Lucas, John Xantus.
LEUCOSOIDEA.
Calappa convexa.
Calappa convexa De Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zodl., 1853, pl. xiii, fig. 3.
Calappa Xantusiana Stimpson, Notes on N. American Crust., p. 109.
There are specimens in the Smithsonian Collection from Cape
St. Lucas (Xantus), Mazatlan (Bischoff), and Panama (Stern-
bergh).
Osachila acuta, nov. sp.
Carapax depressed between the protuberances, and particularly
toward the antero-lateral margins, where it is broadly expanded and
concave. Protuberances rather small and somewhat conical; the
three on the gastric region equal; all of them tuberculated, and with
the tubercles coarsely punctate. Between the large protuberances
there are no small ones, but the surface is smooth, naked, and micro-
scopically and crowdedly punctate. The rostrum is flattened, narrow,
prominent, and bilobed at the extremity; margin thin and sharp,
and at the extremities of the lobes denticulated. Antero-lateral
margin acute, arcuated anteriorly but becoming nearly straight and
parallel to the axis of the body posteriorly; its armature is variable,
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 115
but generally there are seven or eight teeth behind the obtuse tubercu-
lated space near the orbit, or rather behind the point where the
transverse subhepatic ridge joins the margin; the teeth increase in
size posteriorly, and each one is composed of two or three denticles,
the median one being largest where there are three. The postero-
lateral margin is thickened, as if double; it is irregularly tubereu-
lated, and bears two strong triangular teeth, one next the lateral tooth
of the carapax and the other next the posterior extremity. The
posterior extremity of the carapax is narrow, with two thickened,
tuberculated margins placed one above the other. Beneath, the sur-
face of the body is rough with pits and tubercles both anteriorly and
posteriorly; but the subbranchial region is smooth. Chelipeds angu-
lar; meros smooth below, and having a transverse, crenulated, lami-
niform crest at the superior extremity, following the upper part of
the base of the carpus; supero-exterior surface of the carpus nearly
smooth; superior crest of the hand with three equal teeth; outer
surface of hand with five longitudinal ridges, the three upper ridges
formed of large, the two lower ones of small tubercles. Ambulatory
feet nearly as in O. tuberosa, but with the crests less prominent, that
of the merosjoint not pitted, but faintly denticulated and sparsely
hairy.
Color yellowish, with spots of red and white resembling patches of
lichen.
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapax, 0.70; greatest breadth,
at the antepenult antero-lateral tooth, 0.83 inch.
There are several specimens of this species in the Smithso-
nian Collection, which were taken at Panama by Capt. J. M.
Dow, and at Manzanillo by Jobn Xantus, Esq.
Lithadia pontifera, nov. sp.
The following description is that of an adult female, the only spe-
cimen I have seen. The carapax is rather broader and less convex
than in other species of the genus, and has an angular outline, with
an aspect somewhat like that of a Mursia. The sides project con-
siderably over the bases of the feet. The entire upper surface is
116 Notes on North American Crustacea,
granulated. The protuberances of the carapax are smaller than usual,
but prominent, and covered with tubercles, or granules, much larger
than those on the depressed parts. The branchial protuberance is
divided into two, one part being connected by a ridge with the ante-
rior lateral tooth, and the other by a thicker ridge with the posterior
lateral tooth. There is a median tuberculated ridge extending from
the frontal region to the cardiac, and interrupted at the centre of the
carapax. Between the cardiac and the branchial region on either
side there is a deep narrow cavity, bridged over by the meeting of a
projection from the cardiac region with a similar projection from the
posterior branchial protuberance. The hepatic region is not very
protuberant above, and bears a short longitudinal ridge. The mar-
ginal teeth of the carapax are all prominent, thickened, coarsely
granulated, and separated by rather deeply concave intervals. The
anterior lateral tooth (that on the branchial region, forming the an-
tero-lateral angle of the body) is very large and prominent, and
there is a smaller triangular tooth in front of it, pointing downward.
Between this latter and the triangular hepatic tooth there is a deep
sinus. The subhepatic tooth is very prominent and tuberculated,
The posterior lateral tooth is obtusely rounded. The posterior mar-
gin is thinner than the anterior and lateral margins on account of the
deep excavation around the cardiac region; the intestinal region is
bilobed, but the lobes do not form dentiform projections, the poste-
rior outline being nearly straight when viewed from above, though
interrupted at the middle. The front has a deep sinus at the middle,
and is somewhat bimarginate. The epistome is very short, and the
suborbital region less developed than usual. The external maxilli-
peds are granulated, with the meros of the endognath much smoother
than the other joints. The chelipeds are somewhat flattened, and
resemble those of the type, L. Cumingii ; the outer crest of the hand
is rather sharp. The ambulatory feet are granulated and tubercu-
lated; the tubercles not spiniform. The abdomen is densely tuber-
cwated.
Dimensions of the female specimen: Length of carapax, 0°39;
breadth, 0°48 inch.
This can scarcely be the Lbalia mammillosa of Desbonne and
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 1%
Schramm, Crust. de la Guadaloupe, p. 54, for that species is
described as having the granulations of the chelipeds larger
than those of the carapax; the meros of the chelipeds rounded,
and both meros and hand without crest; the ambulatory feet
simply granulated; and no mention is made of the bridged
fossee between the cardiac and the branchial regions, unless
these are what is meant by “trous borgnes,” which is not prob-
able. What £. mammillosa is will, perhaps, always remain a
matter of conjecture, as no specimen was preserved in Des-
bonne’s collection, and no figure was made. It is probably a
Lithadia.
Found at Barbados by Theodore Gill.
Uhliias, nov. gen.
Closely allied to Oreophorus, but differing in its broadly el-
. ’ D> .
liptical shape, in the greater expansion of the sides of the cara-
pax, in the non-projecting front, in the concealment of the eyes
beneath the orbital margin of the carapax, in the broader and
fo) b)
non-tapering exognath of the external maxillipeds, and in the
ft 5 tes} ’
expanded penult joint and short dactylus of the ambulatory
feet. The hepatic region is not distinetly defined, and is not
oD e/ ,
toothed.
Uhlias is an American, while Oreophorus is an East Indian
genus.
Uhlias ellipticus, nov. sp.
Of this species I have seen only one specimen, a female, which
may be described as follows: Carapax broad, regularly elliptical, rather
depressed ; sides much expanded, laminiform; middle of the carapax
elevated above the sides, which are depressed. Upper surface, with
the exception of the central parts and the lateral expansions, covered
with deep, rounded, or elongated pits. The posterior pits are the
largest, and six of them, of a pentagonal or rounded shape, are situ-
ated on the posterior part of the branchial regions, three on each
side. <A large, transverse pit occupies the entire width of the intes-
1 ilies Notes on North American Crustacea,
tinal region, following the posterior margin. The pits on the frontal
and hepatic regions are elongated in a direction parallel with the
longitudinal axis of the body. The entire surface, except the bottoms
of the pits, is granulated. The margins are slightly waved, but no-
where distinctly toothed. 'The front does not project much beyond
the regular curve of the anterior outline. The frontal margin is
thick, and the eyes are small, and in our specimen are firmly imbed-
ded in their sockets, lying beneath the margin, so as not to be seen
from above. The intestinal margin is straight. Feet granulated.
Shelipeds short, with a crest on the meros and one on the hand.
Ambulatory feet compressed, with a laminiform crest on the meros
joint, and two similar crests on the carpus and penult joint; this
penult joint is broadly expanded below, forming a process against
which the short dactylus retracts ; thus giving a subcheliform appear-
ance to the extremities of the feet.
Dimensions of the female specimen: Length of carapax, 0.20;
breadth, 0.31 inch.
Found at Panama by Capt. J. M. Dow.
Uhiias limbatus, nov. sp.
Description of an adult female: Carapax broad, subelliptical, rather
sharply curved and almost angular at the sides, which are strongly
projecting. Upper surface coarsely and closely granulated, and
moderately convex, except towards the sides, where it is depressed as
in U. ellipticus. The cardiac region is surrounded, except in front,
by a deep furrow, which posteriorly follows the posterior margin of
the carapax. There is also a deep circular pit on the posterior part
of the branchial region; but there are no other well-defined pits, al-
though the swollen part of the carapax is surrounded on the sides
and in front by a shallow concavity, which deepens at its posterior
extremity on the branchial region. The lateral margins are waved,
but not distinctly toothed. The posterior margin is slightly convex.
Ambulatory feet rather short and stout, not compressed, granulated
above and below; penult and antepenult joints somewhat flattened
or even concave above, but not crested; penult joint much less ex-
panded below than in U, ellipticus, and not forming so distinct a
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 119
hand; dactyli about equal to the penult joint in length. The cheli-
peds are wanting in the only specimen I have seen.
The dimensions of this specimen are: Length of carapax, 0.22;
breadth, 0.32 inch.
Found at St. Thomas, W. I., by A. H. Riise, Esq.
Spelaecophorus nodosus, A. M.-Edw.
Oreophorus nodosus Bell, Trans, Lin. Soe., XXI, 307; pl. xxxiii, fig. 8.
Spelucophorus nodosus A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. de France,
4e Serie, Tome V, p. 149.
Of this species there is one (female) specimen in the Smith-
sonian collection. It agrees well with the figure and deserip-
tion of Bell, except that the exognath of the outer maxillipeds
does not taper, but is blunt, almost truncated at the extremity,
aud that the ambulatory feet are less spinous. The postero-
inferior marginal lobe is concave in outline,and granulated
below; and its lateral angles do not form teeth projecting
downward, as in Bell’s figure of a posterior view of the male
carapax. This latter may be a sexual difference. Thesoldered
segments of the female abdomen have a longitudinal sulcus on
either side of the median line, and the lateral surfaces are ru-
gose and pitted, as if eroded.
The specimen was taken at Jamaica by the late Prof. C. B.
Adams.
PORCELLANOIDEA.
Petrolisthes eriomerus, nov. sp.
Near P. rupicola, Front nearly horizontal. Epigastric lobes
rather sharply prominent, more so than in the allied species. The
protogastric and epibranchial lobes are also prominent, and there is a
channel between them and the orbital and the antero-lateral margins.
Front broad, triangular, much less prominent than in P. rupicola.
Chelipeds (except at the fingers) granulated; carpus rather elongated,
with a straight and entire anterior margin destitute of a prominent
120 Notes on North American Crustacea,
inner lobe, and a denticulated posterior margin; hand with a tuft of
hair between the fingers below. Ambulatory feet everywhere hairy
on upper edge. Surface of meros of third pair also hairy. Size of
P. rupricola,
Found at Mendicino, Cal., by Alexander Agassiz, Esq.
Polyonyx macrocheles.
Porcelana macrocheles Gibbes, Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1850, p. 171.
This species lives in the tubes of Chaetopterus, along with
the worm and its other guest, Pénniwa chaetopterana, on the
coast of South Carolina.
HIPPOIDEA.
Remipes barbademnsis.
Squilla barbadensis ovalis Petiver, Patrigraphia americana, pl. ii, f. 9.
Body oval. Carapax depressed, not narrowed anteriorly ; surface
nearly smooth, but anteriorly and toward the sides minutely lineo-
lated transversely as in other species. Front broad, undulated, with
a single broadly rounded, median tooth ; margin minutely crenulated.
The lateral margins are ornamented with a rather broad marginal
stripe, which is transversely striated ; striz setiferous, and not inter-
rupted at the middle as in some species. Inner antennze half as long
as the carapax; the shorter flagellum being scarcely a tenth part as
long as the longer one, which is compressed and almost naked.
Length of carapax, 0.84; breadth, 0.69 inch.
Found at Barbados by Prof. Gill, and at Key Biscayne,
Fla., by the late Gustavus Wurdemann.
THALASSINOIDEA.
Gliypturus,
Glypturus Stimpson, Proc. Chicago Acad. of Sciences, I, 46.
Flagella of the antennulz much longer than their peduncles. Ex-
ternal maxillipeds indurated; meros and ischium not dilated, no
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 121
broader than the propodus (penult joint), and concave on the outer
surface ; ischium armed along the middle of its inner edge with a
sharp, prominent, spinous crest; carpus thick, and only half as broad
as the propodus, which is greatly dilated within, and truncated, but
not grooved, at the broad anterior margin, against which the dactylus
folds; dactylus rather stout, compressed, and rather longer than the
anterior margin of the propodus. Mandibles strong, much indurated ;
corona with its margin unevenly toothed, deeply cleft within, and
with the basal process as broad and half as high as the corona itself,
and having also a toothed edge. Appendages to the first two joints
of the abdomen in the male nearly similar to the corresponding parts
in the female. Caudal lamellae deeply sculptured. Of the appen-
dages to the penult joint of the abdomen, the outer lamelle appear as
if composed of two pieces soldered together, the outer one of which
overlaps the inner; while the inner lamelle are obliquely triangular.
Terminal segment of the abdomen very small.
Glypturus acanthochirus.
Glypturus acanthochirus Stimpson, Proc. Chicago Acad. of Sciences, I, 46.
Dorsal suture very deep. Front bearing an erect spine close to its
anterior extremity, and a sharp, curved spine on either side, over the
insertion of the outer antenne. Greater cheliped rather short and
stout ; ischium, meros, and carpus with their lower edge spinous;
meros with two spines above, and no projecting lobe at the base
below; carpus much shorter than the palm of the hand; hand much
broader than the carpus, with three spines on the upper edge, and a
granulated area on the outer surface behind the base of the pollex or
immovable finger; dactylus two-thirds as long as the palm of the
hand. Smaller cheliped nearly similar to the greater one in shape
and armature, but of less than half its size.
In a female specimen, the length of the animal, exclusive of the
antenne, is 3.9 inches; length of the carapax, 1.02; length of car-
pus and hand taken together, and measured to the end of-the dacty-
lus, 1.5 inches.
This species is not uncommon among the Florida Keys. A
122 Notes on North American Crustacea,
considerable number of specimens was found at the Tortugas
by Dr. Whitehurst.
It cannot be mistaken for any of the Thalassinidea found on
our coast, unless it be a species described by Prof. Lewis Kh.
Gibbes under the name of Callianassa grandimana, in the
Proceedings of the Charleston meeting of the American Asso-
clation for the Advancement of Science, in 1850. If the de-
scription given by that author is correct, however, our species
differs from that named by him in having the palm of the hand
less than twice as long as the carpus, and in having a granu-
lated area on the outer surface of this palm; as well as in the
armature of the lower edge of the greater cheliped.
Callichirus.,
Callichirus Stimpson, Proc. Chicago Acad. of Sciences, I, 47.
Flagella of antennule rather shorter than their peduncles, Exter-
nal maxillipeds soft, coriaceous; meros and ischium compressed
and dilated; meros short; carpus and propodus much dilated
at the inner margins; propodus larger and more dilated than
the carpus, and with a groove in its anterior margin, into which the
small, curved dactylus folds. Inner lobes and laciniz of the second
pair of maxille for the most part narrow. Mandibles very small and
weak, not indurated; internal basal projection only slightly devel-
oped. Carpus and hand of the greater cheliped very long. ‘The ap-
pendages to the first and second joints of the abdomen in the male
are small; those of the first pair having but one branch, while those
of the second pair have two branches, the outer branch being minute.
Caudal lamellee much thickened. Inner lamellze of the appendages to
the penult joint of the abdomen very narrow, almost styliform. Ter-
minal joint of the abdomen short and broad, contracted at the base,
and emarginated at the extremity.
The type of this genus is the Callianassa major of Say (Jour.
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., I, p. 288). This species is found
abundantly on the sandy shores of the Southern States—North
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 13}
and Sonth Carolina, Georgia, Florida, etc. It burrows in the
sands about low-water mark, its holes being usually about one
foot in depth.
ASTACOIDEA.
Scylliarus nodifer.
Scyllarus nodifer Stimpson, Proc. Chicago Acad. of Sciences, I, 48.
Upper surface tuberculated; tubercles sparsely setose. A strong,
bidentate projection on the gastric region of the carapax. On the
third segment of the abdomen above there is a very prominent, me-
dian knob, which forms the posterior extremity of the body when the
abdomen is folded in. The second joint of the antenne is armed
with four or five teeth on the antero-exterior margin—the teeth, with
the exception of that at the angle, being little prominent. Fourth
joint of the antenn broader than long, with the margins crenulated,
and the antero-exterior angle prominent.
The length of the largest specimen is about five inches. In a male,
the length of the carapax is 2.1; and its breadth at the anterior ex-
tremity, 1.88 inches. In a female, length of carapax, 1.225; breadth
anteriorly, 1.13 inches.
Found among the Florida Keys. The specimens in the
Smithsonian Museum were taken at the Tortugas by Dr.
Whitehurst, and there are examples from Key West in the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge.
CARIDEA.
\
Hippolysmata californica,
Hippolysmata californica Stimpson, Proc. Chicago Acad. of Sciences, I, 48.
Surface of carapax and abdomen minutely pubescent. Rostrum
short, scarcely over-reaching the ante-penult joint of the peduncle of
the antennul, and six-toothed above, the posterior tooth being situ-
ated at one-half more than the usual interval behind the next tooth,
124 Notes on North American Crustacea,
and at about the anterior third of the length of the carapax; below,
the rostrum is armed with three minute teeth. On the anterior mar-
gin of the carapax there is astrong spine above the base of the antenne,
and a minute one below it. Flagella of the antennule equal, and
very long, one and a half times as long as the body. Acicles or ap-
pendages to the antenne broad even to thelr tips, and much longer
than the peduncles of the antennule. External maxillipeds thickly
setose, and reaching the extremity of the acicles. Terminal segment
of the abdomen with two pairs of aculei above.
Length, 1.25 inches.
Found at San Diego, Cal., by Mr. Cassidy.
This is the analogue of the Florida species, 7. Wurdemanni
(Hippolyte Wurdemanni Gibbes), from which it differs in its
longer antennulze, smaller eyes, ete.
Rhynchocylus parvulus, nov. sp.
Dorsum of the carapax elevated, and protuberant at the middle of
its length, its anterior half having a considerable slope forward, and
being obtusely carinated and armed with five small, spiniform teeth ;
—the posterior two teeth being somewhat remote from the anterior
three, which are approximated. Rostrum one-third as long as the
carapax, rounded-ovate, reaching beyond the tips of the peduncles of
antennule and the antennal scales, and serrated with six teeth above
and three below near the extremity. Antennule longer than the
rostrum; antennz as long as the body. The external maxillipeds
reach the extremity of the peduncle of the antenne. Feet of the
first pair very short; carpus half as long as the meros, and excavated
in front for the reception of the hand. Feet of the second pair with
a triarticulate carpus. Abdomen-smooth above; caudal segment with
two pairs of aculei on the dorsum.
The color in life is unknown to me. Alcoholic specimens are plen-
tifully spotted and blotched with whitish pigment.
Length, half an inch.
Found at St. Joseph’s I., Texas, by Gustavus Wurdemann,
Esq.
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 125
Nectocrangeon lar.
Crangon lar Owen, Beechey’s Voy., Zodl., 88; pl. xxviii. f. 1.
Argis lar Kroyer, Tidsskrift, IV. 255; pl. v, f. 45-62.
Nectocrangon lar Brandt, Sibirische Reise, Zodl., p. 115.
There are specimens in the Smithsonian collection, taken at
St. John’s, Newfoundland, by Prof. Gill.
Hippolyte picta, nov. sp.
Carapax and rostrum as in H. sitchaensis Brandt (Sibirische
Reise, Zodl., p. 116; pl. v, f. 8), the latter reaching a very little
beyond the peduncle of the antennule, and armed with six teeth
above (including two on the carapax) and three teeth below, near the
extremity. On the antennule the outer flagellum has the slender
part only one-fourth as long as the thick part; the inner flagellum is
one-half longer than the outer. The external antenne are one-third
longer than the body. The external maxillipeds reach a little beyond
the tip of the antennal scale, and are provided with a flagellum or
epignath, but have no exognath. Feet of the first pair provided with
an epipod; those of the last pair rather long and stout; abdomen
smooth; last segment with four pairs of dorsal aculei.
Thorax obliquely streaked with crimson. Length of the largest
specimen, 1.33 inch.
It differs from ZZ. sitchaensis Brandt-in its longer external
maxillipeds and non-carinated abdomen. The rostrum is longer
than in ZZ. palpator, but much shorter than in //, Lay.
Found at Monterey, Cal., by A. 8. Taylor, Esq.
Wippolyte vibrams, nov. sp.
This species resembles very closely 7/7. Phippsia« Kroyer
(Monog. Fremst. Hippol., p. 106, pl. iii, fig. 65-68), but differs
in having but one spine over the eye, and only two or three
teeth beneath the tip of the rostrum. The carina of the cara-
pax is sufficiently well marked toward the base of the rostrum.
Found in Massachusetts Bay.
126 Notes on North American Crustacea,
Hippolyte spina.
Cancer spinus Sowerby, British Miscellany, xxi.
Hippolyte spinus White, British Museum Cat., Crust. (1847), p. 76. Bell,
British Crustacea, p. 284.
; iipnelyte Sowerbei Leach. Kroyer, Monog. Fremst. Hippol., 90; pl. ii, fig.
This species is very beautifully colored in life, being gene-
rally speckled or mottled with crimson, or bluish; the base of
the antennule is usually brownish, and the scale of the antenna
blue.
It iscommon on rocky bottoms, among algze in the Jaminarian
zone, on the coasts of Maine and Massachusetts. I have several
specimens from Grand Manan, where it occurs at low water
mark.
Sowerby, by the name he gave to this species, doubtless had
reference to a spine, or the backbone; in Latin spina, not
spinus. Spinus is not an adjective, and means only the sloe-
tree, which could scarcely have been intended. I have, there-
fore, taken the liberty to modify the name, and all the more wil-
lingly because //ippolyte is feminine.
Hippolyte Fabricii.
Hippolyte Fabricii Kroyer, Monog. Fremst. Hippol., p. 69; pl. i, f. 12-20.
This species is common in Massachusetts Bay, in which I
have often obtained specimens by dredging.
Hippolyte Gaimardii.
Hippolyte Gaimardii HH. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., II, 378.
Kroyer, Monog. Fremst. Hippol., p. 74; pl. i, f. 21-29.
In our specimens the back of the abdomen at the third seg-
ment is smoothly rounded; but in Milne-Edwards’ description
this segment is said to be “moins dente.” Our specimens,
however, agree perfectly with Kroyer’s description and figures.
This species occurred to me on a sandy bottom, covered with
dead Zostera, in three fathoms, in Boston harbor, and I have
found it in other parts of Massachusetts Bay.
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 127
Hiippoliyte pusiola.
Hippolyte pusiola Kroyer, Monog. Fremst. Hippol., p. 111.; pl. iii, fig.
69-73.
This small species is easily distinguished from our other Hip-
polytes by the smallness of its four-toothed rostrum, which is
no longer than the eyes. There is no spine over the eve.
Thayve found it abundantly in Massachusetts Bay, particularly
in Boston Harbor. It also occurred to me at Harpswell, Me.
It lives in the laminarian zone, and is most frequent among
eel-grass (Zostera).
Virbius pleuracanthus, nov. sp.
Back depressed. Rostrum horizontally broad, and smooth at base,
acute, about half as long as the carapax, and scarcely more than half
as long as the acicle of the antennz, but reaching to the extremity
of the penult joint of the peduncle of the antennule, and armed with
one or two teeth above, and one below near the extremity. There is
a small spine on each side at the base of the rostrum, above and a
little behind the base of the ocular peduncles. On the anterior mar-
gin of the carapax there is a spine beneath the eye, but no pterygos-
tomian spine. There is a sharp (hepatic) spine on the surface of the
carapax behind the base of the antennz. ‘The scales of the antennze
are very large, as long as the carapax, and rather widening than nar-
rowing toward their extremities. The dactyli of the posterior three
pairs of feet are broad, compressed, and knife-like, with the inner
edges nearly straight, and armed with minute spines. The dorsal
angle of the abdomen at the third segment is very prominent, but not
acute.
Length about one inch.
It is easily distinguished from V. acwminatus by the great
size of the antennal scales, and the presence of an hepatie spine
on the carapax.
It was dredged by me in the harbor of Norfolk, Va., in June,
1853; and found abundantly at Somers’ Point, in Great Egg
Harbor, N. J.,in the summer of 1864. It lives among Zostera
just below low water mark.
NOVEMBER, 1871. 9 ANN. Lyc. Nav. Hist. Vou. X,
128 Notes on North American Crustacea,
Pandalus borealis.
Pandalus borealis Kroyer, Tidsskrift, II, 254; Voy. en Skandinavie et La-
ponie, Zodl., Crust., pl. vi, fig. 2.
In this species the feet of the posterior pair reach only to the
extremity of the scales of the antennee. The caudal segment
has nine pairs of dorsal aculei, which is another mark by which
this species may be distinguished from P. annulicornis. It
reaches a large size.
Found in Massachusetts Bay.
Pandatus Gurneyi, nov. sp.
A large species, of the same size as P. borealis, etc. Surface
of the carapax marked with shallow pits in clusters; not pubescent.
Rostrum more than one-half longer than the carapax, and unarmed
above, except near the base, where the crest has eight or nine teeth,
four of which are on the carapax: these teeth are small and rather
distant. Below, the rostrum is armed with nine teeth, the twe teeth
next the base being rather close together, large, and hook-shaped, but
not broad. The feet of the third pair are rather short, not reaching
the extremity of the rostrum; they terminate in well-formed sub-
cheliform hands. :
Found at Monterey, Cal., by A. S. Taylor, Esq. It is named
P. Gurneyi at the request of its discoverer.
Palaemonetes.
This genus resembles Palaemon and Leander closely in all
its characters, except that the mandibles are not palpigerous.
From Anchistia it differs in its general form and habit, which
are exactly those of Palaemon, and in its antennule, which are
provided with three flagella. It agrees with Leander in the
spines of the carapax. The species are for the most part in-
habitants of fresh or brackish water.
The genus was described by me in manuscript about twelve
years ago under the name Palaemonopsis, but this name has
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 129
never before been published, and I believe it to be identical
with Palaemonetes of Heller, recently described from a species
found in the fresh water lakes of Southern Europe. If it should
prove distinct, the name Palaemonopsis may be retained for it.
Palaemonetes vulgaris.
Patsemon vulgaris Say, Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, I, 248.
This species is very common in the brackish waters of the
inlets along our coast, from Massachusetts to South Carolina.
I have distributed specimens to European Museums under the
name Palaemonopsis vulgaris.
Palaemonetes carolinus, nov. sp.
Rostrum of moderate breadth, rather long, reaching a little beyond
the extremity of the antennal scale, and curved upward considerably.
It is ciliated and serrated above throughout to the tip, with nine
teeth; the posterior tooth being a little further removed from the
second than the second is from the third, and situated at the anterior
third of the carapax ; the third tooth is directly above the base of the
eye-peduncles. The extremity of the rostrum is acute, or sometimes
minutely bifid. Beneath, the rostrum is armed with four teeth, and
densely ciliated. Antenne of both pairs as in P. vulgaris. Feet of
the second pair long, reaching much beyond the extremity of the ros-
trum; extremity of carpus just falling short of the end of the anten-
nal scale; hand much stouter than in P. vulgaris ; fingers a little
shorter than the palm. The feet of the first pair reach scarcely be-
yond the extremity of the carpus of the second pair.
Of the same size, and nearly allied to P. vulgaris, but easily
distinguished by its recurved rostrum, and larger feet of the
second pair. It has been distributed to other museums under
the name Palaemonopsis carolinus.
It was originally found in the harbor of Charleston, S. C.,
by Col. J. D. Kurtz and myself, and has since been found in
130 Notes on North American Crustacea,
Great Egg Harbor, N. J., by Professor Baird. I have also
dredged it in the harbor of Beaufort, N. C., and off the neigh-
boring coast at the depth of from two to seven fathoms.
Palacmonetes exilipes, nov. sp.
Rostrum long and slender, longer than the antennal scales, and
with its dorsal crest rising rather abruptly (more so in some speci-
mens than in others) a short distance behind the eyes, and serrated
with six (rarely seven or eight) small, acute, equidistant teeth, sepa-
rated rather widely from each other at base; the second tooth is
placed just over the base of the eye-peduncles. The point of the ros-
trum is very slender and acute, never bifid; and the inferior crest is
armed with two or three teeth. Antennule variable in length, but
usually half or two-thirds as long as the body, with the outer flagel-
lum longest, and having the thick part much shorter than the slender
part, and united to it for nearly the whole of its length. Feet very
slender and naked; in the second pair the carpus is a little thickened
toward the extremity, and reaches to the end of the antennal scale ;
and the hand is small, about half as long as the carpus, and but little
thicker than its extremity. Fifth pair of feet longer than the third
and fourth, and reaching a little beyond the extremity of the anten-
nal scale.
Length about an inch and a half.
This species has been distributed under the name Palaemo-
nopsis exilipes.
Found in fresh water at Somerville, 8S. C., by Dr. Charles
Girard.
Leander pandaliformais, nov. sp.
Kostrum slender and much longer than the carapax and than the
antennal scales, curving upward, and very slender at the extremity.
Its dorsal crest commences at the anterior third of the length of the
carapax, and its posterior two-thirds is armed with seven teeth, the
second tooth being over the base of the eye-peduncles; its anterior
third is unarmed, except by a minute tooth close to the extremity.
Below, the margin of the rostrum is densely fringed with short hairs,
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 131
and armed with eight small and somewhat distant teeth. The anten-
ne and antennule are of equal length, and about two-thirds as long as
the body. The inner flagellum of the antennulz is one-half as long
as the outer one, of which the thick part is short and united to the
thin part for but a short distance at the base. The antennal scale is
broad, and the lobe of the inner extremity projects strongly forward.
The outer maxillipeds are very slender, and reach a little beyond the
extremity of the peduncle of the antennez. Feet very slender; almost
entirely naked, and unarmed; in those of the second pair the carpus
reaches to the extremity of the rostrum; hand very small, and less
than half as long as the carpus. Posterior feet so slender as to be
almost hair-like; those of the last pair reach to the extremity of the
rostrum. Candal segment slender; outer caudal lamella much longer
than the inner one.
The color in my (alcoholic) specimens is faded, but the antennal
scales, the lower margins of the abdominal segments, and the caudal
lamelle are still seen to be margined with blueish-white, and the
colors were probably much more brilliant than is usual in the group.
The length is about an inch and a half.
This species is distinguished by the great length of its re-
curved rostrum, and of its antennee and feet.
It was found by Prof. Theodore Gill in fresh-water streams
near the sea, either in Barbados or Trinidad ;—he is uncertain
which.
Sicyonia laevigata, nov. sp.
The body is small and rather slender, and moderately compressed.
The dorsal crest of the carapax is tridentate; teeth small, acute, equi-
distant; the posterior one situated nearly at the posterior third of
the length of the carapax. Lateral spine of carapax very sleuder.
Rostrum slender, pointing forward and upward at an angle of about
20° with the axis of the body; it is twice as long as the eyes, and
reaches nearly to the extremity of the penult joint of the peduncle
of the antennule; it is armed above with one mimute tooth over the
eyes, and one near the extremity; its extremity is truncate and armed
with two or three spiniform teeth; its lower margin is almost entire.
ie oe Notes on North American Crustacea.
Flagella of the antenne only slightly depressed, and very little hairy.
Feet compressed; those of the third pair reaching the extremity of
the scale of the antenne. The abdomen is sharply carinated above,
but its sides are glabrous, and much smoother than in any other
known species of the genus, the sulci being very narrow and the
protuberant parts flattened and not rugose.
Length, 0.8 inch.
Of this species I have seen only one specimen, a male, which
was taken in the harbor of Charleston, S. C., by Col. J. D.
Kennizs WS. As
Sicvomia brevirostris.
Sicyonia cristata De Saussure, Crust. du Mexique et des Antilles, p. 55, fig.
25. (2)
A species of similar size and closely allied to S. carinata
H. M.-Edwards, from Rio Janeiro; from which it differs, how-
ever, in having three teeth on the dorsal carina of the carapax,
and four on the superior margin of the rostrum, which is very
short, much shorter than the eyes, and unarmed beneath.
The crustaceous envelope of this species is very much indu-
rated. There are small round tubercles scattered on the promi-
nent parts of the abdomen, and a few on the posterior parts of
the sides of the abdomen. The length of the animal is nearly
three inches.
‘There is little doubt that this is the adult of S. cristata
Sauss., although the rostrum is shorter and more pointed, and
the lateral furrows of the carapax much shallower posteriorly
than in the specimens described by De Saussure. The name
S. cristata is preoccupied for a Japanese species.
Found on the 8. Florida Coast.
Penacus brasiliensis.
Penaeus brasiliensis Uatreille, Nouv. Dict. @Hist. Nat., XXV, 154. H.
Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., II, 414. Gibbes, Proc. Am. Assoc.
Ady. Scei., 1850, p. 198.
Professor Milne-Edwards states that this species differs from
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 133
P. caramote in having three teeth on the inferior edge of the
rostrum. The number is, however, generally two, as in P.
seliferus. The chief difference is that pointed out by Gibbes ;—
the want of spines at the base of the third pair of feet.
This species is often found in brackish water, and even as-
cends streams to points where the water is nearly or quite
fresh. It was thus found in the Croton River at Sing Sing by
Prof. Baird, and by myself in a fresh-water creek near Somers’
Point, N. J. Besides these localities there are specimens in
the Smithsonian collection from Great Egg Harbor, N. J.
(Baird), Charleston, 8. C. (Gibbes), Tortugas, Fla. (White-
hurst), Pensacola, Fla. (Jeffrey), New Orleans (Couch), Brazos
Santiago, Tex. (Van Vliet), and Brazil (A. H. Riise).
Penaeus setiferus.
Cancer setiferus Lin., Syst. Nat.
Penaeus fluviatilis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., I. 236.
Penaeus setiferus H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., II, 414. Gibbes,
Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci., 1850, p. 199.
The flagella of the antennulee in males differ from those of
females in being less tapering, naked, and armed with corneous
teeth like those of a file, which form spinules along the margin.
In a specimen from Mobile Point, the rostrum is armed with
one tooth only on the inferior edge.
Our specimens are from the following localities :— Norfolk,
Va. (Farragut); Charleston, 8. C. (Gibbes); Florida (Agassiz);
Mobile Point, Ala. (Wurdemann); Biloxi, Miss. (Bellman) ;
Calcasieu Pass, La., and Galveston (Kennerly) ; St. Joseph’s L.,
Texas (Wurdemann); Brazos Santiago (Van Vliet).
Penaeus pubescems, nov. sp.
Surface of thorax and abdomen short-pubescent. Lateral furrows
of carapax shallow and inconspicuous, being filled with pubescence ;
lateral spine acute. No trace of a longitudinal furrow on the dor-
sum. A sharp and rather long spine on the anterior margin at the
134 Notes on North American Crustacea,
insertion of the antennule, and one at the antero-inferior corner of
the carapax. Rostral crest extending only as far back as the first or
posterior tooth, which is situated at about the anterior third of the
length of the carapax, and far distant from the second tooth, which
is placed over the base of the eye-peduncle. Beyond and including
this second tooth there are seven teeth on the superior margin of
the rostrum, and perhaps more, as the tip is broken in our speci-
men. There are no teeth on the inferior margin. The rostrum,
in its broken condition, reaches to about the middle of the penult
joint of the peduncle of the antennule. Eyes very large. Anten-
nule short, as in J. setiferus ; the lamelliform appendage at its base
is small, long-ciliated, and pointed, not dilated, at its extremity; fla-
gellum very short. Antenne only as long as the body; the antennal
scales are a little shorter than the peduncle of the antennule. Feet
unarmed at base; hands of the third pair very slender. Abdomen
_carinated from the middle of the second joint backward to the sixth
joint, the carina becoming sharper and prominent towards its poste-
rior extremity; seventh or caudal joint sublanceolate, very slightly
furrowed above, without carinz, and terminating in an acute spine,
with a smaller spine on either side at its base. Caudal lamelle pubes-
cent; the inner one longitudinally bicarinated in the middle, not sul-
cated as in P. brasiliensis and P. setiferus.
Of this species I have seen but one specimen, a female, two
inches in length, excluding the antenne,
It was presented to the Institution by A. H. Riise, Esq., who
collected it at St. Thomas.
Penaeus stylirostris, nov. sp.
Somewhat allied to P. setiferus, but with the following well-marked
distinctive characters. The carapax behind the rostrum is obtusely
carinated nearly to the posterior extremity; the carina being some-
times furrowed along the middle for a short distance at the point
where the cervical suleus would cross if continued, at which point
there are two small pits indicating the attachment of the posterior
supports of the stomach. Rostrum long, over-reaching the antennal
scales, four-toothed below, and, including carina of the carapax, eight-
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 135
toothed above, the posterior tooth above being placed a little before
the middle of the carapax. Terminal half of the rostrum styliform,
without teeth above. Lateral furrows of the rostrum distinct, ex-
tending to the posterior tooth. Antero-lateral spine and sulci nearly
asin P. setiferus. Antennule with the inner flagella much longer
than the outer ones, and about as long as the carapax. Spines on the
bases of the first and second pairs of feet very small. In the female
the feet of the last three pairs bear lamelliform processes on the inner
sides of the coxee, and the sternum between the bases of the posterior
feet bears a short but much projecting dentiform median carina. The
abdomen is similar to that of P. setiferus.
Length of the largest specimen in the collection, six inches, exclud-
ing antenne. Length of flagellum of antennz, about twelve inches.
It differs from P. semisulcatus in its longer rostrum and an-
tennulge, and from 7. carinatus in the oblique position of the
anterior cervical suleus.
Found at Panama by J. H. Sternbergh, Esq.
Penaeus constrictus, nov. sp.
The abdomen is naked and glossy, but the carapax, particularly
toward the front part, is pubescent with extremely minute sete, di-
rected forward, so that the surface is easily rubbed in a forward di-
rection, but resists strongly when rubbed backward. The hepatic
spine, and antennal spine, ridge, and sulcus are well marked or even
prominent. The cervical suleus is well-marked, and may even be
traced in the middle of the back on either side of the median carina ;
it is deflected near its anterior extremity, running to the inferior
margin of the carapax, and forming a deep groove parallel with the
anterior margin; giving the carapax, seen from below, the appearance
of being constricted close to its anterior extremity. A furrow along
the inferior side of the antennal ridge flows into the cervical sulcus
at the point where the latter is deflected. The angle at the outer
base of the eye-peduncle projects a little, but scarcely forms a spine.
The carapax is carinated on the anterior three-fourths of its length,
136 Notes on North American Crustacea.
the carina being slightly flattened and longitudinally grooved at the
point where the cervical sulcus crosses, and bearing a small tooth or
spine behind the base of the rostrum. The rostrum is straight, ensi-
form, reaching the middle of the penult joint of the peduncle of the
antennee, and pointing forward and upward at an angle of about 20°
with the horizon. It has a strong lateral carina, with a groove on
each side of it, the upper groove being continued backward as far as
the little gastric tooth of the carina of the carapax. Its dorsal crest
is armed with eight teeth, which are equidistant, and diminish regu-
larly in size toward the extremity, the anterior tooth being very near
to this extremity, which is slender and acute. The inferior margin
of the rostrum is ciliated and entire, without teeth. Eyes large, reni-
form. Antennule stout; peduncle longer than the flagellum, over-
reaching the acicle or scale of the external antenne, and very pubes-
cent above; its penult joint three or four times as long as the termi-
nal joint. Feet of the first two pairs armed with a spine on the basis
joint. Last pair of feet longer than the fourth pair, and nearly
reaching the extremity of the acicle; dactylus half as long as the
penult joint. Abdomen carinated from the fourth to the sixth joint
inclusive; carina cristiform. Median sulcus of last joint very deep
and narrow, defined by two carine; this suleus is abruptly termin-
ated at the base of the mucronate point which forms the posterior
extremity of the joint. The first pair of abdominal appendages in
the male have the inner lamella soldered together and folded, but di-
verging at the tip, forming two hard, lunate processes like the flakes
of a grapple ; the distance between the tips of these processes equal-
ling two-thirds of the length of their peduncle.
Dimensions of a male specimen: Length, excluding antenne, 1.70 ;
length of carapax, rostrum included, 0.60; length of rostrum, 0.22 ;
length of penult joint of the abdomen, 0.20 inch.
This species was dredged by me at the depth of four fathoms
on a sandy bottom in the harbor of Beaufort, N. C., and Ihave
also taken it in Charleston Harbor.
‘Descriptions of three New Species. 13
VIl.— Descriptions of three New Species of American Birds,
with a Note on Hugenes spectabilis.
By GEO. N. LAWRENCE.
Read November 27th, 1871.
Kh. Miimmus migriloris,
PLuMAGE above dusky cinereous, each feather with the centre black-
ish-brown ; a superciliary stripe of creamy-white extends from the
front as far as the occiput ; lores deep black, and behind the eye a broad
stripe of brownish-black ; sides of the head and the throat dull white
with a slight fulvous tinge, the latter bordered on each side by a nar-
row stripe of black ; across the side of the neck is a broad mark of
pale fulvous; tail feathers blackish-brown, having a hoary appearance
above for the greater part of their length from the base, the outer
three on each side are light dusky fulvous at their ends for rather
more than an inch in extent; quills blackish-brown edged with dull
ochreous, wing coverts dark brown with whitish-gray margins, the
primary coverts end largely in creamy-white, forming a conspicuous
bar over the primaries; under wing coverts brownish-ash, edged
with dull white, the inner margins of the quills are very pale fulvous
white ; breast brownish-ash, the feathers with grayish margins; ab-
domen and under tail coverts dull white just tinged with fulvous ;
sides the color of the breast and sparingly striped with blackish-
brown ; bill black, except the basal half of the under mandible, where
it is yellowish-white ; tarsi ight hazel-brown in front, whitish behind.
Length 103 in.; wing 4%; tail 54; tarsi 14; bill 7.
Habitat. Mexico,
Remarks. I obtained the above-described bird from Dr,
C. H. Van Patten, of Costa Rica, who got it in exchange from
Mr. Gruber, of San Francisco, by whom it was labelled as
coming from Mexico. As it looked so unlike all other North
American species of Mimus, I thought the locality given might
138 Descriptions of three New Species
possibly be erroneous, and that, perhaps, it was one of the
stout, darkly-colored South American forms of that genus, but
on investigation, failing to make it agree with any of them, I
consider it undescribed, and for the present, Mexico must be
received as its habitat.
It is related to the South American group represented by
M. thenca, M. longicaudatus, ete. ; in coloring it somewhat re-
sembles the last-named species, but is darker, with a much
stronger bill; the toes and claws are longer and much stouter,
those of longicaudatus being comparatively quite feeble; the
ashy coloring on the breast is much darker, and the abdomen
clearer in color, the under tail coverts are colored like the
abdomen, whereas those of longicaudatus are of a light reddish-
brown; the black lores and the basal half of the under mandi-
ble being yellowish-white, are distinguishing characters.
The upper plumage in the new species is of a smoky brown,
that of longicaudatus is lighter and more of an ochreous color,
in thenea the back is ashy, and the rump with a rufescent
tinge, the latter species is much lighter below than the others,
the breast having an ashy suffusion, and the under tail coverts
being pale fulvous.
2 Buarremom sordidus.
A broad stripe of light reddish-ochreous extends over the front,
crown, and hind neck, the feathers of the front have their centres
dusky ; sides of the head black; back and wing coverts of a dull
greenish olive-brown, tinged with ochreous; the tail feathers are
black and the wings brownish-black, both with margins the color of
the back ; the throat is dull light yellow, with a narrow line of dusky
feathers extending down from the lower mandible on each side, the
feathers of the breast and of the abdomen are of a soiled yellowish-
olive, with narrow dusky-brown shaft stripes, sides colored like the
the back, but with rather more of an ochreous tinge ; bill blackish-
brown, with the cutting edges and the lower part of the under
mandible pale brown ; tarsi and toes light fleshy-brown.
of American Birds. 139
Length about 6 in.; wing 3; tail 3; tarsi 1,5 bill }.
Habitat. Bogota.
Remarks. In the stripe over the crown and the black sides
of the head, this species resembles B. leucopterus and BL. pai-
lidinuchus, but the stripe is uniform in color, and is paler and
duller than it is in B. leucopterus. The stripe in B. pallidi-
nuchus is of two colors, being whitish on the hind neck ; in all
other respects they are entirely unlike. The coloring, gener-
ally, is dark and dull, and it appears to differ from all others
of the genus, in the striped character of the under plumage.
3. Serpophaga grisea.
™ Front, crown, and lores sooty black, sides of the head and the hind
neck grayish-fuliginous ; upper plumage of a clear grayish-cinereous ;
tail feathers black, tipped with whitish-gray ; quills and wing coverts
black, the latter with very narrow edgings of dull gray; under
plumage and under wing coverts light ashy-gray, the throat and
abdomen whitish ; bill and feet black.
Another specimen—perhaps younger—has the head rather lighter
in color, and the wing coverts end in pale ochreous-white.
Length 4 in.; wing 2; tail 141; bill 4; tarsi 3.
Habitat. Costa Rica.
Remarks. These two specimens were in a large collection
of birds, made mostly in the vicinity of San José, by the
Messrs. Carmiol, for Dr. C. H. Van Patten, from whom I ob-
tained them.
| It differs from specimens of S. cinerea from Ecnador and
New Granada in being smaller in all its measurements, and in
having the under plumage whiter, especially on the throat and
abdomen. In S. cinerea the throat and breast are much darker
and uniform in color; but the most marked differences are in
the absence of concealed white on the crown feathers, and in
wanting the conspicuous white terminations of the wing coverts,
which exist in the other species, the edges of the wing coverts
in S. grisea are searcely perceptible.
140 Description of three New Species.
This is possibly the same as the species referred to S. cine-
rea by Mr. Salvin (/d¢s, 1869, p. 319), for which it might
easily be mistaken at first sight, or by a too hasty determina-
tion, but from which, in my opinion, it is quite distinct.
Note on Eugenes spectubilis.
Mr. Salvin (Zdzs, 1869, p. 316) expresses doubt as to the dis-
tinctness of this species from /. fudgens. Having lately pro-
cured, from Dr. C. H. Van Patten, several adult males of £.
spectabilis, collected near San José, Costa Rica, I have been
enabled to make more satisfactory comparisons with /. fulgens,
the type of £. spectabilis being a temale. The differences
between them, pointed out below, seem to me to clearly estab-
lish the validity of my species.
The dimensions are somewhat larger than those of specimens
of Z. fulgens from Mexico and Guatemala; in the color of the
crown they are much alike, but it appears to be of a rather
deeper violet in /. spectabilis, in which species the green on
the front is much greater in extent; the entire hind neck and
the back as far as the middle are sooty black, whereas /: fulgens
has a narrow band of black next the bright color of the crown,
and only a wash of fuliginous on the hind neck and upper
back, not so decided or extensive as in the other; the color of
the lower part of the back and upper tail coverts is grass
green, not golden as in the northern species; the tail above is
bronzy brown, and underneath is washed with fuliginous, much
darker than in /. fulgens ; the color of the throat in 4. specta-
bilis is much deeper, being bluish-green, instead of silvery-
green ; the entire under surface below the gorget is clear green,
whereas in /. fulgens there is a wash of smoky black from the
gorget extending over the breast; the under tail coverts are
darker in /. spectabilis.
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 141
VIUI.—On the Tarsus and Carpus of, Birds. (Plates iv, v.)
By EDWARD S. MORSE, Pu. D.
Read January 29th, 1872.
=
Amone the many interesting features of structure, com-
mon to birds and reptiles, that have been pointed out from
time to time by Huxley, Gegenbaur, Dana and others, that
point which established the existence of tarsal bones in
birds, with the joint occurring between the first and second
tarsal series as in reptiles, seems the most important. .
There is still, however, a variance of opinion as to the
number and condition of the tarsal and carpal bones in
birds, and upon this question I hope to throw some little
light.
The most important contribution has been made _ by
Gegenbaur,* who has shown the presence of two tarsal
bones in the embryo chick, which unite, respectively, with
the distal end of the tibia and the proximal end of the
metatarsus, leaving the ankle joint between the proximal
and distal tarsal series, as in reptiles. In the upper tarsal
bone he figures two centres of ossification, and from what
he finds in certain reptiles, believes that these two centres
in the cartilaginous mass indicate the presence of two
tarsal elements, the astragalus and calcaneum.
In referring to other authors, I find a great difference of
opinion respecting the existence of any tarsal bones. Prof.
Owen, who has contributed so largely to our knowledge of
the osteology of birds, particularly the larger and more
aberrant forms, such as Apteryx, Dinornis, dpyornis and
* Untersuchungen zur Vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Erstes Heft
Carpus und Tarsus. Leipzig, 1864.
MARCH, 1872. 10 ANN, Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X,
2
142 On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds.
others, while admitting the existence of three carpal bones,
one of which, the magnum, unites with the base of the mid-
metacarpal, says, in his last work on the Comparative
Anatomy of the Vertebrates,* that the tarsus is absent, or
perhaps blended with the tibia or metatarsus. In speak-
ing of the term ¢arso-metatarse, as applied by some orni-
thotomists to the segment sustaining the phalanges, he says
it implies the tarsal homology of the epiphysis, and adds
that the same might be predicable of the distal epiphy-
sis of the tibia; but neither of these points being demon-
strated, he prefers to call that segment the metatarse.
Still later, in the year 1869, in a memoir on the Fossil
Reptiles of the Liassic Formation, he strongly insists upon
calling the tarsal bones of birds, epiphyses.
Admitting, as Prof. Owen does, the excessive tendency
in the skeleton of birds to anchyloses, and further admitting
the interesting correspondence between the wing and the
leg, in the coalescence of the metacarpals and metatarsals
respectively, and also admitting the confluence of the mag-
num with the proximal end of the mid-metacarpal, it seems
strange, indeed, that he could not have interpreted the so-
called epiphyses of the tibia and metatarsals as true tarsal
ossicles; or, having interpreted them as epiphyses, that the
same mode of reasoning should not have led him to regard
the magnum as an epiphysis also.
Mr. W. K. Parker, in a valuable paper on the osteology
of Baleniceps rex,{ suggests the existence of a tarsal bone,
in describing the tibia of that bird, as follows: “This infe-
rior, or distal end of the tibia is developed from a distinct
osseous centre in young birds, which piece forms all the
articular parts, and sends upward a wedge-shaped process
in front—the seat of the ossification which makes the large,
wide, oblique, tendon-like bridge.
*Vol. II, p. 79. f{ Palxeontographical Soc., Vol. XXIII, part II, p. 77.
t Zoological Trans., Vol. IV, part 7, 1861.
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 143
“Below this bridge the bone is deeply scooped, and the
concavity between the condyloid margins of the trochlea is
very considerable. Query. Is the lower articular portion
of the tibia an epiphysis of the tibia itself, or is it the homo-
logue of the mammalian astragalus ?”
Gegenbaur’s discoveries confirm the supposition of Mr.
Parker, and prove that the term ¢arso-metatarsus is appro-
priately applied to that segment of the leg bearing the pha-
langes.
Besides the discovery of Gegenbaur’s, above mentioned, of
the two tarsal bones and the two centres of ossification in
the upper, or proximal one, he recognizes and figures two
carpal bones, one corresponding to the radius, the other
corresponding to the ulna; these he designates, respectively,
the radiale and the ulnare.
In considering these points, and reflecting upon the char-
acter of these bones in the higher classes of vertebrates, it
seemed to me that further investigation should reveal more
carpal bones in birds; that bones representing the distal
carpal series should be present, and that the caleaneum and
astragalus should be more clearly demonstrated.
In the land tortoises, the chelonians, monitors, crocodiles
and even in the low batrachians, whatever the number of
ossicles the carpus and tarsus respectively present, there
appear to be at least two ossicles in the first, or proximal
series, as in the pes, for instance, where there is one corres-
ponding to the tibia, and another corresponding to the fibula.
In the carpus, likewise, according to the demonstrated
homology between the fore and hind limbs, we should expect
to find other carpal bones anchy losing with the proximal ends
of the metacarpals, leaving the joint between the first and
second carpal series, as in the tarsus. With no prejudice in
favor of these views, nor: doubting the observations of
others, I yet determined to satisfy myself, and so took up
the study of these features, as revealed in the embryonic
stages of the class.
144 On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds.
Knowing the importance of making many observations
upon different species, in order to arrive at any general
truth in the matter, I studied the embryos of all the birds at
my limited command, and my only regret is, that the species
I was able to examine were so few in number, and so
similar in character. For this material my thanks are
chiefly due to Mr. Frank L. Scribner and Anson Allen, Esq.
The embryos ‘studied were those of the Bank swal-
low, Cotyle riparia; Eave swallow, HMirundo lunifrons;
Kingbird, Tyrannus Carolinensis; Crow blackbird, Quis-
calus versicolor; Cow blackbird, Molothrus pecoris; Blue-
bird, Stalia sialis; Chipping sparrow, Spzzella socialis;
Yellow warbler, Dendreca estiva; Wilson’s thrush, Turdus
Juscescens, and the Spotted sandpiper, Zringoides macula-
rius.
I have no means of determining, with certainty, the age
of any of the embryos examined, but have made a careful
life-size drawing of each one, so that an approximate idea
may be formed of their condition and age.
As all these studies were made from living specimens,
more dependence can be placed upon the results obtained,
than if they had been drawn from alcoholic specimens, in
which the tissues are opaque.
Tarsus. (See plate iv.). In all the embryos ex-
amined, there were three distinct bones composing the
tarsus. Two of these belonged to the proximal series, one
corresponding to the tibia, and the other to the fibula, rep-
resenting, respectively, the astragalus and calcaneum. (It
seems better to use the terms given by Gegenbaur to these
bones, as it removes all objection on the score of question-
able homologies. The terms dbiale and jibulare will there-
fore be applied to these two bones, and centrale to the
remaining one belonging to the distal series.) The ¢ébcale
is generally the largest, and in birds, the inner condyle at
the distal end of the tibia is usually the largest, which is
in accordance with the proportions of the tarsal bone repre-
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 145
senting this process. The /fibulare unites with the ¢bzale at
a very early age, there being a sort of hour-glass shaped
constriction between them. From their resemblance, at this
stage, to a similar bone in Leelaps, as determined by Prof.
Cope, the correctness of the term astragalo-calcaneum,
applied to that bone by him, is confirmed.
The coalescence of these two bones, forms the peculiar
bi-condylar trochlea of the distal end of a bird’s tibia; a
firm joint is thus rendered; for the inner condyloid margins,
thus produced, bear against either side of the centrale, which
early unites with the proximal ends of the metatarsals.
The mid-metatarsal is generally the shortest at the proxi-
mal end, and the centrale fills up the depression thus
made.
In the crow blackbird the proximal end of the mid-meta-
tarsal at an early stage is crowded back by the metatarsals
upon each side of it, as is usual in adult birds.* In the
same bird the centrale is small and round, and unites chiefly
with the mid-metatarsal. In the spotted sandpiper, the
centrale is lozenge-shaped, and caps the three metatarsals.
The ébiale and fibulare unite, forming a symmetrical hour-
glass shaped bone.
In the bank swallow and kingbird, the centrale is similar
in shape to that of the sandpiper, and in like manner caps
the metatarsals. In the bluebird, the centrale is very large
and irregular in shape, and unites first with the second meta-
tarsal, but overlaps the others. In the yellow warbler the
centrale is very large and irregular in shape, presenting two
conspicuous prominences upon its articular face. In the
eave swallow, the centrale unites with the metatarsus a long
time before the tibiale and jibulare have united with each
other, or with the tibia.
In all the birds examined, the ébéale and fibulare, with
one exception, anchylose together before they unite with the
*See Owen, immature Dinornis crassus, Trans. Zool. Soc., VI, pl. 6, and Dr. R. O.
Cunningham’s Rhea Darwinii, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, pl. 6. figs. 7 and 8.
146 On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds.
tibia. This exception occurs in the kingbird, where these
two bones appear to unite with the tibia first, leaving a deep
intercondylar groove between them.
Carpus. (See plate v.) In the fore limb or wing
there are at least four carpal bones, ‘two in the proximal
series, and two in the distal series. When more than four
carpals occur, as in the yellow warbler, and possibly in the
kingbird, the extra one is found on the radial side, and this
seems to be in accordance with what obtains in the higher
vertebrates, where we find on the radial side three carpals;
the scaphoid, trapezoid and trapezium.
In the proximal series of carpal bones, the scaphoid or
rduiale is the largest, and is the first bone to appear in the
development of the carpus. This bone is always free.
The cuneiform or ulnare is smaller, and in most of the
species examined is found beyond the outer edge of the ulna.
In Wilson’s thrush, the bank swallow and yellow warbler,
it seems to anchylose with the outer distal end of the ulna,
so closely is it appressed to that region. On consulting Dr.
Elliott Coues in regard to the subject, he informed me that
two free carpals are always present in the adult yellow
warbler. As this bird when embryonic has an extra carpal
present on the radial side, it may be this one with the radzale
that makes up the two free carpals, yet observations are very
limited in this respect; and until the contrary is proved, I
shall hold that the uwlnare may unite with the ulna.
In the distal carpal series is a bone which appears next in
development. Whether this represents the tntermedium and
centrale, connate, or the third carpale (magnum), I am not
able to say. It is always found at the base of the mid-meta-
earpal, to which it early anchyloses. This bone is quite
small, and lenticular in shape in Wilson’s thrush, the chip-
ping sparrow, crow blackbird, eave swallow, bank swallow,
kingbird and yellow warbler, and large in the cow blackbird
and bluebird.
In the kingbird an accessary carpal is seen near the third
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 147
carpale, from which it seems to have separated, fig. 47, plate
V. AsI found it in no other specimen, it may have been
the result of accidental pressure in examination.
The other bone in the distal series may be regarded as
the unciform, or fourth carpale of Gegenbaur’s nomen-
clature.
This is the last carpal bone to appear in development,
though it often attains as large a size as the third carpale.
This anchyloses almost simultaneously with the base of the
annularis metacarpal, the third carpale and the approximate
surface of the mid-metacarpal. The third and fourth car-
pale are seen united, by a cartilaginous band, at an early
stage in the chipping sparrow and Wilson’s thrush. In the
cow blackbird the two distal carpals unite before they have
joined their respective metacarpals.
In one specimen of kingbird examined, there appeared
to be a second carpal just beyond the radiale, and similar to
that in form; as it was not seen in another specimen, it is
safe to reject its occurrence at present.
A very curious shape is assumed by the wlnare in the
kingbird, bluebird, and cow blackbird, as will be seen by
referring to the plate.
With the accompanying figures, which I have endeavored
to render faithfully on stone, from my original drawings,
further description of these bones is unnecessary. Many
other points of interest have come up in this investigation,
regarding other peculiarities of the leg and wing, but a dis-
cussion of such features would be outside the intended
limits of this paper.
The general results of this paper have been submitted to
Prof. Jeffries Wyman and Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A., and
my thanks are due to these gentlemen for their careful con-
sideration of the results therein presented. With Dr.
Coues, I had the pleasure of dissecting the tarsus and car-
pus of an adult penguin, Apfenodytes Pennantii, and of
examining the same parts of other birds.
148 On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds.
Prof. Wyman has generously placed at my disposal the
tarsus of an embryo heron, with other specimens of the
same bird, and authorized me to embody their peculiar
features in this paper. Accompanying the specimens, the
following letter was received, which I have the liberty of
publishing :
Drar Pror. Morsr,—
In a recent examination of the bones of the leg of some unfledged
herons (supposed to be Ardea cerulea) with reference to their ossifica-
tion, to which I was led by your admirable embryological studies of the
limbs of birds, I found a bone accompanying the groove on the front of
the lower end of the tibia, which does not agree with any description of
these parts I have seen. It is a style-shaped bone, ends in a sharp point
above, has the lower end, which is on a level with the lower end of the
tibia, blunt and rounded, and almost exactly resembles, in the older speci-
mens, the fibula of the same leg inverted.
It is about one-fifth as long as the tibia, and as appears from several
specimens of different ages, grows, for a time at least, in proportion to
the other parts. ;
In the older specimens two nodules of bone are seen, side by side, in
the cartilage part below the tibia, one corresponding to each condyle, as
you have pointed out in other birds. These belong to the near portion of
the tarsus, and may therefore be supposed to represent the astragalus
and calcaneum. Thus we have these two bones entirely apart from the
pretibial bone described above.
As regards the homology of this last named piece, the most natural
supposition is that it is the ascending process of the astragalus to which
attention has of late been called by Huxley and Cope, in discussing the
affinities of birds and Dinosaurian reptiles.
Its mode of development, however, leads to the belief that it is not,
properly speaking, a process of either of the tarsal bones, but a distinct
bone, for it not only has an independent ossification, but is already far
advanced in this process, before the ossification of either of the tarsal
bones is begun. It has occurred to me that the part in question might
have been originally the lower portion of the fibula, from which it had
become detached by absorption, but it has not at any time been observed
to be continuous with this bone, and further, it continues to grow from
below upward, as the young bird gets older, instead of becoming shorter
and shorter, as it ought, if this supposition was true.
Observations are now wanted to show whether the ascending process
of the astragalus, as seen in the ostrich and other birds, is really an out-
growth from, and therefore a process of, one of the tarsal bones, or
whether it ossifies independently, and subsequently becomes united with
it. Should this last supposition be decided in the affirmative, then we
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 149
should have either a third bone in the leg, which would be contrary to all
analogy, or a third member of the near tarsal series, which would, so to
speak, be out of place.
Truly yours,
J. WYMAN.
Cambridge, Dec. 20, 1871.
I have examined with the greatest interest, this new tarsal
bone of the heron, and from the specimens kindly:-loaned me
by Prof. Wyman, have made the following drawings. The
figures represent different stages of the tibia, from the front,
with the pretibial bone at the
base.
Figure 1 is magnified, the
natural size of the tibia being
represented by a line at its side.
Figures 2, 3 and 4 are. natural
size. ‘ |
In referring to Huxley’s fig-
ures of the tibia of the young
ostrich,* and of the young ih.)
fowl,+: Ifind the:so-called:-proc- » #4 wee. Fie 8) Fries
aatrac: a The style shaped bone at lower end of
ess of the astragalus, on the tibia represents intermedium, or pre-
outer side, of, the, tibia, occu. {rial bone of Wyman.
pying the same region as that of the pretibial bone of
the heron, and this leads me to believe that this so-called
process of the astragalus in the birds just mentioned, is
identical with the pretibial bone of Wyman. t
* Quarterly Jour. Geological Soc., Vol. XXVI, part I, p. 30.
+ Anat. Vert. Animals, Huxley, p. 296.
{Since writing the above, I have received from Prof. Wyman the distal portion of a
tibia from a still older specimen of the blue heron. Accompanying the specimen he
writes, ‘‘ This bird had not left the nest, notwithstanding its large size. You will see
the pretibial piece coéssified with the astragalus and calcaneum, though neither of them
is consolidated with the tibia. There is nothing now in this specimen to show that the
ascending portion was ever free from the astragalus.”
We herewith give a figure of if in section, natural size (Fig. 5); see next page. This
removes all doubt as to the relation of the pretibial bone, with the so-called process
of the young fowl and young ostrich alluded to above, and leads to the belief that
the tendon-like bridge, spanning the groove in front, originates from this piece, as
stated by Parker. He also speaks of this process in Baleniceps rex as forming “the _
seat of the ossification which makes the large wide oblique tendon-like 1 budge, Prof.
Wyman informs me that the two are not identical.”
150 On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds.
It surely is not the distal end of the fibula, for in the
larger specimen of tibia examined (fig. 4) I find, with the
aid of a hand lens, a delicate tendinous thread running from
the lower end,of the fibula and the upper end of the pre-
tibial bone, and passing each other, showing no sign of ap-
proximation. Furthermore, in all the embryo birds I have
thus far examined (see plate rv), the fibula shows no signs of
torsion. Dismissing the idea that it represents a third bone
of the leg, “as contrary to all analogy,” we have
only to admit that it represents a new tarsal bone
of the proximal series.
The specimen represented in figure 1, was
sent to me by Prof. Wyman sometime before
he had examined the other bones with reference
to this new tarsal. In this specimen the meta-
tarsals are still separate, and the presence of
the three tarsal bones thus far deseribed is but
dimly made out; yet the pretibial bone is quite
_ distinct, and of much importance is the fact that
its lower edge is below the lower edge of the tibia. Satisfied
that it is a true tarsal bone, to what bone in the tarsus shall
we compare it?
After studying over it very carefully, and comparing it
with figures of certain amphibians, given by Gegenbaur, and
with some of my own drawings of the tarsus of the com-
mon wood salamander, Plethodon.erythronotus, I believe it
to represent the infermedium of Gegenbaur. In the tarsus
of Salamandra maculosa, as given by Gegenbaur, the inter-
medium is represented as a much elongated bone, broader at
the bottom, and wedged between the tibia and fibula, half
of it being actually above the distal margins of these two
bones. Above the reptikes, the ¢nfermedium is supposed by
Gegenbaur to coalesce with the ébéale or astragalus.
In other words the astragalus represents the cntermedium
and ¢ibiale, connate. Gegenbaur believes that the astraga-
lus represents the scaphotd and lunare of the carpus. In
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 151
some mammalia these two latter bones are connate, é. g., in
the carnivora; while in others they are free.
The position of this pretibial bone appears anomalous, but
when we consider the remarkable displacement of other
bones in the bird’s leg, the occurrence of this new tarsal in
such a place, is by no means unreasonable. The displace-
ment of certain bones in the bird’s leg, is the result, as it
were, of lateral compression, or rather lateral contraction.
The fibula is always reduced to a mere splint bone, and is
closely appressed to the tibia. The metatarsals are so
crowded together that the proximal end of the mid-meta-
tarsal is forced back, so that the flanking metatarsals actually
meet in front. All these ultimately anchylose and form a
single bone. The first metatarsal is reduced to a half, or a
third the size of the others, and is often crowded behind the
others. The two proximal tarsal bones at first, stand one
at the end of the tibia, and the other at the end of the fibula,
the ¢ébiale being actually as wide as the distal end of the
tibia (see plate rv, fig. 1); yet in a short time these two
tarsal bones are gradually
brought together, and as the
fibula becomes reduced in F
comparative size, the tibia ye
takes on an accelerated (eg %
growth, so that its distal end £f* ae f/ o>,
5 c
equals in width the two tar- FG. 6. Fie, 7. FIG. 8.
: 4 : The intermedium in the three figures is
saleio; whichrit finally, unites’ seprasented black) 0111 (ae ondo tO
Pp eis : Fig. 6. Representing lower portion of
To show still more plainly leg of Salamandra maculosa, Copied from
: 3 3 Gegenbaur, with distal tarsals omitted.
the reasons for believing that Fig. 7. Spizella socialis copied from fig.
ae 1, plate iv, of this paper, with intermediwm
the pretibial bone of Wyman introduced.
Fig.8. Ideal figure showing true position
represents the intermedium, Of erence in relation to proximal tar-
the following diagrams are Pe pret
presented. The intermedium ey eeae:
is represented black. Figure 6 represents the intermedium
and its associate tarsals in relation to the tibia and fibula of
Salamandra maculosa, after Gegenbaur.
UW fe 77
152 On the Tarsus and Oarpus of Birds.
Figure 7 represents the tarsus of an embryo bird, with
the pretibial bone introduced, bearing the same relation that
it afterwards does to its own tarsals; and figure 8 repre-
sents the pretibial bone and its actual relation to the two
tarsals, as seen in Professor Wyman’s oldest specimen, the
tibia now having widened so as to include the two tarsals
within its lateral boundaries, and consequently including
the pretibial bone also. That the tibia widens at its distal
extremity in that way, so as to equal in width not only the
two tarsals, but the three metatarsals, may be seen by re-
ferring to plate 1v; and indeed to suppose that it would do
so is reasonable, since the excessive reduction of the fibula
naturally enhances the greater proportionate development of
the tibia; and by this excess of growth, the pretibial bone,
or intermedium, finds its anomalous position in front. of the
tibia. ;
In connection with this elongated cntermedium, it is inter-
esting to note that in certain lizards where the intermedium
is absent, the centrale takes on the elongated and slender
form, and is wedged between the other tarsals.
If further investigation should prove the correctness of
this interpretation, we have an interesting stage in the con-
ditions of this bone represented, namely, that in birds the
intermedium is at first a separate bone, as in the lower rep-
tiles, but finally it anchyloses with the astragalus, as in
higher vertebrates, thus proving the correctness of Gegen-
baur’s statement that the astragalus of higher vertebrates
represents the ¢bzale and intermedium connate.
Thus we must recognize in birds the presence of four
tarsal bones, and at least four carpal bones.
ConcLupiInG OBSERVATIONS. — At an early stage of the
embryo the leg and the wing are almost precisely alike, and
even after the principal bones have made their appearance
the two appendages are remarkably alike in the form and
proportion of their parts. This similarity was noticed by
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 153
Agassiz a long time ago, as well as the fact that in the
embryo robin, the toes are webbed. In the early embryo
the toes are always webbed, and for a long time in the
embryo all the toes point forward; these are two characters
highly characteristic of lower groups of birds. The turning
back of the first toe is a subsequent modification.
The first metatarsal appears last in development. The
phalanges of the third and fourth toes appear first, and the
others in regular succession. The phalanges of the foot
appear before those of the hand.
The metacarpals and phalanges are widely separated in
the early embryo, and were it possible for the wing at this
stage to make a track in the mud, the impression would be
like that made by a tridactyle foot. In fact it is a tridactyle
foot at this stage. The metatarsals are also separated at the
same stage, but not so widely as the metacarpals.
There is a difference of opinion among anatomists in their
interpretation of the fingers of the wing. Gegenbaur,
Huxley, Rolleston and others, regard the marginal finger
on the radial side as representing the first finger, or pollex,
while Wyman, Owen and Coues, believe this digit to repre-
sent the index, or second finger. It seems more reasonable
to believe that this latter interpretation is right; for when
the number of fingers or toes is reduced in Mammalia and
Reptilia, they are always taken away from the sides of the
member, the thumb first disappearing and then the little
finger.
If we compare the leg and wing of Spizella (figs. 1 and
32, pl. rv and v) we shall see that in this early stage there
are but three metatarsals and three metacarpals, and it seems
reasonable to compare them together.
As the first toe appears much later and is reduced to two
phalanges, and has its metatarsal also greatly reduced, and
as at the stage just cited the first toe is represented only by
a few granules, it seems natural to infer that in the wing, the
first finger never makes its appearance.
154 On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds.
In regard to the reptilian characters in birds, it seems that
a nearer relation between birds and pterosaurians can be
established, with the additional carpals pointed owt in this
paper. At least one of the characters for separating the
pterosaurians from the birds, as given by Owen, fails in
the light of. these distal carpals.
Owen says, in his “Fossil Reptiles of the Liassic Forma-
hon, that. ——
“A carpus with one large and one small bone in a proxi-
mal row, and with a second large, and at least one small one
in a distal row, is another character by which the ptero-
sauria manifest their closer affinity to reptiles than to birds.”
Now this is precisely the character of all those birds thus
far examined. |
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate IV. THE TARSUS AND EMBRYOS.
In every case the right leg and right wing are represented. For want
of room on the plates I have been compelled to leave out the humerus
and femur in most of the figures given. :
All the embryos are represented of natural size, and by referring to
them, an approximate idea may be formed of the size of the appendage
drawn, as well as the age and condition of the embryo.
Reference to the embryo preceded by the initial E, follows explanation
of the figure, thus: Fig. 1, Spizella socialis. WH. 18.
Fig. 1. Spizella socialis. HK. 18.
The three bones separate, the jibulare being at the end of the jibula.
The 2d, 3d and 4th metatarsals not complete, while the Ist metatarsal
appears only as a few granules.
Fig. 2. Spizella socialis. E. 19.
Tarsal joint appearing, in separation of cartilage between proximal
and distal tarsal bones.
Fig. 3. Turdus fuscescens. E. 21.
The tarsals separate. The distal end of tibia widening so as to in-
clude the proximal tarsals.
* Palxontographical Soc., Vol. XXIII, 1869.
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 155
Fig. 4. Turdus fuscescens. Embryo not given.
A later stage in which the proximal tarsals have already united with
the tibia, and the distal tarsal has not yet united with the metatarsals.
Fig. 5. Turdus fuscescens.
Another view of the same.
Fig. 6. Tyrannus Carolinensis. HK. 23.
The tibiale and fibulare united with tibia, the centrale still free.
Fig. 7. Dendreca estiva. KH. 24.
The two proximal tarsals united. The centrale very large and capping
the three metatarsals.
Fig. 8. Dendreca estiva.
Another view of the same, showing the tarsal bones more distinctly.
Hig. 9. Dendreca estiva.
Another view of same, showing centrale capping the metatarsals.
Fig. 10. Quiscalus versicolor. EK. 25.
The tibiale and jibulare united, but net yet anchylosed to the tibia.
The centrale still free.
Fig. 11. Quiscalus versicolor.
An enlarged view of the tarsus.
Fig. 12. Stalia sialis. HK. 31.
The proximal tarsals united with the tibia. The distal tarsal united
with the fourth metatarsal.
Fig. 18. Stalia sialis.
Another view of the same.
Fig. 14. Cotyle riparia. HE. 27.
A considerably advanced stage in which the three tarsal bones are
distinctly separate.
Fig. 15. Hirundo lunifrons. HE. 30.
The ¢ibiale and jfibulare about uniting. The centrale already blended
with third metatarsal.
Fig. 16. Zringoides macularius. HK. 26.
The tibiale and jibulare united forming an hour-glass shaped bone.
The centrale flattened and capping the metatarsals but not yet united with
them.
Fig. 17. Zurdus migratorius. :
Posterior portion of early embryo, showing the leg as a simple fin,
and caudal vertebre.
156 On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds.
Fig. 18. Spizella socialis.
19. 66 66
20. ce oe
21. Turdus fuscescens.
22. Molothrus pecoris.
23. Tyrannus Carolinensis.
24, Dendroeca estiva.
25. Quiscalus versicolor.
26. Tringoides macularius.
27. Cotyle riparia.
28. ie a Several days from the egg.
29. Tringotdes macularius. Just ready to hatch.
30. Mirundo lunifrons.
31. Stalia sialis.
EXPLANATION OF LETTERS.
FE. Femur.
Too LLOeGhe
F. Fibula.
( t. TLibiale = astragalus.
TARSUS. y f. Fibulare = caleaneum = os calcis.
| ¢. Centrale = navicular = scaphoideum.
I, U, Wu, 1v. Corresponding metatarsals.
Plate V. THE CARPUS.
Fig. 32. Spizella socialis. E. 18.
Showing three carpals and three metacarpals. No indication of pha-
langes.
Fig. 383. Spizella socialis. EH. 19.
The fourth carpale now formed; phalanges also formed, and fingers, at
this stage widely spread.
Fig. 34. Spizella socialis. EH. 20.
Third and fourth carpal bones united, and third and fourth metacarpals
united at distal and proximal ends.
Fig. 35. Spizella socialis.
Several days from the egg, and nearly capable of flight.
On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. 157
Fig. 36. Turdus fuscescens. KE. 21.
Showing four carpals.
Fig. 37. Turdus fuscescens.
A slightly more advanced stage, showing the third and fourth carpal
bones about uniting. The fourth carpale sending out a process to third
metacarpal. The wlrare apparently uniting with wna.
Fig. 38. Turdus fuscescens.
The same carpus under slight pressure. The wlnare separate again.
Fig. 39. Quiscalus versicolor. EH. 25.
Showing the minute third carpale and the elongated ulnare.
Fig. 40. Molothrus pecoris. HK. 22.
The third and fourth carpale united.
Fig. 41. Sialia sialis.
Third and fourth carpale about uniting, and fourth carpale sending out
peculiar process to third metacarpal.
Fig. 42. Sialia sialis. E. 31.
A slightly more advanced stage, in which the distal carpals and base
of metacarpals are all united.
Fig. 48. Cotyle riparia. LE. 27.
Anchylosis far advanced. Ulnare supposed to have united with ulna.
Fig. 44. Dendreca estiva. EK. 24.
Ulnare supposed to have united with the ulna. The carpal marked 7,
supposed to be intermedium. Third and fourth carpale united.
Fig. 45. Hirundo lunifrons. KE. 30.
The four carpals all separate.
Fig. 46. Tyrannus Carolinensis. KE. 23.
Showing excessively long radiale.
Fig. 47. Tyrannus Carolinensis.
Another specimen under pressure, with a new carpal? supposed to be
centrale. |
Fig. 48. Tyrannus Carolinensis.
Another specimen under pressure, in which the long wlnare readily
separates, leading to the supposition that the second carpale is here
present.
The peculiar form of ware in Tyrannus, fig. 47, is seen also in Moloth-
rus and Sialia, figs. 40, 42 and 48.
APRIL, 1872. u ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X.
158 On the Systematic Arrangement of
EXPLANATION OF LETTERS.
H. Humerus.
vu. Ulna.
r. Ltadius.
(u. Ulnare = cuneiform.
r. Ladiale = scaphoid = naviculare.
| ce. Centrale = central.
CARPUS. < i. Intermedium = lunar.
{| z. Second carpale = trapezoid.
3. Third carpale = magnum.
4. Fourth carpale = unciform.
1, UI, 1v. Corresponding metacarpals.
IX.— On the Systematic Arrangement of North American
Terrestrial Mollusks.
By THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY.
Read January 29, 1872.
SINCE the publication of our work on the Land Mollusks
of North America,* we have had the opportunity of examin-
ing the animals and the lingual dentition of many additional
American, as well as numerous foreign species. We have
also carefully studied the various systems of classification
which have been proposed both here and abroad. The re-
sult of our researches is a considerable change in our views
regarding the classification of terrestrial mollusca. Such of
these changes as relate to the American families, we pur-
pose stating here, referring always to the page of our work
containing the description or statement to be modified.
*Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part I. Smithsonian Institution,
Feb., 1869. ,
North American Terrestrial Mollusks. 159
We restrict our corrections and suggestions to the genera
belonging to the fauna of North America, exclusive of that
of Mexico and Lower California.
The divisions A and B (p. 2) of Dr. Gray (founded on
the head, eye-peduncles and tentacles being retractile under
the skin, or contractile) cannot be retained, as the recent
observations of Stoliczka have proved the eye-peduncles of
Onchidium to be really retractile. The same may possibly
be true of Veronicella.
The sections 1, Vermivora and 2, Phyllovora are equally
untenable. There is not the difference in food indicated by
these names. For instance, no species can be more carnivo-
rous than Stenogyra decollata, which is always placed among
the herbivorous genera. Limax maximus, also, we have
known to devour its kind, though it is ranked in the same
section. The first instance shows how incorrectly the
aculeate marginal teeth alone are called of carnivorous type,
as they are entirely wanting in Stenogyra decollata.
The presence or absence of a jaw is not a reliable char-
acter to sustain the distinction of these sections. Helix
tneequalis, for instance, has no jaw.
The teeth are equally unreliable, inasmuch as all our
species of Macrocyclis, placed in section 2, have teeth like
those described in section 1. So have Helix inequalis,
Hyalina Baudoni and Gonospira palanga. Moreover, some
genera show a gradual change from the so-called herb-
ivorous to the so-called carnivorous type of teeth. Thus in
Glandina and Macrocyclis we find the carnivorous type only ;
in Zonites, Vitrina and Limax the marginal teeth are
carnivorous, and occupy the greater part of the membrane,
but the few laterals are of the herbivorous type. In Zonites
cellavius the latter are greatly’ modified and resemble closely
the carnivorous type. The membranes of Vitrina limpida
and Zonites chersinus, however, by the increased number of
laterals and the bifurcation of the marginals, are more nearly
related to the herbivorous type. Thus, instead of the differ-
160 On the Systematic Arrangement of
ence of food, of the presence or absence of a jaw, of the
aculeate or quadrate form of teeth, supposed to exist between
the Vermivora and Phyllovora, we find these characters
shared irregularly by both sections, and consequently we
abandon them.
OLEACINID (p. 13).—In the description of the teeth the
term aculeate, rather than recurved, better expresses their
thorn-shaped outline. In our descriptions of the lingual
“membranes, we have often called these teeth wneini, and
with less judgment used the same term for the quadrate
marginal teeth of some of the elicide. It would be better
in all cases to retain the names central, lateral and marginal
for the three forms of teeth.
CYLINDRELLID&.—We no longer consider this a distinct
family. Even while our work was passing through the press
the presence of a jaw was discovered by one of us.* We
also misapprehended the character of the teeth, which have
since proved to be simply a modification of the form usual in
the Helicide. We propose, therefore, to place the species
referred to Cylindrellide, and also of Macroceramus referred
to Orthalicine, in the family Helicide, before the genus
Bulimulus.
Messrs. Crosse and Fischer (Jour. de Conch., January,
1870), after a thorough study of the jaws and lingual mem-
branes of numerous species, proposed to separate the Cylin-
drellide as a family, supporting their views entirely upon
the jaw and teeth, both of which we have found unreliable.
The kind of jaw supposed by them to be peculiar to the
family has been detected by us in various species of Bulimu-
(uss, and, inoue, Ofelia (see Amn. liye, IN. HoN)) Weex
79). The type of palmate teeth, also, which Messrs. Crosse
and Fischer describe as characteristic of the family is not
constant, as we find it entirely wanting in Macroceramus
Gosset. (See American Journ. of Conch. vii, pl. 17, figs.
SD salels, be)
* Bland, Amer. Jour. of Conch. IV. 1868.
North American Terrestrial Mollusks. 161
CYLINDRELLA (p. 22).—In dhs genus there is a jaw,
thin, almost membranous, light horn color, semitransparent,
arched, ends but little attenuated; in one single piece, but
divided by delicate ribs into numerous oblique plates,*
chevroned on the central line, with a median triangular plate
at the top; cutting edge simple; no beak.
The teeth are not joined two by two at their bases. They
are distinct as in the other //elicidw. The centrals are small,
long, narrow, with a broadly recurved, blunt, rounded and
expanded apex; the laterals have a long, subquadrangular
base of attachment, bearing, below, a large, bluntly rounded,
greatly expanded, palmate cusp, representing the inner and
central cusps of the laterals; and, above, a long, slender,
graceful cusp, representing the external cusp of the other
Helicide. This last is bluntly truncated, or bears a re-
curved cusp, smaller but of same shape as that below; or it
has a laterally extended, small, blunt point. In some species
the laterals extend to the margin of the lingual membrane ;
in others there are distinct marginal teeth, long, narrow,
laminar, with bluntly recurved apices. A full description
and figures of these various forms of teeth will be found in
Journal de Conchyliologie, Jan., 1870.
Houxospira (p. 24).— Messrs. Crosse and Fischer, in the
article on Cylindrellide, referred to above, have shown that
Holospira is a distinct genus from Cylindrella.
The jaw is arcuate, about the same shape as in Cylindrella,
thin, light horn colored, without separate plates or anterior
ribs; with obsolete strie, transversal and vertical; cutting
edge simple, without a median beak.
The lingual membrane wants entirely the chevron-shaped
rows of teeth and the palmate form of cusp, characteristic of
Cylindrella. It resembles that usual in the //elicide, the
lateral teeth not unlike those we have figured of Lulimulus
pallidior (Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N.Y., ix., p. 282).
* As in Helix turbiniformis, not as in Orthalicus. (See Ann.N.Y. Lyc., X., 79, pl. ii.
fig. 2.)
162 On the Systematic Arrangement of
The genus Holospira, with the two species H. Léemert
and HH. Goldfussi, must be placed, together with Oylindrella
and Macroceramus, as already mentioned with regard to
those genera, in the family Helicide.
Macrocreramus.— In this genus the jaw and lingual mem-
brane are as in Cylindrella, and our description (page 219)
must be cancelled. In MW. Gossez, however, the teeth are
the same as in felix, with bluntly pointed denticles, one
long and the other short, as shown in our above referred to
figure.
Henicipm (p. 25).—More recent investigations have
satisfied us that the presence of a mucus pore is not in itself
a character to warrant the separation of the Arionide as a
family. It has been shown that the pore exists, with various
modifications, in many species of Geophila where it was not
before suspected, for instance in Helix pylaica, Glandina
ligulata (Petenia, Crosse, Journ. Conch. 1869, p. 35), Glan-
dina monilifera (Morelet, ibid., 1852). Unless, then, we
are prepared to consider these species as belonging to a
family distinct from //elix and Gilandina respectively, we
cannot separate the Arzonide from the Helicide on account
of the presence alone of the mucus pore.
The description of the foot of Helicide (p. 25) should be
modified by the addition of the following words: “or with a
distinct locomotive disk,” and “ or with a caudal mucus pore.”
To the description of the jaw must be added the words
“or with one upper, accessory plate. Jaw sometimes want-
ing.” The last reference is necessary to embrace such cases
as Helix inequalis, a species, however, which may be proved
to belong to another family.
As a basis for grouping the large number of genera of
Flelicide into subfamilies, we retain the characters of the jaw
and teeth, but with some modifications, as shown in the
following synopsis. The subfamily Pup7ne is entirely sup-
pressed, as it has been shown that no reliance can be placed
on the median beak-like prominence to the cutting edge of
North American Terrestrial Mollusks. 163
the jaw, or on the presence or absence of striz or ribs on its
anterior surface, at least as subfamily characters. We have
recognized, therefore, at present three forms of jaw only,
viz.: lst, simply in one piece; 2d, in one piece, with an
upper accessory plate; 3d, in numerous separate, free, im-
bricated pieces. Some modifications even in these distine-
tions will, we believe, soon prove necessary, as several forms
of accessory plate have already been noticed,* and the jaw
of Punctum, figured by us on p. 222, is a modification of
that of Orthalicus figured on p. 215.
We admit two distinctions on the lingual membrane for
the purpose of grouping the genera into subfamilies, viz. :
marginal teeth conical, separate, aculeate; and marginal
teeth crowded, quadrate, dentate or serrate.
Based upon these characters we propose the following
grouping of the North American genera of Helicidee :t
VITRININE. Jaw in one piece. Marginal teeth separate,
conical, aculeate.— Macrocyclis, Zonites, Hyalina, Vitrina,
Limax.
Hevicinm. Jaw in one piece. Marginal teeth crowded,
quadrate, dentate or serrate.— Arion, Ariolimax, Binneia,
Patula, Helix, Holospira, Cylindrella, Macroceramus, Buli-
mulus, Cionella, Stenogyra, Pupa, Vertigo.
ORTHALICINE. Jaw composite, in numerous, free, im-
bricated pieces. Marginal teeth crowded, quadrate, dentate
or serrate.— Orthalicus, Liguus, Punctum.
SuccININ!. Jaw in one piece, with one upper accessory
plate. Marginal teeth crowded, quadrate, dentate or serrate.
— Succinea.
Subfamily Virrinin® (p. 25).—The following description
is to be substituted for that given :
Jaw in one piece, smooth, usually striated, never ribbed,
* See Eucalodium, Journ. de Conch., 1870, pl. v, fig. 1.
+ Gill, in fact, embraces in his section Holognatha, all the genera included in our sub-
* families Vitrinine and Helicine with the exception of Bulimulus, regarding which he
adopts the views of Albers and von Martens, placing it in the section Goniognatha, with
Orthalicus. (Arrangement of the Families of Mollusks, Washington, 1871.)
164 On the Systematic Arrangement of
with a beak-like median projection to its cutting edge. Lin-
gual membrane, with separated, conical, aculeate marginal
teeth.
Genus Hyauina (p. 29).—We have already stated our
views relative to the value of the caudal mucus pore as a
family character, and in consequence unite the Arionide to the
Flelicide. This brings the genus Zonites next to the genus
Hyalina. The two genera are very nearly allied, their only
distinction, so far as known to us, being in the presence in
Zonites of a distinct locomotive disk to the foot, and of
longitudinal furrows along the side of the animal near its
base, rising over the top of the tail and uniting above a ter-
minal mucus slit or pore. (See fig. 524, p. 292.) This
difference is considered of generic value by most authors,*
among others by Albers and v. Martens, whose descriptions
of genera we adopted in our work. They place, however,
in the genus //yalina many species which are known to
possess the mucus slit (or some modification of it), as /7.
olivetorum and H. nitida (see Moquin Tandon), and ZH.
JSuliginosa, levigata, inornata, suppressa (see Terr. Moll.
U.S., ii). We have ourselves observed it in the following
additional species, 77. cellaria, viridula, indentata, intertexta,
ligera, demissa, capsella, lasmodon and multidenta, and in
Zonites kopnodes, sculptilis and gularis. Its having been
overlooked by many European authors in so common a
species as cellariat leads to the supposition that it really
exists also in other species now referred to Hyalina. We
propose, therefore, to place in the genus Zonites the species
in which the caudal mucus pore or slit has been actually
observed, restricting /Zyalina to those without it. We have
not had an opportunity of examining all the species, but
have failed to discover any pore in Tennessce specimens,
* But not by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse in their magnificent work ‘‘ Etudes sur les
Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles du Mexique et du Guatemala” (page 150), where
Zonites and Hyalina are considered generically identical.
+ No mention of the caudal mucus gland in Z. cellarius is made in the monographs of
Draparnaud, Moquin-Tandon, Reeve, Forbes and Hanley, Gray or Gwyn Jeffreys.
North American Terrestrial Mollusks. 165
received from Miss Law, of H. interna; it may, however,
have escaped our notice, being often difficult of detection.
The orifice of generation in the genus Zonztes is said to be
at the base of that of respiration, below the collar, and not
below the right eye-peduncle as in Helix. It may be much
doubted, however, whether this be a constant generic charac-
ter, as it is found in some species of the former much nearer
to the head than the collar.
The dart sac and dart were observed by us in specimens
of Zonites demissus and Z. Hiliotti. They have also been
noticed by Mérch (Moll. Dan.) in Zonites ( Oxychilus) nitidus.
The description of Albers and v. Martens must therefore be
modified, as well as Moquin Tandon’s assertion that no
species of Zonites has the dart.*
Subfamily Hericrxa.—The following description is to be
substituted for that given at p. 67.
Jaw in one piece, either smooth, striated, or ribbed, with
or without a median beak-like projection to its cutting edge.
Lingual membrane with crowded, quadrate marginal teeth,
either dentate or serrate.
The ribs are found in every degree of development, pass-
ing quite across the jaw and denticulating one or both
margins, or only developed on the lower portion of the jaw,
and crenellating the lower margin. The ribs are often al-
most obsolete, or represented by wrinkles or coarse striz.
They are present on the anterior surface of the jaw only, or
on both anterior and posterior surfaces. They are distant,
narrow, stout, few, or crowded, broad, stout and numerous.
Their number is inconstant in the same species. They some-
times are very broad, and seem like separate plates soldered
to the anterior surface of the jaw, or to be formed by a
folding of the jaw upon itself. When this appearance of
folding into plaits is given it will generally be found that the
plait-like sections are actually separated by distinct, but
* Hence, probably, Draparnaud correctly reports its presence in Helix algira.
166 On the Systematic Arrangement of
delicate ribs. When by this form of ribs the jaw is divided
into separate compartments, these compartments or plates
are either vertical or inclined obliquely towards the median
line of the jaw. Sometimes this last arrangement is de-
veloped to such a degree that the oblique lines of separation,
or delicate ribs, of the plates meet before reaching the bottom
of the jaw, and a triangular plate is left at the upper centre
of the jaw, its base being upward. This form of jaw is
usually thm and membranous. It has been considered the
characteristic of the subfamily Orthalicine, or of the Goni-
ognatha by most authors. We, however, can treat it only
as a modification of the usual form of ribbed jaw, inasmuch
as we find it in various degrees of development in Bulimulus,
Bulimus, and even in Helizx.* It will be seen below that we
restrict the Orthalicine to those genera whose jaw is in actu-
ally free, imbricated pieces.
When the jaw is striated and not ribbed, the striz are
vertical, or they converge towards the median line, as do the
plates in Macroceramus and Cylindrella. There are often
transverse striz also.
The upper margin of the jaw is often extended into a
stout membranous attachment, apparently of the same mate-
rial and consistency as the jaw itself, and showing the same
continuity of structure by the striz of the jaw extending into
it without interruption.
The jaw is found in every degree of consistency, very
thick in most species of Helix, quite membranous and almost
transparent in some of Bulimulus, in Macroceramus and
Cylindrella.
The cutting margin of the jaw is smooth, crenellated, or
denticulated. It is simply concave, or furnished with a more
or less developed beak-like median projection.
In shape the jaw ranges from scarcely arcuate, long, low,
to horse-shoe shaped, short, high.
* See our notes on Helix turbiniformis in Ann. N. Y. Lyc. x, pl. ii, fig. 2.
North American Terrestrial Mollusks. 167
We have not noticed in any of the Helictde the vertical
median carina to the jaw, often present in the Vitrinine.
PatuLa (p. 71).—We propose to recognize this as a
genus, following the more recent decision of von Martens
(Preuss. Exp. p. 258). It will take precedence of the
genus Helix. To the description of the shell and animal
already given, we may add that in the American species the
jaw cannot be said to be ribbed, as usual in Helix. On that
of several species, however, there are subobsolete ribs or
wrinkles near the cutting edge, which they sometimes crenel-
late. The prevailing type of jaw seems to be such as we
have figured for P. alternata (p. 75).
Lingual membrane as figured on p. 75. The marginals,
however, are serrate in P. asteriscus. In the other species
they have one long, inner, oblique, blunt denticle, and one
or more short, side denticles.
For the description of the jaw and lingual membrane of
the genus Helix (p. 69) may be substituted the descriptions
given by us above for the jaw and lingual membrane of the
subfamily HHelicine. We have noticed in the genus Helix,
as now constituted, every form of jaw which we have de-
seribed at length above, except that having angular upper
median plates.
With the exception of Patula, we still retain the genus
Helix in the sense in which it is used by Albers and von
Martens. With all those who have studied the genus, we
are aware that it contains numerous natural groups, many of
which appear to be sufficiently well marked to warrant their
being recognized as distinct genera; space, however, does
not permit of our considering this part of the subject.
Genus BuLimuLus (p. 191).—To the description of the
jaw must be added, ‘‘ often presenting the appearance of
separate plates, sometimes arranged obliquely towards the
central line, so as to form an upper triangular plate, as in
Cylindrella.” This last form is usually thin and almost
transparent.
168 On the Systematic Arrangement of
Subfamily Orruanicina (p. 212).—The following de-
scription of the subfamily must be substituted for the one
given.
Jaw composite, in numerous free, imbricated pieces,
usually with oblique sutures towards the centre of the jaw,
leaving an upper, angular, median piece. No median pro-
jection to the cutting edge, which is. serrated by the lower
angles of the separate pieces. Lingual membrane with mar-
ginal teeth crowded, quadrate, usually broadly dentate.
It will be observed that we include only in this subfamily
the genera whose jaw is actually in separate pieces, not those
in which the jaw is in one single piece, though in plates
formed by the ribs being arranged so as to give the appear-
ance of separate pieces. We do not, moreover, use the term
Orthalicine in the same sense as Goniognatha of some
authors to comprise all the genera whose jaw has an upper
angular, median plate. This last form of jaw is found in
Cylindrella, Macroceramus, Pineria, and in some species of
Bulimulus, but not in Punctum. We do not recognize it
as of value in dividing the Helicide into subfamilies. We
base this subfamily (Orthalicinew) solely on the free, imbri-
cated pieces of its composite jaw.
The description of the genus Achatina (p. 212) is to be
entirely omitted. We adopt Liguus as a genus, and add the
following description of the jaw and lingual membrane.
Jaw arcuate, ends attenuated, pointed; composite, being
in numerous separate, free, imbricated, triangular pieces,
with sutures inclined obliquely to the centre of the jaw, so
as to leave an upper median, angular piece. Cutting edge
with no median projection, serrated by the lower angles of
the oblique pieces.
Lingual membrane with long, quadrate teeth, pointed or
simply with a broad, recurved cusp.
OrtHaLicus.—The following description of the lingual
membrane must be substituted for that given at p. 215.
Long, broad, with numerous rows of long, four-sided,
North American Terrestrial Mollusks. 169
narrow, uniform teeth, bearing a broad, expanded, recurved,
gouge-shaped cusp.
Genus STENOGYRA (p. 228).—Central teeth of the lingual
membrane very small, tricuspid ; laterals large, subquadrate,
tricuspid, middle cusp very large; marginals subquadrate,
obtusely denticulated.
Subfamily Sucornmy® (p. 255).—To our description of
the lingual teeth must be added, ‘* marginal teeth quadrate,
crowded, dentate or serrate.” ;
?
Note on Helix inversicolor Fer. and other species from
Mauritius.
While the foregoing paper was being printed, we had,
through the kindness of Mr. J. G. An-hony, of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, and of Mr. J. H.
Thomson, the opportunity of examining the animals of //elix
enversicolor Fer., FH. leucostyla Pfr., HZ. rufozonata H. Ad. and
HT. militaris Pfr., received from Mr. Pike, the United States
Consul at Mauritius. The results of such examination are
so interesting that we now publish them.
H. inversicolor and H. militaris are placed by v. Martens
in fHelicacea, genus Helix, the former in the section Caraco-
lus, and the latter in Stylodon, but both, as well as ZH.
rufozonata and leucostyla, rather belong to Vitrinea, genus
Nanina of that author’s classification. Indeed oug figure of
the lingual dentition of Manina cabias, Benson (Am. Jour.
of Conch. vii, pl. 17, fig. 6), almost equally well applies to
the species under consideration, as will be seen from the
following description of their dentition.
The jaws stout, arcuate, high, ends slightly attenuated,
blunt; anterior surface with no ribs; cutting edge with a
decided, blunt, median projection. t
Lingual membrane long, broad. Central and lateral teeth
in horizontal rows, in shape as usual in the Helicide. Mar-
ginal teeth in oblique rows, aculeate, bluntly bifid, decreas-
170 Monographie des Poissons de Cuba
ing in size as they pass off laterally. In Helix militaris
there is about an equal number of laterals and marginals.
The resemblance of these species to the genus WVanina
holds good also in the external characters of the animal.
The tail is long, gradually tapering towards a blunt extrem-
ity, which is bifid, being separated into two distinct pro-
cesses by a transverse, triangular, deeply-seated, mucus pore.
There is a distinct locomotive disk to the foot. Down the
centre of the back of the foot is a distinct line, from which
the granulations run obliquely down to a horizontal line of
furrows bordering the edge of the foot. This horizontal line
rises over the extremity of the tail, above the process which
overhangs the mucus pore.
These species must certainly be removed from the genus
FHlelix, and even from the Helicine, and placed among the
Vitrinine in the genus Vanina.
X.— Monographie des Poissons de Cuba compris dans la
sous-famille des Sparini.
PaR FELIPE POERY,
PROFESSEUR D’ HISTOIRE NATURELLE A WUNIVERSITE DE LA HAVANE. ET MEMBRE
CORRESPONDANT DU LYCEE D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE NEW YORK.
=
Présenté le 29 Janvier, 1872.
FPaMinga SPARIDI.
La famille des Spares est fondée sur le genre Spars
d’Artédi, Genera, p. 35; adopté par Linné et caractérisé
principrlement par des molaires rondes en forme de pavés
sur les edtés des machoires. C’est proprement la premiere
tribu de Cuvier, Regne Animal II, p. 181, qui répond aux
groupes Pagrina et Sargina du Dr. Gunther, Catalogue, I, p.
412. Ce genre a été conserve par Bloch et par Lacépéde,
compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini. 171
qui y ont fait entrer un grand nombre d’espéces qui ne lui
appartiennent pas, surtout le dernier. F
Cependant, Cuvier place dans la méme famille d’autres
tribus qui n’ont pas de molaires arrondies, et qui forment
principalement le groupe Cantharina du Dr. Gunther. [la
done fallu exclure les dents des caracteres essentiels et
eénéraux de cette famille.
Les Sparidi sont des poissons a corps oblong et comprimé ;
ventrales 1, 5; trois épines anales; piéces operculaires sans
armure; bouche non protractile, palais sans dents: écailles
cténoides de médiocre grandeur, n’en ayant pas aux na-
geoires ; queue sans bouclier; les os de la téte sans caverno-
sités ; coecums peu nombreux. Je passe sous silence d’autres
caractéres importants, parce qwil y a des exceptions dans
quelques sous-familles ; je m’étendrai davantage dans celles
de Cuba.
C’est a tort que Linné accorde a ces poissons des pectorales
arrondies.
Observations. —Je sépare des Sparidi le groupe Pimelep-
terina du Dr. Giinther, parce quwil a sept rayons branchios-
teges, et des écailles aux nageoires verticales. Le régime
herbivore et les nombreux appendices pyloriques, le rap-
prochent des Chétodons, pres desquels Cuvier l’a place.
Sous-familles de Cuba.—1. Sparini; 2. Sargini.
SuBFAMILIA SPARINI.
Cette sous-famille répond au groupe Pagrina du Dr. Gin-
ther; caractérisé par des dents coniques sur le devant des
michoires, suivies en dedans d’un groupe de dents en cardes ;
des molaires rondes sur les cétés. Le préorbitaire, tres
développé, couvre en partie le maxillaire ; “la langue est lisse.
Dorsale unique, dont la partie épineuse peut se loger dans
un sillon du dos. Il y asix rayons branchiosteges. Caudale
fourchue, pectorale pointue. Régime carnivore.
172 Monographie des Poissons de Cuba
Nous pouvons diviser cette sous-famille ainsi qu’il suit :
.
J. Premier interhémal non taillé en forme de bec de plume a écrire.
1. Plusieurs rangs de dents molaires.
a. Des dents coniques fortes sur le devant des machoires.
ft» Maxillaire'nonrenile:.Wt. yoni) Seeareer tos Ame Snonrusa hae
Tie Maxillaire renilé,). 2.0402 (a6) ob.20-) ia) A dithognathus, Swe
b. Des dents coniques faibles sur le devant des machoires
, Pagellus, Cuv.
2. Deux rangs de molaires, canines fortes . . . . . Pagrus, Cuv.
3. Un seul rang de molaires, canines médiocres
AO OUCSHECAILEUSES mm) isl enn lnen le eS DCEO doOnal GEhite
b. Joues sans écailles . . . ‘ Se oe een co COMMING (Oliv.
II. Premier interhémal taillé en forme de bec de plume a écrire.
1. Plusieurs rangs de dents molaires, pectorales longues,
dépassant l’anus, canines plus ou moins fortes . Calamus, Sw.
2. Unrang de moins aux molaires, pectorales courtes, ’
natteignant pas lanus, canines faibles . Grammateus, Poey.
Les genres Chrysoblephus et Argyrops de Swainson
restent, le premier parmi les Spares, le second parmi les
Pagres.
Le genre Sparus a été établi en 1738, quoique avec une
signification plus étendue, par Artédi, Genera, p. 35; ayant
pour type le Sparus aurata de Linné. Accepté par Linné,
avec la méme ¢étendue, il a depuis servi de type 4 une famille
divisée en plusieurs genres, dont aucun n’a conservé le nom
primitif, .contre Tusage des classificateurs; excepté chez
Swainson, qui la bien a tort appliqué, en 1839, a un groupe
de Sparoides sans molaires arrondies. C’est aujourd’hui
pour tous les auteurs le genre Chrysophrys de Cuvier,
Regne Animal, IT, p. 181, 1829; nom que la loi de la priorité
nous oblige a faire passer sous le joug de la synonymie.
Cuvier et Valenciennes ont fait entrer dans le genre Pagel-
lus les especes des Antilles, qui sont toutes pourvues de
plume, du moins celles de Cuba; mais Mr. Guichenot, dans
sa Févision du génre des Pagels, les en a séparé pour les
placer dans le genre Calamus de Swainson.
De méme que les Sparint sans plume ont été divisés en
plusieurs genres, d’aprés le nombre et la forme de leurs dents,
compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini. 173
il parait que nous devrions aussi diviser les Sparini 4 plume
d’aprés les différences analogues et non moins remarquables
de leur dentition. Mais malgré ces différences chez les pois-
sons 4 plume -de Cuba, je ne me trouve pas disposé & intro-
duire de nouvelles coupes génériques aux dépens du genre
Calamus; ayant toutes le désavantage de ne pouvoir traduire
au dehors le caractere général, qui consiste dans une modifi-
cation de Vinterhémal, servant d’entonnoir a la vessie nata-
toire. On verra cependant que j'ai fait une exception.
Genus CALAMUS.
Historique. —Ce genre a été établi par Swainson, en 1839,
dans The Nat. Hist. of Fishes, Amphibians and feptiles, UU,
p-..221, comme sous-genre de Chrysophrys, ayant pour type
le Pagellus calamus de Valenciennes, dans Cuv. et Val. His-
toire des Poissons, VI, p. 206, pl. 152; sous les caractéres
suivants: “Head very large; profile abruptly oblique ; dor-
sal fin slightly emarginate in the middle; the second anal
spine hollow and shaped as a pen; pectoral large.” La
seconde épine anale est sans doute un dapsus de Vauteur, qui
a voulu dire le deuxiéme interépineux, lequel soudé au pre-
mier, est creusé en entonnoir pour recevoir la vessie aérienne.
Mr. Guichenot (1868) adopte ce genre dans sa Révision du
genre des Pagels, et lapplique, sans distinction de dents,
& tous les Sparoides & plume de la sous-famille des Sparini.
Etymologie. — Calamus, plume & écrire.
Caracttres du genre. — Corps élevé vers la nuque, ceil
haut, museau oblique, anus arrieré; bouche petite, machoire
inférieure un peu arriérée ; symphyse sans pores, membrane
branchiostege narrivant pas a. Varticulation de la machoire
inférieure; narines pres de Veil, rapprochées, Pouverture
postérieure sur une fente longitudinale, oblique, Pantérieure
tres petite. Le maxillaire prolonge 4 son angle antérieur
une éminence, qui forme une corne a l’extérieur.
Dents. — Le devant des machoires porte un groupe de
May, 1872. 12 ANN. LYC. NAT. HIST., VOL. X.
174 Monographie des Poissons de Cuba
dents en cardes, qui avec lage deviennent grenues; le rang
extérieur est toujours plus robuste, et se compose de dents
plus ou moins coniques et crochues, quelquefois trés fortes,
comme des dents canines, et alors en petit nombre. Les
dents latérales sont arrondies en pavé, sur trois rangées
principales en haut et deux en bas; la seconde d’en haut est
formée de tubercules plus petits. Celles du troisieme rang,
en haut, et du second en bas, sont les plus grosses, surtout
celles du fond de la bouche. Il y a encore une ou deux
courtes rangées de tubercules plus internes, qui deviennent
plus nombreux dans lage adulte, mais qui existent toujours.
Les premieres molaires de la rangée externe ont leur cou-
ronne un peu conique, quoique courte. Le nombre de séries
dentaires donne a la bouche un diamétre plus grand que dans
le genre qui suit. Les dents pharyngiennes sont en cardes
fortes et courtes.
Nageotres.— La dorsale a onze piquants, sa portion molle
a peu d’étendue ; l’anale est beaucoup plus longue que haute ,
la ventrale est sans membrane axillaire, et porte au-dessus
de sa base une écaille lancéolée; la pectorale est longue et
pointue, atteignant l’anale.
Ecailles.— Les écailles ont leur bord libre presque entier.
La téte en est dépourvue, sauf aux pieces operculaires; il y
en a un groupe étroit sur la joue, et non pas sur le limbe du
préopercule ; il n’y ena pas aux nageoires. L’écaille sur-
scapulaire, extrémement amincie, est a peine visible en de-
hors; de la part une série d’écailles qui remontent oblique-
ment sur la nuque, et qui sont fortement striées.
Squelette.—Je prends pour type de cette déscription le
Calamus Bajonado. Le crane, vu en dessus, est médiocre-
ment élargi en arriére et entre les deux orbites. La eréte
suroccipitale est haute, et son angle est aigu: les deux autres
crétes sont tres-basses. L/’orbite, rejeté en arriere, laisse un
espace tres court pour la cavité encéphalique. L’apophyse
préfrontale est trés saillante, et percée en dessus d’un trou
aveugle infundibuliforme, portant des points d’articulation
,
compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini. 175
hauts et aplatis. L’apophyse préfrontale n’existe pas: ily a
plus bas une lame qui limite l’orbite en arri¢re. Les ouver-
tures externes du nerf trijumeau sont marginales; la pos-
térieure trés-grande, percée sur une votite horizontale de
Yalisphénoide; il y a de plus un petit trou au-dessus des
deux cavités, tres rapprochées, qui recoivent l’épitympanal.
La convexité otocranienne n’est pas visible en dehors. La
base du sphénoide descend beaucoup et se bifurque ; plus en
avant, il y a une grande échancrure, et son bord devient
tranchant, & cause du grand amincissement du préfrontal et
du nasal; celui-ci porte au-dessus la fosse naso-vomérienne.
La fosse paroccipito-mastoidienne est ouverte. La _ fente
basisphénoidale est bien marquée. L/’ouverture antérieure du
crane est ample. Le conduit supérieur de louie pénetre par
le paroccipital et sort par un trou de Vexoccipital, rendu
complet par une échancrure du mastoidien. Le conduit
latéral pénétre dans le mastoidien et aboutit aux mémes
échancrures. L/’otolithe est petit et allongé; n’ayant aucune
communication avec la vessie natatoire ni avec la cavité
abdominale: le Dr. Giinther indique cette communication
dans le genre Sparus, Catal. I., p. 23; mais je ne lai pas
trouvée dans les sparoides de Cuba.
Les sous-orbitaires sont au nombre de six; les deux pre-
miers, trés-amincis, recouvrent l’os maxillaire, qui n’a point
de labial. Il y a deux surtemporaux. Le symplectique, ou
mésotympanal, bifurqué en bas, appuye une de ses branches
sur lhypotympanal, et ’autre sur le préopercule. Le pré-
tympanal n’a pas de lame apophysaire. L’urohyal est
bifurqué.
Vertébres, 10—14. Les apophyses latérales commencent
des la premiere, et vont en augmentant; l’'anneau commence
a la huitieme. La premiere névrapophyse chevauche; la
seconde est courte; celles qui suivent ne se distinguent pas
beaucoup des autres. Les cétes sont: 2 épicentrales, 8
pleurapophyses, chacune avec une épipleurale, dont les der-
nieres sont plutot des épihémales;'il y a de plus une épi-
176 Monographie des Poissons de Cuba
centrale sur les trois premieres vertébres caudales. La
premiére épine internévrale soutient deux rayons épineux.
Il y a trois fausses internévrales suspendues dans les chairs.
Le second interhémal, soudé au premier, est creusé en forme
de plume.
Visceres. — L’intestin fait les circonvolutions ordinaires.
Ceecums peu nombreux. Vessie natatoire fibreuse et forte. —
Division.—Les espéces de Cuba, renfermées dans le genre
Calamus (aprés en avoir séparé le genre Girammateus),
peuvent ¢tre divisées en quatre groupes, dont je vais donner
les caractéres, en y rapportant nos especes.
1°. Ce groupe, pour le nombre des molaires et par la nature
des dents coniques, répond parallélement au genre Sparus
(Chrysophrys des auteurs), trois fortes canines de chaque
cdté, hors du plan des dents en cardes.—C. Bajonado.
2°, Une forte canine oblique ou horizontale, & la machoire
supérieure ; dos tres-élevé.—C. megacephalus.
3°. Dents coniques faibles; entre elles, une plus forte,
verticale.— CQ. orbitarius; C. 579.
4°. Toutes les canines faibles. Ce groupe répond aux
Pagels.—C.. macrops.
Calamus Bajonado— Vulgo Bajonado.
Planche VI., fig. 1.—L’individu représenté a 210 millimetres de long. Les
dents sont d’un individu adulte.
Parra, p. 13, tab. 8, f. 1. Bajonado.
Sparus Bajonado Bloch, Syst. Ichth., p. 284.—1801.
Sagra, Atlas MSS., tab. 538. Bajonado.
? Pagellus penna Valeng@iennes, in Cuy. et Val. Poiss. VI., p. 209.—1830.
Guichenot, in Sagra, ed. hisp., p. 187. Pagellus penna.
Pagellus caninus Poey, Memor. Cuba, II., p. 468.—1861.
? Guichenot, Rév. des Pagels, p. 114. C. penna.— 1868.
Poey, Synopsis, p. 318. Sparus Bajonado; Repert. II., p. 160.
Caractéres essentiels.—On le reconnait &’ son museau_ pro-
longé, légérement arqué en-dessus, son ceil assez grand. Les
dents canines sont longues et fortes, ordinairement au nom-
bre de trois & chaque machoire. C’est de toutes les especes
compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini. 177
de Cuba celle qui devient la plus grande; car les autres ne
dépassent pas un pied de long. Le dos est médiocrement
élevé; la hauteur entrant environ 3 fois dans la longueur
totale ; chez les individus de 8 pouces, l’ceil entre 13 fois dans
la longueur totale; 15 fois chez ceux de 12 pouces. La
plume est d’un diamétre médiocre, son bec long. Les lobes
de la caudale sont plus aigus que chez les autres espéces du
méme genre. La joue porte rarement sur le devant des
écailles des traits de coloration.
Détails divers.—Les deux premiéres épines de la dorsale
sont faibles. Les rayons mous sont peu branchus aux
nageoires médianes ; les premiers de la pectorale sont simples.
Les os mandibulaires sont violets. D. 12, 12; A. 3, 10;
trois ccoecums courts et laches.
Couleurs.—Le trone est gris de plomb tirant un peu sur
le violet; & reflets dus aux contours jaunatre des écailles.
La téte en-dessus est olive assez foncé sur toute la partie
nue; les cétés du museau sont bronzés, rarement parsemés
de traits bleus, les écailles des joues en partie dorées. Une
bande bleue entoure le dessous de lceil. La commissure des
lavres est orangée, passant quelquefois au violet. Les
nageoires sont piles. Il y a au-dessus de l’axille pectorale
un espace doré. L/iris est nuancé de brun et de jaune. On
trouve souvent, dans un Age peu avancé, des bandes brunes
verticales au nombre de 5 4 6 sur le trone, et des bandelettes
sur la caudale.
Variétés Vage.—J’en ai décrit dans les caractéeres du genre.
Chez un individu de 185 millimétres, les dents canines n’ont
pas encore atteint la force que ’on remarque chez les adultes ;
mais elles n’ont pas perdu leur caractéres, ni la petite série
interne des molaires.
Comparaison.—Le Calamus penna présente la synonymie
que jai déjaé indiquée avec doute. Valenciennes. décrit un
individu de 6 pouces: Mr. Guichenot n’en a vu que de 80 a
180 millimetres. A cet Age, la hauteur est moindre, les
canines sont moins robustes, les bandes verticales existent
178 Monographie des Poissons de Cuba
accidentellement. Mr. Guichenot rapporte ce poisson au
Bajonado de Sagra, qui appartient évidemment A notre
espéce, par la forme du corps, et surtout par celle de la téte.
I] lui ressemble encore par la joue, sans traits particuliers de
coloration. Cependant, on peut douter que le OC. penna soit
le véritable Bajonado; pareeque, au dire de Cuvier et de
Guichenot, il a l’ceil petit et la caudale peu fourchue. Le
Dr. Giinther le porte avec doute & la synonymie du Ohryso-
phrys calamus.
Observations. I] est trés remarquable que le Sparus
Bajonado de Bloch, ni la figure de Parra, 4 laquelle elle se
rapporte, ne soient pas cités dans louvrage de Cuvier et
Valenciennes, dans celui du Dr. Giinther ni dans la Révision
des Pagels de Mr. Guichenot. ,
Histoire.—Ce poisson est commun et sain, quoique médio-
crement estimé: il arrive au moms 4 un pied et demi de
long. On le péche & peu de profondeur. J’ai trouvé dans
ses intestins du sable et des débris de mollusques, ainsi que
des fucus.
Numéro 468 de mon Atlas manuscrit.
Calamus megacephalus — Vulg. Pez de pluma.
Pagellus calamus Valenciennes, in Cuy. et Val. Poiss. VI., p. 206, tab.
152.— 1830.
Calamus megacephalus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fishes, II, p. 222.— 1839.
Giinther, Catal. I., p. 187. Chrysophrys calamus. 1859.
Guichenot, Rév. des Pagels, in Mem. de la Soc. Imp. des Sciences Nat. de
Cherbourg, vol. XIV., p. 112. Calamus megacephalus.— 1868.
Poey, Synopsis, p. 208. Sparus calamus; Repert. I., p. 314.
Caractéres essentiels.—Le dos est trés-élevé; la hauteur —
du corps n’entrant pas deux fois et demie dans la longueur
totale. La michoire supérieure porte une dent canine forte,
dirigée obliquement en avant, au milieu d’autres moins ro-
bustes. L’ceil est grand, ‘entrant 14 fois dans la longueur
totale, chez un individu de onze pouces. La couleur de la
compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini. 179
peau sur les cétés du museau, est caractéristique. La plume
est large, son bec long.
Details divers.—Cecums, 4. Vessie aérienne forte, ayant
dans Vintérieur de nombreux corps rouges. La bifurcation
caudale est peu profonde, lobes élargis.
Couleurs.—La couleur générale résulte de celle des écailles,
qui ont le centre verdatre doré et les contours bleus ; elle
s’éclaircit en dessous. Les écailles du préopercule sont
blanches, bordées de jaune; le limbe est violet. L’isthme
est orangé. La téte est brune en dessus. Les cdtés- du
museau ont des taches rondes jaundtres sur un fond bleuatre
métallique. Les levres sont en partie jaunes, avec du bleu
sur la commissure. Un trait bleu entoure l’ceil en dessous.
Les nagevires sont @un jaunatre pale; pectorales rose. Iris
mélé de brun et de jaune.
Comparaison.—Le Calamus pennatula de Guichenot, Rév.
des Pagels, p. 116, de la Martinique, est trop bas pour ap-
partenir 4 la méme espece; car auteur dit que sa hauteur
n’a pas le tiers de la longueur totale : elle n’y entre pas meme
deux fois et demie chez un individu de Cuba de méme taille.
Observations.—I| est trés-bien representé dans louvrage
de Cuvier et Valenciennes; mais il y est peint trop rouge.
Histoire.—Il est rare. Le plus grand que j’ai vu est un
pied de long. On le trouve aussi & Bahia, Trinité, Jamaique
(Gthr.), Martinique (Val.), Saint Domingue (Guich. )
Numéro 475 de mon Atlas Mss.
s)
Calamus orbitarius— Vulg. Pez de pluma.
Planche VI., fig. 2. Individu figuré: 310 millim.
Pagellus orbitarius Poey, Memor. Cuba, II., p. 201.—1860. Synopsis,
p. 308, Sparus orbitarius.—1868.
Guichenot, Réy. des Pagels, p. 128, Calamus orbitarius.— 1868.
Caractéres essentiels.—Museau peu prolongé, hauteur con-
tenue deux fois et trois quarts dans la longueur totale; cil
180 Monographie des Poissons de Cuba |
médiocre, contenu 15 fois dans la dite longueur, sur des in-
dividus de 10 pouces; une dent canine verticale médiocre-
ment forte & la michoire supérieure, au milieu d’autres plus
faibles. Plume large, bec trés-court. Un trait bleu anté-
oculaire. Lobes de la caudale élargis, la bifurcation médio-
crement profonde. Q&il plus brun que jaune.
Details divers.—D. 12, 12; A. 3, 10 quelquefois 3, 11.
Vessie fibreuse, renforeée en dessous: son intérieur laisse
voir la premiére vertebre 4 découvert. Ccoecums 4.
Couleurs.—La couleur générale résulte de celle de chaque
écaille, qui est d’un bleu foneé au centre, jaundtre doré pale
au pourtour; celles des joues sont blanches. La partie nue
du museau est jaune doré sale, les cOtés parcourus par des
traits bleus circulaires; la bande sous-oculaire est bleue,
ainsi que la préoculaire. Les lévres sont d’une teinte violette ;
Yisthme est jaune. I] y a sur le trone brachial une tache
bleue. Les nageoires sont jaundtres. Il y a dans l’ceil du
brun et du jaune: c’est le brun qui domine. On le trouve
quelquefois avec des bandes brunes verticales sur le tronc,
peu prononcées, ainsi qui sur la caudale.
Comparaisons.—Ce n'est pas le Calamus pennatula, Guich.
Rév. des Pagels, p. 116, dont la machoire supérieure est
munie de deux dents canines proclives en avant. ¥
Ce nest pas le Calamus plumatella, Guich. Réy. des
Pagels, p. 120; lequel est moins haut, le profil du museau
moins vertical, l’ceil plus grand, les canines de la machoire
supérieure toutes égales et fortes, joues sans traits de colora-
tion, caudale bordée postéricurement de brun ou de noiratre.
Ce n’est pas le Calamus penna Val., in Cuv. et Val. Poiss.
VI., p. 209; Guich. R..des P., p. 114, dont, la hauteur, est
moindre, la joue sans traits de coloration, dents et plume
distincts. La caudale est moins fourchue et ses lobes sont
obtus. Il y a une bande verticale qui descend & travers l’ceil
sur la joue.
Erratum.—Je dis dans mes Mémoires que la quatriéme
serie de molaires de la machoire supérieure n’existe pas dans
compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini. 181
cette espéce: cest une erreur que j’ai corrigée dans ma
Synopsis.
FHistoire.—L’espeéece est commune, et n’atteint pas un pied
de long. J’ai trouvé dans l’estomac des débris de Mollusques,
des astéries et des annélides.
Numéro 149 de mon Atlas Mss.
Calamus macrops — Vulg. Pez de pluma.
Planche VII., fig. 8. Individu figuré: 220 millim.
Caractéres essentiels.—Le corps est haut, sa hauteur con-
tenue deux fois et deux tiers dans la longueur totale; et
Veil contenu 13 fois: le tout chez les individus de 10 pouces.
Les dents canines sont faibles, au nombre de 5 & 6 de chaque
cété, et dégale force. Plume d’un diamétre médiocre, son
bee plus long que le tuyau. Elargissement et bifurcation de
la caudale médiocres. Il n’a pas de bandelette bleue anteé-
oculaire. Voyez plus bas la couleur des yeux.
Couleurs. —Gris de plomb, avee une tache bleu-clair au
centre de chaque écaille du tronc. La téte est olive assez
foncé en dessus, doré verditre sur les cétés, parcourus par
des traits bleus. Bande sous-oculaire bleue. La michoire
inférieure est bleuitre, commissure jaune. Isthme couleur
de paille. Nageoires piles. Un point bleu axiilaire au
dessus de la base de la pectorale. I] y a dans l’eil du brun
et du jaune: c’est le jaune qui domine.
Comparaison.—Quoique par la grandeur de l’eeil il se rap-
proche du Calamus plumatella de Mr. Guichenot, plus que le
CO. orbitarius, ce nest pas encore la méme espéce, par les
raisons déja exposées. IL s’en sépare davantage par les
canines de la michoire supérieure.
Histoire.—Ce poisson est commun.
No. 221 de mon Atlas Mss.
Calamus 579.
Caracteres essentiels.—Il ne differe du Calamus macrops
182 Monographie des Poissons de Cuba
que par les dents, qui sont comme chez le C. orbitarius. La
plume est large, son bec long.
Ce nest pas le Calamus plumatella Guich. dont il est ques-
tion aux deux espéces antérieures.
Je ne donnerai un nom & cette espéce, qu’aprés en avoir
vu un grand nombre d’individus.
Genus GRAMMATEUS.
Ce genre ne differe du Calamus que par les dents molaires,
qui manquent de série interne; laquelle, chez ce dernier
genre, forme le quatricéme rang en haut, et le troisieme en
bas; et de plus, par la pectorale courte, n’atteignant pas
Vanus.
Etymologie.—ypepparévz, scriptor.
Grammateus humilis— Vulg. Pez de pluma.
Sagra, Atlas Mss., tab. 51.—1834. Salgo (lege Sargo).
Pagellus microps Guichenot, in Sagra, ed. hisp., p. 188, tab. 3, fig. 1
(dentibus molaribus erroneis). 1843.
Pagellus humilis Poey, Synopsis, p. 308.—1868.
Guichenot, Rév. des Pagels, p. 118. Calamus microps.— 1868.
Giinther, Catal. I., p. 417. Pag. microps. 1859.
Details divers.—Le sixiéme sous-orbitaire n’est pas en-
caissé. La corne du maxillaire est 4 peine sensible. D.
12, 12; A. 3, 11. L’eil est contenu 21 fois dans la lon-
gueur totale, et la hauteur du corps 3 fois; le tout chez un
individu de 275 millimétres. La plume est d’un diamétre
médiocre, le bee plus long que le tuyau. L’intestin est
étroit, sans strangulations. Ccecums, 4. Vésicule du fiel
prolongée ; lobe gauche du foie plus long que l’autre. Mon
nom spécifique se rapporte & la nageoire anale, qui est tres
basse.
Couleurs.
Plombé verdatre. Il y a au milieu de chaque
écaille un reflet plus clair; les bords sont verditres: celles
des joues sont d’un doré pale. La machoire inférieure est
compris dans la sous-famille des Sparini. 183
violette. La pectorale est jaunitre, la ventrale tirant sur le
violet; les autres nageoires d’un verditre pile. Une tache
de bleu foncé sur la partie supérieure de la base de la pec-
torale. La bandelette bleue sous-oculaire peu prononcce.
Il y a dans Viris du rouge et du brun.
Observations.—Mr. Guichenot, dans Pouvrage de Sagra, a
la priorité; mais il l’a perdue par la description erronée des
dents molaires, qu’il dit étre sur deux rangs 4 la machoire
supérieure ; ce qui m’a empéché de reconnaitre lespece. Il
a corrigé erreur dans sa Révision des Pagels, publiée dans
le 14° volume des Mémoires de la Société Impériale des
Sciences de Cherbourg, de 1868. Ma livraison du Repertorio,
qui contient ma Synopsis, est de Mars 1868. II est vrai
que, dans ma Synopsis, j’ai commis aussi une erreur, que je
corrige plus bas; mais Mr. Guichenot n’ayant pas encore
connaissance de mon travail, comme on peut le remarquer
dans sa page 123, il n’a pas pu étre par moi égaré dans la dé-
termination de lespéce.
Errata.—Dans ma Synopsis, p. 309, ligne 4, il est dit
qu’on trouve de moins la petite rangée de molaires inter-
médiaires ; lisez internes. Et ligne 17, ot il est dit que les
molaires sont sur deux rangs, non séparés par un rang de
petites dents intermédiaires, lisez trois rangs en haut et deux
en bas, ces derniéres non séparées par un rang intermédiaire.
Fistoire.—L’espece n’est pas rare, sans é¢tre commune,
Sa taille est d’environ 10 pouces.
Numéro 288 de mon Atlas Mss.
Grammateus medius — Vulg. Pez de pluma.
Planche VIL., fig. 4. Individu figuré: 180 millim.
Oaractéres essentiels.—Il| differe. du Grammateus humilis
par un ceil plus grand, contenu 17 fois dans la longueur totale,
chez un individu de 273 millimétres, et 16 fois chez un de
180 millimétres. La plume est beaucoup plus étroite, le bec
plus long que le tuyau.
184 Descriptions of New Species of
Details divers.—La corne du maxillaire est 4 peine sensi-
ble. Ligne lat. 45.
Varictés.—J’ai dans un exemplaire D. 12, 12; A. 3, 10;
dans un autre A. 38, 14. Dans wn individu, je ne découvre
pas la bande bleue sous-oculaire. ;
Histoire.—I] vest pas rare, sans étre commun. Quelques
pécheurs le nomment Sargo, quoique ce soit un poisson &
plume. Le plus grand que j’ai vu est de 12 pouces.
Numéro 192 de mon Atlas Mss.
XI.— Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the
Genera Icterus and Synallaxis.
BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE.
Read April 22d., 1872.
Keterus formosus. a
Male. Throat, space in front of the eye and a broad band across the
back black; the rest of the plumage of the body is of a beautiful reddish-
orange; tail black, the outer two feathers on each side end narrowly with
dull white, the bases of the feathers concealed by the coverts are light
yellow, with that portion of their shafts white; quills brownish-black,
the smaller wing coverts are deep orange, the upper row ending with black,
the middle coverts are white, the larger are black with the terminal half
of the margins of their outer webs white, the primaries have their
outer webs at the base white for a short space, forming a spot, beyond
which they are narrowly edged with white, the secondaries have their
outer margins broadly white; under wing coverts orange, inner webs of
quills for two-thirds their length from base grayish-white; ‘‘iris brown;
bill black, base of lower mandible and feet light plumbeous.”
Length (skin) 8 in., wing 44; tail 8; bill from front 4; tarsi +2.
The female has the upper plumage of a dull yellow, brighter on the
front; the back is olivaceous, on which part the centres of the feathers
are black, giving it a distinct spotted appearance, somewhat as in J. pus-
tulatus; the tail is greenish-olive; the throat is black and the under
plumage of a clear bright yellow.
A young male has the yellow coloring more orange, with the centres of
the dorsal feathers black, but the spots are much larger and closer than
Birds of the Genera Icterus and Synallaxis. 185
in the female. A young male of J. pustulatus before me, has the back
similarly marked, but the spots are smaller and the upper plumage is
more olivaceous. The general plumage of the adult female and young
male of J. pustulatus, is much duller and more olivaceous than that of the
new species of corresponding sex and age. ;
Habitat. “Tehuantepec (Tuchitan).”
Collected by Prof. F. Sumichrast. Type in Museum of
Smithsonian Institution.
Remarks. The adult male above described, was in a col-
lection recently received from Prof. Sumichrast, the others
were in his former consignments and have been considered
I. pustulatus, the markings on the back of the female and
young male being somewhat like those of that species; but
the two are shown to be very distinct on comparing the
adult males—the back of the present species is crossed by
a broad black band, whereas that of Z. pustulatus is orange,
the centres of the feathers marked with narrow ovate spots
of black; in the new species the deep orange color above
continues without change until it joins the black of the back,
in J. pustulatus the deep color is restricted to the fore part
and sides of the head. This species really comes nearest to
the bird from Guatemala named J. sclatert by Mr. Cassin
(which he says is J. mentalis, Scl. nec Less.) ; from this it
differs in being smaller and of a much deeper orange color,
the outline of the bill is more curved, that of J. sclatert
being nearly straight ; the bases of the feathers which form
the black mantle are white tinged with yellow in J. sclater?,
in J. formosus they are grayish-white except immediately
adjoining the black ends of the feathers, where they are
orange, this color showing a little on the edges of the feath-
ers of the upper part of the mantle.
This bird is almost a miniature of Z. gularis, differing only
in the mantle of that species being of a uniform black, and
having the bases of the black feathers grayish-white, with-
out any portion of them yellow.
186 New Species of Mollusc of the Genus Helicina.
Bymaliaxis paaculata.
Head above and hind neck brown, back brownish-rufous, rump and
upper tail*coverts rather brighter; tail rufous with a blackish wash on
the inner webs of the two central feathers at their ends; superciliary
streak white; throat, breast, sides of the head and of the neck grayish-
white, the throat is immaculate but the feathers of the other parts have
blackish- brown centres, giving them a very distinct spotted appearance;
abdomen and under tail coverts light rufous; quills blackish-brown, wing
coverts and edges of inner quills bright rufous; false wing black; bend of
wing. white; under wing coverts grayish-white tinged with rufous, inner
webs of quills for their basal half of a very light salmon color, their ter-
minal half edged with light rufous; upper mandible dark brown, the under
yellowish-white, dusky at the end; tarsi and toes dark brown.
~
‘
Length (skin) 53 in.; wing 2; tail 22; bill 34; tarsi +2.
Habitat. Provinee of Tumbes, Peru.
Type in Museum of Vassar College, Poughkeepsie.
It was ina small collection received by Prof. Orton and
placed in my hands for examination.
—emarks. In colors and general appearance this species
resembles S. guéanensis, but the wings are shorter; S. gui-
anensis is darker below and has the tail of a deeper rufous,
without the dusky markings on the ends of the central
feathers ; the new species can easily be distinguished by the
decided superciliary stripe, and the small spots on the sides
of the head and of the neck, and on the breast.
XII. Description of a New Species of Mollusc of the
Genus Helicina.
BY THOMAS BLAND.
Read April 22nd, 1872.
Melicina gloymei, nov. sp.
T. subglobosa, tenuis, pellucida, pallide cornea, epidermide lineis spirali-
bus, confertis, pilosulis induta, sub epidermidem nitida, striatula, lineis
microscopicis concentricis decussatula; spira parum elevata, apice acuti-
cuscula, rufescente; anfr. 45, convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus, seri-
New Species of Mollusc of the Genus Helicina. 187
ebus 5 angustis fusco-pilosis longioribus ornatus, basi impressus; colu-
mella breviter recedens, compressa, alba, callum tenuem, album -emittens ;
apertura vix obliqua, semicircularis; perist. tenue, margine dextro brev-
iter reflexo, basali cum columella angulum formante. Opere. ?
Shell subglobose, thin, pellucid, pale horn colored, with epidermis hav-
ing closely set spiral lines of short hairs, beneath the epidermis shining,
delicately striate, and with microscopic spiral lines; spire slightly ele-
vated, apex rather pointed and tinged with reddish color; whorls 44
rather convex, the last rounded and ornamented with five spiral series of
longer dark hairs, base impressed; columella shortly receding, com-
pressed, and with thin white callus over the umbilical region; aperture
scarcely oblique, semicircular; perist. thin, the right margin slightly
reflected, basal margin forming an angle with the columella.
Diam. maj. 9, min. 7, mill. Alt. 5, mill.
Habitat. Newcastle, in the Parish of St. Andrews,
Jamaica, West Indies, at an elevation of about 4,000 feet
above the sea.
Remarks. This interesting species is very unlike any
other hitherto found in Jamaica. It has the hirsute char-
acter of Alcadia hirsuta C. B. Adams, of that island, and in
that respect, as well as in general form has, to a remarkable
degree, the aspect of a Schasicheila, without, however, the
incised peristome.
Iam indebted for this, as well as many other species, to
my valued correspondent Mr. C. P. Gloyne, R. E., who
refers to it, the specific name having been communicated by
me, in his Notes on the Land Shells of Jamaica, Jour. de
Conchyliologie XII, p. 44. January, 1872.
188 Notes on Specimens of the Corbiculade.
XIII.— Notes on specimens of Corbiculade in the Cabinet
of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, and on the
authorship of the Encyclopédie Méthodique.
BY TEMPLE PRIME.
Read May 6th, 1872.
I had the opportunity, in 1871, of making notes on some
of the Corbiculade in the Jardin des Plantes, which I am
induced to publish in the hope that their perusal may lead to
the correction of some errors prevalent in regard to the
species of this family.
Cyremna orientalis, Lamarck.
This species, described in 1818*, is represented by a
single valve, which I found to agree
with the shell which I publishedt
under the name of Corbicula
Japonica. — Lamarck’s species is
represented as coming from China,
nine is a native of Japan.
We cannot, however, decide as
yet positively that the orientalis and the Japonica are identi-
eal, for the reason that Lamarck refers to bis type as being
in his own Cabinet, which is at present at Geneva.
LIER
< fos
Corbicula Japonica.
Cyrena trumcata, LAMArckK.
Lamarck in his deseriptiont of this fossil species stated
that it came from the State of New York. There is one
valve of the ¢runcata which evidently belongs to the Tertiary ;
it is intermediate between antiqua and cunedformis of Ku-
rope. |
As already stated on a previous occasion § I doubt the
fact of this species having been found in N. Y., but think
* Lam. An. v, 552, 1818.
+ Ann. Lyc. N. H.N. Y. viii, 68, f. 15, 1864.
$ Lam. An. v, 553, 1818.
§ Smith. Inst. Misc. Coll; Prime, Monog. Corb. 7, 1805.
Notes on Specimens of the Corbiculade. 189
that, if it came from America at all, which I hardly believe,
as it is so unlike any of our known fossil Cyrene or rather
Corbicule, it is a native of one of our Southern States.
The truncata is labelled as having been purchased from
the collection of Valenciennes (the father of the late Prof.
Valenciennes).
Cyrena oblonga, Quoy.
M. Deshayes has stated* that this species, a native of
Vanikoro, has a sinus. .I called attention + to this fact,
remarking that it was the only instance on record of a non-
American Cyrena possessing a sinus, qualifying my state-
ment, however, with the reservation, that I had never seen
any specimen of oblonga.
On an inspection of the specimen of the oblonga at the
Jardin des Plantes, I detected at once that the so-called
Cyrena was nothing more or less than a Glauconome.
I am enabled consequently to uphold the proposition, that
none of the non-American Cyrene have an unbroken pallial
impression.
Cyrena placems, Han Ley.
Elsewhere t{ I have quoted Mr. Hanley to the effect that
there was a specimen of this species at the Jardin des
Plantes. As the placens is not personally known to me, I
sought for the specimen in question with some eagerness 5
unfortunately, it was not tobe found.
Note on the “Encyclopédie Methodique.”
Being frequently obliged to consult this work, I was much
puzzled to know whether the name of the genus, in many
cases a new one, at the top of the plate, was the only evi-
dence of the publication of the genus, or whether ‘there
*Lam. An. Desh., edit. !
t Ann. Lyc. N. H.N. Y., viii, 420, 1867. ei
t Smith. Inst. Misc. Coll. Prime, Monog. Corb. 21, 1865.
May, 1872. 13 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X.
190 Notes on Specimens of the Corbiculade.
existed some published record of the same not so widely
distributed as the plates of the Encyclopédie, and to clear
up my uncertainty I entered into correspondence with M.
Crosse the manager of the Journal de Conchyliologie,
M. Crosse wrote me that to make the information the
more authentic he had consulted M. Deshayes, who had been
one of the contributors to the Encyclopédie Méthodique.
M. Deshayes sent him the following, which I have trans-
lated.
“We owe to Bruguiére all the plates of Natural History
“of the Encyclopédie Méthodique relating to the Vers,
“except the last hundred for which we are indebted to Lam-
“arck. The names of the genera printed at the top of the
“plates are the only indications which exist relating to these
“useful creations, which the author would have placed on
“record in text, had not a premature death prevented him
“from so doing. With reference to the existing text, Brue
“ouiére published one volume, which ends with the genus
“Conus. It was in 1828 that I was entrusted with the fin-
“ishing of this text; my first volume commences with a sup-
“plement to the letters a, b, ¢; it was published in 1830;
“my second volume is of 1832; so that the text of the
“Encyclopédie Méthodique” concerning Mollusca is com-
“posed of three volumes, one by Bruguicre and two by me.”
(Extract from a letter addressed to M. H. Crosse by M.
Deshayes, Nov. 24th, 1869.)
Note sur ? Anatomie des Cyrénes Américaines. 191
XIV. — Note sur? Anatomie des Cyrénes Américaines.
PAR Dr. P. FISCHER
DE PARIS,
MEMBRE CORRESPONDANT DU LYCEE D’ HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE NEW YORK.
Read May 6th, 1872.
Mr. Temple Prime de New York m’a adressé une certaine
quantité d’animaux de Cyrénes appartenant & deux espéces
qui représentent les types les plus tranchés des Cyrénes
Américaines: Cyrena Carolinensis, Lamarck, et Cyrena
Floridana, Conrad.
I] était important d’examiner ces Mollusques, qui paraissent
s’éloigner sensiblement des Cyrenes de l Ancien Continent et.
de celles de l’Océanie.
Les Cyrénes Américaines du groupe de la Cyrena Caroli-
nensis, présentent un caractére tres remarquable ; ’impression
pulléale forme un sinus étroit et allongé; ce caractére les
distingue, & premiére vue, des autres Cyrénes, ott le sinus
palléal est rudimentaire. La Cyrena Floridana peut étre
considérée comme le type des espéces saumatres, rostrées,
minces, dont le sinus & peine indigué rentre dans le cas
général. _
L’animal des Cyrénes est peu connu. Mr. Gray a donné
les caractéres de celui des Batissa ; * jai pu moi-méme décrire
celui des Corbicula,t mais les autres groupes étaient restés
inconnus jusqu’’ présent, au point de vue de Panatomie. C’est
done grace aux envois de Mr. Prime, que Pou peut aujour-
(hui combler une partie de cette. lacune.
Cyrena Carolinensis. Mollusque giobuleux, a manteau
* Brit. Mus. Cat. Conchif., p. 234, 1854.
t J. Conchyl., XI, p.5. Ann. Lyc.N. H., N. Y., VIII, p. 422, 1867.
OCTOBER, 1872. 14 ANN. LYC. NAT. HIST., VOL... x
192 Note sur ?Anatomie des Cyrénes Ameéricaines.
assez mince, ouvert depuis le muscle adducteur antérieur
jusqu’au dessous du muscle adducteur postéricur, ol une
cloison réunit les deux feuillets, pour constituer en arriére la
cavité des siphons, assez petite d’ailleurs, par suite du faible
développement de ceux-ci.
Les bords du manteau sont minces, simples; en dedans
un repli porte de tres petits tentacules a peine visibles & la
loupe. En haut le manteau constitue une créte s’insinuant
dans la charniere et percée de trous qui correspondent aux
dents cardinales, et qui reproduisent leur forme.
Le muscle adducteur antérieur des valves est semi-lunaire ;
Vadducteur postérieur est ovoide et surmonté par un faible
rétracteur du pied, laissant une empreinte peu profonde sur
la coquille. ;
Le muscle palléal est assez large, mais ses fibres sont peu
denses et rayonnent en faisceaux plus ou moins espacés.
Vers le bord inférieur de Vadducteur postéricur on voit se
détacher les fibres du rétracteur de larri¢re-cavité des siphons.
Ces fibres forment deux faisceaux distincts: lun inférieur, se
portant jusqu’aé la base de la cavité des siphons; Vautre
supérieur, rayonnant en éventail et remontant vers le haut
du bord postérieur de ’adducteur postérieur des valves.
Le muscle yrétracteur des siphons, quoique allongé, est
remarquablement étroit ; sa direction est presque horizontale.
Il se compose de cing ou six trousseaux de fibres minces et
aplaties. Sa longueur et son étroitesse le distinguent des
muscles analogues chez les autres Cyrénes, qui sont toujours
extrémement courts, et de ceux des Galatées qui sont tres
larges et bien développés.
Les siphons petits, étroits, sont désunis dans leur longueur ;
le siphon supérieur ou anal est plus étroit et plus conique
que Vinférieur; son extrémité libre ne porte pas de tuber-
cules bien évidents. Le siphon branchial, au contraire, est
-pourvu (une couronne de tentacules peu nombreux et cylin-
_driques. Li serait & désirer que l’on put dessiner ces siphons
durant Ja vie de Panimal et au moment de leur épanouisse-
Note sur ? Anatomie des Cyrénes Américaines. 193
ment; ils doivent alors. dépasser sensiblement le bord
postérieur de la coquille. Ils sont relativement plus longs
mais aussi plus étroits, que ceux des Corbicula dont la
saillie est & peine appréciable. Dans [alcool ils sont
musculeux, rigides et de coloration plus foncée que celle du
manteau.
Les palpes labiaux petits, triangulaires, & base peu large,
portent des sillons rapprochés sur les deux faces qui sont en
contact, c’est a dire, sur la face interne du palpe externe et
sur la face externe du palpe interne; les sillons des palpes
sont beaucoup plus gros que ceux des branchies.
Les branchies sont larges et bien développées ; la branchie
interne dépasse l’externe en avant du tiers de sa largeur;
elle se soude & la masse viscerale sur une ligne oblique
d’avant en arriére et de haut en bas. La branchie externe
est attachée & la méme ligne d’insertion oblique que interne,
mais non par son bord postérieur. En effet, cette branchie
est divisée par la ligne @’insertion en deux parties dont l’an-
térieure est’ plus grande que la postérieure ; il s’en suit que la
branchie externe est libre dans presque toute sa périphérie et
qwelle ressemble aux deux feuillets d’un livre ouvert; le
dos du livre représentant la ligne d’insertion.
La disposition des branchies est identique chez les Gala-
tea, Corbicula; chez ces divers Mollusques les branchies
semblent étre au nombre de trois de chaque coté, si lon
considére comme une branchie distincte la portion postéricure
ou réfléchie de la branchie externe.
La structure des branchies des Cyrénes montre qu elles
sont composées de tubes d’une finesse extréme, dirigés de
haut en bas et d’arriére en avant, croisés par des tubercules
perpendiculaires, qui circonscrivent des espaces rectangu-
laires tres allongés. Ces tubes forment des stries visibles
seulement & un fort grossissement ; mais en outre les bran-
chies portent des plis assez régulicrement espacés, dirigés
aussi (’arriere en avant, assez gros, et qui donnent 4 la
branchie Vaspect d’un grossier plissement régulier. Ce
194 Note sur ? Anatomie des Cyrénes Américaines.
sont ces mémes plis qui forment les fortes stries des branchies
de Corbicula.
En arriére du pied et au niveau de Vorifice interne du
siphon branchial, les extrémités des quatre feuillets branchiaux
se soudent entr’eux. C’est dans l’espace compris entre leur
point de jonction et leur insertion sur la masse abdominale
que passe le muscle rétracteur du pied.
Le pied est allongé, peu élevé, tranchant; il ressemble 4
celui des Corbicula. La masse abdominale est peu dével-
oppée; mais cette disposition provient sans doute de la
rétraction alcoolique et de la vacuité des ovaires.
Le ganglion branchial est semblable 4 celui des Galatea
par sa forme et le nombre des nerfs qui en partent et y
aboutissent.
Cyrena Floridana. Les Cyrénes de ce groupe sont
rostrées, triangulaires. Le manteau est mince; le muscle
palléal étroit est trés rapproché du bord de la coquille; il
ne forme qu’un sinus tres court au dessous du muscle adduc-
teur postérieur des valves, mais ce sinus est cependant plus
prononeé que chez les Batissa et les Corbicula. Le manteau
est garni en dedans d’une rangée de petits tubercules placés
au dessus du bord libre, qui est stmple et mince.
L’impression musculaire de l’adducteur antérieur des valves
a la forme d’un croissant, elle est étroite, impression de
Yadducteur postérieur est ovale; Pimpression du rétracteur
du pied se voit 4 peine.
L’arriére-cavité des siphons, trés étroite, montre deux
siphons extrémement courts; le siphon anal est large et
eylindrique ; le siphon branchial conique, un peu plus allongé,
porte une couronne de petits tentacules. Ces siphons quoique
peu développés sont désunis.
Les branchies dont la structure intime est semblable 4
celle des Cyrénes du groupe précédent sont disposées aussi
de la méme fagon; mais la branchie interne est rélativement
plus grande; elle est double en longueur de la branchie
externe. Celle-ci est divisée & peu prés vers sa moitié par la
Note sur ?_Anatomie des Cyrines Américaines. 195
ligne d’‘insertion sur la masse viscérale. La branchie externe
est donc ovale, divisée obliquement en deux portions, dont la
postérieure et supérieure est réfléchie.
Vers la partie postérieure du pied, les feuillets branchiaux
se soudent entr’eux en embrassant le rétracteur du pied.
Celui-ci est allongé, sécuriforme, court; son extrémité anté-
rieure s’approche tres prés du muscle adducteur antéricur.
Masse abdominale peu élevée. Palpes labiaux courts et
triangulaires.
Conclusions. Si Von résume ce qui est relatif au groupe
des Cyrénes, on s’apergoit que depuis les Galatea jusqu’aux
Batissa, le muscle rétracteur du siphon diminue progressive-
ment dans l’ordre suivant :
a. Muscle rétracteur des siphons long et large; siphons
longs et larges. Galatea.
b. Muscle rétracteur long et étroit; siphons assez courts et
étroits. Cyrena Carolinensis.
c. Muscle rétracteur court et triangulaire ; siphons courts
et étroits. Cyrena Floridana.
d. Muscle rétracteur extrémement court; siphons larges et
courts. Corbicula.
e. Muscle rétracteur non dévéloppé; siphons tres courts.
Batlissa.
Ces diverses sections du groupe des Cyrénes sont g¢éo-
graphiquement distribucées :
a. Les Galatea appartiennent uniquement au continent
Afvicain. Pas de fossiles.
b. Les Cyrénes de Ja deuxieme section, pour lesquelles
nous proposons le nom générique de Leptosiphon,
sont propres & ’Amérique du Nord. Nous ne les
connaissons pas 4 Vétat fossile, du moins dans les
terrains tertiaires de Ancien Continent, mais il est
probable qu’on en trouvera quelques espéces dans
les couches du méme age du Nouveau Continent.
c. Les Cyrénes de la troisiéme section, que nous hommerons
Cyrenocapsa, sont propres & PAmérique, ot elles
196 Note sur Anatomie des Cyrénes Américaines.
vivent dans les eaux saumitres. Un certain nombre
de Cyrenes éocénes leur seront peut-étre rattachées.
d. Les Cyrénes de la quatriéme section, ou Corbicula, ont
une distribution géographique des plus étendues.
On les a signalées dans toutes les parties du monde,
excepté en Europe, mais 1a leur extinction est bien
récente, puisque l'une delles, C. consobrina, existe
dans les dépdts quaternaires de Angleterre, de la -
France et de la Sicile. Le type apparait dans le
Wealdien.
Les Corbicula du Continent Américain sont remar-
quables par la présence d’un sinus palléal évident.
e. Les Batissa sont reparties dans la plupart des iles de
VYOcéanie. On les trouve a l’état fossile & partir de
Péocene. Les Velorita ont une distribution géogra-
phique analogue.
Quant a la composition de la famille des Cycladea,
Férussac, Corbiculade ou Cyrenide, Gray, Cyclaside,
VOrbigny, Conques fluviatiles de Lamarck, nous croyons
quelle doit étre ainsi établie :
1. Cyrena, Lamarck. 2. Corbicula,Megerle.
Sous-genres ; 3. Cyclas, Bruguiére.
Leptosiphon, 4. Pisidium, Pfeiffer.
Cyrenocapsa, 5. Galatea, Bruguiere.
Batissa,
Velorita.
Peut-étre le genre /%scheria, Bernardi, appartient-il @ ce
groupe, mais amplitude du sinus palléal et les caracteres
de la charniére le rapprochent beaucoup des Iphigenia. I
serait utile d’examiner l’animal pour étre éclairé su ses
affinités.
Woodward place les Cyrenella parmi les Cycladide; ce
rapprochement me semble fautif; les Cyrenella n’ont de
rapport quavec les Diplodonta et les Ungulina, et doivent
constituer une petite famille, celle des Ungulinide trés
‘distincte par la structure de leurs branchies des Lucina.
>»
Note sur V Anatomie des Cyrénes Américaines. 197
Le plus ou moins grand développement des siphons n’est
pas, & mes yeux, un caractére de famille, et pour cette raison
je place les Galatea parmi les Cycladea et non parmi les
Tellinidee comme le font Adams, Gray, Woodward, ete. I
faut n’avoir jamais vu un animal de Tellina pour proposer
une pareille classification. Tout au plus pourrait-on rappro-
cher les Galatea des Donacide.
Cette famille des Tellinide, telle qu'elle est circonscrite
par Adams et Woodward, est inadmissible. Les seuls genres
voisins des Yellina par leur organisation anatomique sont les
Fragilia, Amphidesma, Scrobicularia, Syndesmya. Les
Capsula, Psammobia, Sanguinolaria forment une famille
distincte ; les Donax, Mesodesma, Iphigenia constituent une
autre famille.
EXPLICATION DES FIGURES.
Pav tilts
Fig. 1. Animal de Cyrena Carolinensis.
a, manteau; b, expansion du manteau qui s’insinue entre les dents
cardinales; c, muscle adducteur antérieur des valves; d, muscle adducteur
postéricur des valves; e, muscle rétracteur du pied; f, muscle palléal; g,
muscle rétracteur des siphons.
Fig. 2. Le méme.
Le manteau est enlevé en partie. Mémes lettres. h, palpes labiaux;
i, branchie interne; k, branchie externe; J, portion réfléchie de la branchie
externe; m, pied.
Fig. 3. Portion du méme pour montrer les siphons.
n, Siphon anal; 0, siphon branchial; p, cavité des siphons.
Fig. 4. Le méme.
Les branchies sont relevées pour montrer le pied. m, pied; n, masse
abdominale.
Fig. 5. Animal du Cyrena Floridana.
a, manteau; c, adducteur antérieur des valves; d, adducteur posté-
rieur des valves; e, rétracteur du pied; f, muscle palléal; g, rétracteur
des siphons.
Fig. 6. Le méme.
Le manteau est enlevé. Mémeslettres. h, palpes labiaux; 7, branchie
interne; k, branchie externe; J, sa portion réfléchie; m, pied; n, siphon
anal; 0, siphon branchial.
198 On the Relations of Certain
XV.— On the Relations of Certain Genera of Terrestrial
Mollusca of, or related to, the Sub-family Succinine,
with Notes on the Lingual Dentition of Succinea append-
tculata Pfr.
By THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY.
Read October 7, 1872.
Tue receipt from Governor Rawson of specimens pre-
served in alcohol of Succinea appendiculata and Omalonyx
unguis Fér, collected in and sent to him from Guadeloupe,
by M. Schramm, has afforded us the opportunity of studying
their dentition and induced us to examine the relations
of certain genera which have been placed in the sub-family
Succinine.
Albers (2nd ed.) in group E, Succinea, has the following
genera, viz., Simpulopsis Beck, and Succinea Drap., the
latter divided into four sections, viz., Amphibulima, Suc-
cinea, Brachyspira and Omalonyx. We describes the jaw
and refers to the lingual teeth in the following terms :—
Jaw arcuate, its convex margin extended into an almost
quadrate plate; its concave margin striate or ribbed, with a
short middle projection. Teeth of the lingual membrane as
previously described (7. e., tricuspid or bicuspid as in /el-
acea, etc.).
Simepwulopsis Bre.
Beck (Index, p. 100) adopted this genus, but by name
only. Shuttleworth (Bern. Mitt., 1854, p. 55) thus charac-
terizes the animal :—
*“* Animal heliciforme, testa omnino inclusum, pede lato subtus trans-
verse plicato: pallium exappendiculatum.
“¢ Maxilla fere formam ferri equini habet, utroque latere dilatato-rotun-
dato, medio autem angustata, costis 12 validis permunita, quarum 6 ap-
proximate in parte angusta mediana, et in utroque latere 8 majores,
magis remote. Papille in laminam lingualem in seriebus obliquis ordi-
Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca, etc. GG)
nate, numerose ; centralis tridenticulata, denticulo medio elongata; medize
bidenticulate, denticulo interno elongato, externo brevi; marginales lati-
ores inaequaliter tridenticulate, denticulis versus marginem exteriorem
gradatim minoribus, interno autem valde producto.
“Genus naturale, Vitrine nullo modo affine, sed Succineew proximum.
Lamina lingualis autem diversa videtur (Cf. Phil. Handb., p. 248) atque
etiam Maxilla (Cf. Terr. Moll. U. S., I, p. 213, pl. xiii, fig. 3).”
Heynemann (Mal. Blatt., 1868, p. 110, taf. v, f. 10) has
description and figures of the teeth of Stmpulopsis sulculosa
Fér., mentioning that the jaw was not observed. On the
accompanying plate we have given (PI. ix, figs. 7, 8) copies
of several of Heynemann’s figures of the teeth, as many of
our readers may not have access to the originals, and in a
subsequent part of this paper we have described them.
With respect to the jaw not having been examined by
him, Heynemann refers to that fact as rendering the correct
classification of the genus difficult, but remarks that the form
of the lingual teeth suggests relationship to the Orthalicea*
rather than to the Succinea, as shown by a comparison of
the marginals with those of B. auris leporis and papyraceus.
H. and A. Adams (Genera, I, 127) adopt in Succinine
the following genera: — Simpulopsis, Succinea, Amphibu-
lima, Helisiga and Omalonyx, enumerating as species of the
latter, O. unguis, appendiculata and depressa.
On reference to our subjoined notes on the so-called Suc-
cinea appendiculata from Guadeloupe, it will be observed
that the form of its teeth agrees generally with that ascribed
by Heynemann to Simpulopsis sulculosa, while his sug-
gestions as to the affinities of the latter genus (the jaw
being unknown to him) are supported by our discovery of
the character of the jaw in the Guadeloupe species. It
must not, however, be overlooked that while the animal of
Simpulopsis is entirely covered by the shell, that of the
S. appendiculata under consideration is limaciform, like
*It must be remembered that we use the term Orthalicine ina much more restricted
sense than the Orthalicee of Albers and yon Martens. See our notes on Systematic
Arrangement, Ann. N. Y. Lyc., x, p. 168.
200 On the Relations of Certain
O. unguis, as figured by Orbigny (Voy., t. 22, f. 1-7).
With the form of jaw described by Shuttleworth and the
quadrate marginal teeth, it would seem that Simpulopsis
belongs to the Helicine and not to the Succinine. It may
be noticed that, even form of shell alone considered, some
of the species might appropriately be placed near to Bulim-
ulus.
Guppy (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan., 1866) described
S. corrugatus,* from Trinidad. Of the animal he says,
‘‘mantle edge narrowly reflexed over the peristome.” Sub-
sequently, the same author (Amer. Jour. of Conch., VI, 308,
1871) mentions having ascertained, from a young example
of S. corrugatus, the characters of the dentition of Simpu-
lopsis, and that it resembles that of Swccinea more than he
had anticipated. He says, ‘*the odontophore is moderately
large, but the individual teeth are very minute and resemble
those of Succinea, particularly, perhaps, S. ovalis.”
It seems to us that one important characteristic of the
dentition of Succinea, absent in that of Simpulopsis, is the
gap or notch in (as if by the cutting away of) the lower
-edge of the base of attachment in the central, and corres-
ponding gap in the inner edge of the laterals.
Fischer and Crosse, in 1867, established the genus an-
thonyx (Jour. Conch., 1867, p. 221, et seq., pl. x, figs. 1-4),
describing as the type Vitrina Sumichrasti Brot (1. ¢., p. 70,
pl. iv, fig. 2), and referred to the same genus Stmpulopsis
Salleana, S. Cordovana and (with some doubt) S. Chia-
pensis.
Among the generic characters of the animal of Xanthonyx,
derived from examination of a specimen of X. Sumichrasti,
communicated by Brot, are the following, ‘* Animal testa
sua multo majus, haud omnino inclusum,” and ‘* maxilla
arcuata, costata; teniola lingualis dentibus basi subquad-
*Guppy compares his species with S. Brasiliensis (Syn. of S. obtusa Sow.), from
which indeed it seems scarcely distinguishable.
Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca, ete. 201
ratis, ineequaliter bicuspidatis (dente medio tricuspidato)
instructa.”*
With respect to X. Salleanus and Cordovanus, the authors
state, on the authority of Sallé, that the animals are much
larger than their shells, as in XY. Sumichrasti.
Xanthonyx, as well as Stimpulopsis, belongs to Helicine
and not to Succinine.
Suceimea Drape.
Amphibulima.—Albers (1. c., 809) gives as the type of
this section of Succinea, A. patula Brug., but without
any special description of animal or its dentition.
Guppy (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., June, 1868) mentions
the occurrence in Dominica of A. patula, and we were in-
debted to him for the lingual membrane (without jaw), of
which we published figure and description in Amer. Jour.
Conch. VII, 186 (1871), pl. xvii, fig. 1-2. Guppy does not
particularly notice the animal, and we assume in consequence
that, as in Succinea s. s., it is capable of retraction within
the shell; indeed the form and character of the shell pre-
clude any other supposition.
Guppy (/. ¢., June, 1868) describes another species, found
by him in Dominica, as Amphibulima pardalina, the animal
of which he describes as follows :—
‘¢The animal resembles that of Omalonyx unguis Fer.
(D’Orb. Voy. Amer. Mer. pl. xxii, fig. 1-7). The foot is
translucent, like a bit of ice dipped in milk, the internal
organs showing as a dark, variegated patch about the shell,
into which the body is incapable of retraction.”
Guppy adds (and apparently he was acquainted with the
dentition [not the jaw], of A. patula only) :
* Fischer and Crosse (Etudes sur les Moll. Terr. et Fluy. du Mexique et du Guate-
mala, 192-199, pl. 9, figs. 11-17) give a more detailed description of NXanthonyx, and
remark on certain of its affinities with the genus Binneya. The part of the work
referred to reached us after our manuscript was in the printer’s hands.
202 On the Relations of Certain
“‘Forming my judgment from the soft parts and the lingual dentition,
I should separate Amphibulima as a genus from Succinea. The genus
Amphibulima might then be divided into the following groups :—
Amphibulima s. strict. Type A. patula.
Omalonyx D’Orb. O. ungquis.
Brachyspira Ptr. “A. pardalina and tigrina.”
Without knowledge of the jaw of Amphibulima, and we
scarcely think that the genus can be elasmognathous, we are
unable to decide whether it belongs to Succinine or not, but
have a strong impression that its proper position is in
Flelicine.
The dentition of Amphibulima, as shown in our figure,
does not materially differ from the form usual in the Helicide,
excepting in the marginal teeth, which are very long and
narrow. The cutting away of the plate, before referred to
as characteristic of Succinea, is entirely wanting in Amphib-
ulima.
-v. Martens (Zool. Record, 1868, p. 491) observes that
‘*Mr. Guppy reéstablishes Amphibulima as a genus distinct
from Succinea (Drap.) on account of its different lingual den-
tition, but without pointing out the difference.”
Succinea s. strict.— The animal, lingual dentition and form
of jaw need no special notice in the present paper. We
would express, however, the opinion that those species only,
to whatever group or section they belong, which are elas-
mognathous, should be admitted in Succinine.
There are several elasmognathous genera with animals of
varied forms on which we have no occasion here to remark.
Brachyspira Pfr.—This group is based on the form of
shell, and it is worthy of notice that Albers (ed. 2) gives as
the type S. tigrina Lesueur, which is very near to, if not
identical with, as Guppy remarks, his A. pardalina. Hf the
animal of the latter be as described by Guppy, we cer-
tainly should not place the species in Brachyspira, which
belongs rather to Succinea than to Amphibulima.
Tryon (Amer. Jour. Conch., I], 286-241, 1866) refers
. Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca, etc. 203
many species of North American Succinea, we think erro-
neously, to Brachyspira. In Land and Fresh Water Shells
of North America (1869) we adopted the latter in the sense
in which it is used by Albers (ed. 2).
Omailomyx D’'Ors.
Albers (1. c., 311) refers to O. unguis Vér. as the type of
this group. D’Orbigny (Voy., 229, t. 22, figs. 1-7) gives
the following description of the animal:
“¢ Allongé, ovale, déprimé, beaucoup trop grand pour rentrer dans la
coquille, occupant prés de trois fois la surface de celle-ci; pied tres large
débordant de toutes parts, arrondi en avant, acuminé postérieurement, lisse
en dessous et en dessus; manteau formant un bourrelet autour de la
coquille, qwil recouvre sur les bords, étroit en arriére, plus large et comme
plissé en avant; col assez long; téte étroite; tentacules courts; orifice
des poumons sous le bord droit du manteau, vers sa partie moyenne.”
Fischer (Mélang. Conch., p. 67, pl. vi, f.1) describes the
animal of O. ungués and its dentition.
Sometime since we were indebted to Mr. John G. Anthony
for specimens collected by him (Agassiz? expedition) in
Brazil, and found, on examination of the jaw and lingual
dentition, that both agree with the figures given by Heyne-
mann (Mal. Blatt., 1868, taf. iv, fig. 5) of the jaw and teeth
of Pellicula convexa Martens, of which figures we add copies
(plate ix, figs. 12-14).
. As already mentioned, we have lately received from Gov-
ernor Rawson specimens in alcohol of animal and shell of
O. unguis, collected in Guadeloupe by Schramm, and find
that both jaw and teeth are precisely similar to those of the
Brazilian examples.
It appears, irrespective of form of animal and shell, that
should even Amphibulima prove like Omalonyx to be elas-
mognathous, the lingual dentition of the latter does not
warrant its being treated, as proposed by Guppy, as a section
of the former genus.
Guppy has lately discovered in Trinidad, but not yet, we
204 On. the Relations of Certain
believe, described, another species of Omalonyx, the shell of
which he has communicated to Governor Rawson, with the
name Amphibulima (Omalonyx) felina. Indebted to Mr.
Rawson for an opportunity of examining the shell, we find,
as the author remarks in a letter accompanying the spec-
imens, no appreciable distinction between it and the Guad-
eloupe O. unguis.
In a late letter Mr. Guppy states that ‘‘the animal of
O. felina resembles in general character O. unguis, O. par-
dalina and A. patula, the latter being much larger, darker,
more strongly colored and more coarsely striated.”
The Guadeloupe specimens received from Gov. Rawson,
collected and labelled by Schramm Succinea appendiculata,
are extremely interesting and not a little perplexing, indeed
Schramm, judging from his notes sent with them, rather
suggests that S. appendiculata, depressa aud O. unguis are
all one and the same species.
Succinea depressa Rang (Guer. Mag., 1834, t. 55) is a
species as to which there seems to be much uncertainty.
Fischer described it, the animal and its dentition, as Pellicula
depressa in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. XX, 5, to which we have
not had an opportunity of referring, and also in Mélang.
@onchyipw.Grsats, yi, £419),
In the latter work, the jaw and teeth are thus charac-
terized :—
‘¢Machoire semblable 4 celle des Limaces, et portant une
quantité de denticulations. Plaque linguale se rapprochant
de celles des Ambrettes. Epines médianes trifides; laté-
rales bifides.”
We give copy of the figure of the jaw on plate ix, fig. 4.
Petit (Jour. Conch., 1856, p. 154) expresses the opinion
that S. appendiculata Pfr. is the same species, Rang’s specific
name having priority, but Pfeiffer (Mon., IV, 804) referring
to Rang’s figure, maintains that they are distinct.
The character from which the specitic name of Pfeiffer’s
species is derived, he describes (Mon., II, 531) thus; ‘*col-
Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca, ete. 205
umella callosa, aperta, appendicula dilatafa, torta superne
munita,” adding in a footnote, ‘* Forma persimilis preecedenti
(S. depressa Rang), at bene distineta columella appendice
torta quasi duplicata, spira subpapillatim prominula et peri-
pheria magis regulari.” This appendage is shown in our
figure (pl. ix, fig. 6) of Rawson’s appendiculata.
v. Martens (Malak. Blatt., 1868, p. 183) described Suc-
cinea (Pellicula) convexa, to the dentition of which by
Heynemann we have already referred, giving also (plate ix,
figs. 12-14) copies of his figures.* One of the characters
of this species is said to be by its author, ‘* paries aperturalis
appendicula parva, plicee-formi munitus.”
With respect to the validity of his species, v. Martens
adds a note to the following effect,—S. depressa Rang, as its
name implies, differs from our species by being less arched.
Pfeiffer writes that P. convexa is by no means the same as
his S. appendiculata. If the latter be identical with depressa
us Fischer maintains, then Rang’s figure is entirely faulty,
the most essential character, the process on the columella,
being overlooked.
A comparison of the figures presented on plate ix, will
show that the DPedlicula depressa of Fischer has a ribbed jaw
(fig. 4), and does not belong to the Succtnine,t while Pellic-
ula convexa v. Martens is elasmognathous, like. Succinea
(fig. 14).
It seems to us that S. depressa of Fischer must be treated
as the type of Pellicula, while S. convexa belongs to
Omalonyz.
Albers (ed. 2) does not include in Omalonyx or other
group S. depressa or S. appendiculata, mentioning them only
in a remark of the following purport :-—
*y. Martens (Zool. Record, 1858, p. 492), referring to Heynemann?s figure, says
“proving that Pellicula is not generically distinct from Seccinea.”—a proposition in
which we do not concur. H. & A. Adams (Genera, II, 568) inconsiderately remark th: ¢
Pellicula Fischer is syn. of Helisiga, and founded upon H. depressa Fischer, a new spe-
cies of that genus.
t Mérch (Jour. Conch. 1865, p. 384) places Pellicula in his section Odontognatha,
206 On the Relations of Certain
Succinea appendiculata, identical with S. depressa Rang,
is made by Fischer the type of a separate genus, Pellicula,
after an examination of the jaw, lingual dentition and gen-
erative organs; Albers (/. c.) adds that he had not yet
been able to decide upon the correctness of those views.
Irom the subjoined diagnosis of the species received as
Succinea appendiculata from Guadeloupe, it will be seen that
the animal is limaciform, has a jaw, not as in O. unguis, but
allied to that of genera and species of Helicine, and teeth
agrecing somewhat closely with those of Simpulopsis. In
pl. ix, we give figures of the animal (from an alcoholic spee-
imen), of part of the jaw and teeth (Higs. 2, 9, 10, 11).
We now proceed to describe the jaw and lingual membrane
of MSuccinea appendiculata Ptr., received from Governor
Rawson :
Jaw extremely thin and transparent, long, low, slightly arcuate, ends
blunt, divided longitudinally by about 40 delicate ribs into as many
plate-like sections, of the character found in the jaws of Cylindrella,
Macroceramus and many species of Bulimulus. No appearance of trian-
gular upper median plates, however, as in Cylindrelia, though the two
specimens examined by us are not perfect at that part. Both margins
serrated by the extremities of the ribs. The general character of these
ribs is the same as in Helix turbiniformis, figured by us in Ann. of Lyc.
of Nat. Hist. N. Y. x, pl. 2, fig. 2. The jaw is quite membranous.
Lingual membrane as usual in the Helicinw proper (see Ann. Lyc. Nat.
Hist. N. Y. x, 163).. Centrals subquadrate with a very large, stout, short,
pointed cusp, the side cusps obsolete. Laterals larger and more narrow
than the centrals, bicuspid, the inner cusp greatly produced, broad
and quite squarely terminating. The base of attachment of the laterals
is cut away on the inner side, leaving a Jarge outer lateral expansion,
bringing to mind’ the much less developed one of Sucecinead. Marginal
teeth quadrate, gradually becoming moditied from the laterals, the cusps
finally passing off into simple, obtuse papille, the inner one the larger.
The central and lateral teeth are like those of Stimpulopsis sulculosa as
figured by Ileynemann in Malak. Blatt. xv, pl. 5, fig. 10, the central,
however, bearing a much more developed cusp in our species. The
marginals in that figure, of the form found in Sulimulus uurisleporis,
papyraceus, laticinctus, etc., we failed to detect in our species. As already
stated, we found the marginals merely a moditication of the laterals.
The above description does not agree with that given by
Dr. Fischer (Mélanges Conch., 69, t. vi, fig. 19) of Pellicula
Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca, etc. 207
depressa, which we have already quoted. He describes the
jaw as having a number of ribs on its anterior surface pecti-
nating the cutting margin, actually nine of them being shown
in his figure. He also describes the lingual dentition as
quite different, the centrals being represented with one large
bifid median cusp and one small cusp at either side. His
figure of the lateral teeth is also simply bicuspid, the figure
of the inner cusp does not show any trace of the peculiar
prolongation and blunt termination, described by us above.
For convenient reference we copy Fischer’s figure of the
jaw (Plate ix, fig. 4).
The external appearance of our animal is the same as
described by Fischer in the paper referred to. Little confi-
dence, however, can be placed on the external characters of
the animals of this .group, that of O. unguis being, as
Fischer remarks, nearly the same as of the species under
consideration.
As already mentioned, P. convexa v. Mart., from its form
of jaw, cannot be placed in Fischer’s genus Pellicula, while
the appendiculata examined by us has jaw (as well as teeth)
of different character from that assigned by Fischer to Pellicula
depressa, but for the present we refer, with doubt, our spe-
cies to Pellicula; most certainly it does not belong to Suc-
cinea.
We appear to be warranted in assuming that Mr. Rawson’s
appendiculata is Pteiffer’s species, specifically and probably
generically distinct from iS. depressa Fischer. Whether the
latter is or is not the S. depressa Rang we are unable to
decide.
DECEMBER, 1872. 15 ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist., VOL. Xx
208 Description of Hemphillia,
e
XVI. — Description of Hemphillia, a New Genus of Ter-
restrial Mollusks.
By THOMAS BLAND AnD W. G. BINNEY.
Read October 7, 1872.
Hemphillia.
Animal limaciforme, parvum, antice obtusum, postice attenuatum. Pal-
lium subcentrale, magnum, ovatum, antice valde productum, marginibus
liberis. Discus gressorius distinctus nullus. Porus mucosus transversus
in apice pedis, processu coniforme valido protectus. Apertura respiratoria
ad dextram, in medio marginis inferioris pallii, genitalis ad basin tenta-
culi dextri oculigeri.
Testa externa, unguiformis, subquadrata, replicatura pallii marginorum
breviter inclusa. :
Maxilla et lamina lingualis ut in Avione constituta, dentes centrales
tricuspidate, laterales bicuspidatz, marginales quadrate, bicuspidate,
papillis internis valde productis, externis subobsoletis.
Animal limaciform, small, blunt in front, tapering behind.
Mantle subcentral, large, oval, greatly produced in front,
free around its margin and slightly reflected over the edges
of the shell. No distinct locomotive disk to foot. Lines
of furrows run near and parallel to edge of foot, rising above
the extremity and apparently uniting over a -transverse,
mucus slit, overhanging which is a greatly produced horn-
shaped process. Respiratory orifice at right edge of mantle,
near its centre. Generative orifice at right side of neck,
near right eye peduncle (Plate ix, figs. 1 and 3).
Shell external, its edges imbedded lightly in the mantle,
very thin, unguiform, almost as large as the mantle (in spec-
imens preserved in alcohol) (Plate ix, fig. 5).
Jaw wide, low, slightly arcuate; ends blunt, but little
attenuated ; anterior surface with numerous ribs denticulating
either margin.
Lingual membrane as usual in the Helicide. Teeth in
Hemphillia glandulosa about 23-1-23. Centrals and laterals
long, the former tricuspid, the latter bicuspid; marginals
a New Genus of Terrestrial Mollusks. 209
about twelve, quadrate, the inner cusp long, narrow, oblique,
bluntly pointed, outer cusp subobsolete (Plate ix, figs. 15-
Ne
Hemphillia glandulosa.
Animal, shell, jaw and lingual membrane as already
described above under Hemphillia. (See Plate ix.)
Animal about 12 mill. long (preserved in alcohol) ;
color smoky white, mottled with longitudinal, dark brown
blotches, running obliquely from the edge of the mantle to
the foot, uniformly with the coarse granulations, of which
we counted about twenty-five on either side of the animal.
Caudal process very large, triangular in profile, dark brown,
with a few coarse granulations.
Shell unguiform, slightly convex, light horn-color, very
thin, its edges almost membranous, with prominent concen-
tric lines of growth; five mill. long, three wide.
Habitat.— Astoria, Oregon: Mr. Henry Hemphill.
Our description is drawn from specimens preserved in
alcohol, due allowance for which fact must be made. They
were collected at Astoria, Oregon, by Mr. Henry Hemphill,
to whom we dedicate the genus in return for most valuable
addition to our knowledge of the land shells of the Pacific
region.
This curious slug, by its general outline and by the form
and position of its shell, may be compared to Omalonyx
unguis D’Orb, and the species known formerly as Succinea
appendiculata Pfr., but now usually referred to Pellicula.
The former has, however, a jaw with the supplementary
extension as in Succinea, the latter has the jaw usual in
Bulimulus and Cylindrella, while neither of them has the
prolongation of the mantle. Both of those genera also are
readily distinguished by their shell being more developed
and approaching a spiral form.
Hyalimaz is distinguished from Hemphillia by its Succinea-
like jaw. Otherwise, it resembles our genus in its general
210 Description of Hemphillia.
outward appearance, and by its non-spiral shell. This shell,
however, in Hyalimaz is almost, if not completely, internal,
while the shell of Hemphillia is entirely exposed.
Binneia, in its prolonged mantle and costate jaw,
resembles Hemphillia, but its shell is much more developed,
spiral, striate and almost capable of protecting, though not
absolutely including, the animal when contracted.
Xanthonyx and Simpulopsis are both described with costate
jaw, but they have both highly developed, decidedly spiral
shells.
Finally, from all the above mentioned genera and from all
known sublimaciform genera, our genus is at once distin-
guished by the peculiar hump-like process on the tail, re-
minding one of the caudal process in Manina.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
Fig. 1. Hemphillia glandulosa.
The caudal extremity greatly enlarged.
Fig. 2. Succinea appendiculata Pfr.
From Governor Rawson; a portion of the jaw.
Fig. 3. Same as fig. 1, enlarged.
From a specimen preserved in alcohol.
Fig. 4. Pellicula depressa Rang.
The jaw; copied from Fischer, Mé]. Conch., J. c.
Fig. 5. Same as fig. 1. The shell, enlarged.
Seen from above.
Fig. 6. Succinea appendiculata Pfr.
From Governor Rawson, slightly enlarged, the right hand figure
showing protile of appendage.
Fig. 7. Simpulopsis sulculosa Fer.
A marginal tooth, copied from Heynemann, Mal. Blatt., 1868, pl.
v, fig. 10.
Fig. 8. Same as fig. 7; centrals and laterals.
Fig. 9. Succinea appendiculata Pfr.
From Governor Rawson; centrals and laterals.
Fig. 10. The same; marginal tooth.
Unity of the General Forces of Nature. 211
Fig. 11. The same; external view of animal contracted
in alcohol.
Enlarged about one half.
Fig. 12. Pellicula convexa Martens.
Centrals and laterals; copied from Heynemann, l. ¢., pl. iv, fig. 5.
Fig. 13. The same; marginal tooth.
Fig. 14. The same; jaw.
Fig. 15. Hemphillia glandulosa.
Extreme marginal teeth.
Fig. 16. The same; first marginal teeth.
Fig. 17. The same; central and lateral teeth.
XVII. — Hssay upon a Necessary Limitation of the Doc-
trine of the Unity of the General Forces of Nature.
By PROFESSOR BENJAMIN N. MARTIN,
of the University of the City of New York.
Read Nov. 6, 1872.
THE great and characteristic doctrine of our modern
physics is that which affirms the unity and the convertibility
of the forces of nature. Varied and multiform as are the
diffused agencies of the physical universe, it is found that
they are fundamentally one; and the proof of this oneness
is furnished by the fact that they are all convertible into one
another. On the one hand, electricity, magnetism and gal-
vanism,—on the other, light and heat, may be made to
produce each other. One of these forms of force can dis-
appear only by giving birth to another; and the sum of
them all is ever the same. Under certain conditions, gal-
vanic electricity will manifest itself as light and heat, and
heat will develop electricity again. Each is a form of
motion convertible into the other. Moreover, they sustain a
common relation to the motion of the masses of matter
212 Necessary Limitation of the Doctrine of the
around us: each will produce such motion, and will be accu-
rately and completely measured by the amount of motion
into which it is thus capable of resolving itself.
This doctrine, of the unity of the general forces of nature,
I do not propose to dispute. It is a doctrine of the most
interesting and beautiful kind ; and if not fully proved,—and
some eminent physicists still demur to the reception of it —
it yet furnishes so many singular and ingenious explanations
of phenomena, that one is tempted to overlook its want of
complete demonstration, and acquiesce, perhaps by antici-
pation, in the conclusion which affirms it. And yet there
seems to be a limitation of its scope, arising out of the
necessary relation of this to another equally important phys-
ical doctrine of our day — the indestructibility of matter.
It is affirmed with equal certainty that, in all the varied
round of changes taking place among the particles and com-
binations of matter, no slightest atom or molecule of it is
ever lost. Every chemical change is but a combination, or
a resolution, of the particles of a mass; but these particles
are ever the same in number, in weight, and in attraction.
No one of them can by any possibility ever be put out of
existence. The amount of matter is as constant as the
amount of force in the universe; and both are alike beyond
our power to alter or reduce.
It has not hitherto been observed, however, that the one
of these doctrines imposes by necessity a limit upon the
scope of the other; and it is with the object of calling atten-
tion to this restriction, that the present paper is offered.
Before proceeding, however, to point out the limitation
referred to, it may be well to endeavor to gain a more exact
appreciation of the doctrine already described, of the con-
vertibility of force. Whatis meant by it?
Strictly speaking, this view is often not accurately stated
in the ordinary language of science. ‘‘ Heat,” according to
Tyndall’s just and happy statement of the fact, «‘is a mode
of motion ;” it is a motion of the molecules, instead of a
Unity of the General Forces of Nature. 213
mechanical motion of the mass as a whole. The one of
these motions may be converted into the other. If a leaden
bullet be dropped from a considerable height upon an iron
plate which arrests and destroys its mechanical motion, the
result is a quivering or vibrating of the particles in their
molecular spaces, and this is first, heat; if carried farther, it
may become light, or it may give rise to electricity, which
again are only other forms of molecular agitation or disturb-
ance; and either of these may, by cooling, which is but
the arrest of the molecular agitation, occasion again the
mechanical motion from which it originated.
Accurately conceived, then, all these phenomena are forms,
not, as is so often stated, of force, but of motion. Heat is a
mode of motion; light, too, is the vibration of the particles
of the elastic medium which fills the inter-planetary spaces
around our globe; it is another and more rapid vibration,
propagating itself through the ether by undulations, in other
words, it is another mode of motion. The phenomena of
electricity, also, manifest themselves simply’ as attractions
and repulsions, —that is, as motions of particles and masses
of matter, to and from each other. In the same way, every
other manifestation of these imponderable agents is simply,
and ‘only, a distinct and peculiar mode of molecular motion.
Now of all these phenomena, the universal law is that no
one is fixed or permanent. ach is a transient modification
of some other, or of that which is the common ground of
them all. Each is called into existence by another; it
comes to view solely by the disappearance of another. One
is born because a previous phenomenon of the same kind
ceases to exist; each dies in giving birth to its successor.
This extinction, too, is absolute and inevitable. The amount
of force involved in one of these changes is ever the same,
but it cannot exist in two of these forms at the same time;
the preceding form must cease to exist before that into
which it is convertible can take its place. The mechanical
motion of a body must utterly stop and cease, before the
214 Necessary Limitation of the Doctrine of the
heat can be developed into which it is resolvable; and that
cessation is absolute. So far as the conversion takes place,
so far is the destruction of the previous form of motion utter
and complete.
There is in this common relation of all these phenomena
to motion, an obvious reason for their correlation with one
another. They are phenomena of the same kind. All are
simply forms of motion; and it is no great novelty to learn
that one form of motion may be converted into another. The
whole doctrine of the convertibility of the forces resolves
itself into the very familiar fact of the communication of
motion by impulse. Where one of two billiard balls
impinges on another in the precise line of its direction, its
motion is imparted to the other, and itself is arrested and
stopped. So it is also with the atoms and masses of the
physical world. The balls may differ in size, and in the pre-
cise mode of their motion, but these are the only differences.
One imparts to another its motion; or a large mass commu-
nicates movement to a multitude of minute particles; in
each case it has its own motion destroyed by the change;
and this is the whole of it. The convertibility of the forces
implies, then, nothing more than the communication of
motion by impulse.
When, however, we examine the particles of matter for
their essential characteristics, we find that something more
than mobility enters into their nature. Adopting, with some
variation of order, the accurate analysis of Sir William
Hamilton, they may be grouped under the two general heads
which follow. We may regard matter, first, as included in
space, and secondly, as occupying space.
I. Under the first aspect, as included in space, it has
position and mobility.
(1.) It is known in finite parts and forms; and these must
be recognized as occupying definite places in space ; matter,
therefore, has (1) PosiTIoN.
(2.) Next, it has mobility. In consequence of the rela-
Unity of the General Forces of Nature. 215
tions of the parts of space to one another as absolutely
adjacent, that which occupies one part of space may be
shifted to another ; in other words, it possesses (2) MOBILITY.
II. Under the second aspect, as occupying space, matter
may be said to have (1) Divisibility; (2) Magnitude; (8)
Form; (4) Ultimate incompressibility, or the impossibility
of being compressed by pressure from an extended to an
absolutely unextended thing, from what is, to what is not,
extended.
Now, when these general properties of matter are exam-
ined, it is at once seen that no one of them, except the last,
has any relation to force. Position, mobility, form, magni-
tude, these are not properties of force, nor do they result
from force. They can all be conceived ideally. But
-incompressibility, however ultimate, has direct relation to a
resisting force in the body itself. The atom in the last
analysis is incompressible ; it cannot be so compressed that
it ceases to occupy space, and to repel other matter from the
space which it fills. So far as there are pores or vacuities
in any kind of matter, so far other matter may permeate
a given mass, as the air permeates cork, or as one gas
diffuses itself between the molecules of another. But the
atom is ultimately, incompressible, it resists all compression
which would destroy its integrity. It evermore asserts its
own existence, against every other particle with which it can
come into contact.
In resisting compression, however, the atom manifests
itself as possessing a true force; for resistance to our own
voluntary motion is, in the last analysis, the only form in
which any force manifests itself tous. Gravitation we know
as a force, because it resists our own efforts to support a
falling body. It is through the same means that we come
to the knowledge of any other force. -Cohesion is-known to
us as a force, only by its resistance to our endeavor to sepa-
rate the parts of one united body, or mass.
There is, then, in every atom of matter a resistance to
216 Necessary Limitation of the Doctrine of the
compression which is an essential property of matter itself.
So far as we know, it does not impart motion to the atom
at all, and has no relation either to motion, or to the space in
which the atom moves. It simply attends the particle and
occupies its internal mass. It is not called into operation by
any motion, mechanical or molecular, into which the particle
may be thrown. Moving, or at rest, the sole function which
we can recognize in it, or as belonging to it, is to preserve
the existence of the particle itself; and this it does so effec-
tually that, as we have already seen, no particle is ever
destroyed, and the sum of them in the universe has never,
from the first, been diminished, by a single atom.
Now it is an essential characteristic of this force that it is,
and must be, forever inconvertible into any other. For if
the force which guards the integrity, and guarantees the
permanent existence, of a particle, were convertible with any
other, it could not in its converted form perform its original
function; and the atom might be converted into light, or
heat, or electricity. It might impart to other particles. the
undulation which constitutes light; but it could not do this,
and continue to resist compression, to which all matter is
perhaps subject. The atom would no longer be capable of
asserting itself by its normal resistance to external pressure,
and so, capable of maintaining its own existence; and might
disappear forever in a flash of light. Matter deprived of the
force by which it is ultimately incompressible, would no
longer be indestructible; its preservative force would be
gone; and matter without that preservative force which
arises from this power of resistance, would be inconceivable.
The fundamental fact or law of physics, that all matter is inde-
structible, implies that its essential force of resistance to com-
pression is inconvertible with any other. It exists unchanged
through all the chemical changes, through all the molecular
vibrations, or undulations, through all the mechanical trans-
fers, or movements of mass, which take place in the universe
around us; and it is forever incapable of being converted
Unity of the General Forces of Nature. 217
into any one of these phenomena of motion. Being wholly
internal, it is incapable of passing out into the spaces beyond
the volume of the atom whose existence it preserves. It
exists unchanged through motion and rest alike, and, posses-
sing no relation to motion, is inconvertible into any form
of it, either molecular or mechanical. Its sole function is
to maintain the existence and reality of the atom which it
permeates, as a permanent, indestructible and, therefore,
inconvertible thing.
That form of force, then, which has for its exclusive func-
tion to guarantee the indestructibility of matter, must. be
conceived as sud generis,—as wholly peculiar, incommuni-
cable to anything else, and inconvertible with any other
form of force in the universe. We must, therefore, recog-
nize the reality of one force, at least, which is HEeTIE DIS of
transmutation into any other.
Moreover, this peculiar and inconvertible force is also in-
capable of correlation. It cannot be converted, either into
any other force directly, or into that mechanical motion
which is the common measure of all the others. We cannot
express this resistance in terms of any other denomination.
We cannot say that it is equivalent to a given amount of heat,
nor can we assign the number of foot-pounds which will
measure the ultimate resistance of an atom to compression.
As destitute of all relation to motion, it is out of all relation
to those forces which express and measure themselves by
motion. It simply cannot take the form of light, or heat, or
electricity ; a greater degree of heat is as incapable of ex-
pressing the intensity of this force, as a less would be. It
stands outside of the sphere within which the correlation of
the forces finds its scope; and being necessarily out of all
relation with the others, it is of course incapable of corre-
lation with them.
It follows that the doctrine of the Sarr eetibali by of the
forces relates properly only to those general and diffused
forces of nature which impart motion; and not, so to speak,
218 Description of a Species of Cervus.
to the private force of the individual particle; and that the
modern doctrine can be true, only with this important limita-
tion of its scope.
XVIII.— Description of a Species of Cervus. (Plate x.)
BY W. J. HAYS.
Read October 8, 1872.
Cervus Yucatanensis.
Tus beautiful deer is found throughout Yucatan and the
southern part of Mexico, but little is known of its habits in
its native place, and so far as I can learn no account of it
has been published. Its color is a grayish-brown on the
back and front of the legs, the sides more yellow and run-
ning into white on the belly, the color of the head and face
similar to the autumn coat of the Cervus Virginianus, the
legs a brownish-yellow, lighter on the inner side; the inner
side of the thigh, and the under side of the tail, as well as
the inside of the ear, are white; the chin and under side of
the lower jaw are white, and there is a patch of white on
each side of the nose and upper lip; a black line reaches
from the nostril to the edge of the lip, and also passes
around the lower jaw.
The tuft of hair on the inside of the hock joint is short,
and there is no gland on the metatarsal bones.
This deer does not change its color with the seasons, as
other deer, but remains the same in color throughout the
year. The doe resembles the buck in color, but is somewhat
smaller, and has no horns. The fawns when born are of a
dark reddish-brown, spotted with white, on the body; the
legs inclining to gray. At about six months of age they
assume the color of the adult. The horns are short, a sin-
gle straight beam with one short tine projecting inwards ;
Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata. 219
the general direction of the beam is upwards and backwards
in a line with the face; the horns are cast in March.
This deer has been brought to the Northern States, and
yet the change of climate has produced no change in the
color of the pelage, it remaining of a uniform color, very
similar to what is known as the blue coat of the Cervus
Virginianus.
DIMENSIONS.
Ft. In.
Length from tip of nose to root of tail, ..... 3410
Go Ofs Carlin eluGineyiaieey i. weve) eles ten fe 8
a6 6 WiAthOUbl | 6 OOM aan aA rUI Sak ror 53
oC “head, SN Roaetage , stants 104
CH from tip of nose to inner canthus, . ... . 5
Height at shoulder, . STE Erk Renee) Ac [tora i: sheen 74
Ge of ot 5, es COS POS CTE e ON RCN Ce POWER De
Girth behind shoulder, . 2
Length of ear, Ri Ro) eee 54
SA MMC ETORENIC EW Mie oh tad Natede. ar pace eeleh R/U ay PRs TNL
ce Cpe nn ayel COE PPE TOMO ace Wen LORNA Tomy fonetbel see eeNieed ln 1)
Weight, 55 lbs.
eM CHYOLEMOLIS eis y Site ah onl oe arth oa enngs: Math heel es 74
ce SSFGIING SH Pavrete eh re LRN OT craic.) AIn Ain, URS i fete Be IF 1
XTX—On the Lingual Dentition of Certain Terrestrial Pul-
monata Foreign to the United States.
By THOMAS BLAND AnD W. G. BINNEY.
Read Dec. 9, 1872,
Helix Jayama, C. B. Apams (Sagda).
Like Sagda connectens C. B. Adams and Sagda Haldemaniana C. B.
Adams (see Amer. Jour. Conch. VII, p. 175), this, also a Jamaica species,
has quadrate, not aculeate, marginal teeth on its lingual membrane.
The cusps of the marginals are short, stout and blunt, centrals and lat-
erals as usual.
Jaw smooth anteriorly, with scarcely any median projection to its
cutting edge.
This is an additional proof of the position of Sagda
220 Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata
being among the Helicea rather than the Vitrinea of von
Marten’s arrangement.
We received from Mr. Henry Vendryes the specimen
examined.
Leucochroa Boissieri, Cuarp.
The genus Leucochroa is adopted by von Martens (Die
Heliceen ed. 2, p. 78) the type being Helix candidissima
Drap, a species whose anatomy has been described by
Moquin-Tandon as being more nearly related to Zonites,
than to Helix. The genus is classed by von Martens among
the Vitrinea, the section of Helicea containing the genera
furnished with ribless anterior surface and median projec-
tion to the jaw, and aculeate, marginal teeth to the lingual
membrane. Among the species catalogued by von Martens
is Leucochroa oissiert Charp. Having sometime since
received a specimen of this species from Mr. John Van
Nostrand, collected by him in Palestine, we have examined
its jaw and lingual dentition with the following results.
Jaw very low, long, arcuate, ends but little attenuated, bluntly
rounded. Cutting edge with a decided median projection, anterior sur-
face free from ribs, with a strong, transverse line of reinforcement.
The jaw resembles that of Clausilia or Pupa more than that usually
found in Helix.
Lingual membrane as usual in the Helicide. Centrals short and stout
with a bluntly pointed median tooth, the side teeth almost obsolete.
Laterals with a very long, oblique, blunt inner tooth, the outer tooth
almost obsolete. Marginals subquadrate, with several short, blunt,
papille-like teeth.
From the above it will be seen that Leucochroa Boissieri
must be classed among the //elicea, its lingual membrane
having the quadrate type of marginal teeth, and not the acu-
leate type common to Vitrina, Zonites and other Vitrinea.
Its jaw is of the form often found in the felicea. Judging
from both jaw and lingual membrane, we would not separate
the species from the genus Helix as receiveG by von Martens.
We are inclined to believe that further investigations will
Foreign to the United States. 221
prove the genus Leucochroa to be only a subgenus of felix,
in the arrangement of “ Die Heliceen.”
Hielix circumafirmata, REDFIELD.
Lingual membrane long and broad, centrals tricuspid, laterals bicuspid,
cusps long and slender, marginals aculeate.
From the above description it will appear that this spe-
cies belongs to the Vitrinea rather than to the Helicea of
von Marten’s arrangement, in which latter it is classed in
‘¢ Die Heliceen” as a species of the subgenus Microphysa.
EBielix Bermudersis, Prr.
_Jaw extremely thin, arched, with a blunt, median projection to its
cutting edge.
Lingual membrane long and narrow. Central teeth tricuspid, laterals
bicuspid; the cusps in each long and slender. Marginals numerous
aculeate in oblique rows.
As in the ZZ. circumfir'mata, the result of our examina-
tion of the lingual membrane throws light on the generic
position of this species. It can no longer be retained in
Caracolus, a sub-genus of f/elix, as it has the dentition of
the Vitrinea of von Marten’s arrangement. Jor the speci-
mens examined of this and the preceding species, both from
Bermuda, we are indebted to Mr. J. J. Crooke.
Melix perplexa, Frr. (Dentellaria).
Jaw with a median projection to its cutting edge. The anterior sur-
face of the jaw is of irregular thickness, showing some approach to the
ribbed form of jaw.
Lingual membrane as usual. Central and lateral teeth with short,
stout, blunt cusps. Marginal teeth quadrate, with one wide, stout, bluntly
rounded median cusp, and two small, blunt side cusps.
We are indebted to Governor Rawson for this specimen
collected in the Island of Grenada.
209 Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata
Pupa suleata, Mutier (Gonidomus).
Lingual membrane long and very narrow. Rows of teeth arranged en
cheyron. Teeth separated, aculeate, as in Pupa palanga Lesson photo-
graphed by us, (Amer. Jour. Conch. V. pl. x1. fig. 1.)
We obtained no jaw on boiling the buccal mass ina solu-
tion of caustic potash. .
This species belongs to the genus Gronospira, in which
P. palanga was placed by Crosse and Fischer (Journal de
Conch. IX, 213, (1869) pl. x1, figs. 6-8).
The specimen examined, sent from Mauritius by Consul
Pike, was kindly supplied by Mr. John G. Anthony.
Bulimus aulacostylus, Prr. (Lurytus).
Lingual membrane as usual in the genus, the marginal teeth simply
modified from the laterals. :
Jaw slightly arcuate, membranous, almost transparent, in one single
piece, but divided by delicate ribs into more than sixty plate-like sections,
as common in the genus Bulimulus, Cylindrella, etc. No upper median
triangular plate, but the ribs run somewhat obliquely to the centre.
We are indebted for this specimen from St. Lucia, and
for the following from St. Vincent, to Govenor Rawson.
ESulimnws awuwris-silemi, Born (Pelecychilus).
Jaw and lingual membrane as in the last species. The middle cusp of
the central teeth and inner cusp of the lateral teeth long, acute.
The jaw of this and the preceding species do not agree
with the generic description of von Martens ‘ costis validis
exarata,” but are like that of Lulimulus. This fact gives
still more proof of the difficulty of classifying the bulimi
by their jaw, at the present stage of our knowledge of the
subject as already remarked by Fischer (Jour. de Conch.
XII, 295, 1872).
Foreign to the United States. 223
ADDITIONAL NOTE ON THE GENUS AMPHIBULIMA.
Since our paper “On The Relations of Certain Genera
of Terrestrial Mollusca of, or related to, the Sub-family Suc-
cinine, with Notes on the Lingual Dentition of Succinea
appendiculata Pfr.” (pp. 198-207) was printed, we have re-
ceived, through the kindness of Dr. W. J. Branch of the
island of St. Kitts, two specimens of Amphibulima patula
with the animals, preserved in glycerine, and can in conse-
quence offer a decided opinion as to the generic relations of
the species.
Finding a note among the papers of the late Mr. Robert
Swift to the effect that “.S. patula Brug. is found at St. Kitts
on Bayford’s estate on the wild plantain which grows on
the banks of a small water-course,” Bland wrote on the 21st
November last, requesting Dr. W. J. Branch, a correspond-
dent of Mr. Swift and also of Governor Rawson, to obtain
specimens, if possible, for examination. To this request Dr.
Branch most kindly responded. We subjoin a copy of his
interesting letter, which accompanied the specimens.
“‘T went a few days ago to Bayford’s to look for the S. patula but,
after a long and fatiguing search, found only two small (young) speci-
mens. When I was in the place several years since, the bushes on each
side of the little river were covered with snails* (a striped Bulimus, a
species of Helicina and the S. patula), but the other day I saw only three
arboreal snails. The present scarcity of these creatures in St. Kitts is
probably due to the hurricane which visited the island in 1870. Many
trees, some of enormous size, were torn up by the roots, others lost all
their branches, and scarcely a single leaf was left on any tree. The sup-
ply of water to the estates was cut off or much diminished by the drying
up of the numerous streams from the mountains. This was, no doubt,
caused by the want of foliage to protect the moisture, which collects on
the slopes of well-wooded hills, from the sun’s heat. So the poor snails
have come to grief from the actual violence of the hurricane itself, and
the subsequent cutting off of their supplies both of meat and drink.
You will see that both the snails sent are completely tucked into their
shells, but I do not think that they often, or perhaps ever, draw in either
the head or the posterior part of the foot during life. ' Their flesh is partic-
* B. multifasciatus Lam. and H. fasciata Lam. (T. B.)
JANUARY, 1873. 16 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HISstT., VOL. x
224 Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata
ularly watery and gelatinous and shrinks up as they die. When they are
moving about, the foot looks very large and when I touched the creature
it could not or would not retreat into its shell. On this point, however,
I shall be able to give more accurate information when I can collect addi-
tional specimens.”
We find that the animals are completely retracted into
their shells and very much in the same manner as in Succinea,
little more than the entire surface of the foot being alone
seen within the aperture, the edges of the peristome pro-
jecting slightly beyond it. While the sensitiveness of the
animal to touch may be slight, and its habit as described by
Dr. Branch, they cannot be said to be much larger than their
shells, as remarked by Sallé of Xanthonyx, and described
by Fischer and Crosse, or as described by Dr.,Cooper of
Binneia. The specimens, for which we are indebted to Dr.
Branch, must have been taken alive in the month of Decem-
ber, and very soon at least after death, before becoming dry,
put in the glycerine.
It will be remembered that Guppy considers Omalonyx
and Brachyspira as groups or sections of Amphibulima. Ina
very recent letter he repeats his assurance that “the animals
of both Amphibulima patula and pardalina are very much
larger than the shells and quite incapable of retraction into
them.” His observation agrees, so far as it goes, with that of
Dr. Branch, who adds a remark as to the shrinking up of the
animals “as they die.” This shrinking before death must
be accompanied by the exercise of contractile muscular force,
and probably further observation will prove that the animal,
while in possession of its full vital power, can and does with-
draw itself into the shell, and especially, perhaps, in seasons
of drought.
The jaw of A. patula, of which we subjoin description,
has not the accessory plate characteristic of Succinea, and
which is found in Omalonyx and Brachyspira; while the
latter subgenera therefore belong to the Succininw, Amphi-
bulima must be associated with the Helicine. By the char-
acter of the ribs of the jaw, it is most nearly allied to the
Foreign to the United States. 995
genus Bulimulus. The same may be said of Geotis lately
examined by us.
Amphibulima patula.— Body obtuse in front, pointed
behind, entirely retractile within the peristome, though usu-
ally greatly expanded. Mantle simple as in Succinea, Helix,
etc. Base of foot wrinkled transversely, without distinct
locomotive disk. Generative orifice? Respiratory orifice ?
Jaw slightly arcuate, low, ends attenuated: extremely thin
and transparent with prominent transverse strie; divided
longitudinally by about forty-five delicate ribs into so many
plate-like sections of the same character as those of Cylin-
drella, Macroceramus and many species of Bulimulus. No
upper triangular median plates as in Cylindrella. Margin
serrated by extremities of ribs.
The figure we have given of the jaw of Succinea? appen-
diculata Pfr. (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., X, pl. ix, fig. 2)
offers a correct general idea of the jaw of Amphibulima
patula. See also our photograph of jaw of Cylindrella rosea
(Am. Journ. Conch., V, pl. xi, fig. 2) for the character of
the ribs and. plate-like sections.
Lingual membrane as already described and figured by us
from a specimen from Dominica (See Am. Journ. Conch.,
VII, 186, pl. xvii, figs. 1-2), long and broad, composed of
numerous horizontally waving rows of teeth, of the form
usual in the Helicide. Centrals subquadrate, extended at
basal angles, narrowing towards the centre, expanding
towards the upper edge, which is reflected and tricuspid,
extending quite to the base of the tooth; the cusps are stout,
the median one bluntly pointed. The lateral teeth are of
the same type as the centrals, but unsymmetrical. The
marginals are long and narrow, rounded at base, narrowed at
apex, reflected and bicuspid; cusps short, stout, and gener-
ally a simple modification of those of the laterals. The
extreme marginals have irregular teeth, like simple papille.
226 The Upper Coal Measures
XX.— The Upper Coal Measures West of the Alleghany
Mountains.
By JNO. J. STEVENSON, PH.D.
Read December 16, 1872.
WHILE connected with the Geological Survey of Ohio, I
was employed in investigating the Upper Coals as displayed
in the First Geological District of the state. The relations
of the coal beds to each other, and the marked changes in
the intervening Strata, seemed to be at variance with some
accepted opinions and induced me to make diligent compari-
son of the Ohio coals with those of Pennsylvania and West
Virginia. The results of this examination appear, to me, of
sufficient importance to warrant publication in advance of the
Ohio Report. This I am permitted to do by the courtesy of
Prof. Newberry, chief geologist of Ohio.
The observations recorded in this paper cover only that
portion of the field north of the Baltimore and Ohio railroad
in West Virginia and Ohio.
LIMITS OF THE UPPER COALS.
The outcrop of the Pittsburg coal, the base of the Upper
Coal Measures, beginning at the Baltimore and Ohio rail-
road in West Virginia runs northward, rudely parallel
to Laurel Hill, through Marion and Monongalia counties,
W. Va., and Fayette and Westmoreland, Penn., thence
westwardly, through Westmoreland and Alleghany into Han-
cock, W. Va. Crossing the Ohio just above Steubenville
it passes through Jefferson, Harrison and Belmont into
Guernsey where it reaches the Baltimore and Ohio railroad
at Salesville, thirty-seven miles west from the Ohio river.
That this is by no means the original extent is evident from
several facts. In Pennsylvania, the Frostburg and Broad
Top basins lying to the east of the main outcrop have been
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 227
proved to contain the upper coals, and some of our leading
geologists profess to find equivalents of the same beds in the
anthracite region. In Ohio, west of the line of outcrop,
isolated patches are found in the synclinal passing through
Guernsey county, ten to fifteen miles away. At New Con-
cord, Muskingum Co., Ohio, twenty-three miles west from
Salesville, there is a thin coal resting ona heavy buff colored
fossiliferous limestone and occupying both sides of the syn-
clinal trough, of which the bottom is at that village. About
fifty feet below it is a hard limestone, bluish-gray in color
and fossiliferous, known in the Ohio section as the Crinoidal
Limestone, a persistent stratum traceable into Pennsylvania
and West Virginia.
Along the western outcrop of the Pittsburg coal the
Crinoitdal Limestone is found at a distamrce, varying little
from one hundred and fifty feet, below the coal, and the
interval is occupied by variegated shales and shaly sand-
stones, with no coal or even bituminous shale. From four
to ten feet below the coal there is a tough limestone, varying
in color, four to six feet thick and more or less fossiliferous.
It would seem then from the accompanying rocks that the
New Concord coal is the western prolongation of the Pitts-
burg. Itis true that the interval between it and the Crinoidal
Limestone is at that place very much less than at Salesville,
twenty-three miles east, but even this is an additional proof
of identity, for this interval increases eastward. Three
miles northwest from New Concord it is barely thirty-five
feet; at Concord it is fifty; at Salesville it is one hundred
and fifty; while in the Monongahela Valley it is two hun-
dred and fifty.
The Crinoidal Limestone has been traced to within three
miles of the Muskingum river on the west and thence round
to the borders of Tuscarawas and Stark, on the northwest
and into Columbiana and Mahoning on the north. So
constant and regular is it in its relations to the Pittsburg
coal, that we may regard its distribution as an indication of
228 The Upper Coal Measures
the original extent of that bed. Accepting this then as a
basis for the calculation we conclude that that coal once
reached as far west as Sonora on the Central Ohio railroad,
seventy-one miles west from Wheeling, and to a point north-
ward not less than fifty miles from that city, a tortuous
boundary line connecting the two points.
RELATIONS OF THE SEVERAL COAL BEDS IN OHIO,
PENNSYLVANIA AND WEST VIRGINIA.
To ascertain the relation of the Ohio coals to those of
Pennsylvania and West Virginia the following sections are
compared :
I. From Kirkwood Township, Belmont | IV. From Wheeling creek, W. Va.
Co., Ohio.
II. From the Central Ohio railroad be-
tween the Ohio river and the Barnes- | VI. From Uniontown, Fayette Co., Penn.
V. From Scott’s Run, Monongalia Co.
Wien Vict-
ville summit. (Rogers.)
III. From Wheeling, W. Va.
U5 iit. IIl.
1. Debris, 150'| 1. Sandstone, 40'| 1. Sandstone, w
2. Coal X11, 1}'| 2. Coal xi, 1'| 2. Coal, Waynesburg, 3’
3. Sandstone, 70'| 3. Sandstone, 70'| 3. Shale, ay
4. Coal xu, 13'| 4. Coal xm, 1'| 4. Limestone, 15’
5. Shale and Sandstone, 40’) 5. Shale, 35'| 5. Sandstone, 3'
6. Coal x1, 2'| 6. Coal XI, 3'| 6. Limestone and Shale, 95'
7. Sandstone with thin 7. Sandstone, 100’| 7. Shale, 3’
Limestone, 100°
8. Coal X, 4%"! 8. Coal, 1}'
8. Coal x, 4'
9. Sandstone, 85'| 9. Shale, 6!
9. Sandstone, 40’
A 10. Coal Ix, 22'110. Coal, WY
10. Coal 1x, 25"
11. Limestone, 70'|l1. Clay, 6'
11. Limestone, 70'
12. Coal vic, 4'|12. Sandstone, 8’
12. Shale, 6' y
13. Sandstone, 35 |13. Coal, Sewickly, 13’
13. Coal vim, 8' s
14. Coal vim b, 1'/14, Limestone, 24’
14. Fireclay, 5’
15. Limestone, 30'|15. Coal, Redstone, iv
15. Limestone, 6’ :
16. Coal yiI1 a, 3 |16. Limestone, 20’
17. Limestone, 20'|17. Shale, 6'
18. Shale, 10'|18. Coal, Pittsburg, 8'
19. Coal vim, 9”
eee —— —————————————eEEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeEeEeeeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEe
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 229
TV. Vv. Vi.
1. Sandstone, . 5'| 1. Sandstone, 40'| 1. Limestone, 12’
2. Limestone and shale, 38'| 2. Shale, 1-20'| 2. Not well exposed
3. Coal, Waynesburg, 3'| 3. Coal, Waynesburg, i) iivon tieectone —
4, Shale, 38'| 4. Sandstone, 15'| 3. Shale, aby
5. Limestone, 1'| 5. Shale, 8'| 4. Sandstone and lime-
6. Shale, 40'| 6. Limestone, 5! ae
7. Limestone and shale, 100’ 7. Shale, 4'| 5. Coal, Sewickly, 4’
8. Coal, 3'| 8. Sandstone and shale, 15'| 6. Shale, 2!
9. Clay, 2'| 9. Limestone and shale, 30'| 7. Limestone, 6'
10. Sandstone, 15'| 10. Shale and sandstone, 25'| 8. Shale, 41"?
11. Coal, Sewickly, 33'| 11. Limestone, 6'| 9. Coal, Redstone, or
12. Limestone, 55'| 12. Sandstone, 15'|10. Shale with calca-
13. Shale, 5'| 13. Limestone, ils sa aE ae!
14. Coal, Pittsburg, 7'| 14. Sandstone, 10'/11. Sandstone, 5’
15. Fireclay, 2'| 15. Limestone, 8'l12. Shales, 15’
16. Shale, 12/13. Coal, Pittsburg, 10’
17. Sandstone, il
18. Arenaceous shale, 20'
19, Coal, Sewickly, DI
20. Shale, 8'
21. Limestone, te
22. Sandstone, 10'
23. Limestone, 22’
24. Coal, Redstone, 4’
25. Limestone, 12’
26. Shale, 8'
27. Coal, Pittsburg, 14’
east side as the Redstone.
The discrepancy between the two Ohio sections will be
discussed in another portion of the paper.
Taking Coal VIII of the Ohio section as our basis, we
have a definite starting point, as that is the Pittsburg. VIII a
is present at Wheeling; does not appear at Wheeling creek,
owing probably to imperfect exposure, but reappears on the
VIII 0 is seen in all the sections
230 The Upper Coal Measures
and is the Sewickly. VIII ¢ crosses the Ohio, is traceable
along Wheeling creek for several miles, but soon runs under
and does not reappear on the other side. IX and X do not
cross the river into West Virginia, the former disappearing
two miles west from the Ohio, while the latter is seen as a
mere streak in the hills opposite Wheeling. It is possible,
however, that careful tracing round by the north may estab-
lish some connection between our Coal X and the Uniontown
coal of Pennsylvania. Coal XT is persistent throughout, and
is the Waynesburg. XII was not seen by me at Wheeling,
though it is probably the bed noted by Mr. Briggs, eighty-
two feet above the last. At Waynesburg and Uniontown,
the interval is from fifty to sixty feet. Erosion has so
removed Coal XIII and its adjoining rocks that it is to be seen
at no point near the Ohio river, but its equivalent in Penn-
sylvania is doubtless the top coal at Waynesburg and Union-
town, fifty-five feet above the last. These two beds exist in
West Virginia on the east side of the basin, but owing to the
poverty of exposures no definite statement can be made
respecting them.
The relations of the coals in the several states may there-
fore be represented as follows :
OHIO. PENNSYLVANIA. WEST VIRGINIA.
Coal XIII. Top at Waynesburg. ?
Coal xiI. Middle at Waynesburg. ?
Coal XI. Waynesburg. Waynesburg.
Coal Xx. Uniontown? Not present.
Coal IX. Not present. Not present.
Coal VIII ¢. Not present, Not present (east side of basin).
Coal viii b. Sewickly. Sewickly.
Coal VIII a. Redstone. Redstone.
Coal V1Il. Pittsburg. Pittsburg.
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 231
DESCRIPTION OF THE BEDS.
Coals XII and XIII of the Ohio section are seen at few
localities and are of economical importance nowhere. The
former is enormously developed in the hills opposite Wheel-
ing, where it is a dry coal, six feet thick, but heavily charged
with pyrites.
The Waynesburg (XI) is commonly known in western
Belmont Co., Ohio, as the “jumping six-foot seam” owing
to its sudden variations in thickness. In Harrison and Jef-
ferson counties, it is worthless, never more than two feet
thick, and is seen only near the tops of the highest hills.
In western Belmont it is not worked and varies from six
inches to nearly six feet in thickness. This change is seen
in a cut west from Barnesville, at one end of which it is
barely six inches while at the other it shows the following
section :
Coal, 1 ft.; shale, 4 in. ; coal, 4 in.; shale, 4 in.; coal,
AMine wshales 2tts\icoal, Lite il otal, otter sins
Seven miles east from Barnesville it is seen in a cut, about
one foot thick and parted in the middle by a thin layer of
limestone. Near St. Clairsville, in the same county, it is
rudely worked and shows three feet of very impure coal,
resting almost immediately upon a foot of limestone. Near
Bridgeport, opposite Wheeling, it is three feet six inches
thick, roofed by six inches of impure black band which is
overlaid by two feet of alternating bands of bituminous and
ordinary shale. Here the limestone is eighteen inches below
the coal. Onarun four miles west from Belleair and just south
of the railroad, it suddenly thickens out and becomes a con-
fused mass of coal and shale not less than fifteen feet thick,
and totally worthless.
Followed into West Virginia it is seen on the top of
Wheeling Hill, just back of the city. On Wheeling creek
it is worked at Roney’s Point, ten miles from the city, and
proves to be a very good coal varying from two feet four
232 The Upper Coal Measures
inches to three feet thick. It is seen somewhat thicker on
the south fork of the creek. On the eastern side of the
basin it is seen at several points along Scott’s and Robinson’s
Runs, in Monongalia Co., W. Va., as well as in Greene Co.,
Penn. Its greatest development is seen on Scott’s Run,
where its changes are almost as interesting as in Belmont Co.
Ohio. Two miles and a half up the run several openings
are seen which give the following section :
Coal, 1 ft. 9 in. ; Bituminous shale, 8 in. Coal, 4 ft. 8 in.
Two miles farther up the run the shale has disappeared,
and at an opening near Cassville, the bed shows full nine
feet of coal. One mile beyond, the following section was
obtained :
Blue clay, 6 in.; slaty coal, 1 ft. 3 in.; clay, with many
impressions of plants, 3 to 6 in.; coal, 2 in.; clay, 2 in.;
coal, 74 in.; clay, 1 ft. 1 in.; coal, seen, 4 ft. 2 in.
This opening is likely to prove of considerable interest as
the fossils are very numerous and well preserved, while the
horizon at which they occur is more than one hundred feet
higher than any other yet discovered in the northern portion
of the trough. On Robinson’s Run the bed shows a tendency
to develop in the same manner as follows:
- Bituminous shale, with thin lamine of coal, 2 ft.; coal, 1
ft..6 in. ; clay, 7 in.; coal, 4 ft. 8-in.
Towards the south it rapidly diminishes in thickness and
apparently thins out.
In Pennsylvania the bed is usually double, but is nowhere
so greatly developed as on Scott’s Run. Near Waynesburg
it shows coal, 1 ft. 8 in.; clay, 1 ft. 2 in.; coal, 3 ft. 2 in.
Near Carmichaeltown, Greene Co., it shows coal, 3 ft. ; clay,
3 in.; coal, 3 ft. The clay is sometimes replaced by black
slate with innumerable thin lamin of coal (Rogers). Near
Brownsville it is five feet thick and single.
In West Virginia the coal from this bed is dry, almost
open-burning, gives a strong fire and is highly valued for
domestic purposes. It contains a large proportion of pyrites,
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 233
sufficient probably to render it unfit for general use. In
Pennsylvania its quality is inferior to that of coal from the
Pittsburg, while in Ohio, it is, for the most part, utterly
worthless.
Coal X of the Ohio section is traceable through Belmont,
Harrison and Jefferson counties, Ohio. It is usually a double
bed and in some localities is still further divided. At the
most westerly opening seen, in Warren Township, Belmont
Co., it shows: slaty coal, 1 ft 6in. Coal, good, 3 ft.
At Badgersburg in the adjoining township it displays the
double character more clearly as follows :
Laminated shale, 4 ft.; coal, slaty, 1 ft. 7 in.; shale and
clay, lft. 8 in. ; coal; 5 ft.; fireclay, 1 ft.
Here the coal is of good quality and compares favorably
with that obtained from the Pittsburg, but the bed is much
cut up by “clay-veins” and “horse-backs” both from above
and from below, difficulties which seem to beset it generally.
In Union township the bed is seen triple in Section 25 as
follows :
Coal, \1'fts; clay,1 ft. 3*in-/; coal,4 ft. 6'in.);'shale, 1 ft.;
coal, slaty, 1 ft.; fireclay, 1 ft. 3 in.
Near the village of Flushing it is worked at many openings.
While varying little in thickness it is exceedingly uncertain
in quality; some banks yielding coal well fitted for black-
smiths’ use, while that from others in the immediate neigh-
borhood is hardly fit for the coarsest of domestic purposes.
The general section there is
Coal, 1 ft. 2 in.; shale and clay, 1 ft. 4 in.; coal, 3 ft. to
4 ft.
As this bed is followed eastward toward the Ohio river it
is seen to lose its thickness gradually, soon becoming of no
economical importance and finally thinning out near the
river. In Harrison Co., it is frequently seen at the road-
sides ; but few openings are found owing to’ the ready accessi-
bility and better quality of the Pittsburg. Near New Athens
the following section was obtained :
234 The Upper Coal Measures
Shale, 6 ft.; coal, 10 in.; fireclay, 10 in.; shale, 1 ft. 8
in.; coal, 4 ft. 8 in.; shale, 3 ft.; coal, 4 in.; shale, 3 ft.
Near Cadiz the same section is repeated. In Jefferson
Co., the coal is frequently seen at the roadside but is so
degraded as to be worthless. It is little more than a bitumi-
nous shale, two to three feet thick. It may be the coal at
Knoxville one hundred feet above VIII, but is there not
more than eighteen inches.
Coal 1X likewise thins out before reaching the Ohio. It
is seen at numerous localities in Belmont, Harrison and Jef-
ferson counties, at varying distance above the Pittsburg and is
usually about two feet six inches thick, divided midway by
a thin clay parting. It is very persistent, rests directly on
limestone and being of no-economical value, is interesting
chiefly because of its relations to the Pittsburg, which will
be considered farther on. It is thickest in its southeastern
prolongation and thins out toward the borders of the basin,
W. and N.
Coal VIII c is known locally in Ohio as the Glenco Coal,
having been worked somewhat extensively at the station of
that name, on the Central Ohio railroad, where it is nearly
four feet. Along the railroad it retains its size to Belleair,
but from that point northward it diminishes rapidly, becom-
ing three feet along Wheeling creek and only fifteen inches
at Martinsville, five miles north from Belleair. In West Vir-
ginia, from Benwood to Wheeling it shows some singular
variations. Back of the furnace at Benwood it is eighteen
inches ; at the stone quarry, a short distance north, it is six
inches, with one foot of coal five feet above it; at the lime-
stone quarry near South Wheeling, it is eight inches and the
upper bed concealed; while at Wheeling it is one foot with
fourteen inches of coal six feet above it. Followed up the
north fork of Wheeling creek it becomes more important
and is mined near Triadelphia where it shows about three
feet of very fair cannel. The double character displayed
along the Ohio, on the Virginia side, is occasionally ex-
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 235
hibited in Belmont Co., but never to any very marked
degree.
The Sewickly (VIII 6) is confined, in Ohio, to the neigh-
borhood of Wheeling. It may be seen on the National Road,
five miles west from the river and near Glenco on the Cen-
tral Ohio railroad. At Belleair it is only six inches thick
and at Bridgeport barely one foot. At Benwood, on the
Virginia side, it shows:
Coal, 124 in.; clay, 44 in.; coal, 84 in.; slaty coal, 5
in. Total, 2 ft. 64 in.
From this point to Wheeling it runs about two feet, but
at Wheeling it is much degraded and shows bituminous
shale, 8 in.; clay, 4 in.; cea/, 8 in. On Wheeling Creek, it
shows a very complex division.
Coal, 1 in.; shale, 1 ft. 3 in.; coal, 1 ft. 1 in.; clay, 3
in. ; coal, 10 in.
It disappears under Wheeling creek about five miles east
from Wheeling. It reappears on Scott’s Run, in Monon-
galia Co., greatly increased in thickness and much changed
in character. Where first seen above the run, it is five feet
eight inches thick ; a short distance beyond, it is five feet and
on the bank of the Monongahela river it is six feet. At all
of these openings it is divided about midway by a layer of
cannel from two to six inches thick. On Robinson’s Run it
is four feet six inches, with a clay parting midway and the
cannel layer only cne foot from the bottom. At its eastern
outcrop near Laurel Hill it is only one foot thick, having
been torn away during the deposition of its overlying sand-
stone. It can be traced southward to the Baltimore and
Ohio railroad but does not retain its thickness. The coal
from this bed in West Virginia on the east side of the basin
is of remarkably good quality, containing only a minute
proportion of pyrites and showing little tendency to cake
upon the fire.
In Pennsylvania, this bed is persistent within certain limits,
and varies from two to five feet in thickness.
236 The Upper Coal Measures
The Ledstone (VIII a), like the preceding, is seen in Ohio,
only near Wheeling. At Belleair it is six inches thick im-
bedded in one foot of black shale and enclosed by the lime-
stone. At the limestone quarry near Benwood, W. Va., it
is barely one foot thick, a confused mass of shale and coal.
At Wheeling it has the same character. On Scott’s and
Robinson’s Runs, in Monongalia Co., it is from three to four
feet thick, and yields a coking coal of very superior quality.
In Pennsylvania it is a variable coal, ranging from eighteen
inches to four feet in thickness.
The Pittsburg (VIIL) is well exposed in Belmont, Guern-
sey, Harrison and Jefferson counties, Ohio, as well as in Ohio,
Brooke, Marion, and Monongalia counties, West Virginia.
Its most westerly exposure, aside from isolated patches, is
at Salesville, on the Central Ohio railroad, thirty-seven miles
west from Wheeling, and its most northerly exposure, at
Knoxville, Jefferson Co., about the same distance north from
Wheeling. Wherever accompanied by its normal roof, shale,
succeeded by limestone, it is a double bed, consisting of two
or even more divisions of coal separated by shale or clay.
In Guernsey and Western Belmont, where the overlying
limestone shale has been removed to be replaced by sand-
stone, this bed has suffered the loss of its upper layers, and
for the most part is single-bedded,‘varying from four to five
feet in thickness with the sandstone resting directly upon it,
or at most, separated by only a few inches of shale. In
some localities the eroding current excavated deep trenches
in the coal itself. These, having been filled up with sand,
now appear as huge sandstone “horsebacks” from five to
sixty feet wide. The change in the accompanying rocks is
shown in the following sections.
No. I is from Barnesville, Belmont Co.
No. If is from Sewellsville in the same county and north from Barnes-
ville.
No. III is from Moorfield, Harrison Co., and north from Barnesville.
No. IV is from near Deersville, ‘‘ G3 oa (0G Ot Ot ce
No. V is from Egypt, Belmont Co., a short distance east from Sewells-
ville.
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 237
I. II. II. TV. Vis
1. Coal x. 1. Coal x. 1. Sandstone, 40')1. Sandstone, 70'|1. Coal X.
2. Sandstone, 55'|2. Sandstone,105' 2. Limestone, 4')2. Coal vim. 2. Sandstone, 35'
3. Coal IX, 13'|3. Coal vim. 3. Shale, 5! 3. Coal IX.
4, Limestone, 53’ 4. Coal VII. 4. Limestone, 70'
5. Sandstone, 40’ 5. Shale, 5'
6. Coal VII. 6. Coal Vii.
Ata short distance east from each of these localities, the
heavy limestone shown in Section V is seen forty to seventy
feet thick. Westward the sandstone prevails to the outcrop.
A comparison of these sections shows that the heavy lime-
stone of Section V has been removed to be replaced by
sandstone. That the entire removal, shown in Section II,
was not the work of a single current is evident from Section
I. The first or earlier current exerted its force before the
close of the limestone-making epoch and the formatidn of
Coal IX. The five and one-half feet of limestone shown in
Section I yields a hydraulic current which is equal to any
manufactured in our country. The upper layer of the lime-
stone of Section V possesses hydraulic properties, where
exposed, along the Central Ohio railroad, at New Egypt,
Flushing, at Wheeling Creek, and at other localities in
Belmont County, as well as at many places in Harrison
County, so that we cannot doubt that it and the limestone
at Barnesville are synchronous. The force of this earlier
current must have been irregular, for at Deersville it has
removed both limestone and shale, but has left the coal
untouched; at Moorfield it has spared the lower layer of
limestone; while at Sewellsville and Barnesville it has re-
moved everything above the lower division of the coal and
has trenched that deeply from these points westward to the
outcrop. The second current did not exist until after the
formation of Coal IX, and seems to have acted more energet-
ically at the north than at the south. At Barnesville it
238 The Upper Coal Measures
spared not only the limestone but also the coal, whereas
northward both were removed. The eastern boundary of
these currents is very tortuous, but has a rudely northeast
and southwest direction. They must have their origin in
similar causes, as their courses coincide.
As already stated, the Pittsburg, where accompanied by
its normal roof, isa double coal. The roof-coal, or upper
division, is subject to much variation. The partings in the
lower division are very persistent. About one foot from
the top is a band of pyrites, one to two inches thick; near
the middle is a clay parting, about one inch, and three to
eight inches below this a second clay parting resembling the
first ; below this a thin band of pyrites is frequently found,
but it is not persistent. The middle bench, between the
clay partings, is ordinarily very pure, and well adapted to
smiths’ use.
In Millwood and Londonderry townships, Guernsey Co.,
Ohio, the coal is single-bedded, with a sandstone roof, and
varies little from four feet in thickness. In Warren and
Kirkwood townships, Belmont Co., wherever roofed by sand-
stone, it is single-bedded and badly cut out. In Oxford
township, Guernsey Co., the roof-coal is occasionally seen
one foot thick and separated by shale from the lower divi-
sion.
Near Deersville, in Harrison Co., the coal is opened and
gives the following section :—
Goal, 10 in.gclay..10 ins coal. ft;
The intimate structure of the lower division, as shown in
an opening here, is peculiar in the thickness of the middle
bench :
Coal, 1 ft. 6 in.; pyrites band, 14 in.; coal, 2 in.; clay
parting, $ in.; coal, 1 ft. 3 in.; clay parting, 1 in.; coal,
LOam, s\ total, 4: ftss tan.
In the neighborhood of these sections the coal is soft, not
good for hard firing, but is quite pure and shows few streaks
or nodules of pyrites. Followed eastward the coal thickens,
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 239
becomes harder and less pure. About a mile west from
Cadiz it shows :
Bituminous shale, 4 ft.; coal, 1 ft. 3 in.; clay, 1 ft. 2
in.4; “cod.,, ©: ft..'6 in.
At Cadiz the following section is said to exist in the
shaft of the coal works :—
Coal, 2 ft.; limestone, 5 ft.; clay, 2 ft.; coal, 5 ft.
It is impossible to verify this report, given by the fore-
man, as the shaft is boarded up. If it be a true section it is
exceedingly anomalous, for no such succession is to be seen
in the neighborhood, and there are good exposures near by.
Through this district the coal seems to be exceedingly
pure, no pyrites are visible except in the two bands, and
blacksmiths pronounce the coal admirably fitted for their
use. Yet analysis shows that it contains upwards of two per
cent. of sulphur in its best part. That this is distributed
thtoughout the coal as pyrites and not as an organic com-
pound is evident from the fact that more than one-half re-
mains after coking, forming almost tw6 per cent. of the
coke. At the most northerly exposure of the bed near
Jefferson, the intimate structure of the whole bed is as
follows :—
Cole litte. Grim. si (clay. nds ft.06 tints) coalte 1" ft. 9" im, 5
clay parting, 4 in.; coal, 6 in.; clay parting, 4 in.; coal, 1
fb-2 ines; clay! parting, 4 1n.; coal, 91 {ty 2. in. 3: total of
lower division, 4 ft. 8 in.
The upper pyrites band is not persistent at this opening,
and where seen is one-fifth of an inch thick. The lower
band was not observed. Near Hanover, at the northwestern
exposure of the bed, the clay between the coals has almost
disappeared, and we find
ftoof-coal, 1 ft. 6 in.; clay parting, 4 in.; coal, 3 ft.
11 in. :
The roof-coal is slaty and easily recognized as separate
from the main coal below. In Jefferson Co., this bed lies
for the most part high up in the hills, and there are few ex-
JANUARY, 1873. 17 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X
240 The Upper Coal Measures
tensive openings. Near Unionport, on the Panhandle road,
at the northern outcrop, several banks have been opened,
but none of them show the roof-coal. The roof is shale
succeeded by sandstone, and the coal is 4 ft. 2 in. to 4 ft. 9
in. thick, with the following structure.
Coal, 1 ft. 2 in.; clay, $ in. ; coal, 6 in. ; clay $ in. ; coal,
94 in.; Clay, 4 ims coal, lin; ‘clay4 im; coal, 24t.
The pyrites bands are not persistent here but streaks and
nodules are quite numerous. At another opening about half
a mile from these, the roof-coal is still absent, the roof being
shale, six feet thick, succeeded by sandstone. Following
the road from Unionport to York several openings are seen,
at one of which the following section was obtained :
Coal, tts 6 ines clay, 10n.);\ coal, ‘Sitteito o Tt: enn:
The roof-coal throughout this district seldom exceeds ten
inches and the lower coal is much injured by pyrites both in
nodules and streaks. In the neighborhood of Mt. Pleasant
the roof-coal varies from one to three feet, and on Rush Run
it is said to be five feet at one opening, though only three
feet were exposed at the time of my visit.
In Belmont Co., at Hendrysburg, just east of the sand-
stone deposit the coal shows :
Coal, 10 in.; clay, 4 in. ; shale with thin lamine of coal,
1 ft.; coal, 4 ft. 8in. On Jug Run, a tributary of Wheel-
ing creek, the roof-coal is divided, a condition rarely seen
in Ohio, except along Wheeling creek, where it is quite
common. ‘The section is
Coal, 6 in.; clay, 8 in.; coal, 10-15 in.; clay 10-15 in. ;
coal, 5 ft.
In Colerain township, on Hughes’ Run, the lower division
becomes 5 ft. 8 in.
On Barr’s Run, the subdivision of the roof-coal is extraor-
dinary, as follows:
Ooal, 3 in.; black shale, $ in.; coal, 14 in.; shale $ in. ;
coal, 10 in.; shale, 1 in.; coal, 14 in.; shale 5 in.; coal 14
in. ; with the lower division 4 ft. 10 in. seen.
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 241
In Pease township, on Wheeling creek, the whole bed is
greatly expanded. At one opening we find
Coal, 1 ft. 6 in.; shale 8 in.; coal, 10 to 18 in.; clay, 8
in.; coal, 5 ft. 2 in. to 6 ft. In one or two neighboring
openings the lower coal becomes seven feet. Here the coal
is of excellent quality for fuel, though containing too much
sulphur to be of value in the manufacture of iron or gas.
The intimate structure of the lower bed is shown here to be
Coal, 2 ft. 5 in.; parting, 1 in.; coal, 3 in.; parting, 1
ime coals a tte toro Tt.no als
The upper pyrites band is seen persistently at from twelve
to fourteen inches from the top, and the clay partings are
full of pyrites. Nodules occur occasionally, but are small
and easily separated. Along the Ohio river the roof-coal
again becomes single, while the lower coal retains its thick-
ness. Two or three miles above Martinsville we find coal,
Zi ttesclay, 6 in.) to 2 its; coals 4ft..9 in:itor6. {63
Here the roof-coal has not been mined. It is usually left
with the clay parting to make a firm roof. The clay is much
slickensided, rendering it liable to fall after removal of the
coal below.
Crossing the river into West Virginia we find this coal ex-
tensively worked from Benwood opposite Belleair to twelve
miles north from Wheeling, as well as on both branches of
Wheeling creek. As might hardly be expected it shows
little variation in character and the following is a represen-
tative section :
Coal, 1 ft. 3m. to 1 ft: 8 in. ; clay,-1 ft. ; coal, 5 to 6 ft.
Rarely a thin shale is found dividing the roof-coal. East-
ward the bed disappears about five miles from Wheeling,
and at the same distance southward it passes under the Bal-
timore and Ohio railroad, the dip being southeast. Follow-
ing the railroad we see the coal again at Fairmont, about
eighty miles S. S. E. from Wheeling, dipping sharply to the
northwest. Here it is single-bedded, about nine feet thick,
and roofed by a heavy felspathic sandstone which is coarse
242 The Upper Coal leasures
grained and contains numerous coaly spots, evidently eroded
coal. The coal from this locality is coked and tests have
been made at Wheeling to determine its value in iron-making.
It proves to be too impure for use even when mixed with
thrice its bulk of Connellsville coke. It is, however, much
more compact than that coke, and if it could be cleaned
by washing would undoubtedly be employed in preference.
Along the base of Laurel Hill (Chestnut Hill, of Pennsyl- .
vania Reports), from Fairmont to the junction of Cheat and
Monongahela rivers we find the coal always single-bedded
and roofed by this coarse sandstone, though occasionally
separated from it by a few inches of shale. The roof is
very irregular and gives evidence that the eroding current
which removed the upper beds, tore out much of the lower
coal, which, indeed, near Morgantown is sometimes reduced
to six feet, though seldom less than eight.
Crossing the Monongahela we find a number of openings
on Scott’s Run, which give the following general section :
Coal dine; shale fte9 in; $:coals In ft-3ansishale,.buit.
Ssimesacods. LOat.
On Courtney’s Run, one mile below Scott’s Run, we get
Coal, slaty, 1 ft. 9 in.; shale, 3 ft. 5 in.; coal, 44 in. ;
shale, 1 ft. 10 in. ; coal, 1 ft. 4 in. ; shale, 10 in. ; coal, 8 ft.
8 in.
On Robinson’s Run, one mile farther down, we find
Slaty coal, 2 ft.; black shale, 3 ft. 6 in.; bituminous
slate, 10 in.; coal, 1 ft. 3 in. ; bituminous shale, 1 ft. ; coal,
8 ft., exposed.
Here, within a distance of six miles, the bed is seen first
single-bedded, next, on Scott’s Run the roof-coal is present
and double, on Courtney’s, a third layer is added to the
roof, while on Robinson’s, the two layers seen on Scott’s lie
together, though they are clearly distinct.
In Pennsylvania, the character of this bed varies in the
different basins, and is found only south of the Ohio and
Conemaugh rivers. In the first basin south of those rivers
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 243
it is about nine feet thick and single; in the second eight
and one-half, and siagle ; while in the third it is double with
the lower division averaging between nine and ten feet, and
the upper varying from two to five and one-half.
RELATIONS OF THE PITTSBURG AND THE SUPERIOR COALS.
It has been stated that Coals VIII a, VIII 6 and VIII ¢ of
the Ohio section are to be seen only in the neighborhood
of Wheeling’ and that their relation to coai VIII would be
considered especially. Coal TX, though observable over a
much larger area in Ohio is evidently related to VII in the
same manner as the intermediate beds. That the matter may
be clearly set forth, the following sections are introduced :—
No. Lis from the Central Ohio railroad, eight miles from Belleair.
No. II is from New Egypt, Belmont Co., Ohio.
No. III is from Flushing, Belmont Co., Ohio.
No. IV is from near Cadiz, Harrison Co., Ohio.
No. V is from near York, Jefferson Co., Ohio.
No. VI is from near Unionport, Jefferson Co., Ohio.
No. VII is from Knoxville, Jefferson Co., Ohio (H. Newton).
The section on the railroad is representative of a consider-
able area and, in all important points, can be duplicated at
Belleair and at many localities along Wheeling creek and the
Ohio river. The sections obtained here cannot be directly
connected with the others given, as high dividing ridges sur-
round the portion of the state represented by Sect. I. The
Cadiz section is virtually characteristic of eastern Harrison,
but northwest the limestone No. IV becomes thinner as we
approach the outcrop.
244 The Upper Coal Measures
18 Th IV. | VI.
1. Coal x, —| 1. Coal x, —| 1. Coal x, —| 1. Coal x, ?
2. Sandstone, 35’] 2. Sandstone, 35'| 2. Sandstone, 75'| 2. Sandstone, 85’
3. Coal 1x, 23'| 8. Coal 1x, 23'| 3. Coal Ix, 2'| 8. Coal VIII, 5!
4. Limestone, 70') 4. Limestone, 70'| 4. Limestone, 20'
5. Coal vittc, 4’! 5. Shales, 5’| 5. Shales, 4'
6. Sandstone, 18’! 6. Coal vim, 7'| 6. Coal vim, 8'
7. Coal viIl b, 1%'
8. Limestone, 20’ 1G0 VII.
V.
9. Coal Vila, 1%'| 1. Coal x, _— 1. Coal=x, 1}!
1. Coal x, St
10. Limestone, 20’) 2. Sandstone, 60’ 2. Sandstone and }
2. Sandstone, 85! shale, 100
11. Shale, 5'| 3. Coal 1x, —
3. Coal Ix, 13'| 3. Coal vu _
12. Coal vuI, 8'| 4. Limestone, 38'
4, Limestone and shale 7’
5. Shales, 4'
5. Coal vim, 64'
6. Coal vii, 6'
Should one follow Wheeling creek, Ohio, from its mouth
to where it becomes Patterson’s creek, he will find VIII ¢ in
its banks, as well as in those of its tributaries. Along the
bottoms of Patterson’s creek, which flows northeast, he will
see it worked by stripping. But before reaching Union
township the creek bed is some distance above it. Crossing
the dividing ridge and descending into the valley of Spen-
cer’s creek, he will find Section II, six miles west of the
locality where he last saw VIII c. If, however, instead of
following Patterson’s creek, he take the branch flowing from
the northwest, he will lose sight of VIII ¢ near Uniontown,
and six miles further he will obtain Section II. The result
is similar in other directions. In each of these sections a
coal is seen one hundred feet, more or less, below Coal X.
In No. Tit is VII c, in the others it is VIII. The accuracy
of this identification has been questioned, so that the grounds
on which it is made should be stated distinctly.
Ascending the Central Ohio railroad from Belleair to the
summit, twenty-two miles west from the Ohio river, nine
beds of coal are seen, beginning with the Pittsburg (VIII).
West of the Alleghany Mountains. | 245
Descending from the summit to Quaker City, thirty-five
miles west from the river, only six can be seen, and at
Quaker City the crinoidal limestone occurs. The relation of
the sections is as follows :-—
ASCENDING. DESCENDING.
1. Coal xin. 1. Coal X11.
2. Shales and sandstone, 70'| 2. Shale and Sandstone, 70'
8. Coal X11. 3. Coal x11.
4. Shaly sandstone, 40'| 4. Shale and Sandstone, 30°
5. Coal Xi. 5. Coal Xt.
6. Sandstone and shales, 98'| 6. Sandstones with thin limestones
and shales, H
4. Coal x.
np COAL Se
8. Sandstone, Sou :
8. Sandstone, 60'
9. Coal Ix.
9. Coal Ix.
10. Limestone, 70'
10. Limestone, 53!
ll. Coal vim c.
11. Sandstone, 45'
12. Sandstone, 18-35!
12. Coal vii.
13. Coal vu b.
13. Fireclay, 5’
14. Limestone, 20’
14. Limestone, 3!
15. Coal Vii a.
15. Sandstones and variegated shales, 150’
16. Limestone, 20-25"
16. Crinoidal Limestone.
17. Shales, 5-10’
18. Coal Vi,
19. Fireclay and shales with thin
limestone. 10’
20. Sandstone, 90'
It is evident from these sections, that east and west of the
summit the strata are identical to No. 10 ot each, including,
as was previously shown, No. 11 of the second; and it is
equally evident that*No. 12 of the second cannot be No. 11 of
the first, but that it must be Coal VIII or the Pitisburg. The
internal anatomy of the bed shows this, for even along the
Central Ohio railroad, where the upper division has been re-
moved, we find the characieristic pyrites baud and the clay
partings. But in order to remove all possible doubt, the
246 ; The Upper Coal Measures
Coal VIII of the second section was carefully traced with its
crinoidal limestone along its western and northern outcrop,
fromgSalesville, in Guernsey Co., to the Ohio river at Steu-
benville. From Steubenville it was easily followed down
the river to Belleair, where it was found to be identical with
Coal VIII of the first section. It is clear, then, that the coals
between VIII and IX have disappeared somewhere within
the dividing ridges of Belmont Co. One would expect to
find the successive disappearances along the Ohio, but the
coals become very thin above Belleair and the superficial
deposits are so thick that accurate tracing is impossible.
It is well to note that wherever VIII ¢ occurs, it has the
same relative position to Coal X that Coal VIII holds west
and north of the dividing ridges in Belmont Co., the interval
in each case being about one hundred feet.
The gradual disappearance of the limestone below Coal TX
and the merging of that coal into Coal VIII are more easily
traced. In Section I on the Central Ohio railroad the lime-
stone is seventy feet; at Barnesville the interval, including
the shales and upper layers of Coal VIII, is only forty-five
feet; at New Egypt, considerably east of Barnesville, it is
seventy feet; at Flushing, north from Egypt, it is thirty-
eight; at Cadiz, northeast from Flushing, it is only twenty
feet, and diminishes rapidly to the northwest, being only
five feet at Hanover; at York it is seven feet, including the
shales, overlying VIII; while at Unionport and Knoxville
the limestone does not exist and Coal LX itself has disap-
peared. From a careful study of these facts I am led to be-
lieve that here we have a series of bifurcations of Coal VIII
almost as extensive and interesting as those said to occur in
the Mammoth bed of the anthracite region. It is worthy of
note in this connection that the distance between Coals VIII
and X gradually diminishes northward, from one hundred and
five feet on the Central Ohio railroad to eighty-five feet at
Unionport, and the interval between X and XI diminishes in
the same direction from one hundred feet on the railroad
West of the Alleghany Mountains. . 247
to sixty feet at York. Under these circumstances I am
inclined to look upon the thin coal, one hundred feet above
Coal VIII at Knoxville as XI and not X. Thinning out
northward, like the lower coals, as these beds do, and grad-
ually nearing Coal VIII, it is more than probable that they
in like manner were successively merged into Coal VIII,
which I regard as the parent bed of all the upper coals in
Ohio, remaining in existence as a flourishing swamp from
the beginning of the epoch until its close.
A similar condition seems to have existed on the eastern
shore of the inland sea, though it is somewhat difficult to
obtain thoroughly satisfactory evidence, owing to the pecu-
liar manner in which information is scattered through the
Pennsylvania report. Three short sections have been taken
from that report, one from each of the three basins south of
the Ohio.
3D BASIN, REDSTONE CREEK. 2D BASIN, LIGONIER. 1ST BASIN. ELK LICK.
. Sewickly Coal (vit b), 4'| 1. Sewickly Coal (vit b), 3'| 1. Sewickly Coal (vu b), ?
. Shale, 2'| 2. Not seen, 5’'| 2. Sandstone, 25'
. Limestone, 6 | 3. Limestone, 6'| 3. Shale, 15'
. Shale, 40 | 4. Shale, 10'| 4. Pittsburg Coal (vil), 9'
. Redstone Coal (vVuit a), 24'| 5. Redstone Coal (Vu a), 3’
. Shales and sandstone, 35'| 6. Shales, 20'
NY aoa ao fF OO YH
. Pittsburg Coal (vim), 14'| 7.
Pittsburg Coal (vi), 8%'
CONDITIONS DURING DEPOSITION OF THE UPPER
COAL MEASURES.
To many it may appear that the data presented in this
paper are insufficient to justify generalization respecting the
conditions prevailing during the epoch of the upper coal
measures. But let it be remembered that the portion of the
field examined is by far the most important economically
and by far the most satisfactory in the exhibition of details.
248 The Upper Coal Measures
South from the railroad line bounding our observations, the
greater portion of the section, which we have been discuss-
ing, disappears and the only information to be obtained
respecting it is found along the line of outcrop on the west,
or on the steep mountain slopes on the east. In no other
portion of the basin can details be obtained respecting the
strata below the Waynesburg coal. ‘To give a fair illustra-
tion I have introduced for comparison four sections from the
east side of the basin and four from the west side as follows:
I from Wheeling.
II from Barnesville, Ohio.
III from near Georgetown, Ohio.
IV from near York, Ohio.
V from Ligonier, Penn. (Rogers).
VI from Monongalia Co., West Virginia.
VII from Uniontown, Penn. (Rogers).
VIII from Elk Lick, Penn. (Rogers).
if is I
1. Waynesburg Coal (X1), 3 |12. Shale, 3'|23. Coal, | 1;'
2. Shale, 33 |13. Limestone and Shale, 13'|/24. Sandstone, }VIII c, 6'
3. Limestone, 15 |14. Shale, 6'|25. Coal, \ 1
4. Sandstone, 3'|15. Limestone, 2'|26. Sandstone, 8-24’
5. Limestone, 5'|16. Shale, 4'|27. Sewickly Coal (v111 b), 13'
6. Shale, 5'|17. Limestone, 34'|28. Limestone, 24’
7. Limestone, 2'/18. Shale, 3'|29. Redstone Coal (vil a), 1'
8. Shale, 2'|19. Limestone, 1'|30. Limestone, oo
9. Limestone and Shale, 11'|20. Shale, 3'|31. Shale, 6’
10. Shale, 5'|21. Limestone and Shale 194'| 32. Pittsburg Coal(vim) 8'
11. Limestone, 44'/22. Shale, 3!
I. II. If.
1. Waynesburg Coal (Xi) 4-5'| 5, Coal x, 4'| 9. Sandstone, 40'
2. Sandstone and Shale, 50'} 6 Sandstone, 55'|10. Pittsburg Coal(vum) 4’
3. Limestone, 6'| 7. Cocl Ix, 13!
4. Sandstone and Shale, 45'| 8. Limestone, 52"
West of the Alleghany Mountains.
249
Il.
1. Waynesburg Coal (X1), 2'
2. Shale, Gy
3. Limestone, 10'
4. Sandstone, 20’
5. Limestone, 10’
6. Sandstone, 25'
7. Limestone, if
8. Sandstone, 8'
9. Shale, 6'
10. Coal x, 43!
11. Shale, 10’
12. Sandstone, 55'
13. Coal 1x, 23!
14. Limestone, 25'
15. Shale, 6!
16. Pittsburg Coal (V1), 7-8'
IV.
1. Waynesburg Coal (1X), ?
2. Shale and Sandstone,
Oo FO em WwW
. Coal x,
. Coal Ix,
. Shale with thin lime-
with Limestone no-
dules, 60'
3!
. Sandstone and Shale, 85'
1!
!
stone,
. Pittsburg Coal (vin), 64
Vis
1. Coal (Uniontown?) (X ?) |
2. Not seen, 10
3. Limestone, uh
4. Sandstone, 35!
5. Sewickly Coal (vii b), 3’
6. Not seen, On
7. Limestone, 4-8'
8. Shale, 10’
9. Redstone Coal (VIII a), 3'
10. Shale, 20’
ll. Pittsburg Coal (vit), 8%'
Wak
1. Waynesburg Coal (X1), 9’
2. Sandstone, 15’
3. Shale, 8'
4. Limestone, 5!
5. Shale, 4"
6. Sandstone, 1b
7. Limestone, 30’
8. Sandstone, 25"
9. Limestone, 6'
10. Sandstone, iby
11. Limestone, 7-
12. Sandstone, 10'
13. Limestone, 8’
14. Shale, 12’
15. Sandstone, 31
16. Sewickly Coal, 5’
17. Shale, 8’
18. Limestone, ae
19. Sandstone, 10'
20. Limestone, 22'
21. Redstone Coal, 4’
22. Limestone, 12’
23. Shale, 8’
24. Pittsburg Coal, 14’
2. Limestone, sandstone
and shale,
3. Shale, iby
4. Sandstone and some
limestone, 110’?
5. Sewickly Coal, 43’
6. Shale, 2'
7. Limestone, 6'
8. Shale, 40’
9. Redstone Coal, 1-23’
10. Shale with calcareous
nodules, 15
11. Sandstone, Dy
12. Shale, 15’
13. Pittsburg Coal, 14'
VII.
1. Coal, ?
2. Sandstone, 50’
3. Sewickly Coal, ?
4. Sandstone, 25’
5. Shale, 15’
6. Pittsburg Coal, GP
. Limestone,
NEE:
12’
250 The Upper Coal Measures
The relative geographical positions of these localities, as
well as those of some others already referred to, are shown
in the following diagram.
*19A0TB A *
*
S * Knoxville. :
= re % Ligonier.
; e
%
a*
oO
fo}
a
@ *
oS BS *
4 F a
* Union, v
: Lb, Lom, gy
Barnesville.* G,.
% %
o Scott’s Run.
A similar series of sections of the Barren measures shows
that the strata of that group diminish in thickness east and
west of the central portion of the basin. There can be no
doubt, therefore, that at the beginning of the Barren epoch,
the Alleghany basin had already its present shape and was
bounded on the west by the slopes of the Cincinnati axis,
on the east by the slopes of a similar axis. The events of
the succeeding epoch seem to show that the Cincinnati axis
had attained its highest elevation before the deposition of the
upper coal measures began. At the close of the Barren
epoch, the northern portion of the basin was a half-filled
valley such as is now presented by the bed of the Ohio river,
below Smith’s Ferry.
A comparison of the upper coal measure sections given
above, shows that as we leave the middle of the basin we find
the limestones diminishing in every direction. In the portion
below Coal X, these limestones, followed west and north do
not give place to off-shore deposits, but simply disappear
and permit the coal-beds to approach each other; whereas,
eastward, they interlock with sandstones and shales, before
West of the Alleghany Mountains. 251
disappearing, which in their turn thin out as do the lime-
stones on the west side of the basin. This is evidence of
clear, quiet waters on the west, while rivers or shore cur-
rents carried in their freight of sand and mud from the east
and northeast.
- After the formation of Ooal X, which, as has been stated,
may have been synchronous with the Uniontown of Pennsyl-
vania, the conditions were more nearly alike throughout the
basin until the formation of the Waynesburg, though at the
east and west, alternations of limestone and sandstone during
the greater portion of the interval give evidence of neighbor-
ing shores. The limestone is still greatest in the central
portions, but is easily traceable in strata or nodules as far
west as Barnesville, north as Unionport, and east as Elk Lick
creek, all on the line of final outcrop.
On the west side of the basin, we find the Redstone, Se-
wickly, VIII cand LX successively merged into the Pittsburg.
On the east side we find the Redstone disappearing and the
Sewickly brought nearer to the Pittsburg by so much as the
Redstone was distant from it, while the interval between
the Sewickly and the Uniontown (X ?) is reduced at the
most easterly exposure to barely one-third of what it is
nearer the central portion, on the Monongahela. We have
thus evidence of a series of gradual subsidences, separated
by intervals of repose, during each of which a lid of coal
was formed over all or a part of the basin. These subsi-
dences could not have been paroxysmal, for we find that as
the shore-line sank, the great Pittsburg marsh crept up the
shore, continually from the beginning of the epoch until long
after the formation of Coal IX, perhaps until the very close
of the epoch. Thus it is that, although giving origin to so
many subordinate seams, the great coal bed diminishes in
thickness when followed west from the Ohio, or east from
the immediate valley of the Monongahela. ;
It is highly probable that the Pittsburg was begun on the
east and advanced westwardly. We have ample evidence in
252 | Lingual Dentition of Geotis.
the sandstone and shale, which at the east separate it from
its limestone, that a delta was there forming and pushing out
to the west, so that on the east the conditions requisite for
the formation of coal would first exist. On the east side of
the basin we find nine to ten feet in the lower division of the
bed, while on the west side we find only five to six feet.
I am led, then, to the following conclusions :
1. The Great Bituminous Trough, west of the Alleghanies,
does not owe its basin shape primarily to the Appalachian
Revolution.
2. The coal measures of this basin were not united to
those of Indiana and Illinois at any time posterior to the
lower coal measure epoch, and probably were always distinct.
3. The upper coal measures originally extended as far
west as the Muskingum River, in Ohio.
4, Throughout the upper coal measure epoch the general
condition was one of subsidence interrupted by longer or
shorter intervals of reposé. During subsidence the P%éts-
burg marsh crept up the shore, and at each of the longer
intervals of repose pushed out seaward upon the advancing
land, thus giving rise to the successive coal-beds of the upper
coal measures.
5. The Pittsburg marsh had its origin at the east.
XXI.— On the Lingual Dentition of Geotis.
By THOS. BLAND ann W. G. BINNEY.
Read January 6, 1873.
THE genus (eotis was described by Shuttleworth,* founded
on acurious mollusk from Porto Rico. The lingual denti-
tion was said to be nearly the same as in Vetrina and Zonites,
the teeth arranged in oblique rows, centrals obtusely tri-
*“ Tamina lingualis fere ut in Vitrina et Zonites constituta videtur, papille nempe
numeros in seriebus utrinque obliquis ordinate sunt: papilla centrali obtuse tri
dentata; mediis vix a centrali diversis; lateralibus autem subulato-productis, arcuatis
basi? bifurcatis. An maxilla adsit heret.” ‘‘E formatione liuguze animal videtur
sine dubio carniyorum.” Shuttleworth, Bern Mit. 1854, p. 34, i
Lingual Dentition of Geotis. 253
dentate, laterals scarcely differing from the centrals, mar-
ginals lengthened, awl-shaped, arcuate, at base ? bifurcate.
The presence of a jaw was not verified by Shuttleworth.
The character of the dentition was considered such as to
denote carnivorous habits of the animal.
This is all the information as to the lingual dentition of
Geeotis hitherto published. Moérch, indeed, places the genus
(Jour. de Conch. 1865, 384) in his section Odontognatha,
which comprises the Terrestrial Pulmonata furnished with a
ribbed jaw, not from any original investigations, but simply
from its assumed identity with Parmacella, a genus believed
to have a ribbed jaw, judging from the obscure figure given
by Férussac of the mouth of Parmacella palliolum (Hist. t.
8 A, fig. 8). Shuttleworth’s descr’ption rather indicates the
form of dentition figured by us (Land and Fresh Water
Shells, 1), of many species of Vitrina, Hyalina and Zonites.
The bifurcated base of the marginal teeth may even be sup-
posed to be such as we have figured (/. c. 17) in the centrals
of Glandina truncata.
We have long had in our possession the jaw and lingual
membrane of a specimen of Geotis from Porto Rico. The
animal was received many years ago by one of us (Bland)
from the late Mr. Robert Swift, the aleohol in which it was
originally preserved evaporated, and the jaw and lingual
membrane were, not very long since obtained, by macera-
tion, in a somewhat imperfect condition. Comparing the
latter with Shuttleworth’s description, we find that at first
we had misunderstood his words, which, indeed, are quite
liable to mislead, especially in the infelicitous comparison
with Vitrina and Zonites. We give, therefore, a more de-
tailed description and figure, in order to prevent further
errors.
Jaw (plate xi, fig. 1) long, low, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated, ex-
tremely thin and delicate, transparent: in one single piece, but divided by
over forty* delicate ribs into as many plate-like compartments of the type
* Fragments only of the jaw were saved; the largest one we have figured, and from
it estimate the whole number of ribs.
254 Lingual Dentition of Geeotis.
common in Bulimulus and Cylindrella, but without the upper median tri-
angular plate characteristic of the latter; both margins scarcely serrated
by the ends of the ribs.
From our numerous observations on the jaws of Pulmo-
nata (see Ann. Lye. N. H. of N. Y., X, 165), we consider
this to be a form of ribbed jaw, the plate-like sections being
actually divided by delicate longitudinal ribs. It is to be
understood that the jaw is not in separate pieces, as in Or-
thalicus and Liguus (see Ibid, p. 168). Our figure of the
jaw of Helix turbiniformis, Pfr. (Ibid, pl. ii, fig. 2), gives
the same type of jaw, though differing in form. That of
Succinea ? appendiculata (Ibid, X, pl. ix, tig. 2) is still
nearer the jaw we are considering.
The lingual membrane is entirely different from what we
had supposed from our interpretation of Shuttleworth’s de-
scription. We recognize no resemblance to that of Zoniles
and Vitrina, but rather (in arrangement and shape of teeth
and position of cusp) to that figured by us of Orthalicus
zebra and undatus (Amer. Jour. of Conch. 1870, pl. ix,
fios. 2, 6,10, 12,) and Liguus fasciatus drawn by Leidy,
(Terr. Moll. U. S. II, 270). From these, however, it dif-
fers in the development of its cusp, which shares the trifid
character, and nearly resembles that of Helix muscarum
(Am. Jour. Conch. /. c. fig. 4).
Lingual membrane long and broad, composed of numerous rows of
teeth arranged en chevron. Centrals very long, narrow, obtuse above,
incurved at sides, obtusely rounded and expanded at base near which is a
short, gouge-shaped, expanded cusp, whose lower edge is bluntly triden-
tate. Laterals same as centrals in shape, but a little larger, and unsym-
metrical from the disproportionate expansion of the outer denticle of the
cusp. Marginals same as laterals, but more slender, with more developed
and graceful teeth, of which the median is pointed, often bifid. Thereis
much variety in the shape and denticulation of the cusps. The middle
denticle is always the smallest.
We find no distinct marginal teeth of the aculeate type
noticed by Shuttleworth, but believe he was misled by see-
ing these teeth in exact profile, when they have somewhat
that form as shown in our figure 6. Seen from above,
Lingual Dentition in Physa. 255
however, the same teeth retain their subquadrate form,
figure 7. Both jaw and lingual membrane, therefore,
prove that the genus belongs to the /7elicine of our pro-
posed arrangement of Pulmonata (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of
N. Y., J. c. 165), or to the Helicea of von Martens. (Die
Heliceen, ed. 2.)
By its jaw, Geot?s calls to our mind the genus Amphibu-
lima (see pl. xi, fig. 8), as well as the shell known as Suc-
cinea? appendiculata Pfr., whose generic position we have
left in doubt (Ibid, X, pl. ix, fig. 2), and many species of
Bulimulus. We have above shown the resemblance of its
lingual dentition to that of Orthalicus and Liguus, as well as
of Helix muscarum. It also forcibly reminds one of some
of the features of the dentition of Triboniophorus.
Our figure 5, plate xi, gives the central and adjacent lat-
eral teeth: fig. 6 an extreme marginal in profile, on a dif-
ferent scale of enlargement: fig. 7 a marginal seen as in
fig. 6: fig. 1 the largest fragment saved of the jaw.
XXII. — Note on a curious form of Lingual Dentition in
Physa.
By THOS. BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY.
Read January 6, 18738.
WE have received from Governor Rawson specimens in
alcohol of a shell apparently belonging to: the genus Physa,
collected at Point 4 Pitre by M. Schramm. On examining
its jaw and lingual dentition, we find both different from
what is usual in that genus. The jaw is not at all chevron-
shaped,* but is simply slightly arcuate, long, low, ends atten-
uated. The lingual membrane wants entirely the broad
transverse rows of comb-like teeth arranged en chevron
* See figure of jaw of Physa in Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America, IT,
p. 75, fig. 123.
JANUARY, 1873. 18 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X.
256 Lingual Dentition in Physa.
which are characteristic of Physa.* On the other hand, the
lingual membrane is long and narrow, with almost horizontal
rows of teeth. The centrals are narrow, somewhat expanded
at the base, at apex recurved into a slightly produced quin-
quedentate cusp, the central denticle the largest. The later-
als are quadrate, the whole apex recurved into a broad cusp
produced almost to the base of the tooth, with one large,
inner, stout, pointed denticle which bears on its inner side
another small pointed denticle, and two, small, irregular,
sharp, side denticles. The marginals are but modifications
of the laterals, wider than high, with one bluntly bifid inner,
and several small, blunt, irregular side denticles.
The centrals and laterals are like those of Limneat} rather
than of Physa, the marginals more like those of Planorbist
but much more quadrate.
In our figure 2 of plate xi, we give one central and several
lateral teeth, in fig. 3 one marginal: fig. 4 represents the
jaw.
A view of the shell is also given in fig. 9.
We have not been able to determine this species of Physa,
represented by M. Schramm to be very rare. In some re-
spects it appears to be allied to P. striata D’Orb. (Cuba I.
192, Tab. xiii, figs. 14-16), received by that author from
M. Ferdinand de Candé, but whether from Martinique or
Cuba was not positively known.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
. A portion of jaw of Geotis (p. 253.)
. Physa——? (See p. 255.) One central tooth and two laterals
from the lingual membrane.
3. The same as 2. One marginal tooth.
4. The same. The jaw.
Fig.
| ol
* See Ibid, p. 81, fig. 138: p. 82, fig. 141. Physa ampullacea, Gld. from Colorado Ter-
ritory, lately collected by Dr. E. Palmer, has the same type of lingual. Dall has detected
amore simple form of tooth alternating with the comb-like laterals of Physa. See his
exhaustive review of Limneide etc., in Ann. of Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX, 333, for valu-
able information on the dentition of the tresh water Pulmonates.
ySee our figures in the Amer. Jour. of Conch., 1871, pl. xii.
$See our figure in Ann. of Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX, p. 292.
Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc. 257
Fig. 5. Lingual dentition of Geotis. One central tooth with adjacent
laterals.
6. Same as last, but more enlarged An extreme marginal tooth
in profile.
. Sameas 5. An extreme marginal tooth.
8. Amphibulima patula (see p. 225.) The jaw folded as it appears
on the microscope slide, the position taken from its extreme
tenuity.
9. Physa sp. indet. Shell. Jaw and Lingual dentition. Figs.
2-4.
to |
XXHI.—Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, with
descriptions of new Californian Pterophoride.
By A. S. PACKARD, Jr.
Read January 6, 1873.
Tus catalogue of the Pyralid moths of the Pacific states
is published more to show how extremely limited is our
present knowledge of this family, as regards the region west
of the Rocky Mountains, than to give a view of the group as
developed in that part of the world. Neither Guenée in his
“Histoire Naturelle des Insects, Species général des Lépidop-
teres,” Tome VII, Deltoides et Pyralites (1854), nor Bois-
duval* in his writings on the Lepidoptera of California,
mention any species of this family, and it is believed that,
with the exception of Botys fodinalis, described by Mr.
Lederer from California, the following descriptions are the
first references to the California species of this interesting
group.
For my material I am chiefly indebted to Mr. Henry
Edwards, of San Francisco, to whose energy in collecting,
the science of entomology is under so many obligations. A
few specimens have been received from Mr. Junius Holleman
of Goose Lake, near Fort Bidwell, Siskiyou County, Cal.
*Lépidoptéres de la Californie (Annales Soc. Ent. France, Sér. 2, 1852, Tome 10,
p. 275-324; sér. 3, 1855, Tome 3). Bull. p. 31.
See also Annals Soc. Ent. Belgique, Tome xii, 5, 1869.
258 Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc.
Among those he sent are some extremely interesting Cram-
bus-like forms, one with pectinated antennz, too imperfectly
preserved for description, but sufficiently so to indicate some
remarkable types of this group of the family. Several inter-
esting forms have been received from Mr. James Behrings.
An interesting fact in geographical distribution is the con-
siderable extension given to the range of one of the probably
cosmopolitan species of moths. I refer to the MNomophila
noctuella (Schiff.). It has hitherto been reported by Guenée
from different parts of Europe, Algeria, Caffraria, Bengal,
Pondicherry, Brazil, and Philadelphia. It has also been
known by myself to occur in New England and New York,
and now it has been received from Oregon, near the Cali-
fornian state boundary line, from Siskiyou Co., California,
near the Oregon line, and from the vicinity of San Francisco.
Occurring so far inland as the settlements about Fort Bid-
well, Siskiyou County, and also the newly settled portions
of Oregon, it may be inferred that this species has not been
introduced by man, and that it is probably autochthonous
where it has been observed, at least in America. A variable
moth wherever it occurs, it varies in much the same manner
in California as in Europe. Such cosmopolitan forms give
rise to the suspicion that they are relics of a preceding geo-
logic age, which is borne out by the fact that quite a gap
separates it from its nearest allies.
Another point of interest is to ascertain what European
features occur in the few species yet known of this family.
The assemblage, so far as our rather scanty knowledge of this
group may be depended upon, is allied as closely to the fauna
of eastern North America as to Europe, as seen in the
species of Botys and Cataclysta. In the group of Ptero-
phoride one species quite unlike any European one, so far as
I am aware, has a very close ally in New England.
In the measurements hundredths of an inch are used, and
instead of indicating the alar expanse, the length of one fore
wing is given to secure greater exactitude.
Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc. 259
Pempelia fenestrella, n. sp.-—2g 49. In this species the fore wings are
long and rather narrower than in the European P. palumbella, and the
large, broad palpi, though of much the same form, are porrected instead
of ascending; but in venation and the structure of the antenna it agrees
with the European species, and Pempelia ovalis from New England,
in which the wings are much shorter. Body and wings cinereous,
- or granite-gray, the abdomen and legs being paler, and concolorous with
the legs and hind wings, which are of the usual glistening hue of the
genus. Fore wings of the same ash hue as the thorax, speckled with
black scales. Two black dots at the base of the wing below the median
vein. Beyond on the submedian vein is a longitudinal, blackish, incon-
spicuous stripe edged on each side with dull ochreous. Above it is a
dark point on the median and subcostal veins, with whitish scales sur-
rounding the middle dot, but there are no raised scales on the wing.
Just beyond the middle of the wing are two, prominent, squarish, black
spots, one on the median the other on the subcostal vein. A distinct,
white, submarginal line, parallel with the outer edge and bordered in-
ternally with black scales, especially marked on the costa. The space
between this line and the outer edge is filled in with deep, ochreous, lon-
gitudinal bars, alternating with black streaks, of which the costal one is
the widest and shortest. These bars do not quite reach the distinct,
black line at the edge. Fringe ash, twice lineated with whitish. Beneath
a pale, whitish, straight, submarginal line, edged within towards the costa
with dark ash.
Length of body @, 45, 2, 45 of an inch; fore wing @, °43, 2, -44 of
aninch. California (Edwards).
Easily recognized by the very distinct, yellow and black bars; the prom-
inent, twin, squarish spots, and the distinct, white, once sinuate, whitish,
submarginal line.
Pempelhha leoninella, n. sp.—28 192. Antenne and palpi as in P. fenes-,
trella, but the fore wings are more produced towards the apex, the outer
edge being more oblique. Body and base of fore wings tawny, the thorax
being ¢lay-yellow; palpi clear ash. Basal third of fore wings tawny yel-
low, somewhat orange colored externally, outer edge of this colored
portion directed regularly, obliquely outwards from the costa to the
inner edge, with three, black, venular dots along this oblique border. In
the ash space beyond is a distinct, dark, discal dot, and the veins are
black. A broad, marginal, tawny yellow band, the sides even and par-
allel; the costa, however, is cinereous to the apex. A marginal black
line, and a fine dark line in the cinereous fringe near the base. Hind
wings of the usual hue. Abdomen luteous. Beneath fore wings smoky,
dusky towards the costa; a pale, costal streak, not forming a submar-
ginal, pale line as in P. fenestrella. Legs dark ashen, whitish at ends of
joints.
Length of body @, °50, 9, -45 of an inch; of fore wing @, -46, 2, °45
of aninch. California (Edwards).
260 Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc.
Differs from P. fenestrella in the more acute primaries, the tawny base
of the wings and the conspicuous, marginal, broad, tawny band, and the
want of the twin squarish spots in the middle of the wing.
Nomophila noctuella (Schiff.) (Stenopteryx hybridalis Hiibn.) After com-
paring four specimens from Oregon (collected by Mr. J. Holleman) and
ten from California (coll. Edwards) with one from New York (Angus)
and three from New England, and four from Europe, I can find no valid.
differences. The largest suite, from California, vary in the same manner
as in the European specimens. One form is dark with the markings very
distinct, the other is paler, with the discal dot and reniform spot partially
obsolete, and the lines indistinct, while the whole moth is somewhat
tawny. The variation in size is much as in the European specimens.
One specimen was collected by Mr. J. Holleman in Siskiyou Co., Cal.
Scopula occidentalis, n. sp.—2g¢ 29. In this species the outer edge of
the fore wings is much more oblique, and the costa much more rounded
at the apex than in the European S. inquinatalis, otherwise structurally
it is closely allied. Stone gray; head and palpi gray: orbits white; head
and palpi white beneath. Fore wings uniform stone gray, crossed by
two, distinct, wavy, dark lines; inner line shaded with whitish internally,
with a large angle projecting outwards just below the median vein, and
another inwards on the submedian. Discal and reniform spots very dis-
tinct, black. Outer line finely scalloped, curved outwards from the costa
to the fourth median venule, where the line forms a sinus, and angulated
outwards on the submedian vein; the line broadly shaded externally with
whitish. A marginal row of black dots. Fringe concolorous with the
wing. Hind wings dusky, fringe pale; an obscure, short, dusky line
beyond the middle. Beneath, much paler than above, dot and reniform
line distinct, outer line faintly reproduced, as also the marginal dots. A
short, faint line on hind wings. Abdomen dark above. Legs whitish.
Length of body g, -44, 9, -40 of aninch; of fore wing @, -44, 2, -42
of an inch. California (Edwards and Behrens).
The lines and spots are very distinct on the fore wings, and in some
specimens the space between the two lines is slightly darker than the
rest of the wing.
Botys Californicalis, n. sp.—1 g. This species belongs to the Rhodaria
group, having broad, triangular, acute palpi, and being of small size, with
the hind tibize rather swollen. Body and wings light brick red, with a
deep, ochreous tinge. Orbits white, becoming red towards the front,
palpi grayish-red, white along the under edge; head beneath white.
Fore wings ochreous red, a basal, fine, regularly curved, waved dark
line; an outer, similar line, straight on the costa and inner edge, curved
outwards and wavy between the subcostal vein and fourth median venule,
there being four distinct scallops in this curved portion. Edge of wing
broadly margined with dull, leaden, reddish-brown; fringe reddish-brown
on basal half, much paler beyond. Hind wings marked much as prima-
ries, being reddish, and bordered widely with dull, leaden, reddish-
Cataloque of the Pyralide of California, etc. 261
brown; base of wing powdered with dark scales, and the outer, curved,
dark line present, diffusely shaded within. Beneath, paler than above,
a large, dark, discal patch; costal and outer margin of wing dull, leaden
brown; hind wings with a conspicuous, single, definite line, not shaded
within, outer edge bordered widely with dusky brown. Fringe as in pri-
maries. Abdomen reddish, with whitish, conspicuous lines covering
hinder edge.
Length of body ?; of fore wing, ‘28 of aninch. California (Edwards).
Botys unifascialis, n. sp.—2. Of an uniform, stone-gray color, with a
dark olive greenish hue. Head and thorax rather darker than the fore
wings. The only mark on the fore wings is a submarginal, broad, sinuous
diffuse, pale band, which is curved outwards on the upper half and in-
wards on the lower. Fringe concolorous with the wings. Hind wings
paler than primaries, with a slightly marked, median, broad, diffuse band ;
near edge of wing whitish; extreme edge gray. Fringe white. Beneath
fore wings dusky with no markings, but paler on the inner, outer and
costal edges. Hind wings cream white. Fore legs slightly grayish;
hind legs white.
Length of body, °55 of an ineh; of fore wing, ‘55 of an inch. Cali-
fornia (Edwards).
This species very closely resembles an eastern species,* but differs in
the pale band on the hind wings, while both pairs are rather more acute
on the apex.
Botys profundalis, n. sp.—2g 32. This is a small form, with the apex
of fore wings subacute, rectangular, the outer edge being less oblique
than in any other of the species described, while the palpi are rather
longer and larger. Orbits white on vertex and on each side of the an-
tennz. Deep ochreous-brown, body white beneath; palpi light brown,
white on the under side. Fore wings deep ochreous-brown; the inner
line angulated outwards broadly on the median vein and inwards on the
submedian. A large, round, discal dot and dumb-bell-shaped, reniform
spot, these spots more conspicuous than usual. The outer line is dark
*Botys subolivalis,n. sp. This species belongs to a distinct group, as far as I can
judge by the figures, apparently including the European Botys alpinalis and its variety
ablutalis figured by Herrich Schaeffer in his ‘‘Systematische Bearbeitung der Schmet-
terlinge yon Europa,” etc. The fore wings are rather broad, subtriangular, costa
straight, rounded towards the apex; outer edge not very oblique; hind wings broader
than usual. It is of a peculiar stone gray, with a slight olive-green tinge. There are
no markings on the fore wings, except a faint pale sinuate broad shade crossing the
outer third of the wing; it is directed outwards on the costa. curved outwards in the
middle of the wing, and is straight below the 4th median venule. Fringe slightly
darker than the wing. Hind wings dark smoky; fringe whitish, smoky at base. Be-
neath clear smoky ash on the fore wings, white on the hind wings, with a single broad
diffuse, much curved, dark band in the middle, and slightly dusted with cinereous scales
near the outer edge. Length of body -40 of an inch; of fore wing ‘50 of an inch.
Brunswick, Maine, in grass uplands; Orono, Maine, July (Packard). It cannot be
confounded with any other species of Botys I have yet seen.
262 Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, ete.
filiform, oblique, with its general course parallel with the outer edge, but
inwards making an elbow just below the costa, while just below the
median vein, the line is deeply curved in, making a very deep sinus, with
parallel sides, the bottom of the sinus being parallel with the inner edge
of the reniform spot. A marginal row of conspicuous, black dots. Fringe
ash color, with a dusky line at the base. Hind wings pale, the discal dot
sinall, inconspicuous; the outer line with a small, deep sinus behind the
middle of the wing, the line much curved in front of this sinus. A row
of black dots along the edge. Beneath pale, with the lines and spots
very distinctly reproduced, the fore wings not dusky as usual in some
specimens. Legs whitish.
Length of body @, 42, 9, :40-'45 of an inch; of fore wing @, *42, 9,
40-46 of an inch, California (Mdwards).
This apparently common species may at once be known by the unus-
ually deep sinus of the outer line. All the lines and spots are very dis-
tinct, especially on the hind wings. One female, the best preserved of
the lot, is bright florid ochreous, while the best preserved male is of a
pale mouse color, and the fore wings are dusky beneath.
Botys mustelinalis, vn. sp.—29. Body rather stout, with the fore wings
‘ather narrow, much produced towards the apex, the outer edge being a
little more oblique than usual. Body and wings of a uniform, pale, cloudy,
sable-brown. Orbits just in front of the antennem and upper side of the
palpi whitish. Fore wings with an oblique, dusky line, extending from
the costa outwards to the inner edge, being curved outwards a little in
the median space, and inwards slightly on the submedian space. An
obscure, dusky, large, round, diseal spot and large reniform spot. Outer
dusky line finely scalloped, curved around gradually from the costa to the
fourth median venule, where it is bent at right angles inwards, and the
lower, wider, dusky portion begins half way between the end of the
upper, scalloped division, and the origin of the fourth median venule;
this portion is twice waved. Outer edge of wing a little darker than the
middle and the costa is also darker. Hind wings slightly paler than pri-
maries. A faint, discal dot, and an outer dusky shade, dislocated, or
rather with a deep sinus below the middle of the wing. A marginal, fine,
dark line. Fringe concolorous with the wing. Abdominal segments
edged with whitish. Beneath, somewhat paler with the discal and reni-
form spots faintly reproduced; the outer line appears as a finely, deeply
scalloped line, the scallops filled in with a much paler tint; the border of
the wing is finely dusted with fine, grayish scales; fringe with a slightly
marked, fine, median, pale line. Hind wings with an acutely zigzag,
outer line, and a short, dusky, diffuse line in the middle of the wing, not
reaching the costa or hind edge. Body beneath and legs paler, almost
whitish.
Length of body, 50 of an inch; of fore wing, 50 of an inch. Cali-
fornia (Wdwards).
The distinguishing marks of this dull colored species is the rectangu-
Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc. 263
larly bent, outer, dusky, scalloped line, forming a large, reéntering angle
just under the reniform spot; the apex of the fore hee is also rather
more produced than usual.
Botys fodinalis Lederer—2 192. This is a species of the typical form
of the genus, with the fore wings moderately broad, the apex subacute, the
outer edge not very oblique. ead, thorax and fore wings pale sable-
brown. Palpi entirely sable-brown; orbits in front of antenns white.
Fore wings with a faint, dark, basal line, incurved on the subcostal space,
bent outwards just behind the median vein, then following a straight
course and ending on the inner third of the inner edge. A small, dark,
discal dot, and small, rounded, reniform spot at a considerable distance
from it. The outer, dark line is bent at right angles inwards, the portion
below the fourth median vein is parallel with the inner line; the portion
above is parallel to the outer edge of the wing, slightly sinuate in its
course and angulated inwards on the costa. Hind wings pale, faded
whitish, with a faint, ochreous tinge in the middle. A dark, conspicuous,
discal dot; a single line curved in a semicircle in the middle of the wing ;
edge of wing shaded broadly with blackish, fading out towards the inner
edge, with a narrow, pale, interrupted line beneath the fringe and dark
shade. Fringe concolorous with the wings. Abdomen, legs and body
beneath pale whitish, ochreous. Beneath fore wings dusky, hind wings
whitish, with the dots, outer lines and marginal shade reproduced. Fringe
a littte paler than the wings, that on fore wings darker than on hind
wings. Agrees with Lederer’s figure, Wiener Ent. Monats. vii. Pl. 8, fig. 9.
Length of body @,°55 of an inch, 9 (abdomen broken off); of fore
wing @, °55, 9, 48 of aninch. California (Edwards).
This dull colored species differs from the others in the obscureness of
its markings, and in the pale hind wings with the broad, dark border.
One of the two males is nearly twice the size of the single female, but a
large suite of specimens may show that the equality of the sexes is as
usual. The male wants the outer, much curved line, present on the hind
wings of the other sex. There is a very faint, reddish tinge on the fore
wings of one of the males.
Botys semirubralis, n. sp.—1¢@. A species of the normal form, with
palpi of the usual form and length. The apex of the fore wings is rather
blunt, but the hind wings are of the usual form. Body and basal half
of fore wings dull, dark, sable-brown, including the palpi and legs. Fore
wings dull sable-brown, immaculate to beyond the middle, except a small,
round, brown, discal dot. Outer portion of the wing dull, brick red,
with a little paler, diffuse, slight, submarginal shade. Fringe dull,
reddish-brown. Hind wings dull, sable-brown, with a vinous tinge;
fringe pale reddish wine color. Beneath, fore wings dusky in the middle
portion, becoming reddish-brown on the costa, and pale, faded reddish
on the outer edge of the wing. Hind wings pale, faded brick red on
costal region; fringe of the same color, the inner region of the wing
paler.
264 Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc.
Length of body, -45 of an inch; of fore wing, 50 of an inch. Cali-
fornia (Edwards).
This species may readily be distinguished by the blunt apex and the
dull brick red outer half of the fore wings, contrasting with the dull
umber or sable-brown ground color.
Botys perrubralis, n. sp.—2g 19. <A species of the usual form. Body
and fore wings deep ochreous-yellow, with bright red scales. Palpi
reddish-brown externally; tongue white; head reddish-brown above,
beneath white; patagia red. Fore wings bright ochreous-yellow washed
with red at the base; base of costa reddish; a little beyond a twice zig-
zag, red line, bent inwards on the median vein, and outwards on the sub-
median. A distinct, red, discal spot, a few scattered red scales run
across the wing below, with a fine, red line parallel with the outer edge
and running from the inner edge to the red portion and ending on the
median vein. Outer third of the wing bright red, enclosing a large,
roundish, yellow spot on the outer fourth of the costa. A faint, yel-
lowish shade towards the apex, ending in a series of faint, marginal
spots; the inside of the red portion is inclined to be dusky. Fringe ver-
milion red. Abdomen and hind wings glistening whitish, the latter with
a small, black, discal dot; a broad, submarginal shade, not reaching the
costal region, while the fringe is reddish, often faded white. Legs
whitish. Beneath, both wings whitish, edge of wings dusky, instead
of red (sometimes reddish); costa dark brown; fringe pale vermilion.
Hind wings as above. Body silvery cream-white beneath.
Length of body @, -45, 2, °50 of an inch; of fore wing @, 48, 9, °54
of aninch. California (Edwards and Behrens).
The bright red markings and outer edge will readily characterize this
species.
Eromene Californicalis, n. sp.—3 g. This beautiful species is closely
allied structurally to FE. bella of southern Europe, but the wings are a
little longer and narrower, and the palpi are rather longer. Body and
wings dull cream color; head and thorax with a pale ashen hue. Fore
wings dusted with scattered brown scales; basal half of the wing im-
maculate, just beyond the middle a slightly curved, narrow, silvery line
crosses the wing and is bordered widely on each side with yellow ochre-
ous. Beyond is a clear space, but very finely dusted with fine, brown
scales. The usual submarginal, once broadly angulated, white line edged
with deep ochreous; a short, oblique, white line parallel to the costal
portion of the longer line, which cuts off the apex. The marginal, ob-
long, black, conspicuous dots, ending in bright, shining, metallic spots
are arranged as in EH. bella, just reaching the angle of the white line.
Fringe pale, with two, fine, dark lines. Hind wings whitish, immaculate.
Beneath, a little dusky on the fore wings, with eight or nine black dots
on outer edge. Hind wings whitish.
Length of body, -41 of an inch; of fore wings, :41 of an inch. Cali-
fornia (Edwards). "
Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc. 265
A beautiful moth readily recognized by the nine black spots on the
lower part of the outer edge of the fore wings ending in bright, metallic
points. e
Calaclysta metalliferalis, n. sp.—1g 39. Wings rather broad; hind wings
deeply notched. Pale brown with an ochreous tinge; thorax ochreous.
Fore wings ochreous brown, an obliquely straight white basal line; a par-
allel similar line beyond, bent on the costa, enclosing a broad pale brown-
ish band; a broad white band, diffuse externally, crosses the wing, and is
limited externally by a filiform brown minutely zigzag line, which is much
curved above the fourth median venule, and just below sends an acute
angle inwards. (This line is more distinct in rubbed specimens). A mar-
ginal white line very diffuse on the inner side; beyond it towards the costal,
a narrow ochreous brown line. Still beyond are two or three very fine dis-
located hair lines at the base of fringe, which is pale brown, consisting
of brownish and whitish scales. Hind wings whitish at base, a few dark
long spatulate scales along the hinder portion of the wing. A dark spot
within the middle of the inner margin of the wing. An outer curved
waved brown line, edge of wing brown. The white band below the notch
enclosing five conspicuous black dots, with five black square spots beyond
alternating with bright shining metallic points. Abdomen pale brown, a
few ochreous scales at base; segments whitish on hinder edge. Legs
whitish silvery. Wings beneath dull ash brown, a whitish discal streak,
the outer line common to both wings, dusky and obscure; the marginal
white line distinct towards the costa, but the other lines not reproduced.
Black and metallic points as above.
Length of body, g, °34 of aninch; 9, -26 of an inch; of fore wing, 2,
33; 2, °33 of aninch. California (Edwards).
This species has thé conspicuous, black and steel blue metallic spots
on the hind wings, as in our eastern, and in the Brazilian species, de-
scribed by Guenée. It does not follow the analogy of the European
C. lemnalis, in which, as Guenée observes, the black and metallic points
are represented by simple white points.
Pyralis farinalis Linn. Two specimens from California, collected by
Mr. Edwards, do not differ from New England examples.
Fam. Pterophoridze.
Ptierophorus pergracilidactylus. n. sp.—1 g@. A very slender species,
with a long body, very long legs, and the wings unusually long and nar-
row. Body and wings ash brown. Head whitish on vertex, reddish brown
in front; palpi reddish brown with some white scales. Antenne whitish
ringed with brown. Thorax brownish above, becoming whitish on the
sides and extending along the abdomen; a small dark irregular dot on the
front end of each abdominal ring; brown on the sides with scattered dark
scales; beneath whitish with numerous dark scales, with a pair of large
dark spots usually meeting beneath. Fore wings very narrow, split widely
apart the usual depth; the costal branch narrow and curved; the hinder
266 Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, etc.
branch nearly twice as broad as the costal, the extremity falcate and very
acute. The wing is reddish ash brown, paler on the costa where are
numerous white scales, with a few blackish ones. A black dash at the
fork, a few black scales at the tip of both branches, the posterior edge
of the hinder branch whitish. Fringe mouse colored. Hind wings with
three long narrow not spatulate branches, the two anterior uniting on the
basal third of the wing by a distinct web. Entire wing and fringe mouse
colored. Legs white ringed with brown.
Length of body :45 of an inch; fore wing °55 of an inch. California,
(Edwards).
This interesting form is allied to the European P. pterodactylus, but the
wings are still narrower and the legs longer, but it is still more closely
allied to and represents our eastern Pt. cinercidactylus of Fitch, a specimen
of which is inthe museum of the Peabody Academy of Science, collected
by Mr. F. W. Putnam, at Salem, Mass., Sept. 26th. In the latter species the
hinder division of the fore wing is more triangular, less acutely pointed
than in the Californian species, and the markings on this division differ a
little.
Pterophorus sulphureodactylus, n. sp.—5 8 32. Fore wings divided on
outer third, the two divisions rather wide, the costal one reaching con-
siderably beyond the hinder, and ending in a very acute point; the hinder
division broad halberd-shaped. Body and wings sulphur yellow, legs a
little paler, tarsi whitish. Fore wings unspotted, clear sulphur yellow,
except a slight brown costal streak on the outer fourth of the wing. A
minute brown dot at the bottom of the fork. Hind wings pale mouse
color, under side of fore wings deep mouse color, costa yellow, with some
brown scales, especially towards the base. Fringe pale yellow. Two
anterior divisions of hind wings mouse colored beneath, 3d yellow be-
neath, with fringe yellowish at base, beyond pale mouse colored. Palpi
whitish yellow, streaked with ochreous scales; legs streaked with brown
scales.
Length of body :42 of an inch; fore wings ‘50 of an inch. Goose Lake,
Siskiyou Co., California, July 26, 27. (J. Holleman).
This handsome bright sulphur yellow species is allied to the European
Pi. osteodactylus. I know of no American species related to it.
Pterophorus cervinidactylus, n. sp.—1 @. Head with an unusually long
and large tuft of scales projecting slightly beyond the second joint of the
palpi. Wings shorter than usual, and broad in proportion; the split in
the primaries quite short, the costal division very broad, the apex trian-
gular; the apex of hinder division triangular, the outer edge very oblique,
the hindermost division of the hind wings shorter and narrower than
usual. Body and wings fawn color; vertex of head whitish fawn; frontal
tuft rather darker. Antennz annulated with whitish fawn and brown.
Palpi brownish. Fore wings fawn brown; paler, subochreous along the
inner edge, with a concolorous patch on the costa a little within the apex ;
a black dot just above and near the end of the split. Fringe concolorous
Notes on some Pyralide Srom New England. 267
with the wing. Hind wings with the first division spoon-shaped at the
end; third very short and blunt at end; entire wings fawn color, with no
dark brown scales in the fringe on third division. Legs whitish-brown,
hind pair as far as middle of tibize, beyond brown, spurs paler. Beneath
uniformly brown, thickly dusted with paler scales; with a large pale cloud
on the costal division of primaries.
Length of body -48; of fore wing -43 of aninch. California (Edwards).
This species may at once be known by its hind short wings, its uniform
fawn color, and by the faded ochreous cloud near the apex of costal divis-
ion of fore wings. It is remotely allied to Pt. pterodactylus of Europe, but
differs decidedly in the costal divisions of the fore wings, being much
more acutely produced. Besides these I have received, through Mr. Ed-
wards, two other species of this genus from California, but too imper-
fectly preserved for description.
XXIV.— Notes on some Pyralide from New England, with
Remarks on the Labrador Species of this Family.
By A. S. PACKARD, JR.
Read January 6, 1873.
Amone the specimens of this group, in the Museum of
the Peabody Academy of Science, are several species which
occur frequently in New England, and are so well marked
that I have ventured to describe them, without waiting for
more material from other localities.
I am unable, so far in my studies on this group, to find
any valid characters separating the “Phycide” from the
family Pyralide, whether we regard the larval or imaginal
characters. They seem to me to be intimately related on
one hand to the lower Pyralids, such as Botys and Scopula,
and on the other to the Crambi. Certainly the “Phycide”
should not rank as a family, but take their place as a sub-
ordinate group.
Acrobasis rubrifasciella, n. sp.—8 6 79. Antenne of g with the usual
tuft on basal joint; the palpislender, pointed, ascending vertically. Body
and fore wings slate-ash, glistening; thorax tinged with reddish-brown,
268 Notes on some Pyvalide from New England,
and with the head giving off faint metallic colors; palpi blackish on the
outside. Fore wings rather broad; just within the basal third a straight
line of raised scales, extending from the inner edge and stopping short
of the subcostal vein, conspicuously black externally, concolorous with
the wing within; the black line. bordered externally with bright vermilion
(sometimes wanting), which usually reaches the costal edge. Base of
wing slightly paler than middle of the wing. A light, triangular, paler
shade in the costal region of the middle of the wing, enclosing two
small, conspicuous, twin black dots. A submarginal faint, pale, narrow
line curving outward in the middle and with four or five acute scallops.
Fringe concolorous with the rest of the wing. Hind wings pale, glis-
tening, cinereous. Beneath, fore wings quite dusky, with no markings;
hind wings much paler, growing darker towards the costa. Legs dark
ash, paler at the ends of the joints, especially the hind tibiz, which have
a whitish band around them; hind legs whitish within.
Length of body g, 40, 9, -40 of an inch; of fore wing 4, :38--40,
40 of aninch. Orono, Maine. (Packard.)
This species is at once recognized by the broad bright-red transverse
stripe just within the middle of the wing. This stripe varies much, being
sometimes not present, at others not reaching the costal edge. In one
additional specimen from Maine, the fore wing has scattered reddish
scales at base and beyond the middle, while the dark transverse stripe is
wanting, and the red portion forms a broad transverse bright-red band.
The larva lives in June and early in July between the leaves of the alder,
where it makes a horn shaped case of’black cylindrical pellets of excre-
ment, arranged regularly in circles, the additions being made around the
mouth of the case. The case is about an inch and a half long; its mouth
a quarter of an inch in diameter. Within it is densely lined with white
silk. The pupa is of the usual color, mahogany brown, the end of the
abdomen rounded, with six hairs projecting from a transverse supraanal
projecting ridge. On each abdominal segment is a dorsal dusky trans-
verse stripe, widest on the basal segment. The larva was not described
in my notes. The pupa state lasts about two weeks, the moth which I
reared appearing July 24th, the larva having been found July 6th.
The Museum of the Peabody Academy of Science also contains ten
specimens of this moth reared by Mr. J. H. Emerton. The larve were
found feeding on the Sweet Fern (Comptonia asplenifolia Ait.), July 7,
1866, at Hamilton, Mass., the moth appearing July 20th. The case is
quite different in form from that previously described, being regularly
oval cylindrical; 55 inch long and ‘35 inch in diameter. It is con-
structed in the same manner as those found on the alder. This striking
difference in the form of the case may possibly be due to the difference in
the form of the leaves of the food plant, the large broad leaves of the
alder inducing the larva to build a horn-like, much elongated case; while
the narrow smaller leaves of the Sweet Fern may have led to the forma-
tion of a short, oval case. These differences are such as we would ordin-
with Remarks on the Labrador Species. 269
arily regard as specific, but neither do the pup or adults reared from the
two plants differ appreciably.
Myelois albiplagiatella, n. sp.—2@. Body long and slender, palpi large
and quite long, wings long, with the outer edge of primaries unusually
oblique. Dull cream or whitish buff, head and palpi whitish buff. Fore
wings pale buff color with a single long broad white stripe extending
from the base of costa to the apex, the extreme outer § of costa being
buff; lower edge of the white band slightly dusky, and the wing along
the middle is deeper buff than along the inner margin. Fringe a little
paler than the wing. Hind wings whitish. Abdomen white. Beneath
both wings are uniformly pale whitish buff. Body and legs of an intenser
white.
Length of body, °57 of an inch; of fore wing 55 of an inch. New
Hampshire, May and June (C. A. Walker).
This is quite different from Myelois grossulariw Pack. (described in the
** Guide to the Study of Insects,” page 331, under the name Pempelia gros-
sularie), and which, as suggested by Prof. P. C. Zeller, may prove on
comparison to be identical with the European Myelois convolutella, Htibn.
(See Entom. Zeitung Stettin 1871, p. 177) which preys on the gooseberry.
The present species differs much from WM. grossularie in having a longer
body and wings, and much larger palpi; and in the style of markings. It
may be at once known by the single long broad white line along the costal
edge of the fore wings.
Pempelia ovalis, n. sp. 1 4. Palpi large and broad; antenne tufted at
base as usual; fore wings oblong, not very long, outer edge less oblique
than usual. Body and fore wings ash, being covered with whitish and
brown scales. Fore wings with a short curved dark line at base on the
median vein. On inner third of wing a very broad brown band, directed
obliquely outward from the costa to the inner edge, and enclosing a large
distinct, regularly oval (longitudinal), ochreous spot between the median
and submedian veins. ‘Two obscure black discal points situated as usual;
the outer one is enclosed in a dusky shade crossing the wing obliquely and
limited beyond by the usual submarginal white zigzag line; this line is
curved inward below the costa; from the middle of the wing to the inner
margin it is exactly parallel to the outer edge, terminating in an angle di-
rected outwards. Between this line and the edge is a series of dusky
bars, the interspaces cinereous. A marginal black line. Fringe cinereous.
Hind wings pale smoky. Beneath fore wings dusky. A whitish costal
spot near the apex, but no line. Hind wings slightly paler. Abdomen
concolorous with the hind wings. Legs dull ash ringed with whitish.
Length of body -40 of an inch; of fore wing -40 of an inch. Maine,
(Packard).
Easily known by the oval ochreous spot on the inner third of the fore
wings.
Nephopteryx latifasciatella, n. sp.—1 Q. Of the usual cinereous color.
Fore wings rather oblong, the outer edge being less oblique than in NV. Ed-
270 Notes on some Pyralide from New England,
mandsit Pack. and other allied species; base of wing pale whitish ash,
beyond a broad dark shade crosses the wing, limited externally by a white
distinct zigzag line which is directed obliquely outward towards the inner
edge; the line has an acute narrow point running inwards on the median
vein, and a broader angle directed inwards on the submedian vein, the
line directed outwards at its termination on the inner edge. A costal
dark shade on the outer edge of this line. In the middle of, and extending
across, the shade is along ochreous spot. The two discal black dots are
more obscure than usual. The submarginal white line is very distinct,
consisting of three scallops, the middle one forming a grand curve ex-
tending from the subcostal vein around to the submedian, the curve is
well rounded not angulated as in N. Hdmandsii. This line has a dark
shade on both sides, distinctly on the costa. A marginal row of distinct
black dots. Fringe concolorous with the rest of the wing. Hind wings
of the usual shade. Fore wings dusky beneath, with a costal submarginal
pale line. Legs cinereous, hind tibiz with a dark ring, tarsi ringed with
whitish.
Length of body °35 of an inch; of fore wing °38 of an inch. Maine,
(Packard).
This species may be known by the broad dusky shade on the inner third
of the fore wings, enclosing an ochreous patch. It is of about the same
size as N. Hdmandsii.
Nephopteryx roseatella, n. sp.—2 #. With the same cut of the wings and
almost exactly repeating the coloration of the European Pempelia semiru-
bella, it has all the structural characters of Nephopteryx. The palpi are
larger and less ascending than usual; antenns without the tuft of scales
with short broad joints, well ciliated beneath. Front with longer scales,
than usual. Head and palpi reddish. Costa of fore wings conspicuously
white, the band not reaching the apex, the rest of the wing dull roseate;
inner edge whitish, the band not reaching the inner angle. Hind wings
whitish. Beneath fore wings a little dusky; hind wings same as above.
Two hind pairs of legs reddish externally.
Length of fore wing -37 of an inch. Dorchester, Mass. (F. G. San-
born).
In one specimen the roseate color on the wings has apparently faded
out into a pale drab, but the head is red. Though the antenne are with-
out the usual tuft of scales, and the palpi are longer than usual, I should
judge that it was a Nephopteryx. P
REMARKS ON CERTAIN LABRADOR PYRALIDA.
In his Beitrige zur Schmetterlings Fauna von Labrador
(Entomologischer Zeitung, Stettin, 1870, p. 371), Herr H.
B. Méschler makes some interesting remarks on the moths
described by American writers from Labrador. As soon as I
Note on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley. 271
can obtain specimens from Europe with which to compare
the species [ have described as new, I shall give the results of
the comparison and refer to Herr Méschler’s valuable re-
marks.
Botys inquinitalis Zeller. Waving received two specimens of this
species from Lapland, through the kindness of Dr. Staudinger, and
observed how much the two specimens differ from each other, I am dis-
posed, with Dr. Staudinger (Catalog., etc.) and Herr Moschler, to refer
my Scopula glacialis (1. c. 52) to the above species.
My specimens differ from the two others, in being paler in the middle of
the fore wings, with the outer line consequently much more distinct. On
the under side the same line is repeated with more distinctness, while the
five black costal spots are sma'ler and consequently farther apart than in
the Lapland examples. Otherwise the species agree with those from
Lapland.
Pempelia fusca (Haworth). Moéschler regards my Eudorea? frigidella
(Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1866, p. 53) as identical with #. centwriella
S. V. I fear Herr Moschler has been misled by my doubtful reference of
this species to Eudorea. Having since received four specimens from
Lapland and Iceland, of Pempelia fusca (Haworth), I find that my speci-
mens belong undoubtedly to that species. I have also specimens from
Orono, Augusta and Brunswick, Maine, captured in July and August.
These differ in no respect from the Labrador and European examples.
Scoparia albisinuatella (Hudorea? albisinuatella Pack. 1. c.). As regards
the identity of this form with S. centuriella, I should hesitate to decide
until I have specimens from Europe with which to compare my example.
XXV.— Note on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley, West
Virginia.
By JNO. J. STEVENSON, Pu. D.
Read February 17, 1873.
Atone the Great Kanawha river the Upper Coal Group ©
is observable up to about twelve miles below Charleston.
It contains two ¢oal beds of workable thickness. The lower
one is the Pittsburg (VIL of Ohio section) and is usually
known as the “Raymond seam.” It is much reduced in
thickness where it crosses Pocatalico Creek and is very
MARCH, 1875. 19 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL, X.
272 Note on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley.
inferior in quality to the same bed in its northern extension.
The limestone overlying this coal in Northern Ohio and
Pennsylvania, as well as in the northern part of West Vir-
ginia, is here greatly degraded, being represented by only a
calcareous shale containing a few nodules of limestone.
The upper bed of coal is occasionally of workable thickness,
but is of no economical importance. When the section has
been completed this coal will probably be proved identical
with the one given in Dr. Hildreth’s section at Pomeroy,
which is No. X of the Ohio section, and likely the equiva-
lent of the Uniontown coal of Pennsylvania.
The Barren Group reaches to Charleston and runs out in
the hills a short distance above the city. It is about five
hundred feet thick and contains, as far as I am informed, no
workable coals. It is interesting to note that along a rudely
north and south line, beginning at Pittsburg and running to
the Great Kanawha, the Barren Group varies but little in
thickness.
The Lower Coal Group sinks under the river a short dis-
tance below Charleston. Its development here, as compared
with that observed in the coal field farther to the north, is ex-
traordinary. In northern West Virginia the thickness is
barely two hundred feet ; in the First Geological District of
Ohio it rarely exceeds three hundred feet ; while in either case
it contains only six or seven coal beds. In this valley it is
readily separable into two portions, the upper of which
is exposed along the river from Charleston to the Falls, a
distance of thirty-five miles. Including the Mahoning sand-
stone it is not less than nine hundred feet thick, and con-
tains at least fifteen beds of coal, each of which is of
workable thickness at different localities. The lower divis-
ion is exposed above the Falls to Sewell Mountains, a dis-
tance of certainly thirty miles in a straight lie. It contains
only two or three beds of coal that are anywhere of work-
able size, and is made up chiefly of massive sandstones, with
rarely a thin shale or limestone. The estimation of its
’
Note on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley. 273
thickness is attended with some difficulty, as the dip is
undulating, and there may be one or two broad anticlinals.
There is no reason to believe, however, that it is any thinner
than’the upper division. We have here, then, a total thick-
ness of not less than eighteen hundred feet, with about
twenty coal seams, most of them workable at some point.
The extraordinary development of this group. continues
southwesterly, until its thickness becomes about twenty-
five hundred feet in Tennessee. <A careful survey of the
State of West Virginia would doubtless reveal some very
important facts in this connection, and would ajd in solving
some perplexing problems arising from this variation.
The Mahoning sandstone is conspicuous in the river hills
above Charleston, and, as in its northern extension in this
state and Pennsylvania, holds about midway a coal which
frequently becomes of available thickness. It rests upon a
variable bed of black flint, five to twelve feet thick, which is
occasionally associated with a thin seam of cannel.
A few feet below the flint, and separated from it by shale,
often arenaceous, is a coal partly cannel and partly bitumin-
ous. At Cannelton it is five feet four inches thick, and on
Paint creek, near Coalburg, it is seven feet. This is usually
regarded as identical with the Upper Freeport of Pennsyl-
vania (VI of Ohio). Aside from its position one finds in
its deportment evidence of this identity, since, wherever I
have observed it in West Virginia, it shows a decided
tendency to become partly cannel. Though I have not
visited Peytona, yet an examination of the map, and the
fact that Coal river heads near that locality and so cannot
have cut very deeply into the country, seem to render it
probable that this coal, known locally as the “Stockton
seam,” is the same with the cannel there worked. It seems
hardly possible that the “Gas coal,” situated five hundred
and fifty feet below the “Stockton” at Cannelton, can be
available at Peytona.
At Cannelton a five feet coal is seen a few feet below the
274 Note on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley.
last, but at Coalburg it is absent, or is represented by two
small seams occupying about the same relative position.
Mr. Ridgway identifies this with the Lower Freeport of
Pennsylvania. That is an exceedingly variable bed, and
cannot be traced satisfactorily in southwestern Pennsylvania
or northern West Virginia. The whole of the state lying
between the Baltimore Railroad and the Great Kanawha
river, is as yet unexplored. Under such circumstances it is
doubtful whether one is justified in making the determina-
tion solely upon the ground of relative position, this being,
at best, an uysafe guide.
At Cannelton the second seam below the “Stockton” is a
cannel of insignificant thickness. At Coalburg, however,
this place is occupied by the “Great Splint Coal,” which in
some respects is the most important bed along the river,
although its importance is probably local. At the Kanawha
Salines no such bed appears, but where it should be there
occur several thin beds considerably separated. On Paint
and Cabin creeks its thickness is not far from eleven feet
and on Campbell’s creek, if Mr. Ridgway’s identification be
accurate, it is six feet. At Coalburg it has been worked
extensively for several years by the Kanawha and Ohio
Company, under the superintendence of Mr. William H.
. Edwards, so favorably known to the scientific world by
means of his beautiful work on the Sutierflies of North
America. At the mines of this company the bed exhibits
the following section :
1. Sandstone, 6 : 5 ;
2. Clay shale, 5 . - 5 1 inch.
3. Coal, ; . ! : , A 6 inches.
4. Dark slate, 5 ‘ : 4 5 4-7 inches.
5. Coal, a 5 5 5 E : 3 feet, 2 inches.
6. Clay, 5 3 5 é ; - 3-5 inches.
7. Coal, : ° : : A 3 1 foot, 6 inches.
The roof is very irregular. Not unfrequently a huge clay
“hip” comes down two or three feet, crossing the entries in
Note on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley. 275
a rudely northeast and southwest direction, and having a
width of from five to twenty feet. Such “hips” are not
always of clay but are sometimes an odd mixture of sand-
stone and coal, the latter included not as layers, but as
fragments, as if it had been cut out after consolidation,
though in several instances the bowl-shape of these frag-
ments leads to the belief that it may have been removed
before consolidation. These “hips,” when traced across
different entries, are seen to taper off at each end.
The thin layer of clay ordinarily interposing between the
sandstone and coal contains numerous impressions of Lepi-
dodendron and Sigillaria, but usually in poor preservation.
Some years ago a series of remarkably fine leaf-scars of
Lothrodendron were found in entry I of the company’s works.
Of these, several were sent to the Smithsonian Institution
and to Mr. Lesquereux. The rest were retained by Mr.
Edwards, but were lost during the destruction of his house
by fire, ayear ago. .
The dark slate, No. 4, is rich in bitumen, breaks with a
semi-conchoidal fracture, but does not burn readily and is
regarded as detrimental to the coal. The coal, No. 5, is the
most important portion of the seam, and with No. 3 affords
the marketable coal, which is sold in Cincinnati as Kanawha
semi-cannel. When first shipped the proprietors named it
“Splint,” simply to distinguish it, and without reference to
the British signification of the term. This name was after-
ward applied to all the open-burning coals of the Kanawha
Valley. The coal is clean, breaks with a neat, sharp frac-
ture, bears transportation well and contains no appreciable
quantity of sulphur. It is made up of thin alternating
layers of cannel and bituminous coal, for the most part not
more than one-twelfth of an inch thick, though occasionally
a layer of cannel occurs one or two inches. It is conse-
quently dry and open-burning, with no tendency to cake
upon the fire. The “slack” yields a coke of only slight
density. Owing to the open-burning character, as well as
276 Note on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley.
to the freedom from sulphur, this coal is destined to become
of very great economical importance. Experiments have
been made with it in the iron furnaces of southeastern Ohio,
and in each case it has proved to be of the best quality.
Owing to the uncertain outlet afforded by the Kanawha
river, little has been done with this coal, but, now that the
Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad has been completed, the
operators in the Kanawha Valley will be able to forward a
steady supply, so that its introduction into southeastern Ohio
for use in iron smelting is a matter of comparatively short
time.
No. 7 is variable in thickness and contains more bitu-
minous coal than the preceding. It is of excellent quality
but is too brittle to bear transportation. The larger pro-
portion of bituminous matter led to the belief that it could
be coked, but experiments in this direction have not been
successful.
The clay parting, No. 6, is of uncertain thickness. At
the mines of the Kanawha and Ohio Company, it is seldom
more than four inches, but followed westward it rapidly
increases, so that at the western boundary of the company’s
property it is two feet. A similar increase, though by no
means so great, is observable in the upper parting, so that, as
far as one may judge with the imperfect exposures presented,
there is much reason to believe that the thin coals at
Kanawha Salines, occupying the position of this bed, are
nothing other than its subordinate coals, 3, 5 and 7, sepa-
rated by the partings, 4 and 6, greatly increased in thick-
ness.
About forty feet below this coal is found a seam of cannel,
nearly three feet thick, well exposed at Cannelton, Paint
creek and on both sides of the river at Coalburg. It is of
good quality and will probably prove of much value.
Five hundred and fifty feet below the “Stockton” coal at
Cannelton, there is a bed of bituminous coal nearly seven
feet thick arttd known as the “Gas coal.” This is seen at
On the Subdivisions of Science. 207
Coalburg and has been worked opposite that village on tlie
northeast bank of the river. Its thickness there is incon-
siderable, barely three feet, and its quality poor. At
Cannelton Mr. Ridgway observed a limestone below this
coal, which he identifies with the Perriferous of Pennsylvania.
This is not exposed at or opposite Coalburg and I did not
observe it at Cannelton. If Mr. Ridgway be accurate in his
determination of the limestone, the “Gas coal” is very prob-
ably the Atitanning of Pennsylvania (No. IV. of the Ohio
section). In this case the persistent seam a short distance
below the limestone is the equivalent of the Ohio No. III.
The coals below these belong to the lower division of the
group, which I had no opportunity to examine. They are
said to be well exposed in the gorge of New river.
The dip of the strata below the Falls of Kanawha to
Charleston is somewhat less than 380’, but below Charleston
they are horizontal, or at least the dip is inappreciable.
Above the Falls it is very undulating and one may expect to
find one or more broad anticlinals between the Falls and
Big Sewell Mountain.
P.S. The map (plate xii.) accompanying this paper was
prepared for the article on the Upper Coal Measures (pp.
226-252), but was not completed in time to appear with it.
XXVI.— On the Subdivisions of Science and their Classi-
jication.
By LOUIS ELSBERG, M.D.
Read February 3, 1873.
”
Tue distinguishing characteristics of man are centred in
his ability to “know” and to “do.” Knowledge, accumulated
and systematized, has become science ; in a somewhat simi-
lar manner action has given rise to art. It would lead me
278 On the Subdivisions of Science
too far from my present subject to trace the genesis and con-
tinuous development, up to the present day, of either science
or art. Of the latter this has never been philosophically
attempted so far as I know; of the evolution of the former,
Hersert Srencer has given a brief but very able account
in an article republished in his “Illustrations of Universal
Progress” (New York, Appleton & Co., 1864), and occa-
sionally also in other works.
Classification of the subdivisions of a subject is an im-
portant means of making clear to ourselves and to others
our apprehensions; it may be looked upon as a condensed
exposition of the views we hold regarding the subject. It
should be made out, I think — except for specific purposes—
objectively, 7. e., the subjects of the classification should be
considered, as much as possible, as to themselves more than
in relation to the classifier; although, on final analysis, it
becomes obvious that all human learning (knowledge as well
as art) is subjective, simply because it is human and there-
fore relative.
I may state, as a fundamental discrimination, the one be-
tween the knowable and the unknowable; and as to the
knowable, that between the known and the unknown. It is
self-evident that beyond this verbal statement, there can be
for us no subdivision and no classification of the unknowable
and the unknown.
It has been held that the known should be classified after
the order in which it has been, or may be, built up in the
human consciousness ; and it has actually been attempted to
be classified after an assumed order of creation; but, as
HerRBERT SPENCER has shown in the article mentioned, it
cannot be rationally arranged in any serial order. Each of
the subdivisions of science, in which a sufficient amount of
exact knowledge has been accumulated to have been general-
ized and systematized, is entitled to the independent name
of science ; but we must never lose sight of the fact that it
is in reality a part of one whole, viz., human knowledge.
and their Classification. 279
Per se, all the subdivisions, or “the Sciences” are coérdinate,
not subordinate. As Herperr SPENCER, in another place
truly says:—‘No succession in which the Sciences can be
placed represents either their logical dependence or their
historical dependence.” (The Classification of the Sci-
ences: N. Y., Appleton & Co., 1864.) And there can
be no “hierarchy of the sciences,” as AUGUSTE CoOMTE
calls the order in which he classifies them; although we
are apt to attach greater or less importance to any par-
ticular science, in accordance with its relation and benefit
to us and human affairs, and are perfectly justified in
doing so.
The classification I present to you (see table, at the end of
this article), I intend not as an ideal, but as a practical one.
It is by no means perfect; but, I think, the most conform-
able to the present state of knowledge. I claim no credit
for devising it. My task has rather been the arduous one of
revising; of collating, judging, rejecting and compiling.
Some of the names are new; and some are used in a wider
sense than that in which they are ordinarily employed, and
therefore need explanation.
As already stated, Science and Art have been gradually
evolved from man’s ability to know and to do; and science
and art together are included under the term Mathesis,
meaning everything that can be learned.
Throughout the whole extent of the classification there
are connecting links:and transitions precluding sharp limita-
tions; thus there are connections not only between the
sciences themselves, but also between science and art;
indeed every science includes something to be practised, and
every art something to: be known aside from what is to be
performed. The epithets pure and mixed on the one hand,
and pure and applied on the other, to denote these associa-
tions and interrelations, have frequently been used rather
loosely. I propose to have the term “mixed” confined to
associations between the sciences, and the term “applied,” to
280 On the Subdivisions of Scrence
those between sciences and arts; thus I would speak of
mixed mathematics to designate the mathematics of pho-
nology, of thermology, or of morphology; and of applied
mathematics to designate that of surveying or of naviga-
tion. As many branches or collective systems are each
both a science and an art, as, for instance, music, astronomy,
etc., both mixed and applied mathematics may appertain to
these. Mixed sciences may receive names compounded of
the names of their components.
The term science includes all knowledge. It is what has
been called by some Pantology; by Hacker, Kosmology,
equivalent to Theology in its all-inclusive sense; by SrE-
PHEN Peart ANpREws, Universology. If we limit the ter-
mination “ology” to concrete science, these terms become
inadequate for us, whilst the word science answers. all
purposes.
A few words on the subject of hybridity, in combining
words or roots derived from different languages, may not be
out of place here. I think when exercised with judgment,
such compounding frequently enriches and improves rather
than debases language. Having adopted the suffix “ology”
for the branches of concrete science, I regard it as perfectly
proper to add this affix to words even if they are not derived
from the Greek.
In tabulating the subdivisions of science, I have made use
of horizontal and vertical brackets. I may say that by the
former I propose to indicate divisions which result from
different points of view which may be taken, and by the
latter divisions referring more obviously to separate depart-
ments of being. These two kinds of subdivision, which I
call, respectively, aspectual and departmental, are on dif-
ferent planes, as it were, and intersect each other. Each
aspectual subdivision of a science is applicable to all de-
partmental subdivisions of the same, and vice versa; for
instance, zoology, which is a departmental subdivision of
physology, is divisible into zoogeny and zoography; and
and their Classification. 281
morphology, which is an aspectual subdivision of physology,
is divisible into geomorphology and metageomorphology ;
the former into biomorphology and abiomorphology ;_ bio-
morphology into zoomorphology, se ORO LEE and
protistomorphology, etc.
Science as a whole, and also each science, “may be studied
from either a general or a special point of view. General
science-as-a-whole is equivalent in meaning to what I desig-
nate by the word philosophy. Special science-as-a-whole
occupies itself with the subdivisions of science, the classifi-
cation of these, ete. The terms general and special, applied
to a subdivision of science, refer to the consideration of that
subdivision, either as a whole, or in its parts, and with me
correspond rather closely to what SrrepHEN PrEarL ANDREWS
calls analytical and observational, the former dealing more
(though by no means exclusively) with generalizations and
principles reasoned out, and the latter with facts observed.
The terms comparative and descriptive refer to another kind
of aspectual division of science, or of any particular science,
which is often confounded with that into general and special.
Briefly to illustrate the proper designations by an example,
general zoology occupies itself with generalizations of the
science of animals; special zoology with the facts and details
of the domain; comparative zoology, with comparisons,
analogies, correspondences and differences of different sub-
jects pertaining to the animal kingdom; and descriptive
zoology with the description of the animals themselves.
Kither general or special zoology may be either comparative
or descriptive, and vice versa.
The first departmental division of science is into concrete
and abstract.
“The broadest natural division among the sciences,” says HERBERT
SPENCER (The Classification of the Sciences, New York, D. Appleton &
Co., 1864, p. 4), ‘is the division between those which deal with the ab-
stract relations under which phenomena are presented to us, and those
which deal with the phenomena themselves. Relations, of whatever
orders, are nearer akin to one another than they are to any objects.
.
282 On the Subdivisions of Science
Objects, of whatever orders, are nearer akin to one another than they
are to any relations. Whether, as some hold, space and time are forms
of thought; or whether, as I hold myself, they are forms of things,
that have become forms of thought through organized and inherited
experience of things; it is equally true that space and time are con-
trasted absolutely with the existences disclosed to us in space and time,
and that the sciences which deal exclusively with space and time are
Separated by the profoundest of all distinctions from the sciences which
deal with the existences that space and time contain. Space is the
abstract of all relations of co-existence. Time is the abstract of all
relations of sequence. And dealing as they do entirely with relations
of co-existence and sequence, in their general or special forms, logic
and mathematics form a class of the sciences more widely unlike the
rest than any of the rest can be from one ‘another.”
Concrete science, or the science of the phenomenal con-
tents of space and time, 7. e., the science of the objects of
nature, is physics in the widest sense; as synonymous with
physics in this sense, or in the place of it, I propose the
word physology, distinguishing all its subdivisions by the
suffix “ology.” Abstract science, or the science of space
and time, is metaphysics; and this is to me the only legiti-
mate use of the word metaphysics, as a subdivision of
science at the present day. I suggest, but without insisting’
upon it at all, that all subdivisions of metaphysics might
receive the distinguishing termination “ies.” Although this
may appear a bold and impracticable innovation, it is really
not so very difficult to carry out, as I shall, for illustration’s
sake, show under the head of mathematics. If the sug-
gestion be adopted, the termination “ology” would mean
concrete science of, and “ics” abstract science of, whatever
the other portion of the word indicates; the termination
“ies” could then be also used to designate, with the appro-
priate word taken from the concrete sciences, their abstract
science ; but I would not, perhaps, myself, carry it out in
all its possible details.
I divide metaphysics into the two departments, mathe-
matics and logics, the first relating to space more or less
closely connected with time, dealing abstractly with magni-
»
b)
and their Classification. 283
tudes, numbers, quantity ; the second relating to time more
or less closely connected with space, dealing abstractly with
ideas, laws, quality. It must be noticed that for this second
department of metaphysics, I use the word logies, not logic ;
I restrict the latter to its ordinary sense, in which it is both
a science and an art, viz., human reasoning, and, as a sci-
ence, constitutes a part of anthropo-psychology which itself
is a part of anthropology.
The words abstract and general are sometimes used as syn-
onymes, as, for instance, occasionally by AuGustE ComTE ;
but very improperly, as careful consideration will show to
any one. HERBERT SPENCER has taken the trouble to define
them accurately and at length. Among other things, he
says :—“Abstractness means detachment from the incidents
of particular cases. Generality means manifestation in
numerous cases.” And again:—“A general truth colligates
a number of particular truths ; while an abstract truth colli-
gates no particular truths, but formulates a truth which cer-
tain phenomena all involve, though it is actually seen in
none of them.” The two words mathematics and logics
fully answer all purposes for the two branches into which
metaphysics is divisible; but those who so desire, may use
as synonymes for them the words choremics and chronics (or
even, if they prefer, spacics and: tempics), only they must
not lose sight of the fact that although one division is pre-
eminently the abstract science of space, and the other that
of time, the consideration of time cannot be entirely sepa-
rated in our consciousness from that of space, nor that of
space from that of time.
I desire to show that the suffix “ics” can be applied to
the well known subdivisions of abstract science without
making a very great change in terms. Thus, mathematics
is ordinarily divided into arithmetic, geometry and analysis ;
analysis into algebra and fluxion or calculus; and the latter
into differential calculus, integral calculus and variation cal-
284 On the Subdivisions of Science
culus. The use of the termination “ics” would make this
division read as follows, viz. :—
Concerning (the
value of) Numbers:
Arithmetics.
Concerning (the
extent of) Magni-
tudes: Geometrics.
Abstract Science
relating to Space
(more or less close-
ly connected with
|
Time): Mathematics. { Concerning (the
{
Pertaining to Fi-
[ niteness: Algebrics.
relations of) Quanti- | Differential
ties: Analytics. 4 Pertaining to In- Calculi¢es.
| finiteness: Fluxion-
l ics or Calculics. Integral Cal-
culics.
Variation
Calculics.
The other division of abstract science, viz., logics, is
scientifically in a state of great incompleteness, although
“metaphysicians” have thought and written for thousands of
years. While mathematicians—also metaphysicians accord-
ing to my definition—have been noted for their exactness,
logicians (using this word in the proper and wide sense
resulting from my use of the term logics) have been noted,
as we can how judge them, for their inexactness. This has
been due mainly to the fact that in the absence of knowl-
edge, imagination, and morbid imagination, @. e., imagina-
tion influenced by feelings, prejudices and fears— especially
religious and social or political—was allowed to take its
place. As Herbert SPENCER has it, “it may be said with
truth that metaphysics, in all its anti-realistic developments,
is a disease of language.” Nevertheless there is contained
in the writings of metaphysical philosophers—and we may
class together both the materialistic and the idealistic ones —
much that will hereafter be available for building up the
science of logics. But heretofore its domain has not even
been recognized, so far as I am aware. The domain of
logics has hitherto been confounded with that of psychol-
ogy, which, as I have said before, is a part of anthropology.
Logics is divisible, analogously to mathematics, into three
subdivisions, viz. :—
Abstract science relating to Time (more or less closely con- ¢ Concerning Ideas.
nected With Space): LOSICS..-seeeeeeeeeeee ence cece enee eee es Concerning Laws.
Concerning Qualities.
and their Classification. 285
For the first subdivision, there exists no name; the term
ideology which, according to Wxrgstmr’s Dictionary, has
been used to denote “1. A treatise on ideas, or the doctrine
of ideas, or the operations of the understanding.—Jefferson,
IV, 297; 2. The science of mind. — Stewart:” is, of
course, inapplicable if we confine the termination “ology”
to the concrete sciences ; so we might coin the word “ideies.”
For the second subdivision we might use the term “ethics,”
if we choose to enlarge its meaning ; ordinarily it is held to
relate only to the laws of morality, etymologically it refers
to only manners. For the third subdivision we might use
the term “esthetics,” although it has hitherto been employed
only for the science of but one quality, viz: the beautiful.
Physology is aspectually divided into physogeny and phy-
sography on the one hand, and into hylology, dynamology
and morphology on the other. By the first kind of division
I refer to (a) the development of the objects of nature in
time, or their tempic, 7.e. motic or sequential existence, and
(7) their spacic or static existence, or the state of their exis-
tence at a definite time, 7.e. the present. The develop-
mental or genetic knowledge of any branch gives answer to
the questions : “How came you so?” “How or what were you
before?” The existential or existing, to the question: “How
or what are you?” The former science has the distinguishing
suffix “ogeny,” the latter “ography,” which may be expressed
by saying that every “ology” has its “ogeny” and “ography.”
The second kind of aspectual division of physology marks
the distinctions which may be made by looking at nature in
its manifestations of either matter, force or form. Matter
and force appear to be unlimited in space and time, eternal
and infinite; form is unceasingly changing. Force is the
dynamical aspect of matter, and matter the statical aspect
of force ; the two are inseparable and presuppose each other ;
form results from the reaction upon each other, or the inter-
action, of matter and force, it therefore presupposes the two
latter. Hence, therefore, our perception of neither of them
286 On the Subdivisions of Science
can be absolutely separate, although we may turn our atten-
tion to either of them predominantly. The phenomena con-
cretely presented to us are those of substance, motion and
shape. .
By hylology I designate chemistry in its proper sense.
Dynamology I use for what is ordinarily termed natural
philosophy, or physics in its restricted sense, and what,
when it concerns living beings, is ordinarily called plhysi-
ology. To do away with the confusion that has come from
the different uses to which these words have been subjected,
I have proposed the nomenclature here presented. When
the use of the word physiology for biodynamology (7.e. the
science of the manifestation of force, viz., motion or func-
tion, of living beings) shall have become obsolete —if it ever
does — physiology may be substituted for the term physology
as being more euphonious. Natural philosophy is, prop-
erly, general physology; although all the subjects usually
discussed in treatises on natural philosophy belong to general
dynamology. The word physics, as I have already indicated,
would express the abstract science of concrete science of
natural objects. General dynamology is the general science
of motion—that concrete science of which the old and
obsolete term “phoronomics” might express the abstract
science. Motion, as is well known, impresses our senses
differently, according to its different kinds. Thus, vibratory
motion through space, repeated less than sixteen times in a
second of time, produces in us, if we become aware of the
motion at all, only the consciousness of mechanical force or
“mechanism,” as it has been called. Repeated oftener, we
receive the impression of sound, unless recurring too rapidly.
When the motion is so rapid as no longer to impress us as
sound, and still is not frequent enough to give us the con-
sciousness of heat, I believe that it produces in us the sensa-
tion of what we call electricity, a belief I have publicly
announced for several years. When motion recurs more
rapidly than sixty-five trillion times in a second, we become
and their Classification. 287
aware of it as heat, until it occurs about four hundred trillion
times, when it impresses us as light, and beyond about eight
hundred trillion times as chemical force or chemism. In
treating of the different effects upon our consciousness of
motion repeated with greater or less rapidity in a unit of
time, dynamology embraces as subdivisions the particular
sciences which treat of these different modes of motion, as
phonology, photology, ete.
Of morphology some portions have been well cultivated
while some have been neglected. The forms, or states of,
cohesion, in which matter is found, as solid, liquid or gase-
ous, have given rise to the subdivisions stereology, hydrology
and aerology, to which must probably be added etherology to
embrace the fourth or etherial state, of which, however, not
much is as yet known. From another point of view, I may
say that morphography has been investigated more than
morphogeny. <A part of metageo-morphography (especially
that relating to the sun, its protuberances, ete., called helio-
morphography) has lately been studied with renewed zeal,
since heliohylology (the chemistry of the sun) has been
made possible by the discovery of spectrum analysis. Of
abio-morphography, the portion to which especial attention
has been given, is crystallography in connection with miner-
ology. Biomorphography is ordinarily termed anatomy, and
the advances made in this science, especially in zoomorphog-
raphy or animal anatomy (or zootomy as it is sometimes
called), have been principally due to the needs of medicine
and the researches of physicians. Biomorphogeny has been
well divided by Hacxen into ontogeny (the science of the
development of “onta,” ¢.e. organic individuals), correspond-
ing to what is ordinarily called embryology, and phylogeny
(the science of the development of “phyla,” 2. e. organic
stocks or races) corresponding to ordinary paleontology.
The scientific investigation of both is a matter of recency.
Until comparatively lately, fancy and hypothesis held the
place of knowledge in both these branches.
MARCH, 1873. 20 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. x.
288 On the Subdivisions of Science
Having discriminated between the science of space and
time, on the one hand, and the science of the contents of
space and time, @. e. the science of natural objects, on the
other, the latter may be divided into the two broad depart-
ments of the science of natural objects belonging to the
earth and the science of natural objects not belonging to
the earth. HacKket recognizes this fundamental distinction
of cosmology by dividing the latter into uranology, which he
defines as the science of nature beyond the earth or the
sidereal part of cosmology and pangeology, the science of
nature relating to the earth, geology in the widest sense, or
the telluric part of cosmology. HacKeE.’s reason for using
the word pangeology, doubtless, is that the restricted sense
in which the word geology is ordinarily employed (being
defined as that “science which investigates the history
of the crust of the earth,” instead of embracing, as it does
etymologically, everything relating to the earth) seemed to
him too firmly established to be disturbed. Rather than use
pangeology I would employ tellurology, as STEPHEN Praru
ANDREWS does, hybrid though the word be. It of course
includes telluric astronomy. As the complement or antithet
of geology (or tellurology), I propose the word metageology
(or metatellurology )—a term wide enough to include every-
thing known of concrete science relating to beyond the earth.
The more we enter into details of classification the less
sharply drawn our lines of demarcation become; thus, con-
crete science relating to the earth concerns either living or
unliving existences, hence the divisions of biology and abi-
ology,—yet not only is it a matter of great difficulty to
determine as to some beings whether they are of exceedingly
low vitality or are not alive at all; but the died (those
beings that have been alive, but are so no longer), unliving
though they be, must, for convenience’ sake, if for no other
reason, be classed under the head of biology. The different
subjects of biology, being either animals, plants, or protists,
give rise to the sciences of zoology, vegetology and protist-
and their Classification. 289
ology. This division has been introduced by Hacker.
Previous to him all living beings were classified into the two
kingdoms, animal and vegetable. But a number of living
beings have been found to present each, in external form, in
internal structure and in all vital phenomena, so remarkable
a mixture or combination of distinguishing animal and vege-
table characteristics, that it is impossible, except arbitrarily,
to account them as belonging to either realm. Most of these
beings are so small that with the naked eye they can be seen
either with difficulty only, or not at all. The majority of
them have, consequently. become known only during the last
fifty years, since the more general use and improvements of
the microscope. And just as soon as they became known
they gave rise to endless and unprofitable disputes as to their
nature and position in the organic scale. Many of them
botanists called animals, and zoologists plants; 7. e., neither
wanted to own them. Others again were declared to be
plants by botanists, and animals by zoologists ; 4. é., both
parties claimed them. Really they hold a position which
can only by violence be incorporated with either realm; and
it was a happy idea of Hacxen to end the fruitless fight
over these doubtful beings by erecting the neutral ground
they occupy into a kingdom by itself, a kingdom in a certain
way below, yet intermediate to, the two organic kingdoms
hitherto recognized. These beings are called neuters, be-
cause they are neither plants nor animals, or * protists,”
because they are lowest in the organic scale, 7. e., first after
inorganics or unliving beings.
The division of the animal kingdom into Vertebrata and
Invertebrata, or Evertebrata, as they were afterward called,
we owe to LaMarckK, who introduced this distinction toward
the end of the last century.
‘“‘ Vertebrata are divided into amniota and anamniota, accordingly as the
dermal and cuticular elements of the ventral laming are in development
reflected upwards from the medio-ventral line, so as to meet along the
medio-dorsal line, and form thus the foetal envelope known as the amnion ;
290 On the Subdivisions of Science
or, aS no such envelope is superadded to the more or less complex ones,
furnished by the maternal organism. In the vertebrate amniota, a second
foetal envelope, the allantois, is always developed, originating from the
anterior aspect of the posterior extremity of the trunk as a body, which
is at first bilobed and solid, but which subsequently becomes hollow in-
ternally, and covered externally with vascular ramifications, whereby in
reptiles and birds the respiration, and in mammals both the respiration
and the nutrition of the developing embryo are provided for. From their
possession of this structure, the amniota are also known as ‘allantoidea’;
and as gills are neyer developed upon their bronchial arches, they are
also called ‘abranchiata,’ whilst the anamniota have in their turn the two
additional names, ‘ anallantoidea’ and ‘branchiata,’ as never developing
an allantois, at least beyond the stage of a urinary bladder, into which its
proximal portion is converted in the higher vertebrata, and as always de-
veloping either deciduous or permanent gills.” (RoOLLESTON, Forms of
Animal Life, Oxford, 1870, p. xxxix.)
I accept the name branchiata or branchiate animals, 7. e@.,
animals having branchie or gills, for the division anallant-
oidea, but I propose the word pulmonata, pulmonates, mean-
ing animals having lungs, to designate the allantoidea or that
division of vertebrate animals comprising the three classes,
mammals, birds and reptiles. I, therefore, divide vertebra-
tology into*pulmonatology and branchiatology ; and pulmona-
tology into mammalology, ornithology or aviology, and rep-
tilology.
In accordance with the recognized divisions of the mam-
malia into placental, marsupial and monotrematous mammals
—the first being those whose young, during the period of
pregnancy, are nourished by means of a placenta within the
uterus itself; the second, those who carry their young in a
pouch or bag of the abdomen and nourish them there by
suckling, and the third, those who have the generative and
renal ducts confluent with the terminal segment of the intes-
tine, so as to form a true “cloaca ;”—and of the placentalia
into discoplacentalia, zonoplacentalia and villiplacentalia, —
depending upon the form and nature of the placenta, which is
disk- or cake-like in the first, girdle- or zone-shaped in the
second, und made up of scattered papille or cotyledons in
the third ;—I divide mammalology into placentalology, mar-
and their Classification. 291
supialology and monotrematology ; and placentalology into
discoplacentalology, zonoplacentalology and _villiplacentalol-
ogy.
But my next subdivisions require some further explanation.
Linn xus, who made the first successful attempt at arranging
in intelligible order the various objects of Natural History,
the science corresponding to my subdivision geography or
tellurography, placed man, together with apes, monkeys, le-
mures and cheiroptera or bats, into an order of mammalian
animals to which he gave the name primates. (Systema
Nature, ed. 12, Holmize 1766.) Liynzus’ arrangement, in
many respects, forms the basis of all modern classification,
but his order primates was rejected until nearly a hundred
years later, Huxiny (Evidence as to Man’s Place in Nature,
New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1863, p. 124) readopted it,
but excluded from it the bats. I still further exclude the
- monkeys, and the lemurs or prosimiz, keeping in the order
primates only the two genera, man and ape, anthropi and
anthropoides. The prosimiz I place in an order by them-
selves; and all the rest of the discoplacental*mammalia,
viz., the monkeys excluded from the first order (7. e. the
tailed catarrhine and all the platyrrhine), the cheiroptera,
the insectivora and the rodentia, I combine to constitute a
second order, which I name subprimates. Hence I divide
discoplacentalology into primatology, subprimatology and
prosimiology ; and primatology into anthropology and an-
thropoidology.
We have thus arrived at the science of man, and, at the
same time, at man’s place in the system of nature. “The
ascertainment of the place which man occupies in nature and
of his relations to the universe of things,” Huxury (in the
work cited, p. 71) characterizes as “the question of questions
for mankind—the problem which underlies all others, and is
more deeply interesting than any other.” Our classification
shows us that man occupies the highest position in the high-
est order in the highest class of the highest kingdom of tel-
292 On the Subdivisions of Science.
lurology ; but, after all, tellurology relates but to the earth,
a small planet of a small solar system; after all, man is
only as a drop in the ocean of infinity, of value, but of
relative value. To the tiger, man is a mass of flesh and
bone, partly food and partly indigestible matter; to man
himself, he is the first and most important compound of
physical, intellectual and moral attributes, a sentient, know-
ing and acting being. Anthropology concerns itself with
everything that pertains to man, his origin, his structure and
functions, his relations and capabilities, his conditions in
health and disease, his needs and desires, his religion and
morals. In addition to the aspectual divisions already named,
giving us general and special anthropology ; comparative and
descriptive anthropology ; anthropogeny (embracing history
of the past) and anthropography (embracing statistics of the
present) ; anthropohylology, anthropodynamology and an-
thropomorphology ;—there is another aspect from which the
science of ‘man may be studied, viz., that of man’s being
either alone, separate, individual or not alone, but combined,
z.e., in society ; and hence arises the further aspectual sub-
division of anthropology into monanthropology, a name for
which science is indebted to STEPHEN PrarL ANDREWS, and
synanthropology, a name which I propose instead of that of
sociology, introduced by Aucustr ComTE. To specify the
many other sciences included under the head of anthro-
pology, I deem unnecessary.
On Prophysaon, etc. 293
XXVII.— On Prophysaon, a new Pulmonate Mollusk, on
Ariolimax, on Helix lychnuchus and other species.
By THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY.
Read April 28, 1873.
Description of Prophysaom, a new Genus of Pulmonate Mollusk.
ANIMAL Himaciforme, postice acuminatum. Pallium antice positum, par-
vum, obtusum, marginibus anterioribus liberis, testam simplicem, haud
spiralem includens. Margo infera animalis suico longitudinali supra
pedem posito instructa. Discus distinctus gressorius nullus. Apertura
respiratoria et analis ad marginem dextram pallii paululum anteriorem
posite. Apertura genitalis ad latus dextrum, pone et infra tentaculum
oculigerum. Porus mucosus caudalis nullus.
Testa interna longa, subhexagonalis.
Maxilla leviter arcuata, costis numerosis validis (in specie unica circa
xv), confertis munita; marginibus denticulatis.
Lamina lingualis ut in Helice constituta. Dentes medians tricuspidate,
laterales bicuspidatsw, marginales quadrate, irregulariter cuspidate.
Habitat in Oregon et in California. Specimina plurima collegit H.
Hemphill de Astoria usque ad San Francisco.
Genus Limaci, Arioni et Ariolimaci affine, sed facile distinguendum.
Limaci affine est testa interna, et positione aperture genitalis; sed differt
maxilla costata, dentibus lingualibus marginalibus subquadratis, et posi-
tione aperture respirationis. Arioni simile est genus maxilla costata,
dentibus lingualibus marginalibus et positione aperture respiratorie ;
sed differt testa interna, positione aperture genitalis, et poro mucoso
carente. Ariolimaci affine est maxilla costata, dentibus marginalibus
quadratis lingualibus, et testa interna; sed differt positione aperturarum,
respiratoriz et genitalis, et poro mucoso carente. De omnibus generibus
supra comparatis differt etiam nostrum genus carente disco gressorio
distincto.
De genere Hibernico Geomalaco differt carentibus poro mucoso caudali,
disco distincto gressorio, et positione pallii et aperture respiratoriz (in
Geomalaco valde anteriore); affine est testa interna, dentibus quadratis
marginalibus lingualibus, Maxilla Geomalaci (vide infra, p. 309).
Ab ceteris generibus Americanis sat distinctum est.
Animal (see pl. xiii, fig. 8) limaciform, attenuated behind.
Mantle anterior, small, obtuse before and behind, its margins
free as far back as the cleft for the respiratory orifice, enclos-
ing a simple, not spiral, subhexagonal shell, which is longer
294 On Prophysaon, etc.
than wide. <A longitudinal line around the animal just
above the edge of foot. No distinct locomotive disk to
foot, but crowded, oblique furrows running from centre to
edge. Respiratory and anal orifices on the right margin of
mantle, slightly in advance of its centre, with the usual cleft
to the edge. Genital orifice behind and below, but quite
near to, the right eye-peduncle. No caudal mucus pore.
Jaw slightly arcuate, ends blunt, but little attenuated.
Anterior surface with numerous (about fifteen in the only
known species) crowded, stout ribs, which denticulate either
margin (see pl. xiii, fig. 4).
Lingual membrane (pl. xiii, fig. 7) as usual in the genus
Flelix. Central teeth tricuspid. Laterals bicuspid. Mar-
ginals quadrate, irregularly cuspid, the inner cusps, as usual,
longest.
Found in Oregon and California. Mr. Henry Hemphill
has collected specimens from Astoria to San Francisco Bay.
This genus agrees with Limax by having an internal shell,
and by the position of the genital orifice. It differs by its
ribbed jaw, by the subquadrate marginal teeth of the lingual
membrane, and by the anterior position of its respiratory
orifice. The genus is allied to Arion by its ribbed jaw, its
quadrate marginal teeth of the lingual membrane, and by
the anterior position of its respiratory orifice; it differs in
having an internal shell, in the position of its generative ori-
fice and by the want of a caudal mucus pore. The genus is
also allied to Ariolimax in having a ribbed jaw, quadrate
marginal teeth to its lingual membrane and an internal
shell; it differs in the position of both genital and respira-
tory orifices, and by the want of a caudal mucus’ pore. The
absence of a distinct locomotive disk to the foot distin-
guishes our genus also from Arion, Limax and Ariolimazx.
It is not readily confounded with any other known American
genus. The Irish genus Geomalacus is somewhat allied,
having an anterior respiratory orifice and an internal shell,
and being said by Gray to have crowded, quadrate teeth as
On Prophysaon, etc. 295
in Helix, from which we presume the marginals are quadrate,
not aculeate. Geomalacus, however, differs from Prophy-
saon in having an extremely anterior mantle and orifice of
respiration close behind the right tentacle. It also has a
locomotive disk and caudal mucus pore. It is described
below, p. 309.
Prophysaon HWemphilli. n.s.
From specimens preserved in alcohol we can draw the
following description only. Body blunt anteriorly, attenu-
ated posteriorly, rounded and high on the back. Mantle
granulated, whitish with a circular ring of smoke color
above the respiratory orifice. Body obliquely reticulated
with bluish lines, the reticulations larger (about twelve)
below each side of the mantle, more numerous and smaller
on the posterior extremity of the body. These reticulations
are subdivided by irregularly disposed, rounded tuberosities,
with colorless interstices. Above the foot, from the longitu-
dinal line running around the animal to the edge of the foot,
are perpendicular lines or furrows, also bluish in color. The
foot has crowded wrinkles, running obliquely backwards
from its centre to its margins. Length of an alcoholic speci-
men 40 mill.
Astoria, Oregon: Oakland and Mendocino Co., Califor-
nia (Mr. Henry Hemphill).
The internal shell (pl. xiii, fig. 2) differs in thickness, but
is always well marked, sometimes suboval, sometimes sub-
hexagonal, always longer than wide.
The jaw and lingual membrane have been described above.
The genitalia* are figured on pl. xiii, fig. 6. The testicle is composed
of black aciniform coeca; it is almost completely buried in the upper lobes
of the liver, the epididymis completely so, lying on the floor of the cavity
formed by the spiral winding of the upper lobes. It appears to pass
through one of the lower lobes to join the oviduct, before reaching
which it is greatly convoluted. ‘The accessory gland of the epididymis
appears to be composed of several aciniform cceca of unequal size. The
*T alone am responsible for the descriptions of the anatomy.—W. G. B.
296 On Prophysaon, etc.
prostate gland is large. The vas deferens is extremely long, ten times
as long as the penis, and equals the length of the whole genital system.
It is attached to the side of the vagina quite to the penis, where it
becomes free, and is spirally wound. It is largest about half-way from
the vagina to the apex of the penis. It enters the penis at the centre of
its truncated apex. The penis is very short and stout, barrel shaped, of
equal breadth throughout. It has no retractor muscle. The cloaca is
very short. On the vagina, just above the penis, appears on some speci-
mens an extremely small, sac-like organ, not figured in our plate, as we
are not entirely satistied as to its presence. It is perhaps a dart sac, ora
prostate. The ovary has the usual tongue-shaped form. The oviduct is
not much convoluted. The vagina is long, and extremely broad, several
times convoluted. The genital bladder is oval, small, with a short, stout
duct entering the vagina at its upper extremity, by the side of the ter-
minus of the oviduct.
This peculiarly stout, barrel shaped penis and broad vagina
were constant in eight specimens examined, all from Astoria.
In several other specimens from Mendocino County, easily
detected exteriorly by a more slender, tapering body, and
smaller, more rounded mantle, the penis was found more
elongated, the vagina less broad, the genital bladder larger,
with a more delicate duct, In these specimens, also, the
testicle was very much larger and was not concealed in the
liver, but only slightly entangled in it at one point, against
which it lay. The epididymis in these specimens was also
free from the liver. The genitalia of this form differ enough
from those of the Astoria specimens to warrant our belief in
the existence of a second species of Prophysaon. We have
therefore figured, also (fig. 5), the genital system of the
Mendocino County specimens. The question of specific
identity must be settled by those who can study living speci-
mens. ‘The digestive system of the same form is figured on
pl. xiii, fig. 38. It quite resembles that of Arzon hortensis as
figured by Leidy in Terrestrial Mollusks, Vol. I. It is
much more simple than that of Ariolimax. The salivary
glands are very broad and very arborescent, and form a
broad collar around the esophagus and commencement of the
stomach. The last named organ is very broad.
On Prophysaon, etc. 297
Before deciding that this slug is new to science we com-
pared it with the descriptions of Arion foliolatus, Gould
(Terr. Moll. U. S., II, 30, pl. Ixvi, fig. 2) and Arion? An-
dersonit, J. G. Cooper (Proc. Phila. A. N. S., 1872, 148,
pl. ili, fig. F, 1-5). Our species cannot be identical with
the former, which is described as an Arion, with “a conspicu-
ous pit, which probably was occupied by a mucus gland” at
the truncated tip of the tail. The areole formed by the retic-
ulating lines of A. foliolatus are said to have their surfaces
indented by leaf-like markings, no doubt the same as the
granulations between the reticulations of Prophysaon. In
our genus, however, the granulations seem less regularly
arranged. The figure of Arion foliolatus* shows, also, a
larger mantle, which leaves a much smaller space between
its lower margin and the longitudinal furrow above the foot,
than does the mantle in our species.
At first sight it seemed as if our species might be identical
with Arion? Andersonii, but that species is described and
figured with a distinct locomotive disk, with the respiratory
orifice perceptibly anterior only when the animal is fully
extended, with a jaw having 20-30 ribs, with a minute
caudal mucus pore and with the generative orifice half-way
between the tentacle and the mantle, all of which does not
apply to Prophysaon Hemphilli.
We deem it necessary, therefore, to find a specific as well
as generic name for our slug, and take pleasure in adopting
that of Mr. Henry Hemphill, who has given us so much
assistance in our studies of the land shells of the Pacific
Coast.
On the Generic Characters of Avriolimax.
Having received from Mr. J. G. Anthony, of the Cam-
bridge Museum of Comparative Zoology, a specimen of the
true Ariolimax, probably the A. Californicus, we are en-
* Fig. b of the Ex. Ex., shows the respiratory orifice behind the centre of the mantle
edge.
298 On Prophysaon, ele.
abled to give a more full description of the genus than that
contained in our Land and Fresh Water Shells of North
America.
ARIOLIMAX. Animal limaciforme, postice acuminatum. Pallium antice
situm, parvum, obtusum, marginibus liberis, testam simplicem haud
spiralem, solidam includens. Margo infera animalis sulco longitudinali
supra pedem posito munita. Discus gressorius distinctus. Apertura
reSpiratoria ad marginem dextram pallii in parte posteriore posita; aper-
tura analis vicina, sed postice et infra posita. Apertura genitalis ad
latus dextrum corporis, sub parte anteriore libera pallii posita (in A.
Californico duobus orificiis distinctis munita). Porus mucosus caudalis
triangularis erectus supra apicem pedis.
Maxilla leviter arcuata, costis numerosis (viii-xx), validis, confertis
munita; marginibus denticulatis.
Lamina lingualis ut in Helice constituta. Dentes mediane tricuspi-
datz; laterales bicuspidate; marginales quadrate, irregulariter cuspi-
datz, cuspide interna producta, externa sepissime subobsoleta.
Habitat in regionibus Pacificis Statuorum Unitorum, inter Oceanum et
montes ‘‘Cascade” et ‘‘Sierra Nevada” dictas, de lat. 34° usque ad 49°.
Genus a cl. Morch primo descriptum, Mal. Blatt. VI, 110, Oct., 1859;
* postquam a W. G. Binney Amer. Journ. Conch. I, 48, pl. vi, fig. 11-13,
1865; deinde, W. G. Binney et T. Bland, L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, 278,
f. 496-8, 1869. Ceteris auctoribus ad Limacem refertur: Gould in Terr.
Moll. U. S. II, 1851; W. G. Binney ante, Terr. Moll. LV, 1859; Tryon,
Am. Journ. Conch., ITI, 315, 1868.
Genus Limaci, Arioni et Prophysaonti affine, sed facile distinguendum.
Limact affine est testa interna, positione aperture respiratorie, et disco
gressorio distincto; sed differt poro mucoso caudali, maxilla costata,
dentibus marginalibus quadratis lamine lingualis, et positione aperturee
genitalis. Ariont simile poro mucoso caudali, disco gressorio distincto,
maxilla costata, lamina linguali, positione aperture genitalis; sed differt
positione aperture respiratoria, et testa interna. Prophysaonti simile
testa interna, maxilla costata, lamina linguali; sed differt positione aper-
turarum, respiratorice et genitalis, disco gressorio distincto, et poro mucoso
caudali.
Ab ceteris generibus Americanis limaciformibus aut sublimaciformibus,
Veronicella, Binneia, Hemphillia, Tebennophoro et Pallifera sat distinctum
est.
Species adhue not :—
Ariolimax Columbianus, GouLD (Limax), Terr. Moll. U.S.. II, 43, pl. Ixvi,
fig. 1. Conf. Binney et BLanp, L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, 279.
Ariolimax Californicus, J. G. Coorpmr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1872,
p. 146, pl. iii, fig. D, 1-3.
Ariolimax niger, J. G. Cooper, l. c., 147, pl. iii, fig. E, 1-4.
On Prophysaon, etc. 299
Animal limaciform, blunt in front, pointed behind. Man-
tle anterior, small, bluntly truncated before and behind, free
around its edges, containing a well defined, solid, testaceous
plate. A longitudinal furrow along the sides above the foot.
A distinct locomotive disk. Respiratory orifice at the poste-
rior third of the mantle, with a cleft to its right margin.
Anal orifice contiguous to the last, slightly below and behind
it. Orifices of generation on the right of the body, below
the anterior, free part of the mantle, distinct but contiguous
(in A. californicus, certainly), that of the male organ ante-
rior. ‘Tail furnished with a perpendicular, triangular mucus
pore, with a horizontal mucus slit to the end of the tail.
Testaceous plate flat, thick, calcareous, simple, not spiral ;
longer than wide, hexagonal. __
Jaw (see L. and F. W. Shells, p. 278, fig. 497) slightly
arcuate, with numerous (from eight to twenty in the several
species) stout, crowded ribs, denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane (see L. and F. W. Shells I, p. 279,
fig. 498) as usual in Helix. Teeth in numerous horizontal
rows; centrals tricuspid; laterals bicuspid; marginals (see
our plate xiii, fig. 1) quadrate, irregularly denticulated, the
inner cusp the largest.*
Inhabits the Pacific Coast of the United, States, at least
from lat. 34° to 49°, apparently not eastward of the Sierra
Nevada and Cascade Ranges.
The species on which the genus was founded has been
known for many years as a Limax (see Gould in Terr. Moll.
U. S., Il, Ill and Ex. Ex. Mollusca, where an additional
figure is given), but it was not until 1859 that Moreh (Mal.
Blatt. VI, 110) recognized it to be distinct from Limax and
proposed a generic name, Ariolimax. In 1865, W. G.
Binney (Amer. Journ. Conch. I, p. 48, pl. vi, figs. 11-13)
gave a more detailed generic description, adding figures of
*In only one instance have we seen marginal teeth as in our figure. In all other
specimens examined the marginals are as figured in L. and F. W, Shells, 7. c., with one
long cusp and one obsolete side cusp.
300 On Prophysaon, etc.
jaw and lingual dentition. These were also given in our
Land and Fresh Water Shells N. A., I, p. 278, figs. 496-8
(1869). As late as 1868 the species is still retained in
Limax by Tryon (Amer. Journ. Conch. III, 315), who gives
a copy of one of Gould’s figures from the Terrestrial
Mollusks.
The genus has affinities with, but is readily distinguished
from, Limax, Arion and Prophysaon. It agrees with
Limax in having an internal shelly plate, in the position of
its respiratory orifice and its distinct locomotive disk ; but it
differs in having a caudal mucus pore, a ribbed jaw, quadrate
(not aculeate) marginal teeth on the lingual membrane, and
in the position of its genital orifice. With Arion it agrees
in having a mucus pore, a distinct locomotive disk, a ribbed
jaw, in its lingual membrane, and position of the genital
orifice ; but it differs in the position of its respiratory orifice
and its internal shell. With Prophysaon it agrees in having
an internal shell, a ribbed jaw, in its lingual membrane ; but
differs in the position of the genital and respiratory orifices,
in its distinct locomotive disk and caudal mucus pore.
From the other sluglike, or semi-sluglike American genera,
Tebennophorus, Pallifera, Binneia, Hemphillia, Veronicella,
it is most readily distinguished.
Several species are known :—
Ariolimax Columbianus, Goutp (Limax) see L. and F. W.
Shells, I, 279, for its synonymy, to which must be added
Limax Columbianus, Tryon, Amer. Journ. Conch., III,
315, pl. xvi, fig. 1, copy. (1868.) This is found in
Washington Territory and Oregon, confined, according
to Dr. Cooper, to the west of the Cascades.
Ariolimax Californicus, J. G. Cooper, Proc. Phila. Acad.
Nat. Sci., 1872, p. 146, pl. iii, fig. D, 1-3. California,
in the Coast Range, once only in the Sierra Nevada in
lat. 39°.
On Prophysaon, etc. 301
Ariolimax niger, J. G. Coorrr, I. c. 149, pl. iti, fig. E, 1-4.
San Francisco Bay. An examination of the original
specimens belonging to the State collection of California
convinced us of this being a distinct species. The
anatomy, especially the genitalia, of these species varies
greatly, as we hope to show in a future paper.
On the Generic Position of Welix lychmnuchus, Mill.
Prominent among the group of Helices known as Dentel-
laria is Helix lychnuchus, Miller, a species well known from
its characteristic shell.” Though its specific identity is un-
questioned, it has been less fortunate with respect to generic
position. From an examination of the generative organs
and jaw, this species was referred by M. de St. Simon
(Journ. de Conch. III, p. 227, Aug., 1853) to the genus
Zonites. So positively was this determination made that it
has been accepted by subsequent authors, either absolutely
or to a degree sufficient to throw doubt upon the species
being a true Helix. Thus in the second edition of Albers’
“Die Heliceen,” p. 79, there is a paragraph fixing the place
it would hold as a distinct genus among the Vitrinea, should
St. Simon’s observations be confirmed; and quite recently
we find it singled out by Messrs. Fischer and Crosse (Moll.
Mex. et Guat., p. 205) as an instance of the shell of a
terrestrial mollusk being unreliable in indicating generic
position.
Early in our studies of the classification of land shells, we
were inclined to doubt the correctness of St. Simon’s decis-
ion. On consulting his paper (p. 234) we noticed that he
placed Felix lychnuchus in Zonites simply because he ac-
cepted Moquin-Tandon’s decision that Zonites is generically
distinct from felix, in having (1) a jaw without ribs or
marginal denticulations and with a median rostriform pro-
jection to its cutting edge; and (2) by the absence of dart,
dart sac and multifid vesicles in the generative system. We
had satisfied ourselves that this distinction does not exist,
302 On Prophysaon, etc.
and even at the time-of writing his article, St. Simon might
have learned from the first volume of the “Terrestrial Mol-
lusks of the United States” that many //elices have the most
simple form of genitalia, while several true Zonites have the
dart, dart sac, and some form of multifid vesicle. As to the
presence or absence of ribs upon the jaw, or a median pro-
jection to its cutting edge, we were well aware from our own
observations that those characters were valueless for the pur-
poses of distinguishing Zonites from Helix. Our doubts as
to the correctness of the reference by St. Simon of Helix
lychnuchus to Zonites, were confirmed on finding the allied
species* of the subgenus Dentellaria, H. orbiculata, Fer.,
Isabella, Fer., dentiens, Fer., and perplexa, Fer., to be
true flelices. All of those species have the quadrate mar-
ginal teeth which characterize the genus Helix, while, as is
well known, the genus Zonites is characterized by aculeate
marginal teeth. Moreover we did not observe in any of the
above species the marginal furrows above the edge of the
foot, the distinct locomotive disk, or the caudal mucus pore
prevailing in Zonites.
Confident, therefore, that the species would prove a true
Helix, we have for some time endeavored to obtain speci-
mens of the animal, but have only recently succeeded in so
doing. Through the kindness of Mr. A. Schramm we are in
receipt of several specimens preserved in glycerine, from
Guadeloupe. On examination of these specimens we find,
from both external and internal characters of the animal,
that our surmises are corroborated in every particular. The
species, therefore, animal as well as shell considered, must
remain in felix, as now accepted by von Martens and most
authors.
Helix lychnuchus. Lingual membrane (pl. xiv, figs. 7, 8), long and broad.
Teeth arranged in numerous horizontal rows. Centrals tricuspid, laterals
bicuspid, the side cusps of each being subobsolete; marginals quadrate,
* Two more of this subgenus are described below in this paper, p. 305, 306.
On Prophysaon, etc. 303
low, wide, the upper margin reflected along its whole length and produced
into two oblique, broad, bluntly rounded cusps, the inner one bluntly
bifid.
Jaw (see pl. xiv, fig. 5) arched, high, ends blunt, scarcely attenuated;
concave margin with a broad, blunt, median projection. Upper margin
showing slightly the ends of subobsolete ribs, whose presence is scarcely
discernible on the anterior surface. Strong perpendicular strie, and
stout transverse lines of reinforcement.
We have also examined the genital system and find it
apparently as described by M. St. Simon (/.c.). Its char-
acteristic is the long, flagellate penis, and long, large duct to
the genital bladder. (See pl. xiv, fig. 6.) The external
orifice of the generative organs seems, as stated by M. St.
Simon, to be under the mantle, not far in advance, on the
side of the neck, behind the right tentacle. See our re-
marks on the value of this character in Ann. N. Y. Lye.
Nat. Hist., X, p. 165.
It is interesting to state in this connection, that we have
already rescued from a similar misapprehension, one species
of the genus Leucochroa (L. Boissiert, see Ann. of N. Y.
Lyc. Nat. Hist., X, p. 220), a genus separated from Helix
on the same grounds as [felix lychnuchus was referred to Zo-
nites. We cannot refrain from believing that all the species
referred to Leucochroa, including LZ. candidissima, will be
proved to have quadrate marginal teeth.
The species allied to felix lychnuchus, also referred to
Dentellaria, H. Isabella and H. dentiens, have decidedly
costate jaws; H. orbiculata and perplexa have only some
approach to ribs on their jaws; the last mentioned has a
broad median projection. All of them have on their lingual
membranes marginal teeth of the type described above in
Helix lychnuchus.*
*The habitat given of this species, in Albers, 2d ed. (Porto Rico), is unquestionably
erroneous. Itis by no means uncommon in Guadeloupe, and Pfeiffer refers it also to
Martinique, but we have not seen any authentic specimen from that island.
JUNE, 1873. 21 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. x.
304 On Prophysaon, ete.
On the Specific Distinction of Welix Columbiana, Lea, and
Helix germana, Gould.
We have hitherto found difficulty in separating certain
forms of Helix Columbiana, Lea, and Helix germana, Gould,
but have recently received, through the kindness of Mr.
Henry Hemphill, specimens of both species, preserved in
alcohol, from several distinct localities. An examination of
their soft parts has proved that in the jaw and genital
system there exists a specific difference readily detected.
This difference appears to be constant, as we have observed
it in one specimen, with parietal lamina and quite depressed,
of Helix Columbiana, from San Leandro, California, and
three from another locality. In Helix germana we also have
found the characters constant, having examined four speci-
mens, one from Astoria, the other three from a separate’
locality.
In the jaw, the distinction is in its general outline and in
the size and frequency of the ribs on the anterior surface.
In H. germana the jaw is slightly arcuate (see pl. xiv, fig.
4); the ribs are about eleven in number, broad, crowded,
with narrow interstices only, generally resembling the jaw
found in the subgenus Stenotrema (see our L. and F. W.
Shells N. A., Part I). In Helix Columbiana (pl. xiv, fig. 2)
the jaw is more arched, the ribs are less numerous, about
eight, narrower, much more separated, and more decidedly
produced on either margin, as usual in Mesodon.
In the genitalia the difference lies in the genital bladder.
This organ in Felix Columbiana is clavate, short, with a
short, stout duct (fig. 1, @) but in Helix germana (fig. 3, a) it
is globular and has a long, narrow duct.
>?
In both species the retractor muscle of the penis is attached
Notr. In L. and F. W. Shells N. A., Part I, 120, we included H. germana in Steno-
trema, but it has not the internal transverse tubercle characteristic of that subgenus:
In the foregoing remarks we have shown that H. germana differs specifically from A.
Columbiana, but consider that both species belong to Mesodon rather than the latter to
Stenotrema.
On Prophysaon, etc. 305
to the vas deferens, a short distance before the latter organ
enters the penis, which it does at the apex of the penis sac.
Macrocyclis Baudoni, Petit.
We have already described the lingual membrane of this
species. (See Am. Journ. Conch., VII, p. 175.) Recently
we have received a Guadeloupe specimen (not adult), from
Mr. Schramm. On extracting the lingual membrane we
found attached to it a most delicate, transparent, colorless
jaw, arched, with pointed ends, median projection to cutting
edge and smooth anterior surface.
This, added to the lingual dentition, places the species in
Macrocyclis.
Bulimulus multifasciatus, Lam. (JLiostracus.)
Antigua. Governor Rawson.
Jaw long, very low, slightly arcuate; ends attenuated, pointed; ex-
tremely thin, transparent; divided by numerous delicate ribs into over
thirty plates of the form common to Bulimulus, Cylindrella, ete., the
upper median plates triangular.
Lingual membrane broad. Teeth in numerous waving rows, of the
type we have described and figured in Bulimulus laticinctus. (Ann. Lyc.
Nat. Hist., N. Y., X, p. 81, pl. ii, fig. 1, 5.) The centrals are distinctly
trifid.
Bulimulus alternans, Beck. (Jiostracus.)
Islands in the Bay of Panama. Mr. MeNiel.
Jaw long, low, slightly arcuate, extremely thin and transparent; divided
by numerous delicate ribs in about fifty-two plates of the type common in
Bulimulus, Cylindrella, ete.
Lingual membrane as in the preceding species.
Helix pachygastra, Gray. (Dentellaria.)
Guadeloupe. Mr. Schramm.
Jaw stout, slightly arcuate, ends blunt; anterior surface with decided
ribs, denticulating either margin, about seven, irregularly disposed; both
ends free from ribs.
Lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus; see above, p. 303 and plate
xiv, figs. 7, 8, for those of Helix lychnuchus.
306 On Prophysaon, etc.
Helix Josephine, Fér. (Dentellaria.)
Guadeloupe. Mr. Schramm.
Jaw stout, ribless; so strongly arched as to be quite horse-shoe shaped.
Ends bluntly rounded. A decided median projection to cutting edge,
marked with strong vertical stric.
Lingual membrane as in preceding.
Welix invalida, Adams. (Plewrodonta.)
Jamaica. Mr. Henry Vendryes.
Jaw not examined.
Lingual membrane as in the preceding. The centrals and laterals quite
short and stout.
Punctum mimutissimaum, Lea.
This species was described as Helix minutissima by Mr.
Isaac Lea, in 1841. Its proper generic position was un-
known, however, prior to 1864, when Professor Edward S.
Morse, published figures of the jaw and lingual dentition
(Journ. Portland Soc., I, p. 27, fig. 70, pl. viii, fig. 71).
He thus described the jaw :—
“<The buccal plate (fig. 70) is made up of sixteen long, slender, corneous
lamin, recurved at their cutting edges, these plates partially lapping
over each other.”
Morse remarked on the similarity between Lea’s species
and H. pygmea Drap., of Europe, adding, “and it seems
singular that it has never been referred to that species,” but
after examination of the jaw of the latter, as figured by
Moquin-Tandon, Morse considered it generically distinct.
The following is Moquin-Tandon’s description of the jaw
of H. pygmea (Moll. de France, I, p. 103, pl. x, fig. 2,
1855).
<¢ Machoire large de 0™ .25, peu arquée, mince, 4 peine cornée, trans-
parente, assez facile i étudier 4 cause de la transparence des téguments ;
extrémités amincies; partie moyenne du bord libre un peu surbaissée;
cétes verticales nombreuses, fines, serrées; crénelures trés pétites.”
On Prophysaon, etc. 307
In W. G. Binney’s Synopsis (Smith. Inst. Coll., p. 4,
Dec., 1863) Hyalina (Conulus) minutissima, Lea, is enu-
merated, and Tryon (Amer. Jour. Conch., I, p. 257, 1866)
placed the species in Oonulus, while quoting the particulars
given by Morse, .of the jaw.
In 1868, Lindstrém (Gotlands Nut. Moll., taf. 11, f. 12)
published figures, but without description, of the jaw of
H. pygmea. On comparison of this with Morse’s figure of
minutissima, the identity of the two species could scarcely
be inferred.
In our Land and Fresh-water Shells (Part I, p. 221, 1869)
we adopt Punctum, Morse, as the generic name of Lea’s
species, treating that genus as belonging to Orthalicinw, by
reason of the structure of the jaw.
W. G. Binney (Invert. Mass. 2d ed., p. 403, fig. 665,
1870) has Hyalina minutissima as occurring in Massachusetts,
adding in a note “the character of the jaw would place the
species in the subfamily Orthalicine, as a distinct genus for
which Morse’s name Punctwm might be retained, otherwise
the species would be placed in Hyalina.”
Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct.,
1872) refers to Hyalina minutissima as being identical with
flelix pygmea, Drap.
Dr. G. Schacko (Malak. Blatt., p. 178, 1872) has re-
cently described both jaw and lingual teeth of H. pygmea,
showing that both have the same characters as ascribed by
Morse to Punctum minutissimum.
The following is a translation of Schacko’s description of
the jaw of Hl. pygmea:—
“The jaw consists of nineteen plates, which are grouped in the form
of a horse-shoe. They lie together like the tiles of a roof, and partially
cover one another. The plates are connected by a fine transparent mem-
brane. The middle plate, which is the largest, and perfectly straight at
the top, lies entirely alone, so that a space is visible between it and the
two next side-plates. These are smaller and of the same length, while
the top is slightly curved. The plates have the same form as regards
their length, but the curve increases towards the end plates. The third
a
308 On Prophysaon, etc.
plate from the middle begins to cover the second, the fifth covers half of
the fourth, and the succeeding plates always more, until the last covers
two-thirds of the preceding one.”
The formula of the lingual membrane is given by Schacko
as being one hundred and fourteen rows of 19-1-19; by
Morse of Lea’s species, fifty-one rows of 13-1-13.
The centrals of ZZ. pygmcea are said by Schacko to be tri-
cuspid ; the two side centrals so small, and scarcely recog-
nizable, that they entirely disappeared in one specimen; the
laterals bicuspid. He remarks that every tooth of the
radula lies alone, so that even the cusps do not cover or
disturb the basal surfaces of the overlying rows.
Schacko refers to the near alliance, in form of jaw espec-
lally, of Hl. pygmea with H. minutissima of the genus
Punctum of Morse.
Looking at the descriptions and figures of the jaws of
pygmea aud minutissima, we notice, with striking general
similarity of characters, some differences ; on the other hand
the lingual teeth of the two forms appear to be the same, and
the shells without variation of specific value.
The facts regarding the distribution of Hl. pygmca, which
may be treated as one of the circumpolar species, favor the
opinion, which we are disposed to adopt, that Lea’s specific
name must be placed in the synonymy of Punctum pyg-
moeun. ,
The species known as /. pygmcea, Drap, has an extensive
range in northern (Lapland, Denmark, ete.) and central
Europe. The North American form occurs in California,
also in Maine, Massachusetts, New York and Ohio, and has
lately been discovered by Mr. Hugo W. Ericsson, in Bosque
County, Texas.
Geomaiacus maculosus, Allm.
On. p. 293 of this article we compared Prophysaon with
the Irish genus Geomalacis, as far as known to us by pub-
On Prophysaon, ete. 309
lished descriptions.* Since then we have received through
the kindness of Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys six specimens, preserved
in spirit, of Geomalacus maculosus, Allm. This enables us
to give the following description and figures.
Jaw (fig. A), high, stout, dark horn-colored, arched, ends but little
attenuated, bluntly rounded; anterior surface with about twelve, broad,
crowded ribs, of which four on the middle part of the jaw are stout, well
developed, denticulating either margin, and produced below so as to give
the appearance of a median projection to the cutting edge: the remainder
of the ribs are unequally developed in the several specimens examined,
being sometimes scarcely discernible; on one specimen is a median,
transverse line of reinforcement, parallel to the margins of the jaw.
Lingual membrane long, not very broad. Teeth arranged in horizontal
rows, of the form common to the Helicine. Centrals (fig. B) tricuspid,
laterals (Fig B) bicuspid, the external cusps of each being subobsolete.
Marginals (Fig. C) quadrate, with one long inner oblique, pointed cusp,
and one outer, small, pointed cusp. Extreme marginals lower than
wide, but retaining the same bicuspid character,
B
Fig. A gives an enlarged view of the jaw. B gives one
central and two lateral teeth of the lingual membrane. C
gives several marginals.
The genitalia are as usual in the limaciform Helicinew. The testicle is
black, embedded in the upper lobe of the liver, connected by a long
epididymis to the oviduct. The ovary is tongue shaped. The oviduct is
convoluted. The genital bladder is small, round, with a long, delicate
duct. The vas deferens is twice as long as the whole genital system, four
* Owing to our copy of Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. being imperfect, the description
of Heynen*ann I, p. 165-168, pl. i, fig..1, is known to us only from the notice in the Zoo-
logical Record, VI, p. 565.
310 On Prophysaon, etc.
times as long as the penis sac, which it enters at its apex. This sac is
cylindrical, stouter and longer than the vagina; the retractor muscle is
inserted opposite the entrance of the vas deferens, beyond which point
the sac is extended in a short delicate duct, which enters a large ovate
organ, one-third the length of the penis sac. This organ is the peculiar
characteristic of the species, present in all the six specimens examined.
It no doubt is of the same use as the bulb-like termination sometimes
found to the flagellum in other species, but is of extraordinary dimen-
sions.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIII AND XIV.
The separate organs of the anatomical figures will readily
be recognized, or may be compared with the figures in “Ter-
restrial Mollusks U.S.,” I.
Puate XIII.
Fig. 1. Ariolimax niger. The extreme marginal teeth.
See p. 299, foot note.
Fig. 2. Prophysaon Hemphilli. ‘The internal shell en-
larged.
Fig. 3. The same. Digestive system. Same form as
fig. 5.
Fig. 4. The same. The jaw greatly magnified.
Fig. 5. The same. The genitalia of the form referred
to on p. 296. a, the genital bladder.
Fig. 6. The same. The genitalia of the typical form,
still more enlarged.
Fig. 7. The same. Central, lateral and marginal teeth
of the lingual membrane.
Fig. 8. The same. External view of a specimen con-
tracted in spirits. Magnified.
PLaTeE XIV.
Fig. 1. Helix Columbiana, Lea. The genitalia. a, the
genital bladder.
Fig. 2. Thesame. Jaw. ,
Fig. 3. Helix germana, Gld. The genitalia.. a, the
genital bladder.
Physical Geography of the Bahama Islands. 311
Fig. 4. Thesame. Jaw.
Fig. 5. Helix lychnuchus, Mill. Jaw.
Fig. 6. The same. Genitalia. The accessory gland of
the epididymis is not shown in the figure. It was broken off.
Fig. 7. The same. <A group of central and lateral teeth
of the lingual membrane.
Fig. 8. The same. Marginal teeth from the left of the
median line of the lingual membrane.
XXVIII.— On the Physical Geography of, and the Distribu-
tion of Terrestrial Mollusca in, the Bahama Islands.
« By THOMAS BLAND.
Read April 28, 1873.
THe northern end of the extensive and remarkable group
called the Bahama, or Lucayos Islands, lies opposite southern
Florida, and from this point the islands stretch off in a
double series, nearly parallel to the trend of Cuba and San
Domingo, and terminate properly in the Turk’s Island Bank,
on which are the last, and most easterly, of this chain of in-
habited islands, which extends about 600 miles, from within
70 miles of the coast of Florida, to within 100 miles of that
of San Domingo.
The following brief description of the Banks and Islands,
defined generally by the 100-fathom line of soundings, is
taken principally from the valuable “Report on the Bahamas,”
by Governor Rawson, which report accompanied the official
*Blue Book” of that colony, for 1864; the soundings from
the charts issued by the U. 8. Coast Survey, and the Hydro-
graphic Office of the U.S. Navy.
The Little Bahama Bank.— This is the most northerly bank; its north-
western point, Matanilla Reef, is 70 miles from the Florida shore, sepa-
312 Physical Geography, etc.
rated from it by the Gulf of Florida, the greatest depth of which, on the
line of the axis of the Gulf Stream, off the western edge of the Reef, is
344 fathoms (2,064 feet). The area of the Bank is about 5,560 square
miles, of which the islands occupy about 1,200; it is separated from the
Great Bahama Bank by the northwestern and northeastern Providence
Channels, but is not more than 45 miles from any part of it; at the
nearest point only 15 miles?
The Little Bank contains only two islands of considerable size; Abaco
(divided by a narrow channel into Great and Little Abaco) and Grand
Bahama. ‘‘Hole in the Wall,” at the southeast end of Great Abaco, is
568 miles distant from Cape Hatteras.
The Great Bahama Bank.— This Bank, south and southeast of the Little
Bank, is separated from’ it by the Providence Channels, from Florida by
the Gulf of Florida, by the Santaren Channel from Salt Key Bank, and
by the Nicholas or Old Bahama Channel from Cuba, from which Key San
Domingo, the southern extremity of the Bank, is distant about 40 miles.
The greatest depth of the Gulf of Florida between Cape Florida and
Gun Key, on the western side of the Great Bank, is 309 fathoms (1,854
feet), and more southerly, between Carysfort Reef and Orange Key
(distance about 60 miles), 475 fathoms (2,850 feet). The greatest depth
of the Santaren Channel, between the Great Bank and Anguilla Island
on the Salt Key Bank (distance about 27 miles), is 386 fathoms (2,316 feet).
The Great Bank has an area of about 37,000 square miles, of which the
islands upon it occupy about 2,357 square miles.
This Bank is penetrated at its centre by a deep Sound, the Gulf of
Providence (known as the ‘‘ Tongue of the Ocean”), for a distance of 110
miles, with an average width of 25 to 80 miles, approached from the
northwest and northeast by the two Providence Channels.
The principal islands on the Great Bank are as follows :—
The Biminis, two small Keys on the western side, about 45 miles from
Cape Florida. On the western edge of the Gulf of Providence, skirting
the Bank, is Andros Island, the largest of the group (area 1,600 square
miles), and to the northeast of it, the Berry Islands.
East of the Gulf of Providence and at the northeast and east edge of
the Bank, is Eleuthera, followed in the same direction, southeast, and then
south, by a succession of long, narrow islands, viz., San Salvador or Cat
Island,* Long Island and Ragged Island.
On the north edge of the Bank, at the eastern entrance of the Gulf of
Providence, is New Providence, and to the southeast of it, Exuma, with
its chain of Keys extending 100 miles, lying on the eastern edge of the
bank and on the western side of Exuma Sound, which breaks the con-
tinuity of the Bank between San Salvador and Long Island, and runs
about 100 miles in a northwesterly direction, with an average width of 40
miles.
* Watling’s Island is, by some, called San Salvador, but in giving that name to Cat
Island I follow Governor Rawson. ;
of the Bahama Islands. 313
Salt Key Bank.— This Bank lies in the triangular interval west of the
Great Bank, between it, Florida and Cuba. Its area is about 1,430 square
miles; there are no inhabited Keys upon it.
Elbow Key, on its west side is about 50 miles distant from Sombrero
Key (Florida Keys), and the greatest depth of water between them is 500
fathoms (8,000 feet). Salt Key, on the southwest of the Bank, is about 30
miles from Bahia de Cadiz (Keys north of Cuba), with depth between
them of 534 fathoms (3,204 feet). The distance and depth of the Santaren
Channel, between Anguilla Island (Salt Key Bank) and the Great Bank,
have been already stated.
Islands east of, and between, the Great Bank and the Caicos Bank.—To the
eastward of the Great Bank, and separated from it and from each other
by deep water, are Watling’s Island (40 miles east of the south end of
San Salvador), Rum Key (24 miles from the northeast end of Long
Island) and Conception Island, which is between San Salvador and Rum
Key.
Southeast of Long Island the chain of islands is continued to the south-
east and south, as follows:—On a distinct Bank, separated from Long
Island on the Great Bank by the Crooked Island Passage (25 miles in
width), are Crooked Island, Acklin’s Island, with Castle Island, of small
size, at its southern extremity, and Fortune Island or Long Key.
To the northeast of Crooked Island lies Samana or Atwood Key (unin-
habited), and to the east of Acklin’s Island there is a cluster of small
islets, called Plana, or French Keys. To the southeast, about 45 miles
from Acklin’s Island, is Mayaguana. _
Caicos and Turk Islands Banks.— In the same southeasterly direction is
the Caicos Bank (on which are several islands), separated from Maya-
guana by the Caicos Channel, about 30 miles in width, and at a short
distance to the southeast, on another Bank, with the Turk Passage
between it and the Caicos Bank, lie the Turk Islands.
Mouchoir Carré, Silver and Navidad Banks.— These three Banks of
coral and sand, separated by deep water channels of 30 to 40 miles in
width, extend the Bahama chain of islands to the southeast, about 100
miles, viz., Mouchoir Carré, Silver Bank, which is about 36 miles north of
Cape Viejo Francés (San Domingo) and Navidad Bank, the southeast end
of which lies north-northeast about 32 miles from Cape Cabron, the
nearest part of San Domingo.
qreat and Little Inagua, or Heneagua.— Detached from all the other
islands, from 60 to 70 miles south of Acklin’s Island and Mayaguana,
nearly in the latitude of the Turk Islands, are Great and Little Inagua,
standing, I believe, on one Bank. Great Inagua (area 530 square miles)
is one of the largest and finest of the Bahama group. These islands,
north of, and opposite the Windward Passage, between Cuba and San
Domingo, are about 65 miles from the northwestern extremity of the
latter and abont 50 miles from Point Maysi the northwestern end of the
former.
314 Physical Geography, etc.
Lieut. Nelson (Proc. Geo. Soc., [X, 203) mentions that,
generally speaking, the islands are on the windward sides
of their respective groups and banks. The exceptions re-
ferred to by Mr. Rawson (Report, 11) are Grand Bahama
on the southern side of the Little Bank, New Providence on
the northern side, and the Biminis on the northwestern edge
of the Great Bank.
No part of any of the islands exceeds the height of 200
feet, generally much less. The shores of a few present an
abrupt face, or cliff, not exceeding 40 feet in height. They
are almost universally environed with reefs or shelves of
rock, which extend often to a considerable distance, and
usually terminate abruptly. Professor Agassiz (Bulletin
Mus. Comp. Zool., I, 271) observes that “the Bahamas and
the reefs to the northeast of Cuba exhibit very abrupt slopes
and a great depth is reached close to the shores of the Banks,
so that the Bahamas resemble the coral reefs of the Pacific
much more than the reefs of the coast of Florida.”
Dana refers to the Bahamas as being coral reefs and reef
islands, essentially like atoll reefs.
The geological formation of these islands appears to be
very similar to that of Bermuda; their form and surface con-
dition, being due to a great extent to the prevailing winds
and currents, but owing much, probably, as remarked by
Dana, with reference to the Bermudas, “to the configuration
of the land upon which the coral reefs were built up.”
Nelson (/.c.) explaining his reasons for calling the Bahamas
the Gulf Stream Delta, refers to it as,—
“© A Delta which has been apparently thrown down by the waters of the
Gulf Stream on their receiving a check from those of the Atlantic as they
emerge in full strength from the Gulf of Mexico.” He adds, ‘although
such deposits will be greatly accelerated in formation, and gain much
stability, by finding ready-made hilly ground under the sea, nevertheless
they can be formed without this; but taking into account the remarkably
symmetrical relation between the sweep of the Bahamas and that of the
submarine mountain range of the Leeward Islands (with which they form
a continuous S-like series), as well as the very general absence of shifting
of the Bahama Islands. 315
sands, it may be surmised that the Bahama Delta has had the advantage of
such ready-made base and submarine nucleus of aggregation.”
With respect to the present surface condition of the
Bahamas, as compared with that of the Bermudas, the evi-
dence lately made known by Mr. J. Matthew Jones of sub-
sidence in the latter should not pass unnoticed.
In a communication published in “Nature” (Aug. 1, 1872),
Mr. Jones explains that about two years ago submarine blast-
ings were carried on at the entrance of Hamilton harbor, and
at a depth of over six fathoms a cavern was broken into
which contained stalactites and red earth. “ Also, that during
‘the past two years similar blastings had taken place inside an
artificial harbor, situate at the western extremity of the’
islands, for the purpose of forming a bed of sufficient depth
for the reception of the great dock constructed several years
ago, in England.
Mr. Jones thus states and comments on the results :—
“The excavations extended to a depth of 52 feet below low water mark.
At 46 feet occurred a layer of red earth 2 feet in thickness, containing
remains of cedar trees, which layer rested upon a bed of compact calea-
reous sandstone. Here we have the first satisfactory evidence of the
submergence of an extensive deposit of soil once upon the surface, and
that to the depth of 48 feet below the present low water level, which con-
sequently grants an equal elevation above it in former times. Now on
carefully surveying the Bermuda chart, we find that an elevation of 48
feet will bring the whole space which intervenes between the present
land and the barrier reef, now covered with water, above the water level.
This attained, what more is required to prove the former extent of the
island group, before the present submergence, to the present barrier
reef?
Mr. Jones promises further evidence on this interesting
subject.
Whether any similar proofs of subsidence have been
noticed in the Bahamas, I am unable to state.
I now propose to consider the evidence afforded by the
distribution of the Land Shells on the Bahama Islands.
316 Physical Geography, etc.
The total number of species known to inhabit the Bahamas
is about 80, of which a few species have not yet been satis-
factorily determined or described ;* 20 belong to operculate
genera, and the remainder are inoperculates.
The operculate genera represented are Olenopoma, Oy-
clostomus, Oistula,t CHonproroma, Trochatella, He.icina
Schasicheila and Alcadia.
The occurrence on the Great Bank, in New Providence
and Eleuthera, of a Schasicheila (S. Bahamensis Pf.), is
singular, inasmuch as the genus is not otherwise represented
in the West Indies. Of the four other known species, three
belong to the Mexican fauna; the habitat of S. minuscula
Pf. is unknown.
The operculates considered, the land shell fauna of the
Bahamas is essentially West Indian, and that of the Great
Bank closely allied to the Cuban fauna.
Of the five species (exclusive of Cistula scabrosa) on the
Great Bank, all of which are confined to it, the three follow-
ing are also found in Cuba; Chondropoma canescens Pfr.,
Trochatella rupestris Pfr., and Alcadia minima Orb.
There are no Cuban operculate species east of the Great
Bank. Several species of the Crooked Island Bank occur
in Inagua, and one on the Turk Bank, while three species
are common to the latter and Inagua.
With respect to the inoperculate species, omitting several,
the affinities of which have not been determined, the follow-
ing genera and groups are represented, viz.: Zonites (Con-
ulus?) ; Helix (Microphysa, Polygyra, Thelidomus, Puaet-
oprycHa and Porymita); Cylindrella s. s., one species ;
Macroceramus, two species; Bulimulus (Liostracus, Mesem-
brinus and Leptomerus, one species of each) ; Cionella (Lep-
tinaria, one species) ; Stenogyra (Opeas, Subulina, Melan-
* A complete catalogue of the species, showing their distribution, is in course of
preparation and will shortly be published.
+ The single species C. scabrosa Humph., referred by Sowerby to Providence Island,
and by Gray to Jamaica, I do not know. The names of genera or groups (of the in-
operculates also), most numerously represented, are printed in capital letters.
of the- Bahama Islands. 317
tella) ; Pupa (Strroputa and Leucochila) ; Orthalicus; Suc-
cinea; Gilandina ( Oleacina, one species).
Judging from the inoperculates, as well as the operculates,
the West Indian character of the Bahama land shell fauna
is manifest.
The following is a list of the inoperculate species com-
mon to the Bahamas and the adjacent continent, Bermuda
and certain of the West India Islands. The distribution in
the Bahamas is indicated by the use of the abbreviations L.
and Gt. Bk. (Little and Great Bank); Is. East (islands be-
tween the Great and Caicos Banks) ; Turk Is.; Gt. and L.
Inagua (Great and Little Inagua).
ZONITES.
Conulus? Gundlachi Pfr., . Gt. Bk., Florida, Cuba.
Haiti, Porto Rico.
HELIX.
Microphysa vortex Pfr., Gt. Bk., Florida, Cuba,
Haiti, Porto Rico.
Microphysa Boothiana Pfr., Gt. Bk., . Cuba, Haiti.
Polygyra microdonta Desh., GireBikes . Bermuda.
Thelidomus provisoria Pfr.,
Plagioptycha Albersiana Pfr.,
Plagioptycha disculus, Desh.,
Polymita varians Mke.,
MACROCERAMUS Gossei Pfr., .
a Girs LKR
GtrBkstilto?.. eae t@uba:
Gt. Inagua, Turk Is., Haiti.
Turk Is., O ph or a elewtint
L. and Gt. Bk.,
is: Hast:." Florida Keys.
Florida, Cuba.
BULIMULUS.
Leptomerus sepuicralis Poey,
GEO BKew elie eau sehe ne Cuba.
STENOGYRA.
Opeas subula Pfr., .
Opeas octonoides C. B. Ad.,
Subulina octona Ch.,
Melaniella gracillima Pfr.,
Gt. Bk., Florida, Cuba,
Haiti, Porto Rico.
Gt. Bk., Florida, Cuba,
Porto Rico.
Gt. Bk., Florida, Cuba,
Haiti, etc.
Gt. Bk., Florida, Cuba,
St. Thomas.
318 Physical Geography, etc.
PUPA.
Strophiaimumia Bruges eee ais 2 eta.) yCabae
Turk Is.
Strophia iostoma Pfr., . . . . Turk Is., Gt. Inagua,. Cuba.
Strophia incana Binn.,. . . . Is. East, . . Florida Keys.
Cuba.
Strophia marmorata Pit... 16° Gt. Bk. 9.) 2/5. )293)) (Cuba:
Strophia cyclosioma Kiist., ...» Gt. Bk, . . «, . ». Cuba.
Strophia Cumingiang Pir., < . Us: Hast, << . =. . . Cuba.
Leucochila fallax* Say, + - * Is. Bast, °:. - - Bermuda,
Turk Is., 3) 2 Blorida,i@uba,;
Gigin alee elec me eveulule
Leucochila pellucida Pfr... . . Turk Is., Gt. Bk., Bermuda, Texas?
Cuba, Haiti.
ORTHALICUS wndatust Brug., . Gt. Bk., . . Florida, Cuba.
Succrnea luteola Gould, . . . Gt. Bk. . . Texas, Florida,
Haiti.
GLANDINA.
Olegeingsoudula eit. 00. wa Gate Bke a pint ne OUbas
The distribution shown in the foregoing list proves in a
marked manner the alliance of the Bahamas, and of the
Great Bank especially, with Cuba. The numerous repre-
sentatives of Polymita and of Strophia, and the occurrence
of Polygyra, Thelidomus and Melaniella on the Great Bank
only (all three groups unrepresented in Haiti) afford similar
proof, while the development of Plagioptycha in the Turk
Islands and Great Inagua, with the fact that P. Albersiana
and disculus are common to them and Haiti, appears to indi-
cate their connection with the latter island.
Dr. Cleve (Geology of the N. E. West India Islands,
Stockholm, 1871) mentions that Anegada (on the Virgin
Bank) is geologically in all respects different from the other
Virgin Islands, that it lies northwest to southeast (the
others extending from west to east) and has a close resem-
blance to the Bahamas. The land shells of Anegada, how-
ever, in common with those of the other islands on the
*T include, for the present purpose, the forms known as marginatus and nitidulus.
+A single specimen in the cabinet of Mr. Rawson, said to be from the Biminis.
of the Bahama Islands. 319
Virgin Bank, have no special relations with those of the Ba-
hamas. Most of the Anegada species occur in other of the
Virgin Islands and in Porto Rico, none of them in the Ba-
hamas.
In connection with the facts stated as to the distribution
of terrestrial shells in the Bahama Islands, and the infer-
ences with regard to their former more intimate relations
with each other and with adjacent lands, the views of Prof.
Dana (Corals and Coral Islands, 1872) are of great value.
In the chapter vi (p. 348), entitled “Geological Conclusions,”
Dana considers at some length “The Oceanic Coral Island
Subsidence,” and after treating the subject with reference
more especially to the Pacific tropics, he says (p. 868) :—
“The changes which took place cotemporaneously in the Atlantic trop-
ics are very imperfectly recorded. The Bahamas show by their form and
position that they cover a submerged land of large area, stretching over
six hundred miles from northwest to southeast. The long line of reefs
and the Florida Keys, trending far away from the land of southern Flor-
ida, are evidence that this Florida region participated in the downward
movement though to a less extent than the Bahamas. Again, the islands
of the West Indies diminish in size to the eastward, being quite small in
the long line that look out upon the blank ocean, just as if the subsidence
increased in that direction. Finally, the Atlantic beyond is water only,
as if it had been made a blank by the sinking of its lands.
‘‘Thus the size of the islands as well as the existence of coral banks,
and also the blankness of the ocean’s surface, all appear to bear evidence
to a great subsidence.
“The peninsula of Florida, Cuba and the Bahamas look, as they lie
together, as if all were once part of a greater Florida, or southeastern
prolongation of the continent. The northwestern and southwestern
trends, characterizing the great features of the American continent, run
through the whole like a warp and woof structure binding them together
in one system; the former trend, the northwest, existing in Florida and
the Bahamas, and the main line of Cuba; and the latter course, the west-
southwest, in cross lines of islands in the Bahamas (one at the north ex-
tremity, another in the line of Nassau, and others to the southeast), on
the high lands of northwestern and southeastern Cuba, and in the Florida
line of reefs, and even further, in a submerged ridge between Florida and
Cuba. This combination of the two continental trends shows that the
lands are one in system, if they were never one in continuous dry land.
‘* We can not here infer that there was a regular increase of subsidence
from Florida eastward; or that Florida and Cuba participated in it equally
JUNE, 1873. 22 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X.
320 Physical Geography, ete.
with the intermediate and adjoining seas; for the facts in the Pacific have
shown that the subsiding oceanic area had its nearly parallel bands of
greater and less subsidence; that areas of greatest sinking alternated
with others of less, as explained on page 326; and that the groups of
high islands are along the bands of least sinking. So in the Atlantic, the
subsidence was probably much greater between Florida and Cuba than in
the peninsula of Florida itself; and greater along the Caribbean Sea par-
allel with Cuba, as well as along the Bahama reefs, than in Cuba.
“<The position of the lonely Bermuda atoll confirms these deductions.
Its solitary state is reason for suspecting that great changes have taken
place about it; for it is not natural for islands to be alone. The tongue
of warm water, due to the Gulf Stream, in which the Bermudas lie, is
narrow, and an island a hundred miles or more distant to the northeast-
by-east, or in the line of its trend (p. 219), if experiencing the same sub-
sidence that made the Bermuda land an atoll, would have disappeared
without a coral monument to bear record to its former existence. Twenty
miles to the southwest-by-west from the Bermudas, there are two sub-
merged banks, twenty to forty-seven fathoms under water, showing that
the Bermudas are not completely alone, and demonstrating that they
cover a summit in a range of heights; and it may have been a long
range.”
The facts regarding the diminution in size of the islands
of the West Indies to the eastward, are of peculiar interest,
not only as affording conclusive evidence of the greater sub-
sidence in that direction, but in connection with geographical
distribution.
The banks and islands forming the long Bahama chain
diminish in size to the southeast, where are situated at its
termination the submerged Mouchoir Carré, Silver and Navi-
dad Banks. Ina similar manner the submerged Virgin Is-
land Bank (with Anegada on its northeastern extremity,
geologically, in the opinion of Dr. Cleve, resembling the
Bahamas), Sombrero and the Anguilla Bank, terminate the
chain of the West Indies (parallel with the Bahamas) east-
ward from Cuba.
In the caves of Anguilla the remains of large extinct
mammalia are found, which must have inhabited a far more
extensive area, subsequently broken up by subsidence.
Packard (Amer. Nat., 1872) remarks, “there is every
probability that the separation of these islands (of the east-
of the Bahama Islands. 821
ern part of the West Indies) took place at a late period of
time, and probably subsequent to the spread of the post-
pliocene fauna over North America.”*
Dr. Cleve (i.¢.) observes that “the Bahama Islands, the
Island of Anegada, and a part of Barbuda belong to a very
recent period.” +
The same author (J. c. 18), referring to the “Leeward
Islands,” states as follows :-—
“The Islands north of Guadaloupe form two parallel chains from north-
west to southeast. The western chain gommences with Saba and consists
of St. Eustatius, St. Kitts, Nevis, Redonda and Montserrat. All of those
islands are volcanos and if the line were extended farther to the North
it would reach the island of Anegada, of post-pliocene date, and all the
volcanos seem to be of the same or nearly the same geological time.
- The Bahama Islands, which are also most probably of post-pliocene date,
have the same direction and seem to be the continuation of the same or
of a parallel line of elevation. East of the volcanic range is another
completely different range of islands. They are not volcanic and com-
mence with Sombrero comprising Anguilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew,
Barbuda and Antigua. All of these islands are of the tertiary age, eocene,
miocene and pliocene.”
In his “Summary of the Geology of the West Indies”
(J.c. 47), Dr. Cleve says :—
‘‘From the facts exposed above it may consequently be inferred, that
of the two prevailing lines of elevation in the West Indies, the one run-
ning from west to east originated before the miocene time, and that the
other from northwest to southeast, commencing with the Bahamas and
continuing in the same direction down to Trinidad, was formed after the
miocene time.”
While considering the facts, and geological grouping of
the Islands quoted above from Dr. Cleve’s paper, it should be
remembered that the land shell fauna of Saba, of St. Eusta-
tius, St. Kitts and Nevis (all three on one Bank) and of Re-
donda and Montserrat, and of Barbuda and Antigua (the
*See also Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1858, and Bland, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc.#
1871.
| Helicina convexa is common to Bermuda and Barbuda.
322 Physical Geography, etc.
last two on the same Bank) is, in common with most of
the islands to the south, to and inclusive of Trinidad, distinct
from the fauna of the islands between and inclusive of the
Bahamas and Cuba, and the Anguilla Bank, on which are
Anguilla, St. Martin and St. Bartholomew.*
This difference of the faunas, and the well defined line of
their separation, must be considered in connection with the
past and present geological history of the Islands.
The distribution of the species of the genera Macrocera-
mus and Strophia illustrates in a marked manner the dis-
tinctness of the two faunas*just mentioned. Macroceramus
has two species in the Bahamas (1 common to the Great
Bank, Florida and Cuba, MW. Grosset, being the only species
found in Jamaica); 386 in Cuba, and 10 in Haiti of which
1 (M. Gundlachi) occurs in both.
There are two other species only in the islands between
and inclusive of Porto Rico and those on the Anguilla Bank,
M. signatus which besides Haiti, is found in Tortola, Necker
Island and Anegada, all on the Virgin Bank, and in Anguilla
and St. Bartholomew on the Anguilla Bank; JZ. microdon
occurs in Porto Rico, Vieque, St. Thomas, Tortola and Ane-
gada. The genus is not represented in St. Croix, and not
in any of the islands south of the Anguilla Bank.
Strophia has 16-18 species in the Bahamas of which 1 is
also in the Florida Keys, and at least 6 in Cuba; 17 in Cuba;
none in Jamaica; 2 in Haiti, of which one, S. striatella,
occurs in Cuba, Porto Rico, Necker Island and Anegada,
and the other, S. microstoma, is found also in Cuba, Haiti
and Porto Rico (jide Pfr.). Remains of a fossil species, un-
determinable, are noticed in Sombrero, and a fossil species
in St. Croix. There is no representative of the genus on
the Anguilla Bank or to the south of it.
The exceptions are curious, Macroceramus Grossei and
Strophia uva are found in Curagao ! ¢
* See Bland, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., J. c.
tI desire to acknowledge my obligations for specimens and the means generally
of the Bahama Islands. 323
Dana as already quoted, refers to parallel bands of greater
and less subsidence in the Pacific Ocean, and to analogous
conditions in the Atlantic;— the subsidence was probably,
he says, “much greater between Florida and Cuba than in
the Peninsula of Florida itself; and greater along the Carib-
bean sea parallel with Cuba, as well as along the Bahama
reefs, than in Cuba.” Recent soundings show in these re-
spects the following facts :
The greatest depth in the Gulf of Florida, between Key
West and Havana is within 5 miles of the latter, 800 fathoms
(4,800 feet), and I have already stated that there is a depth
in the Nicholas Channel, between Salt Key Bank and Cuba
of 534 fathoms (3,204 feet).
Between Cuba and the east end of Jamaica the depth is
1,244 fathoms (7,464 feet). Hastward of Jamaica, along
the southern side of Haiti, in about the latitude of Beata
Island, great depths have been ascertained, — ane sounding
west of that Island gave 2,136 fathoms (12,816 feet), and
one to the eastward of it 1,840 fathoms (11,040 feet). The
greater subsidence still further to the east, between the Vir-
gin Bank and St. Croix, may be inferred from the enormous
depth there found of no less than 2,580 fathoms (15,480
feet).
A line of soundings from the south side of Jamaica and
east of the Pedro Bank, across the Caribbean Sea to Aspin-
wall (a distance of about 550 miles), shows the instructive
fact that, with no very considerable exception, the sea bot-
tom slopes gradually from Jamaica towards the coast of the
Isthmus of Panama. About 60 miles from Manzanilla Point
(N.E. of Aspinwall), the depth is 1,215 fathoms (7,290 feet).
The bottom then rises comparatively rapidly, —the depth at
about 40 miles from Aspinwall being 677 fathoms (4,062
feet), and at about 20 miles, 227 fathoms (1,362 feet).
of studying the land shells of the Bahamas, to the late Mr. Wm. Cooper, Dr. Bryant,
and Mr. Robert Swift: alsoto Mr. W. W. Miller, Mr. Daniel Sargent, of Inagua, and
Dr. Weinland, but especially to Mr. Rawson W. Rawson formerly Governor of the Ba-
hamas, and now of Barbadoes and the Windward Islands.
324 Spectroscopic Hxamination of Silicates.
In connection with the relations of the land shell faunas of
the islands on the north side of the Caribbean Sea, I may
mention that the greatest depth between the coast of Yucatan
and Cape San Antonio, the western extremity of Cuba, about
midway between the two, is 1,164 fathoms (6,984 feet) ,*—
between the east end of Jamaica and the west end of Haiti
(so far as is yet known), 600 fathoms (3,600 feet), and
north of Mona Island, in the Mona Passage (between Haiti
and Porto Rico) 250 fathoms (1500 feet). I postpone com-
parison of the faunas of the islands and the adjacent parts of
the North American continent, but in regard to the depth
between Haiti and Jamaica on the west side, and Porto Rico
on the east it is noticeable, that while the fauna of Haiti has
very little relation with that of Jamaica, it has much alliance
with that of Porto Rico.
XXIX.— Spectroscopic Hxamination of Silicates.
By Pror. ALBERT R. LEEDS,
Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, N. J.
Read March 10, 1878.
WuiLe conducting the analysis of a silicious mineral, and
determining its alkalies by the well-known and universally
employed process of Prof. J. LAwRENcE SmirH, which it
would. be entirely superfluous to repeat here, it occurred to
me that a modification of this process would be valuable in
the spectroscopic examination of silicates.
It is evident that a pulverulent mixture of a powdered
mineral with sal-ammoniace and precipitated calcic carbonate
*T am indebted to the kindness o! Professor Peirce, Superintendent of the U.S.
Coast Surver, and of Professor Henry, of the Smithsonian Institution, for full particu-
lars of the deep-sea soundings between Cape Catoche and Cape San Antonio, ascer-
tained on the survey in 1872.
Spectroscopic Hxamination of Silicates. 325
could not be employed in spectroscopic work, while an easily
fusible chloride would be well adapted to it. The plan was
therefore adopted of mixing a small quantity of the finely
powdered mineral with an alcoholic paste of chemically pure
calcic chloride, and exposing a pellet of the pasty mass, on
a platinum loop, to the outer flame of a Bunsen burner,
before the slit of the spectroscope.
This, it will be seen at once, is a return to the plan pro-
posed many years ago, by Prof. Henry Wurtz, for effecting
the decomposition of silicates and the extraction of their
alkalies. For some reasons unknown, this method, which
would seem to be an excellent one, does not appear to have
come into general use. It will be found, however, that in
its novel application to spectroscopic work, it effects the
desired object with such ease and rapidity, and with so small
an expenditure of reagent and material, that hereafter the
mineralogist will wish to add this reagent to those in most
constant use. The calcic chloride paste is most conveniently
preserved in a small wide-mouthed bottle, stoppered care-
fully to prevent the evaporation of the alcohol. There is
the disadvantage in its practical working, that the calcium
spectrum is always present: and the difficulty of preparing
and using such a reagent in a way that will exclude the
presence of minute quantities of sodium, is so great, that
the presence or absence of the sodium band cannot be re-
garded as demonstrating the presence or absence of sodium
in the mineral under examination. On the other hand, an
extremely small quantity of the mineral is required. In
most cases it is sufficient to select a part of the mineral
which appears to be perfectly pure and unaltered, and to
rub off as much of the powder (with the corner of a file) as
could be taken on the end of a small knife-blade. This is
then rubbed up, successively, with either an equal-amount
of the paste, or twice, thrice, or four times that amount, as
may be found necessary. Generally an equal amount will
be sufficient. An attempt was made to substitute magnesic
326 Spectroscopic Hxanination of Silicates.
for calcic chloride, in order to get rid of the calcium
spectrum; but this reagent was not powerful enough to
effect decomposition. The results which may be obtained
with baric and strontic chlorides, ete., are still to be looked
for. It should be remarked that no acid vapors are set free
by this process, and that the spectroscopist may work for
hours in a dark room, without injury to himself or his ap-
paratus ; which he could not do if the mineral were mois-
tened with hydrochloric or other acid. :
To speak of the results thus far obtained, I would say
that many minerals which have been reputed to contain
alkalies, have revealed this fact when tested by the calcic
chloride process, and that many others in which the alkalies
have previously escaped detection, have manifested them in
the most striking manner. It is very noticeable, when
rocks and minerals are treated in the manner described,
that lithium, in minute quantities, is not a rare but a very
common element. Thus, for example, a light greenish
muscovite from Dixon’s Quarry, near Wilmington, Del.,
contains lithium as well as potassium and sodium. In the
list of analyses of muscovites which is cited in Dana’s
Mineralogy (5th ed., p. 310 and 311), it will be seen that
only two muscovites are reported as lithium-holding. One
is a rose colored mica from Goshen, Mass., which was ana-
lyzed by Prof. Mallet, and contains 0-64 per cent. of
lithium. The other is a mica from Orange Co., N. Y.
(the analysis cited differs very widely from that of a nor-
mal muscovite), and contains 0-06 per cent. lithium.
One of the varieties of fibrolite, known as_ bucholzite,
which occurs as a silky-white coating upon the gneiss rocks
bordering the Schuylkill river in the vicinity of Philadel-
phia, gives with calcic chloride, both potassium and lithium
bands. None of the fibrolites, nor any of its varieties, silli-
manite, monrolite, xenolite, woérthite, have ever been re-
ported to contain alkaline metals, except a specimen of bu-
cholzite, analyzed by Brandes (Jour. de Pharm., XCI, 237),
Spectroscopic Hxamination of Silicates. 327
and quoted in Dana’s Mineralogy, 5th ed., p. 374. It con-
tained 1°5 per cent. of potassa.
Certain minerals in which we should confidently expect to
find no alkalies were examined, and as a confirmation of
analysis the negative results have a certain value. Among
these were a number of wollastonites ; chrysotile and balti-
morite from the chrome mines of Lancaster Co., Pa.; the
variety of ripidolite, known as clinochlore, from the ser-
pentine quarries of Chester Co., Pa., and the crystallized
ripidolites of Texas, Lancaster Co. The crystallized kaem-
mererites, a variety of penninite, from Texas, likewise gave
no alkaline spectra.
The examination of a number of vermiculites was of par-
ticular interest, as showing the presence of lithium in all of
them, whereas hitherto it had been detected in none. Some
of these vermiculitic minerals are varieties of ripidolite
more or less. altered, others have been made into separate
species under the names of vermiculite and jefferisite. But
all of these minerals are probably the results of alteration,
and it is a curious fact that all of them contain lithium.
This may, at a later time, perhaps, assist to explain the
causes and manner of those surprising alterations visible
along the line of the -serpentine ridges of Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, and probably elsewhere. Of the vermiculites
from the original locality at Milbury, Mass., I had no speci-
men to examine, but an exfoliating mineral in bronze colored
scales from the chlorite schist bordering the serpentine
quarries above Manayunk on the Schuylkill river, con-
tained lithium; the matrix of chlorite schist contained none.
Three other varieties of exfoliating ripidolite from Chester
Co., Pa., gave similar results. A leck-green variety gave a
very. strong and persistent lithium band; a bronze colored,
a band less positive; and a light green variety, a faint
lithium band. A quantitative analysis of the first gave 0-33
per cent. of lithium; of the second a trace, and of the third,
none. Another vermiculite, occurring at Texas, Pa., in a
328 Spectroscopic Examination of Silicates.
seam between tale upon one side and oligoclase-felsite on the
other, gave a decided lithium band. The mineral occurs
in brownish scales, orthorhombic in form, and optically
biaxial. A quantitative determination afforded 0-41 per
cent. of lithia and soda. The pure alkaline chlorides ob-
tained in the course of the analysis, and which together
weighed 0-009 grm., were carefully tested and found to con-
tain no potassium whatever, but to consist entirely of lithium
and sodium. The calcic chloride process is thus valuable in
showing the isomorphic replacement of one element by
another. For in a mineral very similar to the one above
described, except that it crystallizes in broad plates instead
of small scales, and which has been called jefierisite by
Prof. Brush, lithium appears in many instances to take the
place of potassium. The analysis of jefferisite by Prof.
Brush (Dana’s Min., p. 494), gives soda trace, potassa 0°43
per cent. A large number of jefferisites, from the serpen-
tine quarry three miles southwest of Westchester, Pa.,
afforded only the lithium band with calcic chloride paste.
In the above instance, I neglected to separate the alkalies.
But in the case of a mineral resembling ripidolite, and oc-
curing in connection with the corundum at Unionville, Pa.,
I have made the determination and found that, in certain
cases, this method is of surprising delicacy. This bluish-
green variety of ripidolite gave the lithium band very dis-
tinctly. It contains only 0:11 per cent. of lithia and 0-14
per cent. of soda. The pure chlorides obtained in the
course of the examination were tested, and found to contain
not the slightest trace of potassium. <As only 0:005 grm. of
the ripidolite was employed, the spectroscopic examination
which required two minutes to perform, revealed the pres-
ence of the one two hundred thousandth part of a gramme
of lithia.
It would be unsafe to infer from this statement that the
calcic chloride process is equally delicate in the case of every
mineral, and of every element capable of manifesting itself
Spectroscopic Examination of Silicates. 329
in the spectroscope; for certain minerals seem to resist de-
composition in this manner with great obstinacy; and,
moreover, of the elements, lithium appears to rival sodium
in the volatility of its chloride and the persistency of its
spectrum band. For instance the variety of muscovite,
termed margarodite, from Trumbull, Conn., affords a spec-
trum with a faint potassium and a strong lithium band.
This cannot be ascribed to the presence of those alkalies in
the relative quantities indicated by their spectra, because
the analyses of margarodite (Dana’s Min., p. 310) exhibit
in some instances as much as 12 per cent. of potassa. In
fact the muscovites, as a class, do not yield up their alkalies
under the decomposing action of calcic chloride as readily as
many other minerals do. For example, we may take the
well known specimens from Pennsbury, Chester Co., Pa.
When mixed with an equal amount of the paste, this mineral]
in powder gave the potassium band faintly, after exposure to
the flame for over a minute; with four times the amount of
caleic chloride, it gave the spectrum more strongly than at
first; but when mixed with eight times as much, the spec-
trum was no stronger than at the beginning. In the case of
a muscovite (from an uncertain locality) no potassium band
whatever made its appearance. <A still more striking illus-
tration of what is said above, is afforded by the pink scapo-
lites of Bolton, Mass. A compact, beautifully pink, and
apparently quite unaltered specimen of this mineral, gave a
lithium band, but no potassium.
We are fortunate in possessing two analyses of this pink
seapolite (Dana’s Min., pp. 820 and 806). According to
one, it.contains 4°52 per cent. of soda and 0-54 per cent. of
potassa; to a second, 6°55 per cent. of soda, with a little
potassa. That no doubt might remain, I have analyzed a
greenish-white compact translucent wernerite with a spec.
grav. of 2.71, from Attleboro’, Bucks Co., Pa., and find
that it contains Si Og 47:47; Als Og 27°51; Fes Og
trace; Mg O 1-20; Ca O 17°59; Nag O 3:05; Ky O 1:40;
330 Spectroscopic Hxamination of Silicates.
Hs O 1:48—99-70. But this mineral, containing over 1
per cent. of potassa, gave no potassium band. The ortho-
clases and oligoclases which I have thus far examined
undergo decomposition by this process and reveal potassium.
The hexagonal biotite from Lake Laach gives a faint
potassium line, while an analysis (Dana’s Min., p. 305)
shows that it contains 8-60 per cent. of potassa, The ex-
amination of various altered pyroxenes indicated no potassa,
so that if thermal waters containing potassa in solution were
in some instances the agents of decomposition, they have
left no traces which this process can detect.
In conclusion, it may perhaps be fairly said, that while the
ealcic chloride process, for a spectroscopic examination, is ¢
most convenient and valuable one for detecting the presence
of substances, other than calcium and sodium, which afford
spectra, yet it does not equally well prove their absence,
since they may be present in bodies which resist decomposi-
tion in this manner.
In this case, however, a preliminary spectroscopic exam-
ination would be of value, as affording an indication of the
amount of reliance to be placed upon a quantitative deter-
mination of the alkalies, by calcic chloride alone.
Finally, my thanks are due to Mr. F. E. Hilgard, of the
first class of the Institute, for his painstaking examination of
a large number of minerals by this process.
Lingual Dentition of Achatinella, ete. 331
XXX.—On the Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of Achati-
nella and other Pulmonata.
By THOMAS BLAND AND W.G. BINNEY.
Read October 6, 1873.
In the early part of the present year, 1873, Bland espe-
cially requested his friend, the Rev. John T. Gulick, who
was about to visit the Sandwich Islands, to obtain and pre-
serve in alcohol specimens of different forms of Achatinella
with the animals, with a view to the examination of their
dentition.*
It seemed probable from. the differences in the shells,
on which alone the subgenera of authors are founded, that
variation would be discovered in the dentition, leading to a
more satisfactory classification of the species.
Appreciating the value of the proposed examinations, Mr.
Gulick, whose stay in the Sandwich Islands was very limited,
forwarded to Bland from San Francisco, on his embarking
for China, a number of specimens with a list, of which the
subjoined is a copy.t
From West Mauvt.
Laminella picta, Mghls. Wailuku. Amastra Mastersi, Newe. Wailuku.
Auriculella jucunda, Smith. Wai- Leptachatina nitida, Newce. ue
luku. ss grana, Newe. oe
From East Maul.
Partulina plumbea, Gk. Makawao. Auriculella solidissima, Smith. Ma;
oC eburnea, Gk. GG kawao.
Amastra Mastersi, Newe. Me
* At that time the only knowledge we had of the subject was contained in Heyne-
mann’s description and figure of the lingual membrane of A. bulimoides in Mal. B1., 1869.
+ The following extract from Mr. Gulick’s letter is too interesting not to be quoted:
“T find that some of the most abundant species of twenty years ago have now become
almost, if not quite, extinct. Some have not been found for many years, though re-
peated search has been made for them. This has occurred not only where the forests
have been destroyed by cattle and py woodmen, but where the sunlight has been let
into the close shades by the thinning out of the trees or by the increase of drought. In
other places, the various forms of vegetable and animal blight have invaded the forests,
proving fatal to the snails long before the trees are destroyed.”
NOVEMBER, 1873. 23 ANN. Ihyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. X.
332 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
From Oanu.
Achatinella livida, Swn. Kawailoa. Auriculella solida, Gk. Kawailoa.
Amastra decorticata, Gk. We Bulimelia teniolata, Pfr. Waialae.
on the ground. Achatinella varia, Gk. a
Amastra luctuosa, Pfr. Kawailoa, Apex pallida, Nutt. Makiki.
on the ground. Achatineila producta, Rv. Makiki.
Amastra nigrolabris, Smith. Ka- Achatinella Johnsonii, Newe. Ma-
wailoa, on trees. kiki.
Leptachatina dimidiata, Pfr. Ka-
wailoa.
The species so sent for examination by Mr. Gulick are in
the following list placed in the subgenera adopted by von
Martens in the second edition of “Die Heliceen” of Albers.
While adopting the subgeneric and specific names employed
by Mr. Gulick, explanation is added of Pfeiffer’s views from
“Mon. Helic. Viv.” VI, as to the validity of the species.
It will be seen, however, that, comparatively, the question
as to specific names is of little consequence, inasmuch as
the differences in forms of jaw and lingual dentition con-
sidered in the subjoined remarks are treated as of subgeneric
and not of specific value.
1. Parrutna, Pfr., p. 243 of ‘Die Heliceen.”
ICON HCC Syl, “S835 oof Bo 6 6 on io lo
Ot SOMUGISSIMG A SIMIGh ip enen an ice acne sel len yal ete nein Bs) V eu
ue Raynehor, (Crookes BG a ve Soa Oahu.
(syn. of splendida, Newe. fae Prr. »)
Partulina plumbea, Gul., . . . CiutOn Lou opel acy ws eI Be uM kanal,
(syn. of marmorata, Gld., teste Pfr.) :
CG eburnea, Gul., a eas stot eon) DR vial
(syn. of ieee aan Age toate Pir. )
° PADELIDUUULC Us INULUsa tn dey lene re tte titre Grae oe aere eae lners Oahu.
Bulimella teniolata, Pfr., . . . AU Bieta Oahu.
(section b of Syavioe & Vv. Mart. )
2. BULIMELLA, Pfr., p. 244.
Not represented among the Gulick shells.
3. ACHATINELLA, S. Str., p. 246.
A. livida, Swains., . . c Oahu.
(var.? of vulpina, Fér. este Pfr. ptvepal by v.
Martens in this subgenus. )
Jake aaa XEnwMlog) ss de 1S Oahu.
(syn. of vulpina, Fér. fete Pfr. ; ee fuleene:
Newe. teste v. Mart.)
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 333
PA ADUOMUCEOMMEUVEGN i Mina k tAy toler OL) Cee Maes tke AUT Oahu.
A. Johnsonti, Newe., eink ar Oahu.
4. ApEx, Alb. and v. Mart., p. 248.
Not represented in the Gulick shells.
[ Apex pallida, Nutt., see above under Partulina, is
treated by Pfr. as syn. of lorata, Pfr., non Fér.
of the subgenus Achatinella s. str., while von
Martens puts it in the syn. of lorata, Fér., in the
subgenus Partulina. |
5. NewcomsBia, Pfr., -p. 249.
LOKI UPA O ONCoy WIUEA NSS 5 Ge Bo bl oe hl ee 1S W. Maui.
6. LAMINELLA, Pfr., p. 250.
Amastra Mastersi, Newc., ao 6 ot On dg a | 1D Ebatel Wien Mio I
(syn. of rubens, Gld. teste Pfr.)
Amastra decorticata, Gul., onthe ground, . . . Oahu.
au luctuosa, Pfr., Bor be Ge Cee runs ot
“ nigrolabris, Smith, on trees, . .. . fe
7. LEPTACHATINA, Gould, p. 251.
ET IVULAG ING Wiese aet Neath cerca lhtu ees RAM elie eete W. Maui.
L. grana, Newce., SAGAL Usb asP MNS Feet Heth heat Va yee W. Maui.
LER OLINUOTACOS Ma litvty) wii eh ety Fett oth ve Mies i tele Oahu.
8. LABIELLA, Pfr., p. 252.
Not represented among the Gulick shells.
The specimens were forwarded to Binney, the result of
whose anatomical examinations are given below in detail.
It may be stated here, however, that both in form of jaw
and character of the lingual dentition, all the species of
Partulina and Achatinelia s. str. sent by Mr. Gulick agree.
They all share a form of dentition quite uncommon in the
Helicide. Of the same type of dentition is A. bulimoztdes
examined by Heynemann. (See pl. xv, fig. 11.)
The jaw and lingual dentition of all Mr. Gulick’s species
of Newcombia and Laminella are alike, thus indicating a
separate group for these subgenera. The lingual membrane
shows the usual type of felicine, but the central tooth is
quite narrow. (See pl. xv, figs. 9-11.)
Similar to the last group in the form of jaw and character
of central and lateral teeth are all the species of Leptachatina
received from Mr. Gulick. They have, however, a different
form of marginal tooth, distinguished by the blunt digitation
of the reflected apex of the tooth (see pl. xv, fig. 8), which
384 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
in Newcombia and Laminella is simply bidentate or triden-
tate. This peculiar marginal tooth reminds one forcibly of
that figured for Partula by Heynemann (Mal. Blatt. 1869),
though the apex in his figure is not reflected as in Lepta-
chatina.
Thus it appears that three groups are indicated by the
forms of lingual dentition in the genus Achatinella.
a. Partulina, Achatinella s. str.
6. Newcombia, Laminella.
c. Leptachatina.
As regards the subgenera not represented among Mr.
Gulick’s specimens, judging from the shell alone, it would
appear that Bulimella and Apex belong to the group a, while
Labiella will prove to belong rather to 6 or ¢ than to a.
In the subjoined remarks on the anatomy of the genus it
will be shown that there is another peculiar character, the
division of the ovary (albumen gland of Moquin-Tandon)
into long, wavy, delicate, thread-like ceca. No doubt this
is a generic character, so constant was it in all of Mr. Gu-
lick’s specimens examined, both of sections a and 6 indicated
above.
In this connection it is interesting to state that Mr. Gulick,
in his paper “On the Variation of Species as related to their
Geographical Distribution, illustrated by the Achatinelle,”
(Nature, July 18, 1872), states as follows: “The family is
divided into two natural groups of genera. The first group
consists of seven genera: Achatinella, Bulimella, Helicter-
ella, Partulina, Newcombia, Laminella and Auriculella.
These are all arboreal in their habits. In form they are
sinistral, or both dextral and sinistral. The second group
consists of three genera: Amastra, Leptachatina and Care-
lia.* With but few exceptions, the species of Amastra and
Leptachatina live on the ground and are of dextral form.”
This division, apparently based more especially on the
sinistral or dextral characters of the shells, and arboreal or
* Carelia, H. and A. Ad., a subgenus of Achatina, teste von Martens.
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 33)
terrestrial habits of the animals, is evidently faulty, seeing
that, irrespective of such characters and habits, the Achati-
nelle, dentition considered, may be very properly divided
into two, perhaps three, subgenera, alike embracing forms
comprised in each of Gulick’s groups.
The details of anatomy here follow.*
In Laminella Mastersi the jaw is low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends but
little attenuated, blunt; it is of horn color, thickest on the cutting edge,
gradually thinning off to the upper margin. There is no median projec-
tion to the cutting edge. The anterior surface is without ribs. Of the
same type is the jaw in all the species of Laminella examined It is very
wide, very low, and hardly arcuate in dwctwosa. Ifind the same type of jaw
also, though much more arched, in all the species of Newcombia and Lepta-
chatina examined. In picta there is a slightly produced, blunt, median
projection to the cutting edge. All these species have jaws readily boiled
out by caustic potash, and usually remaining attached to the lingual mem-
brane in the test tube after the process. There are delicate vertical striz
on several of them, sometimes shown only by a very strong power. In
all the other species submitted to me the jaw is so extremely delicate as
to be found with difficulty. I failed to extract it in Achatinella Johnsonii,
livida and varia.t In the other species of Achatinella, and in all of Par-
tulina, the jaw appears to be simply arcuate, transparent, extremely thin,
ends blunt.
The lingual membrane is of the same type as figured for Partulina buli-
moides by Heynemann (Mal. Blatt. XIV), in all the species of Achatinella
s.s., and Partulina. It is very broad in comparison to its length. In
one specimen the formula is 175-1-175.{ The teeth are arranged en chev-
ron. ‘There is but one type of teeth for centrals, laterals and marginals,
the former being, however, somewhat smaller, and symmetrical The
teeth are long, narrow, bluntly truncated below, curving and widening at
first gradualiy, then more rapidly, so that the apex is more than twice the
breadth of the base; it is reflected along its whole breadth, slightly pro-
duced, seven-cuspid, the central cusp the smallest. There is variation in
these cusps.
In Newcombia, Laminella and Leptachatina the lingual membrane is en-
tirely different. It is as usual in the Helicinw, narrow compared with its
length, the teeth arranged in horizontal rows. The centrals are long,
narrow, Somewhat wider at base (where there are two long, parallel,
*T alone am responsible for these anatomical details.—W. G. B.
{ The process of extraction by potash is not adapted to this slightly developed jaw;
even by dissection it is very difficult to obtain the jaw; when mounted in glycerine jelly
it speedily becomes too transparent to be studied under the microscope.
$ Counted by my young friend A. Ten Eyck Lansing, to whom I am indebted for val-
uable aid in dissecting the specimens,
336 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
longitudinal lines of reinforcement), again enlarged at apex, which is re-
flected, slightly produced, and bluntly tricuspid, the outer cusps almost
obsolete. The lateral teeth are subquadrate, more than twice as broad as
the centrals, the reflected portion greatly produced and bicuspid. There
are about eight perfect lateral teeth in Leptachatina grana, the formula
being 20-1-20. In Laminella luctuosa the formula is about 22-1-22. In
I. Mastersi 26-1-26, with eight perfect laterals. The marginal teeth in
Laminella are merely a simple modification of the laterals, they are low,
subquadrate, with one long, oblique, blunt inner denticle and two smaller,
outer denticles. In Laminella the denticles are more numerous and more
pointed. In all the Leptachatina the marginal teeth are of a different type.
They seem to have but one very broad cusp, whose outer edge is irregu-
larly digitate or fringed, the points being about eight, but varying in num-
ber and position.
To illustrate the jaws and lingual membranes I have selected (fig. 10)
one central and one lateral of Zaminella Mastersi, a group of centrals and
laterals of the same (fig. 11), with a group of marginals of the same (fig.
9.) Fig. 2 gives one central and several adjacent laterals, from either
side, of Achatinella producta. Fig. gives several marginal teeth of
Leptachatina nitida. Fig. 7, the jaw of Laminella Mastersi. Fig. 6, the
jaw of Laminella picta.
It will be noticed that the lingual membrane of Newcombia, Laminella
and Leptachatina resembles that of Stenogyra in its extremely small cen-
tral tooth. The jaw also is of the same type.
The following species were found with embryonic shells in the oviduct,
usually only two in number and of very unequal size, Newcombia picta,
Laminella decorticata, luctuosa, Partulina eburnea, twentiolata, Achatinella
producta. UHeynemann, /.c., found them also in bulimoides.
A peculiarity of the genus seems to be a perfectly black lung, in great
contrast to which are the two divisions of the heart and the renal organ,
all decidedly white.
Another peculiarity of the genus is a short foot, broad in front, rapidly
narrowing towards the pointed tail. In Partulina pallida, however, the
tail is long. Also in Partulina eburnea. In many of the specimens I
noticed an unusual development of the blind sac under the mouth (sup-
posed by Dr. Leidy to be the seat of the olfactory nerve). I believe this
to be a generic characteristic also.
I noticed nothing unusual in the nervous ganglia, or in the digestive
apparatus, examining each system carefully in several species, the upper
portions of the digestive system especially in Partulina pallida.
The reversion of the shell, common in the genus, seems accompanied by
a corresponding sinistral arrangement of the internal organs. Thus the
orifice of generation, usually on the right of the animal in the snails, is,
in the sinistral Achatinelle, on the left. I have verified this fact in
eburned, varia, livida and Johnsonit.
So far as can be judged from alcoholic specimens, it seems that the
external orifice of the generative organs is usually under the mantle, not
a
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. gan
behind the tentacle; this I believe to be a generic characteristic, but the
fact must be confirmed in the living animal. It must surely be so in many
species, among which I may mention Johnsonii and teniolata. It is not
so, however, in pallida.
Another peculiarity is the whiteness noticed in the internal organs of
almost all the species examined. The whole digestive system seemed
injected with a,dead white fluid.
The generative system presents several peculiarities, but in its general
arrangement is the same as in the other shell-bearing snails. The testicle
is embedded in the extreme apex of the shell, in the upper lobe of the
liver. The epididymis is long, greatly convoluted near the oviduct. The
accessory gland appeared in several species (for instance in Masterst,
varia, teniolata and producta) to be composed of several long, white ceca.
This appears to be a generic characteristic, as does also the peculiarly
constituted ovary.*
Instead of the single, homogeneous, tongue-shaped mass usually seen in
the Pulmonata, I have invariably found the ovary in Achatinella to be
composed of numerous, long, delicate, crimped, thread-like ceca, free
excepting at their base, where they converge to the top of the oviduct,
I noticed this form of ovary in teniolata, Johnsonii, pallida, livida, varia,
eburnea, Mastersi and luctuwosa, besides other species less thoroughly ex-
amined. The ceca are bound together in one irregularly ovate mass by
an investing membrane, which, when opened, allows the czeca to spread
out in the form represented in pl. xv, fig. 4. This peculiar ovary is the
most interesting point in the genus, so unlike the corresponding organ in
the other snails whose anatomy is now known. ‘The oviduct is not con-
voluted, but simply long and sac-like (with extremely thin sides), ending
in a narrow, tubular cloaca. The remaining organs were not readily ex-
amined, on account of the animals having apparently been boiled, or
otherwise rendered difficult of dissection without breaking the continuity
of several of the ducts and organs, though the same general arrange-
ment (especially as to inter-connection) of penis, vas deferens, etc., was
noticed by me in tentolata, livida, varia, eburnea and pallida.
I have given a figure of the genitalia of one species only, A. producta,
which I succeeded in retaining in perfect condition. It will be noticed
(fig. 4) that the vas deferens proceeds directly from the base of the
ovary,and is free in its whole length, though lying close upon the oviduct.
It enters the penis at its side, just below its apex. From the apex of the
penis sac is a delicate duct to the long organ marked a on the figure.
This organ runs from the base of the ovary to the apex of the sac-like
organ marked 6. As there appears to be no prostate gland aiong the
side of the oviduct, it occurs to me that the organ @ may be a form of
prostate, lubricating both the penis and the organ marked 6. The last
is a dart sac, or a prostate, probably the latter. Its long flagellum
*T use the terms applied to the organs by Dr. Leidy in “ Terrestrial Mollusks of
United States,” I.
338 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
(c) in its natural position lies as in fig. 5, directly under the respiratory
cavity, over the other genital organs. The genital bladder (d) was found
almost embedded in the ovary.
Nanina Chamissoi, Pfr.
With the Achatinelle were specimens of a spall Nanina
from Oahu and another species from West Maui. The latter
is pronounced by Dr. Newcomb to be young of the above
named species. Both of these species have similar lingual
teeth. Those of the West Maui species are figured in pl.
xv, fig. 3. The centrals and laterals are as usual in the
genus; there are ten perfect laterals. The marginals are
aculeate, but instead of the usual simply bifid point, they
have three and four points. The tooth figured was the very
last on the edge of the membrane. No perfect jaw was
obtained in either species, though a simple arcuate smooth
jaw was recognized in that from Oahu, of too extreme deli-
cacy to be satisfactorily studied.
The species belongs to the subgenus Microcystis.
Succinea camellia, Gld.
From West Maui also was this species of Succinea, whose
jaw and lingual membrane are as usual in the genus.
Zonites Gumdiachi, Pfr.*
Mr. A. Schramm, Guadeloupe. The species is also found
in Florida and several of the W. I. Islands.
Jaw not examined. ’
Lingual membrane arranged as usual in the genus. Centrals tricuspid,
laterals bicuspid, about seven of the latter being perfectly shaped laterals.
Marginal teeth aculeate, of the form usual in the genus, but bifid, and
sometimes trifid (See pl. xv, fig. 1). The species is viviparous.
* This species, like Z. fulvus (L. & F.W. Shells N. A., I, 47, fig. 75), differs from Zonites
in the bifurcation of the marginal teeth of its lingual membrane. It must be compared
to Vitrinoconus, Semper, Phil. Arch., p. 91.
Stenopus has teeth arranged as in Glandina, with no laterals. Our species cannot
therefore belong to it.
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 339
Hielix uvulifera, Shuttleworth (Polygyra).
Sarasota Bay, Florida, Dr. W. Newcomb.
Jaw low, arcuate, ends blunt, anterior surface with about thirteen ribs,
denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane as we have figured for H auriculata. (Land and
Fresh Water Shells, I, p. 87, fig. 158.)
Veromicelia occidemtalis, Guilding.
Guadeloupe, Mr. A. Schramm.
Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus, the former with about
thirty ribs. (See Amer. Journ. of Conch., VII, 168, pl. xii, fig. 7 and L.
and F. W. Shells, I, p. 304, fig. 539.)
The head, eye-peduncles and tentacles of the specimens,
preserved in alcohol, were entirely withdrawn, the aperture
through which they withdrew being very conspicuous. The
tentacles and eye-peduncles are contractile, as described.
There appears, properly speaking, to be no distinct locomo-
tive disk to the foot. Such a disk has been described for the
genus, owing to authors considering the reflected edges of
the mantle as portions of the foot. These give, indeed, a
tripartite appearance to the base of the animal, but the foot
itself is not divided.
Onchidium Schawramamei, nov. sp.
In the absence of any satistactory published figure of the
lingual dentition of the genus Onchidium, we give on pl.
xvi, figs. 8-5, figures of that of a species sent to us by Mr.
A. Schramm, from Pointe 4 Pitre, Guadeloupe. He col-
lected many specimens, thus describing their station. ‘Sous
des galets au bord de la mer, dans la rade de la Pointe A Pitre,
en société avec des Nerites, des Auricules et des Pedipes.”
The external appearance of the species, which may be called after the
discoverer, is as usual in the genus. The body is elliptic in shape, green
in color, about eighteen millimeters long (contracted in spirits), flat
340 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
below, convex above, with a rounded slightly prominent ridge along the |
back, on which the skin is smoother than on the balance of the body, and
where the tuberosities are much less conspicuous. The foot has no
proper locomotive disk, though the broadly reflected mantle edge has
usually been counted as a portion of the foot and has given rise to the
impression that the foot of Onchidiwm is divided into three longitudinal
bands, of which the central is a locomotive disk. The eye-peduncles are
surely retractile, being found completely inverted in all the specimens
examined. This confirms the recent observations of Dr. Stoliczka.*
We found no jaw in the specimens.
The lingual membrane is broad. The teeth are arranged en chevron.
They are crowded closely together, the individual teeth and separate rows
of teeth overlapping each other. The central tooth has somewhat the
outline of a truncated cone, narrow and squarely truncated above, grad-
ually) widening and curving outward toward the base, which is much
roader than the top, and is incurved with acutely pointed corners. The
top of the tooth projects beyond the reflected cutting edge, which is small
and tricuspid. The first lateral is about the same size as the central. Its
squarely truncated apex extends beyond the reflected cutting edge, which
is bicuspid, the outer cusp subobsolete, the inner much larger and extended
into a long, broad, squarely truncated point, reaching almost to the base
of the tooth. This last is hidden behind the central, is long and gradu-
ally attenuated to its blunt base. The second lateral is of same shape as
the first, but one-half longer and larger, the third and fourth laterals also
increase in like proportion. The general direction of all the laterals is a
curve outward from the central. There are no distinct marginal teeth.
Fig. 5 (pl. xvi) gives a group of centrals and laterals
from two adjacent rows of teeth. Fig. 38 shows one central
with its adjacent two laterals more enlarged, and purposely
separated. Fig. 4 shows one lateral in profile.
This lingual is instructive from showing a combination of
the characters of the quadrate teeth of //elicine and the
aculeate teeth of Vitrinine, the last most evident in the pro-
file. In profile, however, the reflected cusp is not of the
sharp, thorn-like character of Vitrina, Zonites, etc. We
should rather consider the teeth as decidedly quadrate, the
base of attachment, or plate, being extended beyond the
top of the reflected cusp.
* Many years ago the eye-peduncles of Onchidiwm were described as retractile by
Forbes and Hanley, yet of late years most authors have treated them as contractile, as
in Veronicella.
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 341
We are indebted to our young friend A. Ten Eyck Lan-
sing for assistance in the study of this lingual.
Heynemann’s figure of the dentition of Peronia ( Onchi-
della) is somewhat similar to that described above, at least
in the general form and arrangement of the teeth. (Mal.
Blatt., 1868, XV, pl. iii, fig. 10.)
HMelix pieta, Born (Polymita).
A Cuban species. The specimen examined was captured
on a bunch of bananas in New York by Mr. M. Brandigee,
who kindly sent it to Bland.
Jaw (pl. xvi, fig. 1) thick, arched, high, ends bluntly rounded, but
little attenuated; anterior surface without ribs; cutting edge without
median projection; a transverse, median line of reinforcement. —
Lingual membrane (pl. xvi, fig. 2) long and broad. Teeth arranged
strongly en chevron, of uniform shape on all parts of the membrane.
Centrals long, narrow, bluntly truncated at top, slightly incurved at sides,
rounded and fringed at base, near which is the gouge-shaped, expanded,
tricuspid cutting edge. The central cusp is bluntly rounded, the exterior
cusps curve outward and are pointed. The lateral teeth are of the
same form with the centrals, but are slightly unsymmetrical. There are
no distinct marginal teeth.
By its jaw and lingual membrane, Helix picta is closely
allied to Helix muscarum, Lea (see Amer. Journ. of Conch.,
VI, 204, pl. ix, figs. 4, 16). The last named species is,
however, placed by von Martens in the subgenus Polymita
and picta in Liochila. There can be no doubt that both
species belong to the same subgenus, but as Helix muscarum
is the type of Polymita, that name must be retained instead
of Liochila. We anticipate finding the same curious type
of lingual dentition in ZZ. sulphurosa, Morel. (which is”
scarcely distinguishable from J/. picta), also referred to
Liochila by von Martens, but are scarcely prepared to ex-
pect it in Liochila Jamaicensis, Chem. The latter, which is
the type of ZLiochila, will therefore remain undisturbed in
its systematic position, unless, indeed, it belongs to Thelid-
omus, in which case the name Liochila will be placed in the
342 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
synonymy of the last named subgenus. Of the species re-
ferred to Polymita we presume none will prove to have
similar dentition unless, as may probably be the case, H.
versicolor, Born, so that the others must all be removed from
Polymita, to form a distinct subgenus under the name of
Hemitrochus, Swainson, 1840. We have, however, ourselves
examined only HZ. varians, Mke., Troscheli, Pfr., gallopavo-
nia, Val., and graminicola, Adams, all of which have the
usual form of lingual teeth of the Helicide (see Amer. Journ.
Conch), V1,, 206, VIE. 178, and Lande W:. ‘Shellsy Neve
VI, 185, fig. 325). The jaw offers no subgeneric character
to distinguish the two subgenera Polymita and Hemitrochus.
The long, subquadrangular lingual tooth, not reflected
along its upper margin as usual in the Helicide, but bearing
the gouge-shaped, expanded, cutting edge, soldered as it were
upon its surface, has never been noticed by us before in the
genus felix. It is, however, characteristic of Orthalicus,*
of Geotis,t and of the marginal teeth of Liquus.t
Our fig. 1,.of pl. xvi, represents the jaw of H. picta.
Fig. 2 gives two central teeth of the lingual membrane with
the adjacent laterals.
Melix gallopavonis, Val. (Hemitrochus).
Jaw as in Helix varians (see L. and F. W. Shells, I, p. 185, f. 325) and
H. Troscheli (herewith described).
Lingual membrane as usual in the Helicide. Cusps of centrals and
laterals stout, short, with short points; side cusps subobsolete. The re-
flected cutting portion of both centrals and laterals does not reach beyond
the middle of the plates, which are very long. Marginal teeth low, wide,
with four or more short, oblique, bluntly rounded denticles, the two
inner ones the largest.
_ We are indebted for the specimen examined of this Turk’s
Island species, and the following one from New Providence,
Bahamas, to Governor Rawson.
* See Amer. Journ. Conch., VI, 212, 213, pl. ix, figs. 2, 10, 12.
{+ See Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., X, 252, pl. xi, figs. 5, 6, 7.
t¢ See Amer. Journ. Conch., VI, 209, 211, figs. 4, 5.
Achatinella and other Pulnonata. 343
Mielix Wroschelia, Pfr. (Hemitrochus).
Jaw stout, decidedly arched, high, ends attenuated, blunt; a decided,
small median projection to cutting edge, a strong transverse line of rein-
forcement.
Lingual membrane as usual in the genus. Centrals very long, the re-
flected cutting edge greatly produced above and not extending to the base
of the plate, side cusps obsolete, median cusp with a short point. Lat-
erals like the centrals, but unsymmetrical, the upper portions still more
produced. Marginals quadrate, with one large, oblique, rounded, bluntly
bifid denticle, and one or two small, blunt, side denticles. The membrane
is peculiar in the extension of the centrals and laterals at their upper
margin.
Amphibulima (Succimea) appendiculata, Pfr.
We have already fully described (Ann. Lyc. N. H. N.
Y., X, 206, pl. ix, f. 2, 6,.9-11) the external appearance,
jaw, lingual membrane and shell of this species, pointing
out its differences from Succinea, from Pellicula, from Om-
alonyx and all other described genera, but hesitated to decide
upon its generic position, leaving it temporarily in Pellicula
of Fischer (not of Heynemann which is Omalonyx).
Being now better acquainted with the jaw of Amphibulima
and finding that of our appendiculata (believed by us to be the
appendiculata of Pfeiffer) of the same type, we place the
species in Amphibulima.
Its lingual dentition more closely resembles that of Stm-
pulopsis sulculosa, so far as centrals and perhaps laterals are
concerned, but in the marginals, as described in S. sulculosa
and S. Portoricensis, the resemblance ceases.
Moreover A. appendiculata, Pfr. cannot be placed in Sim-
pulopsis, the jaw of which, according to Shuttleworth, is-quite
different.*
Fischer bases his genus ellicula on Succinea depressa,
Rang, in the synonymy of which he has S. appendiculata,
Pfr., but the specimens of the latter under our consideration
cannot be the same as Fischer’s of depressa. His specimens
* See Bland and Binney, Ann. Lyc., X, 198.
344 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
are described as having a jaw with nine decided ribs* dentic-
ulating the cutting edge and teeth of the usual form of the
fTelicinee—quite different from our appendiculata, which is,
we believe, distinct from his species.
Pellicula convexa, Martens (Succinea), belongs to the genus
Omalonyx, as shown by Heynemann’s figure of the jaw
(Malak. Blatt., XV).
Amnpiaikpuiinman patiuia, Brug.
We have elsewhere described the lingual membrane of this
species from a Dominica specimen (Am. Journ. Conch.,
VII,’ 186, pl. xvii, f. 1, 2,) and the jaw of one from St.
Kitts) (Amn: Wye. IN: we IN i480 220- pl. xi, £.8 yi.
It has lately been suggested by Schramm (Journ. de Conch.,
XIII, 127, April, 1873) that this species belongs exclusively
to the fauna of Guadeloupe, and does not exist in the neigh-
boring islands. We have seen one fossil example only from
Guadeloupe, but on comparing it with fresh specimens from
St. Kitts and Dominica are satisfied, judging from the shells,
that all are of one and the same species.
Considering Schramm’s views, we have again carefully ex-
amined the lingual membranes already described of the St.
Kitts and Dominica forms, to ascertain whether they present
differences of specific value. It may be mentioned that the
shells from the latter island, several of which are in the
cabinet of the late Mr. Robert Swift, are smaller than those
from St. Kitts.
We find that the Dominica form has sharper cutting points
to the large cusps of its central and lateral teeth than in the
St. Kitts’ examples, while the laterals of the latter show
greater constancy in the square truncation of the cutting
points.
The teeth of the St. Kitts linguals are broader in propor-
tion to their length, have a greater curve in their outlines and
*In Fischer’s plate the references to the teeth of Omalonyx unguis and Pellicula
depressa are reversed.
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 345
more developed side cusps, which overlap the median cusps,
than in those from Dominica.
The marginal teeth of the former exhibit a greater ten-
dency to splitting into sharp denticles on the cutting cusps
than those of the latter island.
The Dominica lingual, in the only row counted, has 87—1-
87 teeth, one in the St. Kitts form has 57—1—57.
These differences in the lingual membranes are noticeable,
but we believe, especially as the shells are identical, that
they are not of specific value.
Amphibulima (Succimea) rubescens, Desh.
We are indebted to Governor Rawson for specimens (pre-
served in alcohol) of this species from Martinique.
On examination of the jaw and lingual membrane, we
found that the species is not a Succinea, but an Amphibu-
lima,* in which genus it is placed by Beck (Index, p. 98)
and by H. and A. Adams (Gen. Rec. Moll., 129), although
Pfeiffer treats it as a Succinea and v. Martens (Die Heliceen,
ed. 2nd, 310) catalogues it in Succinea s. str. f
The jaw agrees perfectly with that of the genus Amphibu-
ima “described, by: “us \cAmmne lye. INO INE Yin, OX ioe
225, pl. xiy fig. 8). There are about “sixty delicate ribs:
The lingual membrane has also the same general arrangement
as in that. genus (J.c., fig. 9) with specific differences from
that of A. patula, especially in the widely expanded, blunt,
median cusp of the central tooth, and in the Swuccinea-like
cutting away of the lower margin of the teeth. The mar-
ginal teeth of A. rubescens resemble those we have figured of
Gootis (U6. pl. 1, iO. 1).
A. rubescens occurs also in the environs of Cayenne
(Drouet, Moll. de la Guyane Frangaise, p. 49).
* See our note on p.345 of Journal de Conchyliologie, XIII, Oct., 1873.
+ Since sending the above to the printer, we have received the Journal de Conchy-
liologie, 3d series, XIII, No. 4, Oct., 1873. On p. 324, is a description of the jaw and
anatomy of this species by Dr. Fischer, who suggests the subgeneric name LRhodonyzx,
overlooking its generic identity with Amphibulima.
346 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
Omalomyx felima, Guppy.
We have received, from Mr. R. J. Lechmere Guppy, spec-
imens preserved in glycerine of his Amphibulinma ( Omalo-
nyx) felina, from ‘Trinidad. On examining the jaw and
lingual membrane, we find the species to be a true Omalo-
nyx, both organs being the same as have been described for
that genus. (See Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., X, 203, O.
unguis of Brazil and Guadeloupe. )
We have already (J.c., p. 204) stated our belief that O.
Jelina, judging from the shell alone, is specifically identical
with the Guadeloupe O. unguis.
Lithotis rupicola, Blanford.
Sometime since Bland was indebted to Colonel Jewett for
specimens of this interesting species, from one of which he
obtained the jaw and lingual membrane.
Pfeiffer (Nov. Conch., IV, pp. 11 and 12, pl. exii, figs.
1-4) describes and figures Succinea rupicola Blanford (sub-
genus Lithotis) quoting the name from the catalogue of Dr.
Dohrn’s collection, remarking that he had no information as
to the work in which the subgenus and this, the typical spe-
cies,* had been characterized.
The shell has a certain similarity to that of Succinea but
the species does not belong to the Elasmognatha.
LL. rupicola is found on rocks at an elevation of 2,000 feet
in the mountains near Bombay.
The jaw is arcuate, with a depression or excavation at the centre of its
upper margin; scarcely attenuated towards the ends; cutting edge with a
decided median projection; anterior surface with vertical striz, but no
trace of ribs.
The lingual membrane is as usual in the Helicinew, the marginal teeth
being quadrate, not aculeate. The centrals are long and narrow, with
lateral expansions at the lower margin; the reflected portion has one stout
median cusp with a point reaching nearly to the lower margin of the
* Succinea (Lithotis) tumida was described and figured by Blanford in Journ. As.
Soc. Bengal, 1870. See also Noy. Couch., l.c.
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 347
tooth, the side cusps being subobsolete. ‘The lateral teeth are like the
centrals, but unsymmetrical. The marginal teeth are about as wide as
high, with one stout, pointed inner cusp, and two short, side cusps.
Heiix provisoria, Pfr. (Thelidomus).
New Providence, Bahamas (also Cuba). Gov. Rawson.*
Jaw very slightly arcuate, wide, low, of about equal height throughout ;
ends blunt; anterior surface with 10-15 ribs, separated by irregular inter-
vals, not always reaching the cutting edge, which has a broad, blunt
median projection.
Lingual membrane with numerous rows of about 40-1-40 teeth, as
usual in the Helicide, the marginals having one large and one side, small,
blunt cusp, projecting but slightly beyond the base of the tooth.
Glandina solidula, Pfr. (Oleacina).
New Providence (also Cuba).
Lingual membrane as usual in the genus.
Hulimulus sepuleralis, Poey (Lepiomerus).
New Providence (also Cuba).
Jaw stout, wide, low, arcuate, of about equal height throughout; ends
bluntly rounded; with fifteen stout, broad, crowded ribs, their ends cre-
nellating either margin. Some of these ribs are of equal thickness
throughout their whole breadth, and are separated by decided narrow in-
terstices. The jaw cannot, therefore, be said to be in numerous plate-like
sections separated by narrow ribs, as is usual in Bulimulus. This jaw is
of interest as showing the passage from the jaw of Cylindrella, Bulimulus,
etc., to that of Helix, having some of the characters of each.
Lingual membrane as usual in the Helicide. Side cusps of centrals and
laterals obsolete, median cusp long, with a long point, passing beyond the
base of the tooth. The upper margin of the centrals is incurved. Margi-
nal teeth a modification of the laterals, with one long, narrow, blunt,
inner denticle, and one or two short side denticles of similar shape.
*The animals of this, the four following, and other Bahamas species were sometime
since received from Gov. Rawson by Bland, to whom the shells collected by the late Dr.
Bryant were referred by the Boston Society of Natural History. The jaws and lingual
membranes of the species were placed by Bland at the disposal of the society, and at
his suggestion were mounted for microscopic examination. We are indebted to the
Society for the use of the slides.
NOVEMBER, 1875. 24 ANN. LYC. NAT. HIST., VOL. x.
348 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
Strophia decumana,” Fér.
Castle Island, Bahamas.
Jaw stout, strongly arcuate, ends slightly attenuated, bluntly rounded ;
anterior surface ribless, transversely striate, and with several stout lines
of reinforcement; a small, blunt, median projection to cutting edge.
(See our fig. 431, p. 247, of L. and F. W. Shells, I, for jaw of S. incana.)
Lingual membrane as usual in the Helicide. Teeth about 30-1-80,
about as broad as long, short, broad, with short, stout, bluntly pointed
median cusps and subobsolete side cusps, upper margin of teeth rounded.
Marginal teeth simply a modification of the lateral, with one inner, large,
and one outer, small, stout, blunt, oblique denticle.
Stropinic, Wiumnia, Brug. var.?
Abaco, Bahamas (also Cuba).
Jaw slightly arcuate, stout, rough, rather high, ends but little attenu-
ated, blunt; cutting edge with a wide, blunt, slightly developed median
projection.
Lingual membrane with about 30-1-30 teeth. Centrals short and broad,
the upper margin rounded and reflected into a short, broad cutting projec-
tion, with one stout, short, median cusp, bearing a stout point, and sub-
obsolete side cusps. Laterals like the centrals, but bicuspid and unsym-
metrical. Marginals long, low, with irregular, short, blunt, oblique,
stout denticles, usually about four, the inner two the largest.
Pupa fallax, Say (Leucochila).
We are indebted to Mr. A. G. Wetherby for Ohio speci-
mens, from which we extracted the jaw and lingual membrane
here described.
Jaw wide, low, slightly arcuate, ends blunt, but little attenuated.
Lingual membrane as usual in the genus. (See our L. and F. W. Shells
of N. A., I, p. 238, figs. 895, 401, 409.) Teeth about 15-1-15, with about
seven perfect laterals. Centrals quite narrow, the reflected portion very
small, tricuspid. Laterals quite broad, bicuspid. Marginals quadrate, low,
wide, with one inner, long, oblique, blunt denticle, and several outer,
small, irregular, blunt denticles. The outer lower edges of the centrals
and laterals have the projecting or short reinforcements shown in the fig-
ures referred to above.
* See remarks on this apecies by M. Crosse, in Journ. de Conch, VIII, 3d Ser., p. 337,
1868.
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 349
Though we retain the species in the genus Pupa it must be remembered
that as treated by Pfeiffer it would be placed in Buliminus of Albers and
Martens. In general form of shell it certainly approaches Buliminus
montanus, Drap.
ELimax Hewstomi, J. G. Coop.
San Francisco, received from Mr. Stearns. We presume
the specimens belong to this species.
Jaw and lingual membrane as usual inthe genus. No bifurcation to the
marginal teeth. Teeth about 30-1-30, with fourteen perfect laterals.
The teeth are quite of the shape of those figured on p. 59 of our L. and
F. W. Shells. The side cusps of the centrals and laterals are well devel-
oped.
Erinna Newcomnabi, A. Ads.
In the collection of the late Mr. Robert Swift, presented
by his daughter, Mrs. A. L. Washburne, to the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, but temporarily in the
charge of Bland, he found specimens of this species, given
to Mr. Swift by Dr. Wesley Newcomb.
The genus #rinna, referred to the family Limnewide, was
described by H. and A. Adams, in the Zool. Proe., 1855.
The authors remark, “This shell (#. Newcombi) by some
would be referred to Nerttina, by others to Limnea, and
possibly by a few to the genus Ofina; it appears, however,
to be distinct in character from all these.”
From one of the specimens in the Swift collection the jaw
and lingual membrane here described were obtained.
To satisfy himself as to the shells, Bland sent one for ex-
amination to Dr. Newcomb, who in reply has kindly furnished
the following information as to the habitat and station of the
species :—
“The specimens were forwarded by me to Mr. Swift in
about 1852 or 1853. They were collected high up the stream
called the Hanelei River, on the Island of Kauai. At a fall
in this river, the spray is thrown over the rocks, keeping
them constantly wet; from these rocks the shells were taken.
SSS
350 Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of
On repeated subsequent visits to the same locality I failed to
find any more.”
The jaw is low, wide, slightly arcuate, ends pointed; a decided median
projection to the cutting edge; anterior surface smooth. There is no ap-
pearance of a supplementary plate as in Succinea.
The lingual membrane is as usual in the Helicine. The central tooth is
long and narrow, small in proportion to the laterals, the reflected portion
has one long median cusp, the side cusps being subobsolete. The lateral
teeth are wide, broad as long, the reflected portion almost as large as the
whole base of attachment, and tricuspid, the inner cusp very small, the
median cusp large and bluntly truncated, the outer cusp smaller than
the median and bluntly pointed. The marginal teeth are subquadrate,
wider than high, the apex reflected, obliquely produced and bearing five
or more blunt, short denticles, of which the inner two are the largest.
This description proves that the species is more nearly re-
lated to Pupa, Clausilia and Stenogyra than to Succinea
among the Helicidee, but it may well prove to be a Limnean,
as suggested by H. and A. Adams. As such it must be
compared to Pompholyx.
Achatinella and other Pulmonata. 351
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
Fig. 1. Zonites Gundlachi, Pfr. One marginal tooth of
the lingual membrane. .
Fig. 2. <Achatinella producta, Rve. One central and
adjacent lateral teeth.
Fig. 3. Nanina Chamissoi, Pfr. (See p. 338.) One cen-
tral, one lateral and one extreme marginal.
Fig. 4. Achatinella producta, Rv. The genital system
enlarged. a,see p. 337. 6, Vaginal prostate? c, Flagellum
of same. d, The genital bladder.
Fig. 5. Same asc of fig. 4, as it lies in the animal.
Fig. 6. Newcombia picta, Mighels. Jaw.
Fig. 7. Laminella Mastersi, Newe. Jaw.
Fig. 8. Leptachatina nitida, Newe. Marginal teeth.
Fig. 9. Laminella Mastersi, Newe. Marginal teeth.
Fig. 10. Same. One central and one lateral, still more
enlarged.
Fig. 11. Same. A group of central and lateral teeth.
Same scale of enlargement as fig. 9.
PLATE XVI.
ool, Belixi picid, Born.) Saw.
Fig. 2. The same, lingual membrane. a, central tooth.
g. 3. Onchidium (see p. 840). The central and ad-
jacent lateral teeth of the lingual membrane, artificially
separated.
Fig. 4. One separate tooth in profile.
Fig. 5. The same, a group of centrals and laterals as
they occur naturally on the lingual membrane, magnified less
than in figs. 3 and 4.
ee
352 Outlines of a Bibliography of the
XXXI.— Outlines of a Bibliography of the History of
Chemistry.
By H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Read December 8, 1873.
To study a subject advantageously and satisfactorily, the
first requirement is a knowledge of the literature on that
subject; in this belief we have compiled a catalogue of
works on the History of Chemistry, for our own use and
that of those who may be interested in the origin and devel-
opment of this science. So far as we know, no bibliography
of the kind exists, and as the materials for such a list are
widely scattered the difficulty incurred is not inconsiderable.
In the following catalogue we lay no claim to completeness,
but desire that it should be regarded rather as an outline to
be filled up by others having greater bibliographical experi-
ence and larger facilities for research.
This bibliography is confined to independent works ; the
numerous essays relating to the history of specific branches
of chemical science, widely disseminated throughout periodi-
eal literature, are not included; we have inserted, however,
the few catalogues of chemical books, which, though not
embraced by the title of this compilation, are too important
adjuncts in the history of chemistry to be omitted.
Nearly all encyclopedias and dictionaries of science con-
tain articles on chemistry from a historical point of view,
under the word “alchemy ;” references to these would need-
lessly expand this bibliography, and have been omitted.
We may here mention, as noteworthy, the article on alchemy
in the “Encyclopédie Méthodique,” Paris, 1792; in the
“Allgemeine Encyclopedie der Wissenschaft und Kiinste,”
by J. S. Ersch und J. G. Gruber, Leipzig, 1818; in Rees’
“Cyclopedia, or Universal Dictionary of Arts,” Edinburgh,
1819; and in the “Handwérterbuch der reinen und ange-
History of Chemistry. 353
wandten Chemie,” of Liebig, Poggendorff and Wohler,
Braunschweig, 1857.
If undue consideration appears to be given to the history
of alchemy as distinguished from chemistry proper, our
readers will bear in mind that the early literature of chem-
istry is almost wholly devoted to the hermetic art. Alchemy
is sometimes regarded as the dishonorable parent of a noble
offspring, and has been sarcastically defined as: “Ars sine
arte, cujus principium est mentiri, medium laborare, finis
mendicare ;”* an art without art, originating in falsehood
and proceeding through labor to beggary. We agree, rather,
with the British historian of chemistry, who remarks that
“Alchemy, or the art of making gold, furnishes too curious
a portion of the aberrations of the human intellect to be
passed over in silence,” and we confess to a partiality for
the study of the vagaries of the gold-makers, and to finding
a fascination in tracking their mysterious footsteps.
Finally, a word of apology with regard to the annotations.
In order to make the bibliography instructive and somewhat
more readable than such compilations usually are, we have
ventured to add brief remarks in connection with the less
known publications, giving some account of the author and
the nature of his work. In expressing an opinion with re-
gard to the merits of a work we disclaim any intention of
assuming the position of a standard in criticism, but we
believe that the opinion of an individual may be of some
value, even though the views taken are diametrically opposed
to the judgment of others. We have an honorable prec-
edent, moreover, in the “Bibliotheca Bibliographica” of
that learned bibliographer, Julius Petzholdt.
The works which follow are arranged in chronological
order.
HOGHELANDE, THEOBALD VAN. JHistoric aliquot transmutationis metallice
pro defensione alchymic contra hortium rabiem. 8vo. Colonie, 1604.
Schmieder remarks that Hoghelande was an important personage in the
* Harris, in Rees’ Cyclopedia.
354 Outlines of a Bibliography of the
history of alchemy, for after experiencing serious doubts of the trans-
mutation of metals he became a vigorous defender of the faith, and
freely made his convictions known. This essay is a collection of mar-
vellous tales concerning veritable (?) transmutations. A German trans-
lation also appeared under the title: ‘‘Beweis das die Alchymey oder
Goldmacherkunst ein sonderbares Geschenk Gottes sei.” 8vo. Leipzig,
1604.
CONRING, HERMANN. De hermetica A gyptiorum vetere et Paracelsica nova
medicina. 4to. Helmstadtii, 1648. (Second edition in 1669.)
Conring bitterly attacks the extreme antiquity assigned to alchemy, and
provoked the reply by Borrichius, noticed below.
Borst, Pierre. [Boretius.] Bibliotheca chimica, seu Catalogus Libro-
rum Philosophicorum Hermeticorum. Auctore Petro Borellio. Parisiis.
1654.
The first extensive catalogue of chemical books. Contains four thou-
sand authors.
Krreuper, ATHANASIUS. De Origine Alchymie; also De Lapide Philoso-
phorum. In Mundus Subterraneus, Vol. I, Liber XI, Sectio I et II.
Folio. Amsterodami, 1665.
Athanasius Kircher, a celebrated historian, philosopher, mathematician
and physical philosopher, was born at Fulda, in 1601, and died at Rome,
in 1680. He filled the chairs of philosophy and oriental languages in the
College of Wurtzburg and in the Jesuit’s College, at Avignon. He was
afterwards professor of mathematics in the Jesuit’s College at Rome.
Kircher was a man of ‘‘ wide and varied, but ill digested erudition, and a
most voluminous writer.” Athough credulous to an absurd degree, in the
dissertation ‘‘ De Origine Alchymiz,” he violently attacks the alchemists
and their pretended transmutations of the baser metals into gold. It is
reprinted in Mangetus’ ‘‘ Bibliotheca Chemica Curiosa,” where also re-
plies to his attacks, by Clauder and by Blauenstein, are found.
Coorger, WiLuiAmM. A Catalogue of Chymicall Books, in 3 Parts, collected
by William Cooper. 12mo. London, 1675.
Borricatus, Oraus. Dissertatio de ortu et progressu Chemie. to.
Hafniae, 1668. (Reprinted in the Bibl. Chem. curiosa of Mangetus,
Viole Nos dl.)
The author of this celebrated treatise, the most frequently quoted by
succeeding historians, was born at Borchen (whence his Jatinized name),
Jutland, in 1626. He was Professor of Philosophy, Poetry, Chemistry
and Botany, at the University of Copenhagen, a fact which causes Rod-
well to remark that, ‘‘either Professors were difficult to procure in the
Kingdom of Denmark, or else Olaus Borrichius was an astounding
genius.” However this may be, he was certainly a man of amazing
credulity, and allowing ‘‘the imaginative faculty due to his poetical
History of Chemistry. 355
temperament, to exert an undue influence over his sober judgment,” he
refers the origin of alchemy to the antediluvians, endeavors to prove
that Hermes Trismegistus was a real personage, the inventor of all arts,
and the father of alchemy, and that the Smaragdine Table was really
found by the wtfe of Abraham, besides accepting the preposterous
theories of his contemporaries concerning the elixir of life and the phil-
osopher’s stone. This dissertation was highly prized by the alchemists
of his day on account of its earnest defence of their principles.
Its present value is solely that of a curious example of the extravagant
credulity of a learned man. According to Wiegleb, Borrichius’ work
may be accounted the first history of Chemistry (Alchemy).
Morunor, DanteL Grorar. De Transmutatione metallorum Epistola ad
cirum nobilissinum Joelem Langelotum. 8vo. Hamburg, 1673. (Re-
printed in Mangetus’ Bibl. Chem. curiosa. Vol. I, No. 9; also ap-
_ peared in German, under the title: ‘*D. G. Morhof’s Abhandlung
vom Goldmachen.” Baireuth, 1764.)
Morhof, born 1639, died 1691, was Professor of History at Kiel.
Schmieder calls him an unprejudiced historian.
Borricurus, Ouaus. Hermetis, Myyptiorum et chemicorum sapientia ab
Herm. Conringti animadversionibus vindicata. 4to. Hafnise, 1674.
(Reprinted in Mangetus’ Bibl. Chem. curiosa, Vol. I, No. 2.)
BorRICHIUS, OLauS. Conspectus scriptorum chemicorum. 4to. Hamburg,
1697. - (Reprinted in Mangetus’ Bibl. Chem. curiosa, Vol. I, No. 2.)
MANGET, JeaN Jacques. [Mancertus.] Bibliotheca Chemica curiosa, seu
rerum ad alchemiam pertinentium Thesaurus instructissinus * * *
Geneve. 2vols. Folio. 1702.
A collection of one hundred and thirty-three rare tracts on alchemy are
here reprinted. Contains many bibliographical notes.
Rotu-Scuoitz, Frrepricu. Bibliotheca Chemica; h. e. Collectio Aucto-
rum fere omnium qui de nature arcanis, re metallica et minerali * *
hermetice scripserunt. * * * 5 parts. 8vo. Norimberge, 1725-33.
The work of a Nuremberg bookseller well versed in literature. Con-
tains the greater part of the work of Borel, which had already become
scarce. Is, however, incomplete, extending only to the letter H.
BOERHAAVE, HERMAN. Elementa Chemie. Paris, 1724. Also an English
translation as follows: ‘‘ A new Method of Chemistry, including the
theory and practice of that art laid down on mechanical principles
and accommodated to the uses of life. * * *. To which is prefixed
a Critical History of Chemistry and Chemists from the origin of the
art to the present time. Written by the very learned H. Boerhaave.
* * * ‘Translated by P. Shaw, M.D., and E. Chambers.” 4to. Lon-
don, 1727.
A logically arranged, condensed history of chemistry, forming the in-
356 Outlines of a Bibliography of the
troduction to a very remarkable work of one of the most distinguished
men of the time. (Boerhaave, born 1668, died 1738.)
-
Du Fresnoy, LenGLEr. Histoire de la Philosophie Hermétique. Accom-
pagné @un Catalogue raisonné des Ecrivains \de cette Science. Avec le
veritable Philalethe, revu sur les originaux. 38vols.12mo. Paris, 1742.
The author of this exceedingly curious work was an Abbé of some dis-
tinction as a literateur. He was born in 1674, and died in 1755. While
apparently accepting the truth of the legends relating to the great an-
tiquity of alchemy, and narrating accounts of veritable transmutations
at considerable length, he at the same time exposes the frauds practised
by the adepts, and quotes entire the celebrated essay of Geoffroy: ‘Des
Supercheries concernant la Pierre Philosophale,” which rang the death
knell of the Hermetic Art.
The first volume of Du Fresnoy’s work contains only historical matter,
concluding with a ‘‘ Chronologie des plus célébres auteurs de la philoso-
phie hermétique.” In this chronology, which begins with ‘‘ Hermes,
1996 B.C.,” he includes Moses, Cleopatra and Caligula, adepts being
marked by an asterisk. The second volume continues the history, and
includes the ‘‘Introitus apertus ad occlusum regis palatium” of Philale-
‘thes, entire, both in French and in Latin. The third volume consists of
a compendious Bibliography of Chemistry embracing the works of a.
thousand authors.
Scur6per, Fr. Jos. Witu. Geschichte der dltesten Chemie und Philoso-
phie. 8vo. Marburg, 1775.
Schréder was Professor of Chemistry and Medicine at the University
of Marburg. This work is written in defence of the ‘‘ Higher Chemistry,”
a term applied to alchemy by Wenzel, shortly before.
Wircies, J. C. Historisch-kritische Untersuchung der Alchemie oder der
de hah
eingebildeten Goldmacherkunst. 8vo. Weimar, 1777.
A severe criticism on the claims of hermetical philosophy.
BERGMAN, TORBERN. De primordiis Chemie. Upsala, 1779.
BERGMAN, TORBERN. Historiw chemiw medium seu obscurum evum. Up-
sala, 1782.
Bergman, born 17385, died 1784, was Professor of Chemistry at the
University of Upsala. The above essays were presented to the Academy
of Sciences in Stockholm.
BAuMER, J. W. Bibliotheca Chemica. Giessen. 8vo. 1782.
Wiecies, J. C. Geschichte des Wachsthums und der Evjindungen in der
neuern Zeit. 2vols. 8vo. Berlin, 1790.
This covers the period from 1650 to 1790; the matter is chronologically
arranged.
History of Chemistry. 357
WireGes, J. C. Geschichte des Wachsthums und der Erfindungen in der
Ohemie in den dltesten und mittleren Zeiten. 8vo. Berlin, 1792.
This is a translation of Bergman’s works above mentioned.
BECKMANN, JOHANN. Beitrage zur Geschichte der Erfindungen. 5 vols. 8vo.
Leipzig, 1780-1805.
GMELIN, J. F. Geschichte der Chenie seit dem Wiederaufheben der Wissen-
schaften bis an das Ende des 18 Jahrhunderts. 3vols.8vo. Géttingen,
Wie
An unwieldy work, with a stupendous amount of detail, badly arranged.
It excels in bibliographical references.
Reuss, J. D. Repentorium Conmentationum a Societatibus litterartis edita-
rum secundum disciplinarum ordinem digessit J. D. Reuss. 4to. Gdét-
tinge, 1803. (Scientia-Naturalis. Chemia, etc. Vol. III.)
An exceedingly useful work, compiled with great diligence. Comprises
sixteen volumes, of which the third volume of the division of natural
science is devoted to chemistry and metallurgy. The whole work forms
a proper introduction to the ‘‘ Catalogue of Scientific Papers” published
by the Royal Society, which covers the years 1800 to 1863.
JOHNSON, —. History of the progress of Animal Cheinistry. 38
vols. London, 1803.
Fucus, G. Fr. Cur. Repertorium der chemischen Litteratur von 494 vor
Christi Geburt bis 1806, in chronologischer Ordnung aufgestellt. 8vo.
Jena und Leipzig, 1806-12.
This work is highly praised by Petzholdt, as exceedingly compendious
and carefully prepared. It contains not only independent works, but also
articles from periodical literature, to which are added numerous bio-
graphical and literary notes. Actually, it extends only to 1799, inclusive;
the proposed third volume (1800 to 1806) never appeared.
BarretT, Fr. The Lives of Alchemystical Philosophers; with a critical
catalogue of books in occult chemistry and a selection of the most cele-
brated treatises on the theory and practice of the Hermetic Art. 8vo.
London, 1815.
Contains superficial biographies of forty-five so-called adepts, a list of
seven hundred and fifty alchemical books, and selections from the most
incredible treatises on the hermetic art. Bibliographically it is very in-
exact.
Davy, Sir Humpnrey. Historical View of the Progress of Chemistry, in
Davy s Collected Works. Vol. IV. London, 1829.
A brief sketch.
Tuomson, THomMAS. A History of Chemistry. 2 vols. 12mo. London,
1830.
358 Outlines of a Bibliography of the
A very entertaining and useful work, embracing the whole field up to
the date of publication. The progress of analytical chemistry is reviewed
with critical skill.
CALLISEN, A. C. P. Medicinisches Schriftsteller Lexicon der jetzt lebenden
Aerzte, Wundaerzte, Geburtshelfer, Apotheker und Naturforscher * *
33 vols. 12mo. Kopenhagen, 1830-1845.
A wonderfully exhaustive and laborious compilation, replete with
minutest details concerning the literature of medicine and natural sci-
ence. Chemistry proper, though not included in the title of the work,
receives its full quota of attention. The author sacrificed a fortune in
compiling and publishing these numerous and closely printed volumes.
ScHMIEDER, Kari Curisropu. Geschichte der Alchemie. 8vo. Halle,
1832.
Schmieder was born at Hisleben, in 1778, and was Director of a High
School and School Inspector in Cassel, at which place he died in 1850.
Several minor works on Geology and Mineralogy appeared from his pen,
but none of such extraordinary character as this History of Alchemy, in
which he endeavors to establish, by historic proofs, the reality of the
transmutation of metals. Schmieder recognizes two distinct sciences,
chemistry and alchemy, and claims they exist independently of each
other from the earliest ages. Alchemy, he states, has a threefold dogma:
I. It is possible to prepare, by true art, perfect gold from substances
which contain no gold. II. The same is true of silver. III.. This arti-
ficial preparation is a wonderful medicine, a panacea of life. Starting
with this statement he investigates the authenticity of the historic
records of transmutation, and sparing no pains in deciphering musty
manuscripts of a former age, he concludes that we must acknowledge the
reality of the transmutation of metals. He confesses that impostors
abounded, but thinks he establishes the claims of five persons as true
adepts, and gives their personal history with narratives of their wonder-
ful accomplishments. He calls attention to the fact that the five persons
named lived at succeeding periods and concludes that the Philosopher’s
Stone was secretly handed down from one to the other. .
The whole aim and scope of this strange work, and especially the con-
clusions drawn, seem more appropriate to the times of Borrichius than
to the second quarter of the enlightened 19th century.
HoEFER, FERDINAND. Histoire de la Chimie. .2 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1842.
(Second edition in 1866.)
A work of great research, especially in regard to earliest authentic rec-
ords as derived from ancient manuscripts.
Korp, HERMANN. Geschichte der Chemie. 4 vols. 8vo. Braunschweig,
1843.
A classical work, above praise. Is somewhat scarce; a new edition in
Roman type is desirable.
Lflistory of Chemistry. 359
Wourr, Emin THEeopor. Quellen-Literatur der theoretisch-oryanischen
Chemie oder Verzeichniss der vom Anfang des letzten Viertheils des
vorigen Jahrhunderts bis zum Schluss des Jahres 1844 ausgefiihrten
chemischen Untersuchungen. * * * 8vo. Halle, 1845.
A carefully collated index to the researches in organic chemistry
within the period named.
Wo rr, Emit THEopor. Volistdndige Uebersicht der elementar-analytischen
Untersuchungen organischer Substanzen. * * * Aus den chemischen
Journalen * * * in systematischer Ordnung entworfen. 8vo. Halle,
1846.
WaGNER, RuDOLF. Die Geschichte der Chemie. Von der Kindheit des
Menschengeschlechts bis auf unsere Taye. 8vo. Leipzig, 1853.
Figuier, Louis. L’Alchimie et les Alchimistes. Essai historique et critique
sur la philosophie hermétique. 12mo. Paris, 1855.
A readable work, founded mainly on Schmieder’s Geschichte der Al-
chemie.
Poppe, Aboteu. Chronologische Uebersicht der Eryindungen und Entdeck-
ungen auf dem Gebiete der Physik, Chemie, Astronomie, Mechanik und
industriellen Technik von den altesten Zeiten bis auf unsere Tage. 8vo.
Frankfurt, 1856.
ZUCHOLD, ErNsT AMANDUS. Bibliotheca Chemica. , Verzeichniss der auf
dem Gebiete der reinen pharmaceutischen physivologischen und technischen
Chemie in den Jahren 1840, bis mitte 18538 in Deutschland und im Aus-
lande erschienenen Schrifien. 8vo. Gottingen, 1859.
A most complete contribution to special bibliography. All the works
bearing chemistry in their title, or relating to the subject, issued between
the years named, in twenty-one different languages, are here alphabeti-
cally arranged. A sequel for the years 1858-70 was issued by Ruprecht
in 1872.
Wourrz, ApoLPpHE. Sur quelques Points de Philosophie Chimique. Lecons
professées les 6 et 20 Mars 1868, devant la Société Chimique [de Paris]
par M. Adolphe Wurtz, Président de la Société. 8vo. Paris, 1864.
An admirable discussion of the development and principles of modern
chemical philosophy.
DEHERAIN, P. P. Etudes pour servir a Vhistoire de la Chimie [Extrait des
Annales du Conservatoire impérial des arts et metiers]. 8vo. Paris, 1864.
Sinvestri, Orazio. Il presente ed il passato della chimica considerata net
suot rapporti con le altre scienze naturali. 16mo. Catania, 1864.
360 Bibliography of the History of Chemistry.
Poaernporrr, J.C. Biographisch-literarisches Handworterbuch zur Ges-
chichte der exacten Wissenschaften, enthaltend Nachweisungen tiber
Lebens-verhdlinisse und Leistungen von Mathematikern, Astronomen,
Physikern, Chemikern, Mineralogen, Geologen, wu. s. w. aller Volker und
Zeiten. Lex 8vo.2 vols. Leipzig, 1858-63.
Invaluable as a work of reference. Abounds in information concerning
chemists of every age and nation.
Hoerer, FERDINAND. La Chimie enseignée par la biographie de ses fonda-
teurs, R. Boyle, Lavoisier, Priestlcy, Scheele, Davy, etc. 12mo. Paris,
1865.
A compilation of comparatively little value.
CHEVREUL, E. Histoire des Connaissances chimiques. 8vo. Paris, 1866.
A singular work, rather metaphysical than historical or chemical.
Burr, Heryricu Lupwie. Hin Blick auf die Geschichte der Chemie. 8vo.
Erlangen, 1866.
Korp, HerMAann. Sonst und Jetzt in der Chemie. Hin populdr-wissen-
schaftlicher Vortrag. 8vo. Braunschweig, 1867.
GERDING, Tu. Geschichte der Chemie. 8vo. Leipzig, 1867.
A rather hasty though compendious history, including notices of living
chemists and modern researches.
Wortz, Apotpue. Histoire des Doctrines Chimiques depuis Lavoisier
jusqw @ nos jours. 12mo. Paris, 1869.
Valuable; well known for its much criticised opening sentence: ‘‘La
Chimie est une Science Frangaise.”
Lapensura, A. Vortrage tiber die Entwickelungs-geschichte der Chemie in
den letzten 100 Jahren. 8vo. Braunschweig, 1869.
Korp, Hermann. JBeitrdge zur Geschichte der Chemie. 8vo. Braun-
schweig, 1869.°-
BLOMSTRAND, C. W. Die Chemie der Jetztzeit vom Standpunkte der electro-
chemischen Auffassung und aus Berzelius’ Lehre entwickelt. 8vo. Hei-
delberg, 1869.
CHEVREUL, E. Histoire des principales opinions que Von a eues de la na-
ture chimique des. corps, de Vespéce chimique et de Vespéce vivante. Atlas
4to. Paris, 1869.
Kopp, Hermann. Die Entwickelung der Chemie in der neueren Zeit. 8vo.
Miinchen, 1871-73. [In progress. ]
HOEFER, FERDINAND. Jistoire de la Physique et de la Chimie depuis les
temps les plus reculés jusgw anos jours. 12mo. Paris, 1872.
Description of a new Species of Helix, etc. 361
The latter portion relating to chemistry is mainly a condensation of
Hoefer’s larger work noticed above.
RUPRECHT, RupoLpeH. Bibliotheca Chemica et Pharmaceutica. Alphabet-
isches Verzeichniss der auf dem Gebiete der reinen, pharmaceutischen
physiologischen und technischen Chemie in den Jahren, 1858, bis Ende
1870, in Deutschland und im Auslande erschienenen Schriften. 8vo.
Gottingen, 1872.
A continuation of Zuchold’s Bibliotheca Chemica, similarly arranged
but evidently collated with less care and completeness.
RopWELL, G. F. The Birth of Chemistry ; in ‘“‘ Nature,” Vols. VI and VII.
1872-78.
A popular essay full of research, especially rich in the knowledge of
the Egyptians. It embraces only the period prior to 1680.
XXXII.— Description of a new Species of Helix, and Note
on H. Mobiliana, Lea.
By THOMAS BLAND.
_ Read Jan. 5, 1874.
Helix Wetherbyi, nov. sp. (Mesodon).
T. obtecte-perforata, orbiculato-depressa, tenuis, granulato-striata, pal-
lide cornea; epidermide fusca, pilis prostratis, obliquis obsita, induta;
spira breviter conoidea, sutura impressa, apice obtusiusculo; anfr. 5, con-
vexiusculi, lente accrescentes, ultimus antice subito deflexus, gibbosulus,
constrictus, subtus convexus, ad peripheriam subangulatus; apertura
obliqua, rotundato-lunari, dente albo, erecto, obliquo, linguseformi, parie-
tali munita; perist. labiatum, angulatim reflexum, margine supero ad
insertionem expanso, columellari dilatato, adnato.
Shell with umbilicus covered, orbicular-depressed, thin,
granulately striate, pale horn-colored; epidermis dark,
covered with oblique, prostrate hairs; spire somewhat co-
noidal, suture impressed, apex obtuse ; whorls five, slightly
convex, gradually increasing, the last suddenly deflected,
rather gibbous, constricted, beneath convex, subangulate at
the periphery; aperture oblique, roundly lunate, with a
362 Description of a new Species of Helix,
white, erect, oblique, tongue-shaped parietal tooth; peris-
tome thickened, angularly reflected, the upper margin ex-
panded, the columella margin dilated, covering the um-
bilical perforation. Diam; maj. 17, min. 15 mill.; Alt.
8 mill.
Habitat. At the base of sandstone cliffs, mouth of Laurel
River, Whitley Co., Kentucky. A. G. Wetherby.
Remarks.— This species belongs to the same group (Me-
sodon) as Z/. dentifera, Binn., and H7. Foemeri, Pf., but is of
smaller size, somewhat more elevated, and readily distin-
guished from them by the sculpture and epidermis. It dif-
fers from H. divesta, Gould, in having a parietal tooth, and,
although in general appearance like a small form of H/. ap-
pressa, Say, is without the lamina on the basal margin of
the peristome.
Five specimens were collected by Mr. Wetherby, to whom
I dedicate the species. I am under obligation to him for
examples of this and many others, some of them rare species.
I am indebted to my friend W. G. Binney for the follow-
ing patticulars of the dentition of H/. Wetherbyi.
Jaw as usual in Mesodon, low, wide, arcuate, ends but little attenuated,
blunt, with about eighteen decided ribs, denticulating either margin.
Lingual membrane long and narrow; teeth as usual in the subgenus (see
L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, figs. 282, 242). Centrals with a long
bluntly-pointed middle cusp, and obsolete side cusps; laterals like cen-
trals, but with no inner cusps. Marginals low, wide, quadrate, with
one very long, oblique, blunt, inner denticle, and one outer, short, blunt
denticle.
A Bielix Hdvawrdsi, Bland (Stenotrema).
This pretty species, hitherto solely known from Virginia,
where it was discovered in 1857, by Mr. W. H. Edwards, and
not found since, was collected by Mr. Wetherby, in Laurel
and Whitley counties, Kentucky.
Helix PioDiliama, Lea (Mesodon).
In “Remarks on North American Helicide” (Ann. Lyc.
N. Y., VI, 341, 1858), concurring in a suggestion of Dr.
Description of a new Species of Helix, etc. 363
Pfeiffer, I placed this species in the synonymy of H. jejuna,
Say, having before me adult specimens from Georgia, and
others, immature, from Florida. W. G. Binney (Terr.
Moll., IV, 67, 1859), Tryon (Amer. Jour. Conch., II, 308,
1866), and Binney and Bland (Land and Fresh-water Shells,
Part I, 151, 1869) adopted this view. Having since the
latter date acquired specimens from Baldwin, Florida, col-
lected by Col. Jewett and the late Dr. Hubbard, also from
Mobile, by Mr. Mohr, I am satisfied that two species have
been confounded,—that H. Mobiliana, Lea, is distinct from
the small species, known especially from the vicinity of
Savannah, Ga., now recognized as HZ. jejuna.
The figures in Terr. Moll., pl. xlii, f. 2, of Tryon (ies,
pl. v, f. 3, and Land and Fresh-water Shells, fig. 258, are
of H. jejuna and do not represent Lea’s species.
In H. Mobiliana there are six whorls ; the last whorl is re-
markably constricted and gibbous at the aperture, more
tumid at the base and with smaller umbilicus than in jejwna.
The microscopic spiral lines on the embryonic whorls of the
latter are absent in the former. The peristome at its junc-
tion with the penultimate whorl is sharp, not reflected nor
thickened, but elsewhere reflected, thickened by a whitish
callus within, the edge of which forms a distinct portion of
the peristome, and has an obsolete tooth-like development
near the columella. The aperture .is more lunate than in
jejuna.
H. Mobiliana may be compared, so far as regards the
tumid base, small umbilicus, constricted aperture and gib-
bous character of the superior part of the last whorl behind
the aperture, with a Texan form in my cabinet of H. Ber-
landieriana.
The measurements of my largest specimen (six whorls) of
H. Mobiliana, from Baldwin, are as follows: Diam. ; maj.
10, min. 7 mill. ; alt. 6 mill.
JANUARY, 1874. 25 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., Vol. x.
364 Catalogue of the Birds
XXXIII.— Catalogue of the Birds ascertained to occur in
Illinois.
By ROBERT RIDGWAY.
.
Read Jan. 2, 1874.
Tue following catalogue of the birds of Illinois embraces
only species which have been actually observed by the author
within the limits of the state, and those otherwise included
by reason of reliable authority for their capture, in which
case the fact and reference are noted.
Though sixty-five species not previously accredited to the
avi-fauna of the state, in any published catalogue or notice,
are given here, the lists by Mr. Robert Kennicott, Mr. Henry
Pratten and Dr. R. B. Holder, published in various numbers
of the “Transactions of the Illinois State Agricultural So-
ciety,” furnish a few which I could not give on my own
responsibility ; while for the privilege of including several
species of water-fowl found about the southern end of Lake
Michigan, I am indebted to Dr. J. W. Velie, of the Chicago
Academy of Sciences, who has kindly furnished me much
information concerning the birds of the northern portion.
The various local and general lists of the birds of Illinois,
which have from time to time been published, are severally
noticed and criticised at the close of this work, in an ap-
pendix specially devoted to a review of the bibliography of
the ornithology of the state.
The range within the state’s limits, of each species, is
indicated approximately, or according to our present knowl-
edge of their habitat. When no particular section is men-
tioned, it is to be understood that the distribution is general ;
and if any doubt exists as to the limitation of the range, or
the question of the breeding, of any species, care is taken to
call particular attention to it.
The asterisk before the number indicates that the species
breeds within the state.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 365
Order PASSERES.
( Oscines.)
Family TURDIDE. The Thrushes.
Subfamily Turpin. The true Thrushes.
Genus Turdus, Linnzeus.
Subgenus Hylocichla, Baird.
*1. T. mustelinus Gmel. Wood Thrush; ‘Bell Bird.” Summer
sojourner; abundant.
*2. T. fuscescens Steph. Tawny Thrush; Wilson’s Thrush. Tran-
sient in the southern portion; summer sojourner in the northern part.
3. T. Alicie Baird. Gray-cheeked Thrush. Transient.
4, T. Swainsoni Caban. Olive-backed Thrush; Swainson’s Thrush.
Transient, but possibly breeding in the northern part.
5. T. Pallasiti Caban. Hermit Thrush; Rufous-tailed Thrush. Tran-
sient, but in mild seasons a winter sojourner south of latitude 39°. May
possibly breed in the northern portion.
Subgenus Planesticus, Bonaparte.
*6. JT. migratorius Linn. Robin Thrush. Common Robin. Resi-
dent.
Subfamily Miminz. The Mocking Thrushes.
Genus Galeoscoptes, Cabanis.
*7. G. Carolinensis (Linn.). Cat Bird. Summer sojourner; some-
times wintering south of latitude 39°.
Genus Mimus, Boie.
»*8. M. polyglottus (L.). Mocking Bird. ‘Southern Mocking Bird.”
Whole state, but common only in the southern and central portions.
Summer sojourner, but occasionally wintering south of latitude 39°.
Genus Harporhynchus, Cabanis.
9. H. rufus (Linn.). Brown Thrasher. ‘Sandy Mocking Bird.”
Summer sojourner, but sometimes resident south of latitude 39°.
Family SAXICOLID. The Saxicolas.
Genus Sialia, Swainson.
10. S. sialis (Linn.). Blue Bird. Resident.
366 Catalogue of the Birds
Family SYLVIID. The true Warblers.
Subfamily Reautinz. The Kinglets.
Genus Regulus, Cuvier.
11. R. calendula (Linn.). Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Transient, but
sometimes wintering in the southern portion.
12. R. satrapa Licht. Golden-crowned Kinglet. Winter sojourner
in the southern portion and transient in the northern part.
Subfamily Poriopriinaz. The Gnatcatchers.
Genus Polioptila, Sclater.
*13. P. cerulea (Linn.). Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. Summer so-
journer.
Family PARID/.
Subfamily Parinz. ‘The Chickadees or Titmice.
Genus Lophophanes, Kaup.
*14. L. bicolor (Linn.). Tufted Titmouse. Resident; excessively
abundant in the southern portion.
Genus Parus, Linneus.
*15. P.atricapillus Linn. Northern Black-capped Chickadee. North-
ern portion; resident.
*16. P. Carolinensis Aud. Carolina Chickadee; Southern Chickadee.
Southern half of the state, where resident, and replacing P. atricapillus.
Subfamily Srrrinz. The Nuthatches.
Genus Sitta, Linnzeus.
*17. S. Carolinensis Lath. White-bellied Nuthatch; ‘‘ Tom-tit.”
Resident.
18. §. Canadensis Linn. Red-bellied Nuthatch. Winter sojourner.
Family CERTHIID. The Creepers.
Genus Certhia, Linnzeus.
*19. CO. familiaris Linn., var. Americana Bonap. Brown Creeper.
Resident in the northern portion, and winter sojourner (possibly summer
sojourner also) in southern part.
Family TROGLODYTID.Z. The Wrens.
Genus Thryothorus, Vieillot.
Subgenus Thryothorus.
*90. T. Ludovicianus (Lath.). Great Carolina Wren. Resident. Rare
n the northern, but very abundant in southern and central portions.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 367
Subgenus Thryomanes, Sclater.
*21. T. Bewickii (Aud.). Bewick’s Wren; Long-tailed House Wren.
Resident, and very abundant, in the southern and central portions of the
state, where in many districts it entirely replaces Troglodytes edon.
Genus Troglodytes, Vieillot.
Subgenus Troglodytes.
*22. T. edon Vieill. House Wren; Short-tailed House Wren.
Northern and centra] portions only? Very rare, or in some localities
wanting altogether, in the southern portion. Resident?
Subgenus Anorthura, Rennie.
23. T. parvulus Koch, var. hyemalis Vieill. Winter Wren;
“*Bunty Wren.” Winter sojourner.
Genus Cistothorus, Cabanis.
Subgenus Cistothorus.
*94, C. stellaris (Licht.). Short-billed Marsh Wren.- Summer so-
journer. Resident in the southern portion?
Subgenus Telmatodytes, Cabanis.
*25. C. palustris (Wils.). Long-billed Marsh Wren. Resident, at
least in the southern portion.
Family MOTACILLIDA.
Subfamily Anroiny. The Titlarks.
Genus Anthus, Bechstein.
26. A. Ludovicianus (Gmel.), American Titlark. Winter sojourner.
Family MNIOTILTID. The American Warblers.
Group Mnio1ite®. The Creeping Warblers.
Genus Mniotilta, Vieillot.
*27. M. varia inn.). Black-and-White Creeper; Striped Creeper.
Summer sojourner.
: *
Group Vermivors. The Worm-eating Warblers.
Genus Protonotaria, Baird.
*28. P. citrea (Bodd.). Prothonotary Warbler; Golden Swamp
Warbler. Abundant in the southern and central portions. Summer
sojourner.
368 Catalogue of the Birds
Genus Helmitherus, Rafinesque.
*29. H. vermivorus (Gm.). Worm-eating Warbler. Summer so-
journer. ;
Genus Helminthophaga, Cabanis.
* 30. H. chrysoptera (Linn.)., Golden-winged Warbler. Summer so-
journer in the northern and central parts, transient in the southern
portion.
*31. H. pinus (Linn.). Blue-winged Yellow Warbler. Summer
sojourner; most abundant in southern portion.
32. H. rujicapilla (Wils.). Nashville Warbler. Summer sojourner
in the northern portion? transient in other parts.
33. H. celata (Say). Orange-crowned Warbler. Transient.
84. H. peregrina (Wils.). Tennessee Warbler. Transient.
Genus Parula, Bonaparte.
*35. P. Americana (Linn.). Blue Yellow-backed Warbler. Summer
sojourner.
Group Denproicz. The Wood Warblers.
Genus Dendroica, Gray.
Subgenus Perissoglossa, Baird.
36. D. tigrina (Gm.). Cape May Warbler. Transient.
Subgenus Dendroica.
*37. D. estiva (Gmel.). Summer Yellow Bird; Orchard Warbler.
Summer sojourner.
38. D. coronata (Linn.). Yellow-rumped Warbler; ‘‘ Myrtle Bird.”
Winter sojourner in southern and central portions; transient in northern
part?
39. D. maculosa (Gmel.). Black-and-Yellow Warbler. Transient.
*40. D.cerulea (Wils.). Cerulean Warbler. Summer sojourner.
41. D. Blackburnie (Gmel.). Blackburnian Warbler. Transient.
*492. D. dominica, var. albilora Baird. Western Yellow-throated
Warbler. Summer sojourner north to 39°, or beyond. Occasional in
the northern portion of the state?
*43. D. Pensylvanica (Linn.). Chestnut-sided Warbler. Summer
sojourner; rare in the southern, but common in central and northern por-
tions during the breeding season; abundant everywhere in autumn.
44. D. striata (Linn.). Blagk-poll Warbler. Transient.
45. D.castanea (Wils.). Bay-breasted Warbler. Transient.
46. D. cerulescens (Forst.). Black-throated Blue Warbler. Tran-
sient.
47. D. virens (Gm.). Black-throated Green Warbler. Transient.
*48. D. pinus (Wils.). Creeping Pine Warbler. Summer sojourner;
entire state?
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 369
*49. D. discolor (Vieill.). Prairie Warbler. Summer sojourner;
entire state?
50. D. palmarum (Gmel.). Red-poll Warbler. Transient.
Group GrorHtyPEZ. The Ground Warblers.
Genus Setwrus, Swainson.
Subgenus Seiurus.
*51. 8. aurocapillus (Linn.). Golden-crowned Thrush; ‘‘Oven
Bird.” Summer sojourner. d
*?252. 8. Noveboracensis (Aud.). Small-billed Water Thrush, or
‘“‘ Water Wagtail.” Transient; sometimes winter sojourner south of lati-
tude 39°.
*53. §. Ludovicianus (Gmel.). Large-billed Water Thrush, or ‘“‘ Water
Wagtail.” Summer sojourner. Entire state, but most abundant south-
ward.
Subgenus Oporornis, Baird.
*54. 8. formosus (Wils.). Kentucky Warbler. Summer sojourner.
Entire state; very abundant north to 39°.
55. S. agilis (Wils.). Connecticut Warbler. Transient; most
abundant in spring.
*56. iS. Philadelphia (Wils.). Mourning Warbler. Summer so-
journer. Breeding in extreme southern portion ?
Subgenus Geothlypis, Cabanis.
*57. S.trichas (Linn.). Maryland Yellow-throat. Summer sojourner.
Group IctErrz. The Chat Warblers.
Genus Icteria, Vieillot.
*58. I. virens (Linn.). Yellow-breasted Chat; ‘‘ Yellow Mocking
Bird.” Summer sojourner.
Group SretopHace%. The Flycatching Warblers.
Genus Myiodioctus, Audubon.
*59. M. mitratus (G@mel.). Hooded Warbler. Summer sojourner.
60. M. pusillus (Wils.). Black-capped Green-and-Yellow Warbler.
Transient.
61. M. Canadensis (Linn.). Canada Flycatching Warbler. Tran-
sient; breeding in northern part of State?
Genus Setophaga, Swainson.
*62. S. ruticilla (Linn.). Red-start; Black-and-Red Flycatching War-
bler. Summer sojourner.
370 Catalogue of the Birds
Family HIRUNDINIDZ. The Swallows.
Genus Progne, Boie.
*63. P. subis (Linn.). Purple Martin; ‘‘House Martin.” Summer
sojourner.
Genus Petrochelidon, Cabanis.
*64. P. lunifrons (Say). Cliff Swallow; Eave Swallow; ‘*Mud Swal-
low.” Summer sojourner.
Genus Hirundo, Linnzeus.
*65. H. horreorum Bartr. Barn Swallow. Summer sojourner.
Genus Tachycineta, Cabanis.
*66. TJ. bicolor (Vieill.). White-bellied Swallow; ‘‘Tree Swallow.”
Summer sojourner.
Genus Cotyle, Boie.
*67. C. riparia (Linn.). Bank Swallow; ‘Sand Martin.” Summer
sojourner.
Genus Stelgidopteryx, Baird.
*68. S. serripennis (Aud.). Rough-winged Bank Swallow; ‘Sand
Martin.” Summer sojourner. Entirestate? Abundant south of 39.°
Family VIREONIDZ. The Greenlets.
Genus Vireo, Vieillot.
Subgenus Vireosylvia, Bonaparte.
*69. V. olivaceus (Linn.). Red-eyed Vireo. Summer sojourner.
70. V. Philadelphicus Cass. Philadelphia Vireo. Transient.
*71. V. gilvuus (Vieill.). Warbling Vireo. Summer sojourner.
Subgenus Lanivireo, Baird.
72. V. solitaria (Wils.). SBlue-headed Vireo. Transient (Summer
sojourner northward ?).
#73. V. flavifrons (Vieill.). Yellow-throated Vireo. Summer so-
journer.
Subgenus Vireo, Vieillot.
*74. V. Noveboracensis (@mel.). White-eyed Vireo. Summer so-
journer.
*75. V. Bellii Aud. Bell’s Vireo. Summer sojourner. Southern
and central prairie districts.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. on
Family AMPELIDZ.
Subfamily Ampetin/. The Wax-wings.
Genus Ampelis, Linneeus.
76. A. garrulus Linn. Northern Wax-wing. Winter visitant. Ex-
treme northern part only?
*77. A. cedrorum Vieill. Southern Wax-wing; ‘‘Cedar Bird;”
‘Cherry Bird.” Resident (not breeding in southern portion?).
Family LANIID&. The Shrikes.
Genus Collurio, Vigors.
*78. CO. borealis (Vieill.). Great Northern Shrike. Resident in
extreme northern portion; winter visitant southwards.
*79. C. Ludovicianus (Linn.), var. excubitoroides Swains. White-
rumped Shrike; Western ‘‘ Logger-head;” ‘“‘ Butcher Bird;” ‘* Mocking
Bird.” Resident.
Family TANAGRIDZ, The Tanagers.
Genus Pyranga, Vieillot.
*80. P.rubra (Linn.). Scarlet Tanager; ‘‘ Black-winged Red Bird.”
Summer sojourner.
*81. P. estiva(Gmel.). Vermilion Tanager; ‘‘Summer Red Bird.”
Summer sojourner. Common in the northern portion and abundant south
otmaoe.
Family FRINGILLIDZ&. The Finches.
Subfamily Coccoruraustinz. The True Finches.
Genus Coccothraustes.
Subgenus Hesperiphona, Bonaparte.
82. C. vespertinus (Coop.). Evening Grosbeak. Winter visitant.
Extreme northern portion only?
Genus Pinicola, Vieillot.
83. P. enucleator (Linn.), var. Canadensis Briss. Pine Gros-
beak. Winter visitant. Northern portion chiefly; accidental south of
Boe
Genus Carpodacus, Kaup.
84. C. purpureus (Gmel.). Purple Finch. Winter sojourner.
Genus Chrysomitris, Boie.
*85. C. tristis (Linn.). American Goldfinch; Black-winged Yellow
Bird; Lettuce Bird. Resident. Entire state (migratory in northern por-
tion?).
372 Catalogue of the Birds
86. C. pinus (Wils.). Pine Goldfinch; Striped Goldfinch. Irregu-
larly migratory; chiefly transient and winter visitant.
Genus giothus, Cabanis.
87. 4. linarius (Linn.). Lesser Red-poll. Winter visitant. Chiefly
northern portion; very rarely south to 39°.
88. 4. canescens Gould, var. exilipes Coues. American Mealy
Red-poll. Winter visitant. Extreme northern portion only (Mt. Carroll:
Prof. Henry Shimer. Mus. Smiths. Inst.).
Genus Lowia, Linnzeus.
89. L. curvirosira Linn., var. Americana Wils. Red Cross-bill;
Common Cross-bill. Winter resident northwards, winter visitant south-
wards.
90. L. leucoptera Gmel. White-winged Cross-bill. Winter resident
northwards, winter visitant southwards. ,
Genus Plectrophanes, Meyer.
91. P. nivalis (Linn.). White Snow Bird; Snow Bunting. Winter
visitant. Northern and central portions only? Accidental south to 38°
20/.
92. P. Lapponicus (Linn.). Lapland Long-spur. Winter visitant.
93. P. pictusS wains. Painted Long-spur. Winter visitant. Entire
state in the prairie districts.
Genus Poocaétes, Baird.
*94. P. gramineus (Gmel.). Bay-shouldered Bunting; Grass Bunt-
ing. Summer sojourner; resident southward.
Genus Passerculus, Bonaparte.
*95. P. savanna (Wils.). Savanna Bunting. Summer sojourner;
resident southward.
Genus Ammodromus, Swainson.
Subgenus Coturniculus, Bonaparte.
*96. A. passerinus (Wils.). Yellow-winged Bunting; ‘‘ Cricket Bird.”
Summer sojourner.
*97. A. Henslowi (Aud.). Henslow’s Bunting. Summer sojourner.
Genus Chondestes, Swainson.
*98. C. grammaca (Say). Lark Bunting. Summer sojourner.
Genus Zonotrichia, Swainson.
99. Z. leucophrys (Forst.). White-crowned Bunting. Winter so-
journer. '
i
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 373
100. Z. albicollis (Gmel.). White-throated Bunting. Winter so-
journer. Entire state.
Genus Junco, Wagler.
101. J. hyemalis (Linn.). Black Snow Bird. Winter sojourner.
Genus Spizella, Bonaparte.
102. 8. monticola(Gmel.). Tree Sparrow. Winter sojourner.
*103. S. pusilla (Wils.). Field Sparrow. Summer sojourner; resi-
dent in the southern portion.
*104. 8. pallida (Swains.). Clay-colored Sparrow. Summer so-
journer? Prairies of the northern and central portions.
*105. S. socialis (Wils.). Chipping Sparrow; ‘‘ Chippy.” Summer
sojourner.
Genus Melospiza, Baird. :
106. M. melodia (Wils.). Song Sparrow. Winter sojourner.
107. M. palustris (Wils.). Swamp Sparrow. Winter sojourner.
108. M. Lincoiniti (Aud.). Lincoln’s Sparrow. Winter sojourner
in southern portion, transient northward.
Genus Peucea, Audubon.
*109. P. estivalis (Licht.). Bachman’s Sparrow. Summer so-
journer. Wabash Valley, north to 38° 380’.
Genus Passerella, Swainson.
110. P. iliaca (Merr.). Fox-colored Sparrow. Winter sojourner
southward, transient northward.
Subfamily Spizinz.
Genus Huspiza, Bonaparte.
*111. #. Americana (Gmel.). Black-throated Bunting; ‘‘ Dick Cis-
sel;” ‘‘ Little Field Lark.” Summer sojourner.
Genus Hedymeles, Cabanis.
*112. H. Ludovicianus (Linn.). Rose-breasted Grosbeak. Summer
sojourner in the northern part, transient in southern portion.
Genus Guiraca, Swainson.
*113. G. cerulea (Linn.). Blue Grosbeak. Summer sojourner.
North to 38° 30’. Rare.
Genus Cyanospiza, Baird.
*114. C. cyanea (Linn.). Indigo Bird; ‘‘Green Linnet.” Summer
sojourner.
374 Catalogue of the Birds
115. C. ciris Linn.). Painted Bunting; Nonpareil. Summer visit-
ant to southern portion. (One specimen near Mt. Carmel, June, 1871.)
Genus Cardinalis, Bonaparte.
*116. C, Virginianus (Briss.). Cardinal Grosbeak; Crested Red
Bird; ‘‘ Corn-cracker.” Resident. Entire state, but rare in the northern
portion.
‘
Genus Pipilo, Vieillot.
*117. P. erythrophthaimus (Linn.). Chewink; Charee; Ground
Robin; Swamp Robin. Resident.
Family ALAUDID. The Larks.
Genus Hremophila, Boie.
*118. #. alpestris (Linn.). ‘Snow Lark;” Horned Lark. Resident.
Entire state, but most abundant on the prairies, and merely winter resi-
dent in the heavily wooded districts.
Family ICTERID.
Subfamily AGELAINE.
Genus Dolichonyx, Swainson.
*119. D. oryzivorus (Linn.). Bob-o-link; ‘*Skunk Blackbird,” etc.
Transient in southern portion, summer sojourner in northern part.
Genus Molothrus, Swainson.
*120. M. pecoris (Gmel.). Cow Blackbird; ‘‘Clod-hopper.” Resi-
dent in southern portion; summer sojourner northward.
Genus Xanthocephalus, Bonaparte.
*121. YX. icterocephalus (Bonap.). Yellow-headed Blackbird. Summer
sojourner in northern portion, resident in southern districts (?). Prairies
of entire state, but commonest northwards.
Genus Agelaius, Vieillot.
*122. A. pheniceus (Linn.). Red-winged Blackbird; Swamp Black-
bird. Resident in southern portion, summer sojourner northwards.
Genus Sturnella, Vieillot.
* 123. S. magna (Linn.). Meadow Lark; ‘ Field Lark.” Resident.
*124. S. neglecta Aud. Western Meadow Lark. Resident. Prairies
only, chiefly along the western side of the state, but found as far east as
Richland and Jasper counties.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 375
Subfamily Icrerinz. The Hang-nests.
Genus IJcterws.
*125. I. Baltimore (Linn.). Baltimore Oriole; Fire-bird; Golden
Robin; Hang-nest; Hanging Bird, etc. Summer sojourner.
*126. I. spurius (Linn.). Orchard Oriole. Summer sojourner.
Subfamily Quiscatinaz. The Crow Blackbirds.
Genus Scolecophagus, Swainson.
127. S&. ferrugineus (Gmel.). Rusty Blackbird. Winter sojourner.
128. «iS. cyanocephalus (Wagl.). Brewer’s Blackbird. Winter visit-
ant. (Mt. Carmel, December, 1866.)
Genus Quiscalus, Vieillot.
b
*129. Q. versicolor, var. eneus Ridgway. Bronzed Grackle; West-
ern Crow Blackbird. Resident in southern portion, summer sojourner in
northern part.
Family CORVIDE.
Subfamily Corvin. The Ravens and Crows.
Genus Corvus, Linneeus.
*130. C. coraxy Linn., var. carnivorus Bartr. Raven. Resident.
Entire state (?), in wild, heavily timbered localities.
*131. C. Americanus Aud. Common Crow. Resident.
Subfamily Garrutinaz. The Jays.
Genus Pica, Cuvier.
132. P. caudata Linn., var. Hudsonica Sabine. Magpie. Win-
ter visitant. Northern portion only.
Genus Cyanura, Swainson.
*133. C. cristata (Linn.). Blue Jay. Resident.
(Clamatores.)
Family TYRANNIDZ. The Tyrant Flycatchers.
Subfamily Tyrannina.
Genus Tyrannus, Cuvier.
*134. T. Carolinensis (Linn.). King Bird; Bee Bird; Bee Martin.
Summer sojourner.
Genus Myiarchus, Cabanis.
*135. M. crinitus (Linn.). Great Crested Flycatcher. Summer so-
journer.
376 Catalogue of the Birds
Genus Sayornis, Bonaparte.
*136. S. fuscus (G@mel.). Pewee; Phoebe Bird. Resident south of
89°; summer sojourner northwards.
Genus Contopus, Cabanis.
137. OC. borealis Swains. Olive-sided Wood Pewee; Great Wood
Pewee. Transient in northern portion. Whole state?
*138. C. virens (Linn.). Wood Pewee. Summer sojourner.
Genus Empidonax, Cabanis.
*139. H. pusillus (Swains.), var. Zraillii Aud. Traill’s Fly-
catcher. Summer sojourner. Whole state.
140. H#. minimus Baird. Least Flycatcher. Summer sojourner in
northern portion? Transient southwards.
*141. H.acadicus (Gmel.). Acadian Flycatcher. Summer sojourner.
Entire state? (Most abundant species in southern portion )
142. EH. flaviventris Baird. Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. Transient.
Order PICARI &.
(Cypseli.)
Family ALCEDINIDZ. The Kingfishers.
Genus Ceryle, Boie.
*143. C. alcyon (Linn.). Belted Kingfisher. Resident in southern
portion, summer sojourner in northern part.
Family CAPRIMULGIDE. The Goatsuckers.
Subfamily CaprimuLcine.
Genus Caprimulqus, Linneeus.
*144. C. vociferus Wils. Whip-poor-will. Summer sojourner.
*145. COC. Carolinensis Gmel. Chuck-will’s-widow. Summer so-
journer north to 38° 20’. Rare?
Genus Chordeiles, Swainson.
*146. C. popetue (Vieill.). Night Hawk; Bull Bat. Summer so-
journer.
Family CYPSELIDZ. The Swifts.
Subfamily Cumrurina.
Genus Chetura, Stephens.
*147. C. pelagica (Linn.). . Chimney Swallow; Chimney Swift. Sum-
mer sojourner.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. oh
Family TROCHILIDZ. The Humming Birds.
Subfamily Trocuitinz.
Genus Trochilus, Linnzus. ‘
*148. JT. colubris Linn. Ruby-throated Hummer. Summer so-
journer.
(Cuculi.)
Family CUCULID&. The Cuckoos.
Subfamily Coccyreinz.
Genus Coccygus, Vieillot.
*149. C. Americanus (Linn.). Yellow-billed Cuckoo; ‘‘Rain Crow;”
‘*Wood Pigeon.” Summer sojourner.
*150. C. erythrophthalmus (Wils.). Black-billed Cuckoo; Red-eyed
Cuckoo. Summer sojourner.
(Pici.) .
Family PICIDA&. The Woodpeckers.
Subfamily Prcinz.
Genus Campephilus, Gray.
*151. C. principalis (uinn.). Ivory-billed Woodpecker; ‘Big Log
Cock.” Resident. Ohio, lower Mississippi (?) and lower Wabash bot-
toms only.
Genus Picus, Linnzeus.
*152. P. villosus Linn. MHairy Woodpecker; ‘‘Big Sapsucker.”
Var. villosus, Linn., resident. Var. Awdwboni, summer sojourner (resi-
dent?) in southern portion.
*153. P. pubescens L. Downy Woodpecker; ‘Little Sapsucker”
‘‘Guinea Woodpecker.” Resident.
Genus Picoides, Lacépede.
154. P. arcticus (Swains.). Black-backed Three-toed Woodpecker.
Winter visitant to northern portion. (VELIz.).
Genus Sphyropicus, Baird.
*155. S. varius (Linn.). Yellow-bellied Woodpecker; Red-throated
Woodpecker. Winter sojourner in southern portion; resident in northern
part ?
Genus Dryocopus Boie.
Subgenus Hylotomus, Baird.
*156. D. pileatus (Linn.). Pileated Woodpecker; ‘‘ Black Wood-
cock;” ‘‘ Log cock.” Resident.
378 Catalogue of the Birds
Genus Melanerpes, Swainson.
Subgenus Centurus, Swainson.
*157. M. Carolinus (Linn.). Red-bellied Woodpecker; ‘*‘ Checkered
Woodpecker ;” ‘‘ Woodchuck.” Resident.
Subgenus Melanerpes.
*158. DM. erythrocephalus (Linn.). Red-headed Woodpecker. Resi-
dent.
Genus Colaptes, Swainson.
*159. O. auratus (Linn.). Golden-winged Woodpecker; ‘* Yellow
Hammer ;” Yellow-shafted Flicker; ‘‘ Flicker;” ‘‘ High-holder;” ‘* Wake-
up,” etc. Resident.
Order PSITTACI. The Parrots.
Family PSITTACIDZ.
Genus Conurus, Kuhl.
*160. CO. Carolinensis (Briss.). Parakeet; Carolina Parrot. Resi-
dent. Formerly abundant throughout the state, but now confined to the
heavy forests of the bottoms of the southern rivers.
Order RAPTORES. Birds of Prey.
Family STRIGID. The Owls.
Subfamily Srricina.
Genus Strix, Savigny.
*161. S. flammea Linn., var. pratincola Bonap. Barn Owl.
Subfamily Busonina.
Genus Otus, Cuvier.
Subgenus Otus.
*162. O. vulgaris (Flem.), var. Wilsonianus Bonap. Long-eared
Owl; Lesser Horned Owl. Resident.
Subgenus Brachyotus, Gould.
*163. O. brachyotus. Short-eared Owl. Resident.
Genus Nyctale, Brehm.
*164. N. acadica (Gmel.). Saw-whet Owl; White-fronted Owl;
Kirtland’s Owl. Winter visitant to southern portion; resident in extreme
northern portions?
——
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 379
Genus Syrnium, Savigny.
Subgenus Syrnium.
*165. S. nebulosum (Forst.). Barred Owl; ‘‘ Hoot Owl.” Resident.
Subgenus Scotiaptex, Swains.
166. S. cinereum (Gmel.). Great Gray Owl. Winter visitant to
extreme northern portions.
Genus Scops, Savigny.
*167. 8. asio (L.). ‘Screech Owl;” Little Red Owl; Mottled Owl.
Resident. t
Genus Bubo, Duméril.
Subgenus Bubo.
*168. B. Virginianus (Gmel.). Great Horned Owl; ‘‘Cat Owl.” a.
var. Virginianus Gmel. Resident. 06. var. arcticus Swains. Win-
ter visitant to northern portion (Pekin, CAMBRIDGE MUSEUM).
Subgenus Nyctea, Stephens.
169. B. scandiaca (Linn.), var. arctica Bartr. Snowy Owl. Win-
ter visitant. Entire state.
Genus Surnia, Duméril.
170. S. ulula (Linn.), var. Hudsonia Gmel. Hawk Owl. Winter
visitant to northern portion (K®NNICOTT).
Family FALCONIDA®. The Hawks.
Subfamily Fatconrnz. The Falcons.
(Falcones.)
Genus Falco, Auctorum.
171. F. communis Gmel., var. anatum Bonap. American Pere-
grine Falcon; Duck Hawk. Resident?
Subgenus Hierofalco, Cuvier.
172. F. lanarius Gmel., var. polyagrus Cass. Autumnal and winter
visitant. (Rock Island, SARGENT; Mt. Carmel and Bridgeport, RipGway.)
Subgenus salon, Kaup.
*173. F. columbarius Linn. American Merlin; Pigeon Hawk.
Resident ?
Subgenus Tinnunculus, Vieillot.
*174. F. sparvertus (Linn.). American Kestril; Sparrow Hawk.
Resident.
JANUARY, 1874. 26 ANN. LYC. NAT. HIsT., N. Y., Vol. x.
380 Catalogue of the Birds
Subfamily Burzonrinz. The True Hawks, Eagles, Kites, etc.
(Pandiones.) ‘
Genus Pandion, Savigny.
*175. P. halietus Linn., var. Carolinensis Gmel. Fish Hawk;
American Osprey. Resident.
(Pernes.)
Genus Nauclerus, Vigors.
*176. N. forficatus (Linn.). Swallow-tailed*Kite; ‘Snake Hawk;”
‘¢Fish-tail Hawk.” Summer sojourner.
(Elani.)
Génus Hlanus, Savigny.
177. #. leucurus Vieill. Black-shouldered Kite; White-tailed Kite.
Summer visitant north to 38° 30’. (Mt. Carmel, July, 1865; RimpG@way.)
(Ictinice.)
Genus Ictinia, Vieillot.
*178. I. Mississippiensis (Wils.). Mississippi Kite; Blue Kite;
‘¢Square-tailed Kite.” Summer sojourner. Abundant on prairies of
southern and central portions. Whole state?
(Circi.)
Genus Circus, Lacépede.
*179. C. cyaneus (Linn.), var. Hudsonius Linn. Marsh Hawk;
American Harrier. Resident.
(Nisi.)
Genus Nisus, Cuvier.
@
Subgenus JA
*180. N. fuscus (Gmel.). Sharp-shinned Hawk. Resident.
*181. N. Cooperi (Bonap.). Cooper’s Hawk; ‘Swift Hawk;” ‘Quail
Hawk.” Resident.
sus.
Subgenus Astur, Lacépede.
182. N. palumbarius Linn., var. atricapillus Wils. American Gos-
hawk. Winter visitant. Whole state?
es
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 381
(Buteones.)
Genus Buteo, Cuvier.
Subgenus Astwrina, Vieillot.
183. B. nitida (Lath.), var. plagiata Licht. Mexican Goshawk.
Summer visitant to southern portion. (Fox prairie, Richland Co., August,
1871, one specimen; RIDGWAY.)
Subgenus Buteo, Cuvier.
*184. B. lineatus (Gmel.). Red-shouldered Hawk. Resident.
185. B. Pensylvanicus (Wils.). Broad-winged Hawk. Transient.
Breeding in northern part?
*186. B. borealis (Gmel.). Red-tailed Hawk; ‘‘ White-breasted Hen
Hawk.” Resident.
Subgenus Tachytriorchis, Kaup.
187. B. Swainsont Bonap. Swainson’s Hawk. Irregular visitant.
Breeding in northern portion?
(Archibuteones.)
Genus Archibuteo, Brehm.
188. A. lagopus (Briinn.), var. sancti-johannis Penn. American
Rough-legged Hawk; Black Hawk. Winter sojourner.
(Aquile.).
Genus Aguila, Auctorum.
189. A. chrysetus Linn., var. Canadensis Linn. American Golden
Eagle; Ring-tailed Eagle; Mountain Eagle. Winter visitant.
(Haliaeti.)
Genus Haliaetus, Savigny.
*190. H. leucocephalus (Briss.). Bald Eagle; Gray Eagle; Black
Eagle. Resident. ‘
Family CATHARTIDZ. The American Vultures.
Genus Rhinogryphus, Ridgway.* °
*191. R. aura (Linn.). Turkey Buzzard. “Resident north to 39°;
summer sojourner in northern portions.
Genus Catharista, Vieillot.
192. C. atrata (Bartr.). Carrion Crow; Black Vulture. Summer
visitant to southern portion.
* Type Vulture aura LINN. Includes also Cathartes burrovianus Cassin.
382 Catalogue of the Birds
Order COLUMB.
Family COLUMBID. The Pigeons or Doves.
Genus Ectopistes, Swainson.
*193. EH. migratoria (Linn.). Wild Pigeon; Passenger Pigeon. Resi-
dent southward, summer sojourner northward.
Genus Zenaidura, Bonaparte.
*194. Z. Carolinensis (Linn.). Turtle Dove; Mourning Dove. Resi-
dent north to 39°. Summer sojourner northwards.
Order GALLIN A.
Family PHASIANIDZE. The Pheasants.
Subfamily Mereacrinm. The Turkeys.
Genus Meleagris, Linneus.
*195. M. gallopavo Linn., var. sylvestris Bartr. Wild Turkey.
Resident.
Family TETRAONIDZ. The Grouse.
Genus Bonasa, Stephens.
*196. B. umbellus (Linn.). Ruffed Grouse; Drumming Grouse.
‘¢ Pheasant.” Resident. Entire state.
Genus Cupidonia, Reichenbach.
*197. C. cupido (Linn.). Pinnated Grouse; ‘‘ Prairie Chicken.” Resi-
dent.
Genus Pediocaetes, Baird.
*198,. P. phastanellus (Linn.), var. Columbianus Ord. Sharp-tailed
Grouse. Resident? Northern prairies only.
Genus Lagopus, Vieillot.
199. ZL. albus (G m"). White Ptarmigan; Willow Grouse. Winter
visitant to extreme northern portion (Cook Co., KENNICOTT).
Family PERDICIDZ. The Quails and Partridges.
Subfamily Orryerna. The American Quails.
*200. O. Virginianus (Linn.). Virginia Quail, or Partridge; Bob-
white. Resident.
ascertained to occur in I llinois. 383
Order LIMICOL.
Family CHARADRIDZE. The Plovers.
Genus Charadrius, Linneus.
Subgenus Charadrius.
201. C. pluvialis (L.), var. Virginicus Borck. Golden Plover.
Subgenus Squatarola, Cuvier.
202. C. helveticus (Linn.). Black-bellied Plover. Transient.
. Genus Agialitis, Boie.
Subgenus Oxyechus, Reichenbach.
* 208. 4. vociferus (Linn.). Kill-deer Plover. Resident —at least
in southern portion.
Subgenus Zgialitis.
204. 4. hiatacula (L.), var. semipalmatus Bonap. Ring-necked
Plover; Semipalmated Plover. Transient.
205. 4. melodus (Ord). Piping Plover. Transient.
Family HA MATOPODIDA. The Oyster-catchers.
Genus Strepsilas, Illiger.
206. S.interpres (Linn.). Turn-stone. Shore of Lake Michigan.
Family SCOLOPACIDA. The Snipes.
(Scolopaci.)
Genus Philohela, Gray.
*207. P. minor (Gmel.). American Wood-cock. Resident.
Genus Gallinago, Leach.
*208. G. gallinaria(Gm el.), var. Wilsonti Temm. Common Snipe;
Gutter Snipe; English Snipe. Resident in northern portions; winter
resident southward.
Genus Macrorhamphus, Leach.
209. M. griseus (Gmel.). Red-breasted Snipe; Gray Snipe. Tran-
sient. 3
( Tringe.)
Genus Micropalama, Baird.
210. M. himantopus Bonap. Stilt Sandpiper. Transient.
384 Catalogue of the Birds
Genus Hreunetes, Illiger.
211. #. pusilla Linn. Semipalmated Sandpiper. Transient.
Genus Tringa, Linnzeus.
Subgenus Actodromus, Kaup.
212. T. Bonapartei Schleg. Bonaparte’s Sandpiper. Transient.
213. JT. maculata Vieill. ‘Transient.
214. 7. Bairdii Coues. Baird’s Sandpiper. Transient.
*215. T. minutilla Vieill. Least Sandpiper. Summer sojourner.
Found in spring, summer and autumn, about the prairie ponds throughout
the state.
Subgenus Pelidna, Cuvier.
216. TZ. alpina, var. Americana Cass. Red-backed Sandpiper. Tran-
sient. 6
Subgenus Arquatella, Baird.
217. T. maritima (Britinn.). Purple Sandpiper. Shore of Lake
Michigan.
Subgenus Tringa.
218. JT. canuta (Liun.). Robin Snipe. Shore of Lake Michigan.
Genus Calidris, Cuvier.
219. C. arenaria Linn. Sanderling. Transient. .
7 4
( Totanece.)
Genus Symphemia, Rafinesque.
* 220. S. semipalmata Gmel. Willet. Summer sojourner. |
Genus otanus, Bechstein. |
Subgenus Rhyacophilus, Kaup.
221. T.melanoleucusGmel. Tell-tale; Big Yellow-legs. Transient. |
222. T. flavipes Gmel. Yellow-legs. Transient.
*223. T. chloropus (Linn.), var. solitarius Wils. Solitary Sand-
piper; Wood Sandpiper; Peet-weet; Tilt-up. Summer sojourner.
Genus Tringoides, Bonaparte.
* 224. T. hypoleucus (Linn.), var. macularius Linn. Spotted Sand-
piper; ‘‘Sand Lark;” ‘‘Sand Peet-weet.
Genus Actiturus, Bonaparte.
+1225. “A: Bartramius (Wil's:). Prairie “Plover;? > Wield Plover;”
Upland ‘‘ Plover.” Summer sojourner.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 385
Genus Tryngites, Cabanis.
226. TJ. rufescens (Vieill.). Buff-breasted Sandpiper. Transient.
(Limose.)
Genus Limosa, Brisson.
227. L.«fedoa (Linn.). Marbled Godwit. Transient.
228. L. Hudsonica (Lath.). Hudsonian Godwit; Bay-breasted God-
wit. Transient.
(Numenee.)
Genus Numenius, Linneus.
* 229. N. longirostris Wils. Long billed Curlew. Resident, but dis-
appearing in severe weather; perhaps not breeding in southern portion.
230. N. Hudsonicus Lath. Hudsonian Curlew. Transient.
231. N. borealis (Forst.). Eskimo Curlew. Transient.
Family PHALAROPODID&. The Phalaropes.
Genus Lobipes, Cuvier.
Subgenus Lobipes.
232. L. hyperboreus (Linn.). Northern Phalarope.
Subgenus Steganopus, Vieillot.
* 233. L. Wilsontt Sab. Wilson’s Phalarope.
Genus Phalaropus, Brisson.
234. P. fulicarius (Linn.). Red-bellied Phalarope.
Family RECURVIROSTRIDZE. The Avocets and Stilts.
Genus Recurvirostra, Linnzeus.
235. R. Americana Gmel. Avocet; Scooper.
Genus Himantopus, Brisson.
236. H. nigricollis Vieill. Stilt.
Order HERODIONES.
Family CICONIIDA. The Storks.
Genus Tantalus, Linneeus.
237. T. loculator Linn. Wood Ibis. Summer visitant, frequenting
chiefly the lagoons of the bottom lands, in the southern portions.
386 Catalogue of the Birds
Family IBIDID.
Subfamily Isipinm. The Ibises.
Genus Jbis, Meehring.
Subgenus Falcinellus, Bechstein.
238. I. falcinellus (Linn.). Glossy Ibis; ‘‘ Black Curlew.”
Family ARDEIDA. The Herons.
( Ardece.)
Genus Ardea, Linnzeus.
* 239. A. herodias Linn. Great Blue Heron; Blue ‘‘Crane.” Sum-
mer sojourner.
Genus Herodias, Boie.
*240. H. alba (Linn.), var. egretta (Gmel.). White Heron; Ameri-
can Egret; White ‘‘ Crane.” Summer sojourner in the southern portions ;
autumnal visitant to northern part of the state.
Genus Garzetta, Kaup.
Subgenus Garzetta.
*241. G. candidissima (Jacq.). Snowy Heron; Little White Heron.
Summer sojourner.
Subgenus Florida, Baird.
242. G. cerulea (Linn.). Little Blue Heron. Summer visitant to
southern portions.
Genus Butorides, Blasius.
*243,. B. virescens (Linn.). Green Heron; ‘‘ Fly-up-the-creek ;”
‘¢Schytepoke.” Summer sojourner.
Genus Nyctiardea, Swainson.
* 244. N. grisea (Linn.), var. (?) ‘‘gardent Gmel.” Black-crowned
Night Heron; ‘‘ Qua Bird.” Summer sojourner.
Genus Nyctherodias, Reichenbach.
245. WN. violaceus (Linn.). Yellow-crowned Night Heron. Summer
visitant to extreme southern portions.
( Botaurece.)
Genus Ardetta, Gray.
* 246. A. exilis(Gmel.). Least Bittern. Summer sojourner.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 387
Genus Botaurus, Stephens.
*247. B.lentiginosus Steph. American Bittern; Stake-driver. Resi-
dent in southern portions, summer sojourner northward. 7
Order ALECTORIDES.
Family GRUIDZ. The Cranes.
Genus Grus, Linnzus.
*248. G. Americanus Linn. Whooping Crane; White Crane. Sum-
mer sojourner.
* 249. G. Canadensis Linn. Sand-hill Grane; Brown Crane. Resi-
dent southward.
Family RALLIDA.
Subfamily Rartivaz. The Rails.
Genus fallus, Bechstein.
*250. R. elegans Aud. Red-breasted Rail; Marsh Hen. Summer
sojourner; sometimes resident in southern portions.
*951. R. Virgintanus Linn. Virginia Rail; Little Red-breasted Rail.
Resident, except in northern portions.
Genus Porzana, Vieillot.
*252. P. Carolina Vieill. Common Rail; Sora. Resident in south-
ern portions, and Summer sojourner northward.
* 253. P. Noveboracensis (Gmel.). Little Yellow Rail. Resident?
Breeds throughout the state.
*254. P. Jamaicensis (Gmel.). Little Black Rail. Summer sojourner
in southern portions.
Subfamily Gatimutinz. The Gallinules.
Genus Gallinula, Brisson.
Subgenus Gallinula.
* 255. G. chloropus (Linn.), var. galeata Licht. Florida Gallinule;
‘“¢Red-billed Mud Hen.” Summer sojourner.
Subgenus Porphyrio, Brisson.
256. G. martinica (Linn.) Purple Gallinule; ‘‘Blue Peter.” Summer
visitant in southern portions (Wabash Valley).
Subfamily Furicina. The Coots.
Genus Fulica, Linneeus.
*257. F. Americana Gmel. Coot; ‘‘ White-billed Mud Hen.” Sum-
mer sojourner.
388 Catalogue of the Birds
Order LAMELLIROSTRES.
Family ANATID.
Subfamily Crenmnz. The Swans.
Genus Cygnus, Linnzeus.
Subgenus Olor, Wagler.
258. C. buccinator Rich. Trumpcter Swan. Transient; sometimes
winter resident.
259. C. Americanus Sharpless. Common Swan. Transient; some-
times winter resident.
Subfamily AnsEerInz. The Geese.
Genus Anser, Brisson.
Subgenus Chen, Boie.
260. A. hyperboreus Pall. a. var. hyperboreus Pall. Snow Goose.
b. var. albatus Cass. ‘White Brant.” Winter sojourner; the var.
albatus more common than the larger race.
261. A. cerulescens Linn. White-headed Goose. Transient; some-
times winter sojourner.
Subgenus Anser, Brisson.
262. A. albifrons Bechst., var. Gambeli Hartl. White-fronted
Goose. Transient; sometimes winter sojourner.
Subgenus Branta, Scopoli.
268. A. Canadensis (Linn.). a. var. Canadensis Linn. Big Wild
Goose. 0b. var. Hutchinsii Rich. Little Wild Goose. Transient; some-
times winter sojourner. The var. Hutchinsii the more common form.
264. A. bernicla Linn. Brant. Transient; sometimes winter so-
journer.
Subfamily Anatinaz. ‘The Ducks.
Genus Anas, Linnzeus.
Subgenus Anas.
* 265. A.boschas Linn. Mallard; ‘‘Green-head.” Resident, but most
numerous in spring and autumn. In the southern portion confined to the
prairies in the breeding season.
*266. A. obscura Gmel. Dusky Duck. Resident, but breeding very
sparingly on the prairies, and wintering in the lagoons of the densely
wooded bottoms.
Subgenus Chaulelasmus, Gray.
*267. A. streperus (Linn.). Gadwall; Gray Duck. Transient;
perhaps breeding in the northern, and occasionally wintering in the south-
ern, portion of the state.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 389
Subgenus Mareca, Stephens.
268. A. penelope (Linn.). European Widgeon. Accidental in the
northern part (Chicago, D. G. Exxior, P. Z. S.—)
269. A. Americana (Gmel.). American Widgeon; ‘ Bald-pate.”
Transient, or winter sojourner southward.
Subgenus Dajila, Leach.
270. A.acuta (uinn.). Pin-tail; Sprig-tail. Transient, or occasional
winter sojourner in southern portion.
Subgenus Nettion, Kaup.
*271. <A. Carolinensis (Gmel.). Green-winged Teal. Resident, but
most abundant during migrations: breeds only in the prairie districts,
and winters chiefly in the lagoons of the heavily timbered bottoms.
Subgenus Querquedula, Stephens.
*272. <A. discors (Linn.). Blue-winged Teal. Resident. Breeds
sparingly in the prairie districts, and winters in small numbers in the
ponds of the bottoms.
Subgenus Spatula, Boie.
*273. A. clypeata (Linn.). Shoveller; Spoon-bill. Summer sojourner
in the northern portions; transient, or winter sojourner southward.
Genus Aix, Boie.
*274. A.sponsa (Linn.). Summer Duck; Wood Duck; Tree Duck.
Summer sojourner in northern portion, and resident in southern part.
Genus Fuligula, Stephens.
Subgenus Fuliz, Sundeyall.
275. F.mariia (Linn.). a. var. marila Linn. Scaup; Broad-bill;
Blue-bill. 0b. var. afinis Forst. ‘Little Scaup, ete. Winter sojourner.
276. F. collaris Donov. Ring-neck Scaup; Ring-bill. Winter so-
journer.
Subgenus Aythya, Boie.
277. F. Americana Eyton. Red-head; American Pochard. Winter
sojourner. .
278. F. vallisneria Wils. Canvas-back. Winter sojourner.
Genus Bucephala, Baird.
279. B. clangula (Linn.), var. Americana Bonap. Winter so-
journer. j
280. B. albeola (Linn.). Butter-ball; Buftle-head; ‘‘Di Dipper.”
Winter sojourner.
390 Catalogue of the Birds
Genus Histrionicus, Lesson.
281. H. torquatus (Linn.). Harlequin Duck. Winter visitant to
Lake Michigan (Dr. VELIE).
Genus Harelda, Leach.
282. H. glacialis (Linn.). Long-tail; ‘‘Old Squaw.” Winter visitant
to Lake Michigan (Dr VELI»).
Genus Melanetta, Boie.
283. M. velvetina (Cass.). Velvet Duck. Winter visitant to Lake
Michigan (Dr. VELIr).
Genus Gdemia, Fleming.
284. GH. nigra (Linn.), var. Americana Swains. Black Scoter.
Winter visitant to Lake Michigan (Dr. VELir).
Genus Hrismatura, Bonaparte.
*285. H.rubida (Wils.). Ruddy Duck; Spine-tailed Duck. Resident.
Genus Mergus, Linnzeus.
Subgenus Mergus.
286. M. merganser Linn., var. Americanus Cass. Buff-breasted
Sheldrake. Winter sojourner.
287. M. serrator Linn. Red-breasted Sheldrake. Winter sojourner.
Subgenus Lophodytes, Reichenbach.
*288. M. cucullatus Linn. Hooded Sheldrake. Resident.
Order STEGANOPODES.
Family PELECANIDZ. The Pelicans.
Genus Perecanus, Linneeus.
289. P. erythrorhynchus Gmel. American White Pelican. Transient.
Family GRACULID&. The Cormorants.
Genus Graculus, Linneeus.
*290. G. dilophus Swains. a. var. dilophus Swains. Double-
crested Cormorant. 0b. var. Floridanus Aud. Florida Cormorant. The
var. dilophus winter sojourner; var. Floridanus summer visitant, proba-
dly breeding.
ascertained to occur in Illinois. 391
Family PLOTEID. The Anhingas.
Genus Plotus, Linnzeus.
291. P.anhinga Linn. Snake-bird; Darter. Summer sojourner in
extreme southern portion; rare summer visitant north to 38° 30/.
Order LON GIPRENN E:S:.
Family LARIDE.
Subfamily Larinw. The Gulls.
Genus Larus, Linneeus.
Subgenus Larus.
292. LZ. marinus Linn. Black-backed Gull. ‘Saddle Back.” Win-
ter visitant on Lake Michigan (Dr. VELIE).
293. L. argentatus Briinun., var. Smithsonianus Coues. Herring
Gull. Winter sojourner; occasional in summer?
294. L. Delawarensis Ord. Ring-billed Gull. Winter sojourner.
Subgenus Chroicocephalus, Eyton.
295. C. Philadelphia (Ord). Bonaparte’s Gull; Little Black-headed
Gull.
296. C. Franklinti (Rich.). Franklin’s Rosy-breasted Gull. Winter
visitant to northern portions.
297. C. atricilla (Linn.) Laughing Gull. Summer visitant.
Subfamily Srerninaz. The Terns.
Genus Sterna, Linnzeus.
Subgenus Thalasseus, Boie.
298. S. caspia Pall., var. imperator Coues. Caspian Tern. Win-
ter visitant to northern part.
299. S.regiaGamb. Royal Tern; Cayenne Tern. Summer visitant
throughout the state.
Subgenus Gelochelidon.
300. S. anglica Mont. (var. ‘‘aranea Wils.”). Marsh Tern. Sum-
mer visitant to Lake Michigan.
Subgenus Sterna, Linneus.
*301. S. hirundo Linn. Common Tern; Wilson’s Tern. Sum-
mer sojourner in northern portion.
*302. S. Forsteri Nutt. Forster’s Tern. Summer sojourner.
* 303. S. antillarum (Less.). Summer sojourner.
392
Catalogue of the Birds
- Subgenus Hydrochelidon, Boie.
*304. 8. fissipes Linn.
sojourner.
Black Tern;
Short-tailed Tern.
Order PYGOPODES.
Family COLYMBIDE.
The Loons.
Genus Colymbus, Linnzeus.
305. C. glacialis Linn.,
Diver; Loon.
306.
307.
Winter sojourner.
C. septentrionalis Linn.
rar. torquatus Briinn.
C. arcticus Linn. Black-throated Loon. Winter sojourner.
or
Summer
Great Northern
Red-throated Loon. Winter sojourner.
Family PODICIPIDAs. The Grebes.
308. P. griseigena (Bodd.), var. holbvlliReinh.
Winter sojourner.
*309. P. cristatus Linn.
Crested Grebe.
winter sojourner in southern, portion.
310. P. auritus (Gmel.), var. Californicus Lawr.
Grebe. Winter visitant.
Genus Podiceps, Latham.
Genus Podilymbus, Lesson.
*311. P.podiceps Linn.
dent.
Thick-billed Grebe; Carolina Grebe.
Red-necked Grebe.
Resident in northern, and
American Rared
Resi-
The following is the ratio of the number of species of each family rep-
resented in the avifauna of [llinois :—
36
OO Tih aerUtGle sh aordadHoncebanGaebcoocnn - 36
Be PAIN ALCL selene (elwleletn aletaialwte/olatalatalsys tere cversva 34
4. SColopacide....csecrece aisteterale felaciaieia 25
Ea ULC OTINCL cei ef cietele s)aierelotn’nlelsiaia/cisielereieieetan 20
(Oy db ICE Ihe orouGoosdS Mcielalaleiaiderelebieetelsye 13
Hi emPLGLEULCL ob ccvaterelaietalatstalsteiatalajayetaleletaiein elslelots 11
8. Strigida........0- eG{slajsin niSiplvtateto’elsletst - 10
Oe) liblringeligheVanaagdondosasacsonde to000%0C 9
10. Tyrannid2......... 9
1. Picid:... 9
ND ereAN CEL Cle nc eis afeistare’ale ntnlatolo)sim/alpia wraye 9
AU Se ER EL LIM CLO stoi stetatataielelstaleisie'elw s/eietalsmlcletalcieteinle 8
14, Vireonids...... AES DOOORAICNGO Gan tans 7
ES eeu Sl 0. Clivy W1CL oO seretaiatewiela/araters aletotelstalovaterete 6
MGR ELL TINCUNNG eo esa ciers(alelelare etalelaietarale doggaa” [e
1/4 Legvini@lh pep oroonnsoboououeaccodoconoue 5
HLSW CEE SANs 1 CLL Cle versteloluisla(eie)a(s(einialota/elulatareistelels 5
A OS AC OAV ILC Dale a)ee slclaleleie’a(stalate’ meraisisin rein farina ee
DOC PRA VOMLE seenlstale slalsisia’ slale siorctatatere seretetete 4
Dee EOC CEULG es reeialeralcielalnlerelatele\stelpiaistalatelolers 4
DAMS MLW Glee lolsisiorslelateieiciaisielciein’e'a'sieisie 3
23. Caprimulgide... 3
24. Phalaropodide.... 3
25. COLYMPIMB. oes cceccccccces 3
PS UAV AIC is aslo: sretcreiclelaishaleive Wnieialeiea binwllard
FMD CLIC sierotn’ ste ia/oialaleleteiataiplalsialols rele ens
ECTSUID EAU E2 wis ara'e siete etal nfornle/ sia ovurateretare silos
+ Cuculideesc...s aeaiaistalaleiiats Siatsiatelale aisle
. Columbide....... aietaleyereieis etstorate ataivintate
1 \CAGHARTIG Baye ara aelnssielatieseloheteina mateiate
. Recurvirostrida....... wiaveieceferstaniersratore
Se GATT 284: aGarc/n's eictetelctnreterersiatelsvetelo ate NODCIOC
i PLC OTUs a: <icralaigne clele] a efavel ans ateteineinicte 2
sy LPC ee eavaic)sietsieveleisevsin/etaleis letuiabevelaiareieta
>. Saxicolids#........ :
REL OCUOINTITG EO ssinis wictels's/aluielaiare Maleisictajatcietetalala
POMOtRCIILT Saye cicterctcicies sis cteale atelaie otetats'ate
Prpeek LHI GCL Ce erein cate luietefalelaiaieiterstaleistaleta eles
SPATS CAML Clcistetelaletaldly aletelalelajensiera/elelatetatere
. Cypselidx........ Slaiets efsialepatetstelerale's|ay .
Dap MAUTO CHUUTC Ee werdeltraretalereisteiotatale avatelearereretete
. Psittacide ss... < sleldiciela ulare ovareiereioie Beis
MPLCLO MOT Coe a raiele isi elalele ciel ibialaysinloteielalelete
Dea ANE 101 Chek < wire craletatelsietelersioterrerevona aiaista sia
), Haematopodide.............
Si CrP ACULINCLOS ste ete nicais ala’
8. Pelecanide. é
Cee) GLO SO le ninistalscaeinieis aletal a rata
: ascertained to occur tn Illinois. 393
During the breeding season the ratio stands as follows :—
1. Mniotiltidz.............. ripidinele sldeiaers PA 2Be CUCUIIG 26 hare aja «manininniolnoln s\alaieleiajsieisie(a'e 1, 2
Pe MDA SULT te eislsaleteis’s's)sic\sla'icie/ars s\o\e's foeee LO) 24. Columbid.......cccsese wlavcinleieleeialiee 2
oem ALC OMG Peitaraie fn lalais/sieieivierctalsyaieisiereveretele TA 20 Pail 20 sels eielsiniele'e ere aotsjafelsieiotetetestalceielaie 2
4. Icteride....... Bistarelelefeiaielsieve ooodoncote DP 26. POdCIpld Die << cic scccieccecnavisr cece eee
DULCE G ce ielelelelelaiela eiela)a/sleiets ayaiie.« ea\savaeislare 9) 27. Sylivildee.. .csecscccce eeccce ais ‘elslersinisfole 1
GAT AIL Cl Beiter a reinle:alelel slurs) tars’ stoiy os eochote piaYo!eiste 9/28. Saxicolida.........- L
eve SULLCN CS sio isin als sve 7 |/29. 1
8. Scolopacide... 7 | 30. 1
OL munky -sG5sndobo0s afslelolayelarnie/evefersistays Maltole 1
PLC) SOCEM EUI CS stoteroretersiotaleialstelelelasefeiaialeisieieie’e cleiay= 7 | 32. 1
Tk, MONGECIS EAS aR ASaagoosc Waujerleiente soeeeee 6/33. Cypselide..... ainejataiaiats sieiste eivister<leln s\eiu 1
AZ PED UI VINA CLT Cee) 0 ssralsteielatevsterciecleeisye(eieciciele (aii MiorolanhickGoAborocca oood piajerabevarehsiere 1
Gere Ley eVONT CdS /ereiels/o\oleielere aiste/sicleistale\sie/slere ve Gil SO sre ey SAD aI CTCCD vem)olctsleiore eve slatein|s/els(siteieieisjejsls 1
Ay UG PLO CLYIGLE ER ctats\aloiolersioiels/sistslaleleielalefeielels Di) | SOspi CUGEVEUUGLC cei ph ele aainicicte oleta einia’e ns: die/ktwlalele 1
ExeuMVAUE CONN CEO: crn ala ciel Lelstcisielere eieisisinicicieinicieis On Oiem WL ClE DN Cl erctstelorels ei sfa/eisisisioree cietanterarstete 1
GSE: ATG COs Sher.) Sctelatciosiole wseic AN BRS MCMC GIC 20 faisnlejela vlattla wiclereie'clcveivielaiele ice 1
pie Ibe WRG ES se Aone 4) 39.. Charadriide................ Onconmneo
18. Corvide....... 3/40. Phalaropodide...... ticle raleisicievateieiaiatcie]s 1
AOS SC Ap MINT Ossie sieic/eeleisie sisisiicieleielete Balle SO LC OMIT serene vieiere erase Sopdanocudon 1(?)
AUPE G LUA OMNI ee sete salele/eleisianeaiasianiacle/eteeiciels OB) |e Gclt CITC ele stelelelelsielelerele sjalpiatsiaieicceie(arelere
PANE IGEN ee Aeoonod boop AOCOU Reon nn oes DNAS WEL OGIO Bs v\cisieiseio ee one e ce piaterelelatctcieteteveters 1
22. Tanagridz .......-. ate snie etcldla eiejereieferatele 2
Total number of species known to breed within the limits of the State
of Illinois, 176.
The species in the following lists are to be looked for, and many of them
will no doubt be yet found to occur within the limits of the state.
a. Northern series.
-l. Turdus nevius. (lowa; ALLEN. East Pennsylvania; TuRNBULL.
Long Island; Lawrencr. New Jersey; Casor. East Massa-
chusetts; MAayNakD.)
2. Perisoreus Canadensis. (South Wisconsin; Hoy. Michigan; Fox.
Kast Pennsylvania; TURNBULL.)
8. Canace Canadensis. (Michigan; Fox.)
4. Somateria spectabilis. (Iowa; ALLEN. North Ohio; WuHraron.)
5. Larus leucopterus. (North Ohio; Wuraton.)
6. Larus glaucus. (Michigan; Fox.)
7. Rissa tridactyla. (North Ohio; Wueaton.)
8. Xema Sabinet.. (North Ohio; Wuraron. Salt Lake, Utah; ALLEN.)
9. Hydrochelidon leucoptera. (Lake Koskenong, Wisconsin; KUMLEIN.)
10. Sterna macroura. (North Ohio; WuraTon.)
ll. Sterna paradisea. (North Ohio; WHEATON.) #4
12. Nyctale Richardsonii. (lowa; ALLEN. South Wisconsin; Hoy.)
13. Anser Rossii.
b. Western series.
. Neocorys Spraguet,
Plectrophanes ornatus,
ee Maccowni, ) To be sought for on the large prairies.
Centrenyx Bairdit, i
. Coturniculus Lecontet.
Zonotrichia querula. (Common as far east as Lexington and Chilli-
cothe, Missouri; Hoy. Lowa; ALLEN and TrIPPr.)
394 Catalogue of the Birds of Illinois. ,
41.
42.
is
Sp
48.
Calamospiza bicolor. (West Missouri; Hoy.)
Hedymeles melanocephalus. (Michigan; Fox.)
Tyrannus verticalis. Iowa; ALLEN. New Jersey; TURNBULL.)
. Sayornis Sayus. (Michigan; Fox.)
Speotyto hypogea. (Breeds as far east as Fort Hays, Kansas;
ALLEN.)
Caprimulgus Nuttalli. (Breeds in eastern Kansas; ALLEN.)
Falco Richardsonii. (Kansas; Mus. Smirus. Inst. Michigan; Fox.
CNH CeSALON. »)
Archibuteo ferrugineus.
. Afgialitis montanus. (Kansas; ALLEN. Florida; Maynarp.)
Querquedula cyanoptera. (Florida; MayNnarp. Louisiana; PrLars.)
c. Southern series.
Sitta pusilla. North Ohio; Dr. Kirrtanp. Probably to be found
among the pines — Pinus mitis — of south Illinois.
. Helinaia Swainsoni, To be looked for in swampy portions of
. Helminthophaga Bachmani. ;
. Peucea Cassinii. (Kansas, breeding; ALLEN.)
. Milvulus tyrannus. (Henderson, Kentucky, and Mississippi; AuDUu-
the southern extremity of the state.
BON. New Jersey; AUDUBON and AUCT.)
. Milvulus forficatus. (Abundant as far north as Indian Territory.
Fort Leavenworth; Cougs. )
Perissoglossa carbonata. (Kentucky; AUDUBON.)
Dendroica Kirtlandii. (N. Ohio; Dr. KirrLanp. Bahamas; CaBort.)
. Buteo Harlani. (Louisiana; AUDUBON. Texas; Mus. Sirus. Inst.
Lawrence, Kansas, Oct., 1871; specimen in Kansas UNIVERSITY. )
. Ibisalba. (East Pennsylvania; TURNBULL. Salt Lake, Utah; ALLEN.)
. Demiegretta Ludoviciana. (Hast Pennsylvania; TURNBULL. South
Platte; ALLEN.)
Dendrocygna fulva. Texas and Louisiana; Dresser, Moore.)
. Erismatura dominica. (Wisconsin; Kumurrn. | Lake Champlain;
CABOT. )
Graculus Mexicanus. (Lawrence, Kansas, April 2, 1872; CoLu. UNIV.
Kansas. Undoubtedly to be found on the lower Wabash.)
Descriptions of New American Birds. 395
XXXIV.— Descriptions of Six supposed New Species of
American Birds.
By GEORGE N. LAWRENCE.
Read February 9, 1874,
i. Chiorospingus brummneus.
THE entire plumage is of a dark rusty-brown, brighter on the throat
and neck in front, and deeper in color on the back, rump and upper tail
coverts; the wing coverts have their margins just perceptibly brighter in
color; quills brownish-black, their outer webs narrowly edged with the
Same color as that of the back; under wing coverts brownish-ash; tail
purplish black; upper mandible blackish horn color, the under whitish;
tarsi and toes hazel-brown. Length (skin) 54 in.; wing 2 11-16; tail 23;
bill 7-16; tarsi 11-16.
Habitat.— Costa Rica, Volean de Irazu.
Remarks. —In its general dark brown plumage this
- species is unlike any members of the genus to which I have
assigned it.
Two species (sex not determined) are in a collection of
birds made in Costa Rica, in the spring of 1873, by Mr. J.
Zeledon, Zoologist under Prof. W. M. Gabb, Chief of the
Talamanca Costa Rica Exploring Expedition.
This collection was forwarded to the National Museum at
Washington, and has been placed in my hands for determina-
tion.
2. Chiorospingus axillaris,
Male. Upper part and sides of the head and the hind neck, olive-green,
back and rump of the same color, washed with yellowish-fulvous, having
a brighter appearance than the head; upper tail coverts glossy black ;
two middle tail feathers greenish-olive, the others brownish-olive, the
outer webs of all broadly margined with fulvous of the same color as
the back; wing coverts similar in color to the back, the larger ones
broadly edged with clear pale fulvous; quills of a rather light brown,
their outer margins of the same color as the back; under wing coverts
and inner margins of quills white, axillars pale yellow; entire under
plumage fulvous yellow, clearer in color on the abdomen and of a brighter
fulvous on the flanks and under tail coverts; bill whitish horn color,
brown at the base; tarsi and toes pale plumbeous. Length (skin) 5% in. ;
wing 24; tail 24; bill 4; tarsi §.
MARCH, 1874. 27 . Lyc. NAT. HIsT., Vol. x.
396 Description of Six supposed
Habitat.— Costa Rica, Volean de Irazu. Talamanca Ex-
pedition.
Remarks.— This specimen I judge to be immature, for
besides the black upper tail coverts, there are a few scattered -
black spots on the front and two on one side of the neck,
which would seem to indicate that it was undergoing a change
of plumage. At one time I thought it was perhaps the
young of the preceding species, but the tail coverts and
spots above spoken of, being black in color instead of brown,
do not favor such a supposition; in C. axillaris the wings
are shorter and the tail feathers narrower.
Further collections will soon be received from the expedi-
tion, when I hope to be enlightened by other examples.
3. Buarremonm atricapillus.
Entire head above, cheeks and hind neck deep black; back, upper tail
coverts, wing coverts and outer margins of quills, of a clear yellowish- .
green; bend of wing bright yellow; quills and tail feathers brownish-
black; throat, breast and abdomen pure white; sides cinereous tinged
with yellowish-green; under tail coverts dark ashy-brown, some of the
shorter feathers with white shaft stripes and edged with the same, the
longer coverts washed with greenish; bill black; tarsi and toes brownish-
black. Length (skin) 74 in.; wing 8%; tail 34; tarsi 1; bill from front
11-16; high at base §.
Habitat.— Thought to be from Bogota, and from the make-
up of the skin I think the supposition is correct.
Remarks.—The species is of about the size, and somewhat
resembles B. assimilis in coloring, but the upper plumage
has more of a yellow shade, and the under plumage is more
white, the ashy coloring not extending so much on the sides
of the breast and abdomen; the bill is higher and more
arched than in any of its allies, and it is distinguished from
all others of the genus, by its entirely black head and hind
neck.
4. Phonipara fumosa.
The entire plumage is of a fuliginous-black, inclining more to black on
the throat and breast; the outer webs of the quill feathers edged narrowly
New Species of American Birds. 397
with gray; the shafts of the tail feathers underneath are whitish; bill
black; tarsi and toes brown. Length (skin) 4% in.; Wing 2; tail 13;
tarsi 2.
Habitat.— Trinidad. Collected by Mr. A. H. Alexander.
Remarks.— This species differs from its congeners by its
general smoky coloring, all others of the genus are charac-
terized by a greater or less extent of olivaceous in their
plumage.
Dd. Cyamospiza rosite.
Adult male. Lores and capistrum black, upper part and sides of the
head, throat, entire plumage above, smaller wing coverts and rump, of a
fine azure blue, more intense on the head and throat, paler on the back
and rump; a white circle around the eye; chin grayish-white; breast and
upper part of abdomen of a fine rose red, but largely bordered with blue,
in a manner to make these parts appear as if mixed with red and blue;
lower part of abdomen and under tail coverts pale rose red, tinged with
pale blue; tibia dull blue; wings grayish-black, the larger coverts and
the quills bordered outwardly with bluish; the two middle tail feathers
entirely blue above, the others of an ashy-blue on the inner webs and
bluish exteriorly, there is a narrow border of whitish on the inner web
of these same tail feathers; the tail underneath is of a pale ashy-blue; the
shafts of the rectrices are black above and white below; iris brown;
upper mandible blackish, the under pale bluish; feet livid plumbeous.
“Longueur tot. 14 centimetres; aile 72 millimetres; queue 55 millim.;
bec (Je long de culmen) 11 millim.; tarse 15 millim.”
Habitat.— Mexico, Tehuantepec.
Remarks.—I have named this species after the wife of my
friend Prof. F. Sumichrast, and think it but a fitting compli-
ment that her name should be borne by so beautiful a bird.
In Feb., 1872, Prof. Sumichrast sent me the description
from which the above account is transcribed—writing that
he thought it a new species, and would send the specimen on
for my decision. Considering it to be new, I requested him
to do so, but no opportunity offered until April of last year ;
it was then sent, and also examples of the female and young,
afterwards obtained. They were enclosed in a box coming
for the Smithsonian Institution; unfortunately, up to this
time (Feb., 1874) no tidings of the box has been received.
398 Description of Six supposed
Under the circumstances, I concluded not to delay its pub-
lication any longer, as Prof. Sumichrast’s description taken
from the bird is very minute.
At some future time I hope to receive specimens and give
descriptions of the female and young, and on examination
should the male differ from the description given, in any im-
portant particular, to make it known.
It seems quite unlike any of the allied species in the hand-
some group to which it belongs. e
Prof. Sumichrast says, this pretty species equals, if it
does not surpass, by the elegance of its plumage, its con-
geners CU. ciris and C. leclancheri.
In a letter dated Nov., 1873, he writes, alluding to the
specimens forwarded (which he supposed I must have re-
ceived), that the species seemed very rare, as he had pro-
cured no more examples.
6. WThripadectes virgaticeps.
Front, crown, cheeks and hind neck blackish brown, the feathers of all
these parts with broad shaft stripes, those of the crown and hind neck
grayish-white, the others of a pale rufous; upper part of the back dull,
reddish-brown, the lower part of the back and rump deep bright cinna-
mon; tail brownish cinnamon; wing coverts and outer webs of quills
also cinnamon-brown, but of not so deep a color as the tail; the inner
webs of the quill feathers are dark brown, with their inner margins
broadly marked with pale cinnamon; under wing coverts bright cin-
namon; the feathers of the chin and upper part of the throat are red-
dish fulvous, with brownish-black margins; the under plumage is of a
rather dull cinnamon red, brownish on the lower part of the neck; bill
black, tarsi and toes dark brown. Length (skin) 84 in.; wing 44; tail 4;
bill 1; tarsi 1 3-16.
Habitat.— Ecuador, Quito.
Remarks.—This I consider to be a second species of Thri-
padectes, 7’. flammulatus (Eyton) having been the sole rep-
resentative of the genus heretofore. It is about the size of
that species, perhaps rather stouter in form, the bill very
decidedly longer and larger; the very distinct flammulations
New Species of American Birds. 399
over the entire body of 7. flammulatus will readily serve to
distinguish them.
Belonging to a family very difficult to investigate satisfac-
torily, and having an opportunity last summer to send it to
Mr. Sclater, I did so, asking his opinion; he wrote that it
was unknown to him, hence I have no hesitation in describ-
ing it as new.
INDEX.
[The names of new species are printed in Roman letters; synonymes and species to
which reference is made, are in Jtalics; names of sub-families, families, or higher
divisions, in SMALL CAPITALS. ]
Acanthistius, 45.
Acanthonyx Petiveri, 97.
Acanthophrys, 96.
ACANTHOPTERI, 30, 31.
ACANTHOPTERYGII, 30.
Achatina, 168.
Sasciata, 80.
virgined, 80.
Achatinella, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 337.
bulimoides, 331, 333.
Sulgens, 332.
Johnsoniti, 332, 333, 335, 336, 337.
livida, 332, 335, 336, 337.
lorata, 333.
marmorata, 33
2.
producta, 332, 333, 336, 337, 351.
rubens, 333.
splendida, 332.
Tappaniana, 332.
VATIA, 332, 335, 336, 337.
vulpina, 332.
Achelotis acuminatus, 112, 113.
anceps, 113.
Gibbesti, 111.
panamensis, 112.
transyersus, lll.
Acidops, 110.
fimbriatus, 111.
ACIPENSERIDI, 30.
Acrobasis rubrifasciella, 267.
Actaea Dovii, 104.
erosa, 104.
setigera, 104.
Actiturus, 384.
Bartramius, 384.
Actodromus, 384.
fBgialitis, 383.
hiatacula, 383.
melodus, 383.
montanus, 394.
vociferus, 383.
Hgiothus, 372.
canescens, 372.
linarius, 372.
Hpyornis, 141.
/Hsalon, 379.
AGELAINZ, 374.
Agelaius, 374.
phenicius, 374.
Aix, 389.
sponsa, 389.
ALAUDID2, 3874, 392, 393.
Alcadia, 316.
hirsuta, 187.
minima, 316.
ALCEDINID®, 376, 392, 393.
ALECTORIDES, 387.
Alphestes, 39, 45.
fa, 334.
decorticata, 332, 333.
luctuosa, 332, 333, 337.
Master si, 331, 332, 333, 337.
FEBRUARY, 1874.
27*
Amastra nigrolabris, 332, 333.
Ammodromus, 372.
Henslowt, 372.
passerinus, 372.
AMPELID®, 371, 392, 393.
AMPELINZ, 371.
Ampelis, 371.
cedrorum, 371,
garrulus, 371.
Amphibulima, 198, 199, 201, 202, 224, 343,
Selina, 204, 346.
pardalina, 201, 202, 224.
patula, 201, 202, 204, 223, 224,
225, 257, 344, 345.
rubescens, 345.
tigrina, 202.
Amphidesma, 197.
AMPHIOXIDI, 30.
AMPHIPHARYNGODONTES, 30.
ANACANTHINT, 30.
Anas, 388.
acuta, 389,
Americana, 389.
boschas, 388.
Carolinensis, 389.
clypeata, 389.
discors, 389.
obscura, 388.
penelope, 389.
streperus, 388.
ANATIDZ, 388, 392, 393.
ANATINA, 388.
Anorthura, 367.
ANSERINZA, 388.
Anser, 388.
albifrons, 388.
bernicla, 388.
Canadensis, 388.
cerulescens, 388.
hyperboreus, 388.
Rossii, 393.
Anthias, 66, 68.
Caballerote, 78.
sacer, 68.
ANTHINZ, 367.
Anthus, 367.
Inudovicianus, 367.
Apex, 333. 334.
pallida, 332, 333.
APODES, 30.
Apogon, 32.
Apoma, 24.
Aptenodytes Pennantii, 147.
Apteryx, 141.
Aquila, 381.
chrysoetus, 381.
Archibuteo, 381. :
JSerrugineus, 394.
lagopus, 381.
Ardea, 386.
cerulea, 148.
herodias, 386.
(401)
ANN. LYC. NAT. HIst., VOT .Exs
402 INDEX.
ARDEIDZ&, 386, 392, 393. Bulimella teniolata, 332.
Ardetta, 386. Buliminus, 349.
“ exilis, 386. Boe montanus, 349.
Argis lar, 120. Bulimulus, 80, 160, 163, 166, 167, 206, 209, 222,
Argyrops, 172. 225, 316, 317.
Ariolimax, 163, 294, 298, 299. alternatus, 80.
Californicus, 298, 299, 300. aureolus, 80.
Columbianus, 298, 300. aurisleporis, 80, 199, 206.
niger, 298, 301, 310.
Arion, 163, 294.
2 Andersonit, 297.
Soliolatus, 297.
ARIONIDA, 162, 164.
Arquatella, 384.
Ascidea intestinalis, 89.
Manhattensis, 83.
ASTACOIDEA, 123.
Astur, 380.
ATELEOCEPHALI, Poey, 30.
Attila cinnamomeus, 8.
citreopygius, 9.
sclateri, 9.
Auriculella, 334.
jucunda, 331, 332.
solida, 332.
solidissima, 331, 332.
Aylopon, 68.
Aythya, 389.
Baleniceps rex, 142, 149.
BALISTIDI, 30.
Baltimorite, 327.
Batissa, 191, 194, 195, 196.
Berendtia, 25.
Binneia, 163, 210, 224, 300.
Biotite, 330.
BLENNIDI, 30.
Bodianus, 48.
bodianus, 48.
melanoleucus, 44.
Bonasa, 382.
umbellus, 382.
Botaurus, 387.
lentiginosus, 387.
Bothrodendron, 275.
Botys, 258, 267.
ablutalis, 261.
alpinalis, 261.
Californicalis, 260.
fodinalis, 257, 263.
inquinitalis, 271.
mustelinalis, 262.
perrubralis, 264.
profundalis, 261.
semirubralis, 263.
subolivalis, 261.
unifascialis, 261.
Brachyotus, 378.
Brachyrhinus, 33, 34, 46.
furcifer, 34.
Brachyspira, 198, 202, 203, 224,
Branta, 388.
Buarremon atricapillus, 396.
assimilis, 396.
leucopterus, 139.
pallidinuchus, 189.
sordidus, 138.
Bubo, 379.
scandiaca, 379.
Virginianus, 379.
BuUBONINA, 378.
Bucephala, 389.
albeola, 389.
clangula, 389.
Bucholzite, 326.
Bulimella, 332, 334.
Bahamensis, 82.
dealbatus, 81.
Jonasi, 80.
laticinctus, 81, 82, 206.
membranaceus, 80.
pallidior, 80, 161.
papyraceus, 80, 199, 206.
sepulcralis, 317, 347.
sufiatus, 80.
Bulimus, 166.
aulacostylus, 222.
auris-silent, 222.
multifasciatus, 223.
Viequensis, 22.
Buteo, 381.
borealis, 381.
Harlani, 394.
lineatus, 381.
Pensylvanicus, 381.
Swainsonit, 381.
BUTEONIN2, 380.
Butorides, 386.
virescens, 386.
Calaclysta lemnalis, 265.
metalliferalis, 265.
Calamospiza bicolor, 394.
Calamus, 172, 173, 181.
Bajonado, 174, 176.
macrops, 176, 181.
megacephalus, 176, 178.
microps, 182.
orbitarius, 176, 179, 181, 182.
penna, 177, 178.
pennatula, 179, 180.
plumatella, 180, 181, 182.
Calappa convexa, 114.
Xantusiana, 114.
Calcium, 325, 330.
Calidris, 384.
arenaria, 384.
Callianassa grandimana, 122.
major, 122.
Callichirus, 122.
Callinectes, 111.
Callonia, 24.
E Wiotti, 24.
Canace Canadensis, 393.
Cancer Rumphii, 106.
setiferus, 133.
spinus, 126.
CANCROIDEA, 103.
Cantharina, 171.
CAPRIMULGID®, 376, 392, 393.
CAPRIMULGIN®, 376.
Caprimulgus, 376.
Carolinensis, 376.
Nuttalli, 394.
vociferus, 376.
Caprodon, 71.
Capsula, 197.
Caracolus, 169, 221.
CARANGIDA, 50.
Cardinalis, 374.
Virginianus, 374.
Carelia, 334.
CARIDEA, 123.
Carpilius cinctimanus, 108.
odacus, 371.
i ‘ purpureus, 371.
Casta, a sa
harista r
ae j atrata, 381.
CATHARTID®, 381, 392, 393.
Centronyx Bairdii, 393.
Centropomus, ee
ropristis, < “
sisi i aurorubens, 61.
merus, 34.
tabicarius, 52.
enturus, 378.
Cerrieaiog ciliatus, 111.
rthia, 366.
cone familiaris, 366.
CERTHIID®, 366, 392, 393.
Cervus Virginianus, 218, 219,
Yucatanensis, 218.
eryle, 376.
ery: alcyon, 376.
Cheetopterus, 120.
CHETURINA, 376.
Cheetura, 376. _
pelagica, 376.
CHARADRIDZ, 389, 392, 393,
Charadrius, 883.
ack aa helveticus, 383.
pluvialis, 383.
Chaulelasmus, 388.
Chen, 388.
Ce pu ies
J dius Floridanus, :
raisin occidentalis, pe
spingus brunneus, 395,
Fir sae axillaris, 395.
Chlorostilbon caribeus, 13.
atala, 14.
Chondestes, 372.
grammaca, 372.
Chondropoma, 316.
canescens, 316.
EUS 30.
hordeiles, 376.
me ‘ popetue, 376.
CHORIPHARYNGODONTES, 30, 31,
Chorististium, 72.
eae 72.
icocephalus, 391.
Ca ’ atricilla, 391.
Franklinii, 391.
Philadelphia, 391.
Chrysoblephus, 172.
Chrysomitris, 371.
pinus, 372.
tristis, 371.
Chrysophrys, 172, 173, 176.
calamus, 178.
CHRYSOTILE, 327.
CICONIID., 385, 392, 393,
Cionella, 163, 316.
Circus, 380.
cyaneus, 380.
Cistothorus, 367. :
equatorialis, 3.
palustris, 367.
stellaris, 3, 367.
Cistula, 316.
scabrosa, 316.
Clausilia, 220, 350.
CoccOTHRAUSTIN, 371,
Coccothraustes, 371.
vespertinus, 371.
GOSerGyN ey og:
Coccygus :
ieee Americanus, 377.
INDEX.
Coccygus erythrophthalmus, 377.
Colaptes, 378.
auratus, 378.
Collurio, 371.
borealis, 371.
LIudovicianus, 371.
COLUMB2, 382.
COLUMBID&, 382, 392, 393.
COLYMBIDZ, 392.
Colymbus, 392.
arcticus, 392.
glacialis, 392.
septentrionalis, 392.
Comptonia asplenifolia, 268.
Contopus, 376.
borealis, 376.
virens, 376.
Conuhis, 307, 316.
Gundlachi, 317.
Conurus, 878.
Carolinensis, 378.
holochlorus, 15.
Conus, 190.
Corbicula, 191, 193, 194, 195, 196.
consobrina, 196.
Japonica, 188.
CORBICULAD®, 188, 196,
CORVID2Z, 375, 392, 393.
CORVIN2&, 375.
Corvus, 375.
Americanus, 375.
corax, 375.
Coturniculus, 372.
Lecontei, 398.
Cotyle, 370.
riparia, 144, 155, 156, 157, 370.
Crangon lar, 125.
Cromileptes, 39.
Cryptodia granulata, 102.
Ctenopoma, 316.
CUCULID, 377, 392, 393.
Cupidonia, 382.
cupido, 382.
Cyanospiza rosite, 397.
ciris, 398.
leclancheri, 398.
Cyanura, 375.
P cristata, 375.
_| Cyanospiza, 373.
ciris, 374.
cyanea, 373.
CYCLADEA, 196, 197.
Cyclas, 196.
CYCLASID#,, 196.
CYCLOSTOMI, 30.
Cyclostomus, 316.
CYGNINA, 388.
Cygnus, 388.
Americanus, 388.
buccinator, 388.
Cylindrella, 24, 25, 27, 161, 163, 166, 167, 168,
206, 209, 222, 225, 316.
Agnesiana, 24.
Bahamensis, 24.
Brooksiana, 24.
costata, 24.
elongata, 24.
gracilis, 24, 27.
rosea, 80, 225.
sanguinea, 27. -
Trinitaria, 25.
CYLINDRELLIDS!, 24, 25, 160, 161.
Cynthia, 86.
CYPRINIDI, 30.
CYPSELID#, 376, 392, 393.
Cyrena, 196.
403
404
Cyrena antiqua, 188.
Carolinensis, 191, 195, 197.
cuneiformis,
188. ‘
Floridana, 191, 194, 195, 197.
oblonga, 189.
orientalis, 188.
placens, 189.
truncata, 188.
Cyrenella, 196.
CYRENID, 196.
Cyrenocapsa, 195, 196.
Dafila, 389. nie
Demiegretta Ludoviciana, 394.
Dendrocygna fulva, 394.
DENDROICA, 368.
Dendroica, 368.
cestiva, 144, 155, 156, 157, 368.
Blackburnie, 368.
castaneda, 368.
ceruleda, 368.
cerulescens, 368.
coronata, 368.
discolor, 369.
dominica, 368.
Kirtlandit, 394.
maculosa, 368.
palmarum, 369.
Pensylvanica, 368.
pinus, 368.
striata, 368.
virens, 368.
Dentellaria, 221, 301, 302.
DERMOPTERTI, 30.
Diacope, 63.
Dinornis, 141.
crassus, 145.
DIODONTIDI, 30.
Diplectrum, 34, 54.
radians, 34.
Diplodonta, 196.
Dolichonyx, 374.
oryzivorus, 374.
DoNACID2#&, 197.
Donax, 197.
Dryocopus, 377.
pileatus, 377.
Ebalia mammillosa, 116.
Ectopistes, 382.
migratoria, 382.
_ Elainea Macilvainii, 10.
placens, 10.
Blanus, 380.
leucurus, 380.
BELASMOBRANCHII, 30.
ELASMOGNATHA, 346.
Elastoma, 68, 70.
Empidonax, 376.
acadicus, 376.
Bairdii, 11.
flaviventris, 376.
fulvipectus, 11.
Hammondi, 11.
minimus, 376.
pusillus, 376.
Enneacentrus, 34, 39. 50, 51.
dubius, 51.
punctulatus, 34.
Epialtus, 98.
Epinephelus, 34, 38, 42, 46.
afer, 45.
Cubanus, 34.
flavolimbatus, 34.
impetiginosus, 34.
limbatus, 34.
INDEX.
Epinephelus lunulatus, 34.
morio, 34, 51.
niveatus, 34, 43.
striatus, 34.
Eremophila, 374.
alpestris, 374.
Ereunetes, 384.
pusilla, 384.
Erinna, 349.
Newcombi, 349.
Erismatura, 390.
dominica, 394.
rubida, 390.
Eromene bella, 264.
Californicalis, 264.
Etelis, 59, 66, 67, 70.
carbunculus, 68.
oculatus, 59.
Eucalodium, 24, 25.
Eudorea? albisinuatella, 271.
Budorea centuriella, 271.
frigidella, 271.
Eugenes fulgens, 140.
spectabilis, 140.
Eupleurodon, 98.
trifurcatus, 98.
Eurytus, 222.
Euspiza, 373.
Americana, 373.
FALCONID®, 379, 392, 393.
FALCONINZ, 379.
Falco, 379.
columbarius, 379.
communis, 379.
lanarius, 379.
Richardsonit, 394.
sparvertus, 379.
Falcinellus, 386.
Fischeria, 196.
Florida, 386.
Fragilia, 197.
FRINGILLID®, 371, 392, 393.
FULICIN®, 387.
Fulica, 387.
Americana, 387.
Fuligula, 389.
Americana, 389.
collaris, 389.
marila, 389.
Vallisneria, 389.
Fulix, 389.
GADIDI, 30. ;
Gweotis, 252, 253, 255, 257, 342, 345.
Galatea, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197.
Galeoscoptes, 365.
Carolinensis, 365.
GALLIN2, 382.
Gallinago, 383.
gallinaria, 383.
Gallinula, 387.
chloropus, 387.
martinica, 387.
GALLINULIN 2, 387.
GANOIDEI, 30.
GARRULINZ, 375.
Garzetta, 386.
ceerulea, 386.
candidissima, 386.
Gelochelidon, 391.
Genyroge, 63.
Geomalacus, 294, 308.
maculosus, 308, 309.
GEOPHILA, 162.
: GEOTHLYPEZ, 369.
INDEX.
Geothlypis, 369.
Glandina, 159, 162, 317, 338.
ligulata, 162.
monilifera, 162.
Glauconome, 189.
Glypturus, 120.
acanthochirus, 121.
Gnidon, 31.
GOBIDI, 30.
GOBIOSOMI, 30.
Gonidomus, 222.
GONIOGNATHA, 80, 166, 168.
Gonioplectrus, 35, 45, 57, 58.
hispanus, 35.
Gonospira, 222.
patlanga, 159, 222.
GRACULID®, 390, 392, 393.
Graculus, 390.
dilophus, 390.
Mexicanus, 394.
Gramma, 33, 74.
Loreto, 75.
Grammateus, 172, 176, 182.
humilis, 182, 183.
medius, 183.
GRUID&, 387, 392, 393.
Grus, 387.
Americanus, 387.
Canadensis, 387.
Grystes, 32.
Guiraca, 373.
cerulea, 373.
GYMNODONTI, 30.
H2MATOPODID, 383.
Hemophila Sumichrasti, 6.
melanotis, 6.
Haliaétus, 381.
leucocephalus, 381.
Halimus, 96.
Haliperca, 33, 34, 52, 54.
bivittata, 34, 54.
Suscula, 34.
Jacome, 34.
Phebe, 34.
prestigiator, 34.
Harelda, 390.
glacialis, 390.
Harporhyxrchus, 365.
Graysoni, 1.
rufus, 365.
Hedymeles, 373.
Ludovicianus, 373.
melanocephalus, 394.
HELICACEA, 169.
HELICEA, 220, 221, 255.
HELICID&, 25, 160, 161, 162, 164, 167, 169,
220, 225, 333, 342.
Helicina, 316.
Sasciata, 223. i
Gloynei, 186.
HELICIN#, 163, 165, 171, 200, 201, 206, 224,
255, 309, 333, 335, 340, 346.
Helicterella, 334.
Helinaia Swainsoni, 394.
Helisiga, 199.
Helix, 80, 162, 163, 166.
algira, 165.
alternata, 80.
appressa, 312.
asteriscus, 80.
Berlandieriana, 363.
Bermudensis, 221.
candidissima, 220.
circumfirmata, 221.
Columbiana, 304, 310.
405
Helix dentiens, 303.
dentifera, 362.
divesta, 362.
Edvardsi, 362.
gallopavonis, 342.
germana, 304, 310.
graminicola, 342.
Hemphilli, 80.
meequalis, 159, 162.
Isabella, 303.
invalida, 306.
inversicolor, 169.
Jayana, 219.
Jejuna, 363.
Josephine, 306.
labyrinthica, 80.
leucostyla, 169.
lychnuchus, 301, 302, 305, 311.
militaris, 169, 170.
minutissima, 306, 308.
Mobiliana, 362, 363.
muscarum, 80, 254, 255, 341.
orbiculata, 303.
pachygastra, 305.
perplexa, 221, 303.
Phenix, 80.
picta, 341, 342, 351.
provisoria, 317, 347.
pygmed, 306, 307, 308.
Remeri, 362.
rufozonata, 169.
Schrammi, 22, 23.
striatella, 80.
sulphurosa, 341.
Troscheli, 342, 343.
turbiniformis, 79, 81, 82, 206.
uvulifera, 339.
varians, 342.
versicolor, 342.
Wetherbyi, 361.
Helmitherus, 368.
vermivorus, 368.
Helminthophaga, 368.
Bachman, 394.
celata, 368.
chrysoptera, 368.
peregrina, 368.
pinus, 368.
rujicapilla, 368.
Hemitrochus, 342.
Hemphillia, 208, 209, 210, 300.
glandulosa, 208, 209, 210, 211.
Herbstia, 93.
condyliata, 93.
depressa, 93.
Edwardsii, 93.
parvifrons, 93, 94.
pubescens, 92.
pyriformis, 93.
Herbstiella, 93.
camptacantha, 94, 95.
depressa, 93.
tumida, 95.
Herodias, 386.
alba, 386.
HERODIONES, 385.
Hesperanthias, 68,
Hesperiphona, 371. °
Heterocrypta, 102. Z
granulata, 108.
macrobrachia, 103.
HETEROSOMI, 30.
Hierofalco, 379.
Himantopus, 385.
nigricollis, 385.
HIPPOCAMPIDI, 30.
406
HIPPOIDEA, 120.
Hippolysmata Californica, 123.
Hippolyte Pabricii, 126.
Gaimardii, 126.
Sayi, 125.
palpator, 125.
Phippsii, 125.
picta, 125.
pusiola, 127.
sitcheensis, 125.
Sowerbei, 126.
spina, 126.
spinus, 126.
vibrans, 125.
Wurdemanni, 124.
HIRUNDINIDA, 370, 392, 393.
Hirundo, 370.
lunifrons, 144, 155, 156, 157.
horreorum, 370.
Histrionicus, 390.
torquatus, 390.
HOLOCEPHALLT, 30.
Holospira, 25, 161, 162, 163.
Goldfassi, 162.
Roémeri, 162.
HOLOSTEI, 30.
Hyalimax, 209, 210.
Hyalina, 163, 164, 253.
Baudoni, 159.
capsella, 164.
cellaria, 164.
demissa, 164,
Suliginosa, 164.
indentata, 164.
inornata, 164.
interna, 165.
intertexta, 164.
laevigata, 164.
lasmodon, 164.
ligera, 164.
minulissima, 307.
multidentala, 164.
nitida, 164.
olivetorum, 164.
suppressa, 164.
turbiniformis, 254.
Hylocichla, 365.
Hylotomus, 377.
HYPEROARTII, 30.
HYPEROTRETI, 30.
HYPOPLECTRINI, 33.
Hypoplectrodes, 45.
Hypoplectrus, 33, 35, 45, 55, 78.
aberrans, 35, 78.
accensus, 35.
affinis, 35.
bovinus, 35.
gummigutta, 35.
guttavarius, 35, 78.
tndigo, 35.
maculiferus, 35, 78.
nigricans, 35.
pinnavarius, 35.
puella, 35, 73.
vitulinus, 35.
Hypothrodus, 44.
flavicauda, 44.
HYPOTREMI, 30.
IBIDIDZ, 386, 392.
IBIDINZ, 386.
This, 386.
alba, 394.
Saicinellus, 386.
Icteria, 369.
virens, 369.
INDEX.
ICTERIA, 369.
ICTERID, 374, 392, 393.
ICTERIN2. 375.
Icterus, 375.
Baltimore, 375.
formosus, 184.
gularis, 185.
mentalis, 185.
pustulatus, 185.
Sclateri, 185.
spurius, 375.
Ictinia, 380.
Mississippiensis, 380.
Iphigenia, 196, 197.
Jefferisite, 327, 328.
JUGULATI, 30.
Junco, 373.
hyemalis, 373.
Kemmererite, 327.
Labiella, 334.
Labrus Anthias, 68.
rufus, 48.
Lelaps, 145.
Lagopus, 382.
albus, 382.
Lambrus depressiusculus, 101.
excavatus, 98.
hyponcus, 98.
LAMELLIROSTRES, 888.
Laminella, 333, 334, 335, 336.
decorticata, 336.
luctuosa, 335, 336.
Mastersi, 335, 336, 337, 351.
picta, 331, 333, 335, 3836.
LANIID, 371, 392, 393.
LARID&, 391, 392, 393.
LARIN#, 891.
Larus, 391.
argentatus, 391.
Delawarensis, 391.
glaucus, 393.
leucopterus, 393.
marinus, 391.
Lates, 31.
Leander pandaliformis, 130.
LEMNISCATI, 80.
Lepidodendron, 275.
LEPIDOSIRENID®, 30.
LEPIDOSTEIDI, 30.
Leptachatina, 333, 334, 335, 336.
Leptachatina dimidiata, 332, 333.
grana, 331, 333, 336.
nitida, 331, 333, 336, 351.
Leptinaria, 316.
LEPTOCARDII, 30.
LEPTOCEPHALT, 30.
Leptomerus, 316...
sepulcralis, 317.
Leptoptila bonapartii, 15.
albifrons, 16.
brachyptera, 16.
plumbeiceps, 16.
rufaxilla, 16.
Leptosiphon, 195, 196.
Lethrinus, 172.
Leucochila, 316, 317.
Sallax, 318.
pellucida, 318.
Leucochroa, 220, 221, 303.
Boissieri, 220, 303.
candidissima, 303.
LEUCOSOIDEA, 114.
Lia, 24.
|
7
INDEX.
Lia Blandiana, 25.
flexuosa, 25.
Gossei, 25.
macrostoma, 25.
maugert, 25.
Paivana, 25.
tricolor, 25.
virgined, 25.
zebrina, 25.
Liguus, 163, 168, 254, 252, 342.
asciatus, 254.
Limax, 159, 163, 294, 299.
Hewstont, 349.
maximus, 159.
LIMICOLZ, 383.
Limnza, 256, 349.
LIMN IDA, 349.
Limosa, 385.
fedoa, 385.
Hudsonica 385.
Liochila, 341.
Jamaicensis, 341.
Liomera cinctimana, 103.
lata, 104.
Lioperca, 34, 40, 42.
inermis, 34, 43.
Liopropoma, 72, 73.
aberrans, 72.
Liostracus, 316.
Lithadia Cumingit, 116.
pontifera, 115.
Lithium, 326, 327, 328, 329.
Lithognathus, 172.
Lithotis rupicola, 346.
tumida, 346.
Lobipes, 385.
hyperboreus, 385.
Wilsonti, 385.
LONGIPENNES, 391.
LOpHIDI, 30.
LOPHOBRANCHII, 30.
Lophodytes, 390.
Lophophanes, 366.
bicolor, 366.
Loxia, 372.
curvirostra, 372.
leucoptera, 372.
Lucina, 196.
Lupea anceps, 113.
Duchassagni, 113.
Lutianus Lutianus, 62.
LUTJANINA, 60, 63, 70.
LUTJANINI, 33, 50, 58, 70, 74.
Lutjanus, 59, 62.
analis, 59.
Aubrieti, 59.
Buccanella, 59.
Caballerote, 59, 75, 76, 77, 78.
Campechianus, 59.
Caxis, 59, 63, 75, 76, 77.
Cubera, 59, 75, 76, 77.
cynodon, 75.
Jocu, 59, 75, 76.
Ojanco, 59, 64.
profundus, 59.
Tosaceus, 59.
Macroceramus, 25, 26, 27, 160, 162, 163, 166,
206, 225, 316, 322.
Gossei, 160, 162, 168, 317, 322.
Gundlachi, 322.
microdon, 322.
signatus, 322.
turricula, 22.
Macrocyclis, 159, 163, 305,
Baudoni, 305.
407
Macrops, 68.
Macrorhamphus, 383.
griseus, 383.
MALACANTHIDI, 30.
MALACOPTERT, 30.
MALACOPTERYGII, 30.
Mammaria, 84, 85, 86, 87.
Mareca, 389.
Margarodite, 329.
Melanerpes, 378.
Carolinus, 378.
erythrocephalus, 378.
Melanetta, 390.
velvetina, 390.
Melaniella, 316, 318.
gracillima,
MELEAGRINZ®, 382, 392, 393.
Meleagris, 382.
gallopavo, 382.
Melospiza, 373.
Lincolnii, 373.
melodia, 373.
palustris, 373.
Menephorus, 34, 50.
dubius, 34.
Menippe nodifrons, 106.
Rumphii, 106.
Mentiperca, 33, 34, 54.
luciopercana, 34.
Mergus, 390.
cucullatus, 390.
merganser, 390.
serrator, 390.
Mesembrinus, 316.
Mesodesma, 197.
Mesodon, 304, 362.
Mesoprion, 59, 63.
Caxis, 63.
chrysurus, 60.
cynodon, 75, 77, 78.
grisseus, 75.
Lutjanus, 62.
vorax, 66.
Metograpsus dubius, 113.
gracilis, 113.
Mica, 326.
Micropalama, 383.
himantopus, 383.
Micropanope caribbza, 108.
cristimana, 107.
latimana, 107.
Microphysa, 81, 221, 316.
Boothiana, 31T.
vortex, 317.
Milvulus tyrannus, 394.
Sorficatus, 394.
MIMIN2, 365.
Mimus, 365.
longicaudatus, 138.
nigriloris, 137.
polyglottus, 2, 365.
theuca, 138.
Mniotilta, 367.
varia, 367.
MNIOTILTEZ, 367.
MNIOTILTIDA, 367, 392, 393.
Molgula Manhattensis, 83, 86, 87, 91.
Molothrus, 374.
pecoris, 144, 156, 157, 374.
Monrolite, 326.
MOTACILLID2, 367, 392.
MURZNIDZ, 30
Muscovite, 326, 329.
Mychostoma, 24.
4
Myelois albiplagiatella, 269.
408
Myelois convolutella, 269.
grossularic, 269.
Myiarchus, 375.
crinitus, 375.
Myiodioctus, 369.
Canadensis, 369.
mitratus, 369.
pusillus, 369.
MYXINID&, 30.
Nandopsis tetracanthus, 30.
Nanina, 169, 170, 210.
cabias, 169.
Chamissoit, 338, 351.
Nauclerus, 380.
Sorficatus, 380.
Nectocrangon lar, 125.
NEMATOGNATHI, 30.
Neocoryx Spraguei, 393.
Nephopteryx latifasciatella, 269.
i Edmandsii, 270.
roseatella, 270.
Neritura, 349.
Nettion, 389.
Newcombia, 333, 334, 335, 336.
picta, 336, 351.
Nisus, 380.
. Cooperi, 380.
Suscus, 380.
palumbarius, 380.
Nomophila noctwella, 258, 260.
Notolopas, 96.
lamellatus, 97.
Numenius, 385.
borealis, 385.
Hudsonicus, 385.
longirostris, 385.
Nyctale, 378.
acadica, 378.
Richardsonii, 393.
Nyctea, 379.
Nyctiardea, 386.
grisea, 386.
Nyctherodias, 386.
violaceus, 386.
Ocyurus, 59, 60.
ambiguus, 59.
aurovittatus, 59.
chrysurus, 59.
lutjanoides, 59.
OCYPODOIDEA, 113.
ODONTOGNATHA, 253.
Gdemia, 390.
nigra, 390.
OLEACINID, 160.
Oleacina, 317.
solidula, 318, 347.
? Oligoclase-felsite, 328.
Omalonyx, 198, 199, 202, 203, 205, 224, 343, 344,
appendiculata, 199.
depressa, 199.
Selina, 204, 346.
pardalina, 204.
unguis, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,
204, 206, 209, 344.
Onchidella, 341.
Onchidium, 159, 339, 340, 351.
Schrammi, 339.
Opeas, 316.
octonoides, 317.
subula, 317.
OPHIDIDI, 30.
Oporornis, 369.
Oreophorus, 117.
nodosus, 119.
INDEX.
ORTHALICEA, 119.
ORTHALICIN®, 160, 168, 166, 168, 307.
Orthalicus, 80, 163, 168, 254, 255, 317, 342.
undatus, 254, 318.
zebra, 254.
ORTYGINA, 382.
Ortyx, 382.
Virginianus, 382.
Osachila acuta, 114.
tuberosa, 114.
Otina, 349.
Otus, 378.
brachyotus, 378.
vulgaris, 378.
Oxyechus, 383.
Pachygrapsus gracilis, 113.
innotatus, 114.
socius, 114.
transversus, 113.
Pagellus, 172.
calamus, 173, 178.
caninus, 176.
humilis, 182.
microps, 182.
orbitarius, 179.
penna, 176.
Pagrina, 170, 171.
Pagrus, 172.
Palzxmonetes, 128.
carolinus, 129.
exilipes, 130.
vulgaris, 129.
Palzmonopsis, 128.
carolinus, 129. ‘
exilipes, 130.
vulgaris, 129.
Pallifera, 300.
Pandalus, annulicornis, 128.
borealis, 128.
Gurneyi, 128.
Pandion, 380.
halietus, 380.
Panopeus planissimus, 108.
Paranthias, 46.
PARIDA, 366, 392, 393.
PARIN2, 366.
Parmacella, 253.
palliolum, 253.
Parthenope, 98.
Partula, 334.
Partulina, 332, 333, 334. 335.
bulimoides, 335, 336.
eburned, 331, 332, 336, 337.
pallida, 336, 337.
plumbea, 331, 332.
teniolata, 336, 337.
Parula, 368.
Americana, 368.
insularis, 4.
pitiayumi, 5.
Parus, 366.
atricapillus, 366.
Carolinensis, 366.
Passerculus, 372.
savanna, 372.
Passerella, 373.
iliaca, 373.
PASSERES, 365.
Patula, 163, 167.
alternata, 167.
asteriscus, 167.
PEDICULATI, 30.
Pediocaétes, 382.
phasianellus, 382.
PELECANIDA, 390, 392.
ae
Pelecanus, 390.
erythrorhynchus, 390.
Pelecychilus, 222.
Pelidna, 384.
Pellicula, 205, 207, 209, 348.
convexa, Mart., 203, 205, 207, 211,
344.
depressa, 204, 205, 207, 210, 344.
Pempelia fenestrella, 259, 260.
Jusca, 271.
grossularic, 269.
leoninella, 259.
Ovalis, 269.
palumbella, 259.
Penzus brasiliensis, 132, 134.
caramote, 133.
carinatus, 135.
constrictus, 135.
Jluviatalis, 133.
pubescens, 133.
semisulcatus, 135.
setiferus, 133, 184, 185.
Penninite, 327.
Pentaceros, 32.
Perca aberrans, 73.
atraria, 52.
guttata, 48.
punctulata, 50.
PERCID%, 30, 31, 35, 48, 55, 61, 73, 74.
PERCINA, 72, 73.
PERDICID®, 382, 392, 393.
Perisoreus Canadensis, 393.
Perissoglossa carbonata, 394.
Peronia, 341.
Petenia, 162.
Petrochelidon, 370.
lunifrons, 370.
Petrolisthes erismerus, 119.
rupicola, 119.
PETROMYZONTIDI, 30.
Peuceza, 373.
estivalis, 373.
Cassinti, 394.
PHALAROPODID 2, 385, 392, 393.
Phalaropus, 385.
Phallusia mammillata, 88.
PHARYNGOGNATHI, 30.
PHASIANID/, 382.
Philohela, 383.
minor, 383.
Phonipara fumosa, 396.
PHYCID#, 267.
PHYLLOVORA, 159, 160.
Physa, 255.
ampullacea, 256.
striata, 256.
Pica, 375.
caudata, 375.
PICARIA, 376.
PICIDZ, 877, 392, 393.
PICINA, 377.
Picoides, 377.
arcticus, 377.
Picus, 377.
pubescens, 377.
villosus, 377.
Pilumnus ceratopus, 109.
depressus, 109.
marginatus, 109.
Xantusii, 109.
Pimelepterina, 171.
Pineria, 22, 23, 168.
Beathiana, 22.
Schrammi, 23, 80.
terebra, 22, 23.
Viequensis, 22, 23, 25, 26.
INDEX.
Pinicola, 371.
enucleator, 371.
Pinnixa chetopterana, 120.
Pipilo, 374.
arcticus, 8.
carmani, 7.
erythrophthalmus, 7, 374.
Pisidium, 196.
Plagioptycha, 316, 318.
Albersiana, 817, 318.
disculus, 317, 318.
PLAGIOSTOMI, 30.
Planesticus, 365.
Planorbis, 256.
Platyinius, 59, 66, 70.
vorax, 59.
PLECTOGNATHI, Cuyv., 30.
Plectrophanes, 372.
Lapponicus, 372.
Maccowni, 393.
nivalis, 372.
ornatus, 393.
picts 372.
Plectropoma chloropterum, 45, 57.
hispanum, 57.
nigro-rubrum, 45, 57.
puella, 55.
serratum, 45, 57.
Susukt, 57.
Plectropomus, 44.
Plethodon erythronotus, 150.
PLEURONECTIDI, 30.
PLEUROTREM1, 30.
PLOTEIDZ, 391, 392, 393.
Plotus, 391.
anhinga, 391.
Podiceps, 392.
auritus, 392.
cristatus, 392.
griseigena, 392.
PODICIPIDA, 392, 393.
Podilymbus, 392.
podieeps, 392.
Padonema vestita, 97.
Pogonopereca, 33.
Polioptila, 366.
cerulea, 366.
POLIOPTILINA, 366.
Polygyra, 316, 318.
microdonta, 317.
Polymita, 318, 341, 342.
varians, 317.
Polyonyx macrocheles, 120.
POMACENTRIDT, 380..
Pompholyx, 350.
Poocaétes, 372.
gramineus, 372.
Porcellana machrocheles, 120.
PORCELLANOIDEA, 119.
Porphyrio, 387.
Potassium, 326, 328, 329, 330.
Porzana, 387.
Carolina, 387.
Jamaicensis, 387.
Noveboracensis, 387.
Pretometopon, 34, 39, 48.
apiarius, 34.
guttatus, 34.
Prionodes, 33.
Progne, 370.
subis, 370.
Promicrops, 34, 42.
Guasa, 34, 43.
Prophysaon, 293, 296.
Hemphilli, 295, 297, 810.
Prospinus, 34, 44, 45, 46.
409
410
Prospinus chloropterus, 34, 39.
Protonotaria, 367.
citrea, 367.
PROTOPTERI, 80.
Psammobia, 197.
Pseudocarcinus Rumphii, 106.
PSITTACI, 378.
PSITTACID, 378, 392, 393.
PTEROPHORID 2, 258, 265.
Pterophorus cervinidactylus, 266.
cinereidactylus, 266.
osteodactylus, 266.
pergracilidactylus, 265.
pterodactylus, 266, 267.
sulphureodactylus, 266.
Pugettia, 96.
PULMONATA, 337.
Punctum, 163, 168, 307, 308.
minutissimum, 306, 307.
; pygmeum, 308.
Pupa, 163, 220, 317, 350.
Jallax, 348.
palanga, 222.
sulcata, 222.
PUPIN®#, 162.
PYGOPODES, 392.
PYRALIDA, 257, 267, 270.
Pyralis farinalis, 265.
Pyranga, 371.
estiva, 371.
rubra, 371.
Querquedula, 389.
cyanoptera, 394.
QUISCALIN#, 375.
Quiscalus, 375.
versicolor, 144, 155, 156, 157, 375.
RAJIDA, 30.
RALLID2&, 387, 392, 393.
RALLINZ, 387.
Rallus, 387.
crassirostris, 19, 20.
crepitans, 19, 20.
elegans, 20, 387.
longtrostris, 19.
Virginianus, 387-
RAPTORES, 378.
Recurvirostra, 385.
Americana, 385.
RECURVIROSTRID&, 385, 392.
REGULINA, 366.
Regulus, 366.
calendula, 366.
satrapa, 366.
Remipes barbadensis, 120.
Rhea Darwinii, 145.
Rhinogryphus, 881.
aura, 381.
Rhodia, 93.
pyriformis, 93.
Rhodonyx, 345.
Rhomboplites, 59, 61.
elegans, 59, 62.
Rhyacophilus, 384.
Rhynchocylus parvulus, 124.
Rhypticus, 32.
Ripidolite, 327, 328.
Rissa trydactyla, 393.
Sagda, 219.
connectens, 219.
Haldemaniana, 219.
Jayana, 219.
Salamandra maculosa, 150, 151.
Sanguinolaria, 197.
INDEX.
Sargina, 170.
SARGINI, 171.
Sayornis, 376.
JSuscus, 376.
Sayus, 394.
SAXICOLIDZ, 365, 392, 393.
Scapolite, 329.
SCARIDI, 30.
Schasicheila, 187, 316.
._Bahamensis, 316.
minuscula, 316.
Schistorus, 34, 43, 45.
mystacinus, 34, 43.
SCLERODERMI, 30.
Scolecophagus, 375.
cyanocephalus, 375,
Serrugineus, 375.
SCOLOPACIDA, 383, 392, 393.
Scrobicularia, 197.
Scyllarus nodifer, 123.
Selurus, 369.
agilis, 369.
aurocapillus, 369.
Sormosus, 369.
Ludovicianus, 369.
Noveboracensis, 369.
Philadelphia, 369.
trichas, 369.
SERRANINA, 35, 38, 40, 46, 48, 50.
SERRANINI, 33, 34, 53, 55.
Serranus, 35, 38.
bivittatus, 52.
cardinalis, 35.
coronatus, 48.
creolus, 46.
fascicularis, 54.
gigas, 39.
Guasa, 42.
inermis, 40.
luciopercanus, 54.
mystacinus, 43.
occulatus, 68.
Ouatalibt, 50.
Phoabe, 52.
Serpophaga cinerea, 139, 140.
grisea, 139.
SETOPHAGZ, 369.
Setophaga, 369.
ruticilla, 369.
Sialia, 365.
sialis, 144, 155, 156, 157.
Sicyonia brevirostris, 132.
carinata, 132.
cristata, 132.
laevigata, 131.
Sigillaria, 275.
Sillimanite, 326.
SILURIDI, 30.
Simpulopsis, 198, 199, 200, 201, 206, 210.
Chiapensis, 200.
Cordovana, 200.
corrugatus, 200.
Portoricensis, 343.
Salleana, 200.
sulculosa, 199, 206, 210, 343.
INDEX.
Sitta, 366.
Carolinensis, 366.
Canadensis, 366.
pusilla, 394.
SITTIN A, 366.
Sodium, 325, 330.
Solenolambrus arcuatus, 101.
typicus, 101, 102.
Somateria spectabilis, 393.
SPARIDI, 170, 171.
SPARINI, 171.
SPAROIDA, 59.
Sparus, 170, 172, 175.
aurata, 172.
Bajonado, 176, 178.
calamus, 178.
orbitarius, 179.
Spatula, 389.
Spelzophorus nodosus, 119.
Speotyto hypogaea, 394.
Spherodon, 172.
SPHYRAENIDA, 30.
Sphyropicus, 377.
varius, 377.
Spizella, 373.
monticola, 373.
pallida, 373.
pusilla, 373.
socialis, 144, 151, 153, 154. 156, 373.
SPIZINZ®, 373.
SQUALIDI, 30.
Squatarola, 383.
Squilla barbadensis ovalis, 120.
STEGANOPODES, 390.
Steganopus, 385.
Stelgidopteryx, 370.
serripennis, 370.
Stenogyra, 163, 169, 316, 317, 350.
decollata, 159.
Stenopteryx hybridalis, 260.
Stenotrema, 304.
Stenopus, 338.
Sterna, 391.
anglica, 391.
antillarum, 391.
caspia, 391.
Jissipes, 392.
Forsteri, 391.
hirundo, 391.
macroura, 393.
paradised, 393.
regia, 391.
STERNINZ#, 391.
Strepsilas, 383.
interpres, 383.
STRIGIDZ, 378, 392, 393.
STRIGINA, 378.
Strix, 378.
ammea, 378.
Strophia, 317, 318, 322.
Cumingiana, 318.
cyclostoma, 318.
decumana, 348.
incana, 318.
iostoma, 318.
marmorata, 318.
microstoma, 322.
mumia, 318, 348.
striatella, 322.
Sturnella, 374.
magna, 374.
neglecta, 374.
Stylodon, 169.
SUBACANTHOPTERI, 30.
Subulina, 316.
octona, 317.
411
Succinea, 163/88) 199, 201, 202, 224, 317, 343,
appendiculata, 198, 199, 204, 205,
206, 209, 210, 225, 254, 343.
canella, 338.
depressa, 204, 205, 206, 207, 348.
luteola, 318.
ovalis, 200.
patula, 223.
rupicola, 346.
tigrina, 202,
tumida, 346.
SUCCININA, 163, 169, 198, 199. 200, 201, 205,
223, 224.
Surnia, 379.
ulula, 379.
SYLVIIDA, 366, 392, 393.
SYMPHARYNGODONTES, 30.
Symphemia, 384.
semipalmata, 384.
Synallaxis guianensis, 186.
maculata, 186.
Syndesmya, 197.
Syrnium, 379.
cinereum, 379.
nebulosum, 379.
Tachycineta, 370.
bicolor, 370.
Tachytriorchis, 381.
TANAGRID®, 371, 392, 393.
Tantalus, 385.
loculator, 385.
Tebennophorns, 255, 300.
TELEOCEPHALT, 30, 31.
TELEOSTEI, 30.
Tellina, 197.
TELLINID#, 197.
Telmatodytes, 367.
TETRAONIDA, 382, 392, 393.
Thalasseus, 391.
THALASSINOIDEA, 120.
Thanmasia, 24, 27.
Thelidomus, 316, 318, 341.
provisoria, 317.
Thripadectes virgaticeps, 398.
jflammulatus, 398.
Thryomanes, 367.
Thryothorus, 366.
Bewickii, 367.
Ludovicianus, 366.
Tinnunculus, 379.
Todirostrum superciliaris, 9.
schistaceiceps, 10.
Totanus, 384.
chloropus, 384.
Jlavipes, 384.
melanoleucus, 384.
Trachelia, 24.
Tringa, 384.
alpina, 384.
Bairdii, 384.
Bonapartei, 384.
canuta, 384.
maculata, 384.
maritima, 384.
minutilla, 384.
Tringoides, 384.
hypoleucus, 384.
macularius, 144, 155, 156.
Trisotropis, 34, 35, 39, 42, 50.
Aguaji, 34.
Bonaci, 34.
brunneus, 34.
calliurus, 34.
camelopardalis, 34.
412
Trisotropis Cardinalis, 34.
chlorostomus, 34.
dimidiatus, 34.
Salcatus, 34, 36, 51.
guttatus, 3A.
interstitialis, 34.
petrosus, 34.
tigris, 34.
Trochatella, 316.
rupestris, 316.
Trochilus, 377.
colubris, 377.
TROCHILIDA, 377, 392, 393.
TROCHOLIN®, 377.
Troglodytes, 367.
edon, 367.
inquietus, 4.
insularis, 3.
parvulus, 367.
TROGLODYTID®, 366, 392, 393.
Trogon eximius, 11.
venustus, 13.
viridis, 11, 12, 13.
Tropidinius, 59, 65.
Arnillo, 59, 65.
Tryngites, 385.
ruUfescens, 385.
TURDIDZ, 365, 392, 393.
TURDINA, 365.
Turdus, 365.
Alicic, 365.
Suscescens, 144, 154, 155, 156, 157, 365.
migratorius, 155, 365.
mustellinus, 365.
naevius, 393.
Paitlasii, 365.
Swainsoni, 365.
Tyche lamellifrons, 97.
TYRANNIDZ, 375, 392, 393.
TYRANNINZ, 375.
Tyrannus, 375. [875.
Carolinensis, 144, 155, 156, 157,
verticalis, 394.
Ublias, 117.
ellipticus, 117, 118.
limbatus, 118.
Ungulina, 196.
UNGULINID&, 196.
Velorita, 196.
Verilus, 59. 70.
sordidus, 59, 70.
Vermiculite, 327.
VERMIVORA, 159, 160.
VERMIVORA, 367.
Veronicella, 159, 300, 340.
occidentalis, 339.
INDEX.
Vertigo, 163.
Virbius acuminatus, 127.
pleuracanthus, 127.
Vireo, 370.
agilis, 21.
Belli, 370.
calidris, 21.
Jlavifrons, 370.
gilvus, 370.
Noveboracensis, 370.
olivaceus, 21, 370.
Philadelphicus, 370.
solitaria, 370.
VIREONID, 370, 392, 393.
Vireosylvia, 370.
magister, 20.
Vitrina, 159, 163, 252, 253, 340.
limpida, 159.
Sumichrasti, 200.
VITRINEA, 169, 220, 221.
VITRININ#, 163, 167, 170, 340.
Vitrinoconus, 338.
Wernerite, 329.
Wollastonite, 327.
Worthite, 326.
Xantho planissima, 108.
vermiculata, 104.
Xanthocephalus, 374.
icterocephalus, 374.
Xanthodes insculpta, 105.
granosimanus, 105.
Xantusii, 105.
Xanthonyx, 200, 201, 210, 224.
Cordovanus, 201.
Salleanus, 201.
Sumichrasti, 200, 201.
Xema Sabinei, 393.
Xenolite, 326.
Zenaidura, 382.
Carolinensis, 18, 382.
graysoni, 17, 18.
Yucatanensis, 18.
Zonites, 159, 163, 164, 165, 220, 252, 253, 391,
302, 316, 317, 340. :
cellarius, 159.
chersinus, 159.
demissus, 165.
Elliotti, 165.
Sulvus, 338.
gularis, 164.
Gundlachi, 338.
kopnodes, 164.
nitidus, 165.
sculptilis, 164.
ae
eye |
pe bien
ri
Di
st Ae
Ann. Lyc.Nat.Hist. N.Y. Volaxnee lees
Mag. Nat.
GRAMMA LORETO. Poey.
34 Mag. Nat.
HypopLectrus MAcULIFERUS. Poey.
PR
<a ED
7
y
pe if
i
.
‘
cher
gin Te
ok! |
ae
ANNGOR LY GC, OF UNATAIS TONY
om
o
fo}
VG Se PEATE IV!
ANN
BiGiIN BS) OF (Biles
A-Trochsler &Co,Lith Boston
NNALS of LYC. of NAT. HIST. N.Y.
A
qe :
Lu
Ss
ft
=
a
2
=
oO
=
OF BIRDS
S
MORSE ON THE TARGAL AND CARPAL BONE
A-Trochsler & Co. Lith Boston
‘Edward 5. Morse Delet Lith.
CARPAL 23
TEVA SBROMNS
rh ths
* VOI AS Plate NV,
<
mee
=
WW)
25
i
at
ae
Ge
°
o
md
a
3
w)
a
a. §
Zz
2
<
MORSE ON THE TARSAL ANDBBARPAL BONES OF BIRDS
Fdward 5. Morse Delet Lith.
|
og
=a
&
= :
1. CALAMUS BAJONADO, coc Bloch .
%2 Mas Nat.
2. CALAMUS ORBITARIUS. Prey.
+3 Mas. Nat.
wath “rcspog ty BOL th?
+
*
* tte Dah
VoL X. Pl Vil
An, Lye Nat Hist NY
ee
3. CALAMUS MACROPS. Focy
Mag. Nat
4 GRAMMATEUS MEDIUS. Zoey.
% Mag-Nat.
Ann. of Lyc. of Nat.Hist NY. Vole PL Ise
Ann. of Lyc. Wat Hist of NY. Vol Xx. PLXa
#
ry
ALE
Maikehs
\ Of,
NOE, LLESEOK AF
LMM.OF Lore
(Omi or
nLonp
Cadiz
ISON
O.
°
New Athens
Londonderry
Winchester
°
bh RNSEY
a
yar
iddletown
1
S
Salesville
The double dotted line shows western and northern boundary of the Pittsburg Coal .
:
\Sewelsville
Barnesville
way Gly OF THE UPPER COAL MEASURES IN OHIO,
O\ESy pt A
}
> ~ WEES
°
St Clairsville
LMONT
Guo,
(BE
Bellaive
c.0: fo
JMLAOP
TO SHOW LIMITS
NORTH FROM CENTRAL OHTO RR.
=
Bridgeport fi
;
el
—__—____/
f - Ps
}
A IIENS
JAButtaras Lath
es bier i=
i =
Anmob liye. Nat. Hist. of NY Vol Oe ray.
W.G.B. del
Vol_X. PLXVI.
Ann .of hive. Nat. bist,or NUYE
W.G.B. de/
Lyéeum of Natural History
IN THE
r
Chey ,OF NEW, YORK.
[Zrcorporated by Act of the Legislature of the State of
New York, Passed April 20, 7878.)
Believing that a general knowledge of the contents of the volumes
published by the LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY will be advan-
tageous to scientists and bring about a wider circulation of the publica-
tions, the following summary has been prepared.
The Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York
are in 8vo form and contain many plates and woodcuts. The first eight
volumes cover the years 1823 to 1867 as follows:
Volume I.— With 29 Plates and 410 pages, 1823-1825,
II.— With 6 Plates and 480 pages, 1826-1827.
IiIl.— With 6 Plates and 448 pages, 1828-1836.
IV.— With 18 Plates and 519 pages, 1836-1848.
V.— With 6 Plates and 567 pages, 1848-1852.
VI.— With 9 Plates and 443 pages, 1853-1858.
VII. — With 6 Plates and 514 pages, 1858-1862.
VIII. — With 17 Plates and 505 pages, 1863-1867.
These eight volumes contain many valuable papers, including the de-
scriptions of hundreds of new species of animals, plants, etc. The
papers may be grouped as follows: —
2
On GEOLOGY, by Smith (S.), Stevens, Julien. ON PALHONTOLOGY, by Cooper (W.),
Cozzens, DeKay, Hitchcock (C. H.), Mitchell, Renwick, Redfield. ON MINERALOGY,
by Dana, Delafield, James, Bailey (S. C. H.), Joy, Renwick, Torrey, Totten, Thomson.
On BorTany, by Torrey, Cooper (Wm.), Gray, Darlington, Harley, Dana, LeConte,
Madianna, DeSchweinitz, Croom. ON MAMMALIA, by Cooper (Wm.), Cozzens, DeKay,
King, Ludlow, LeConte. ON Brrps, by Audubon, Bonaparte, DeWitt Clinton, Jones,
Gundlach, Ward, Baird, Bell, Giraud, Lawrence. ON REPTILES, by LeConte, Smith,
Troost. ON FISHES, by DeWitt Clinton, Mitchell, DeKay, Poey, Breyoort, Suckley,
Tellkampf, Gill. ON INSECTS, by LeConte (J.), LeConte (J. C.), Greene, Grote, Robin-
son, Hill, Matthews. ON CRUSTACEANS, by LeConte, Gill, Stimpson. ON ANNELIDES,
by Agassiz. ON MOLLUSKS, by Barnes, DeKay, Jay, Redfield, Fairbank, Gill, Gulick,
Haines, Newcomb, Cooper (J. G.), Shuttleworth, Adams, Chitty, Prime, Anthony,
Bland, Rowell, Smith (S.), Hubbard, Krebs, Morse. ON RADIATES, by Agassiz, Ed-
wards. ON Microscopy, by Edwards. ON METEOROLOGY, by Morris.
€
The following is a list of the contents in full of Volume IX, with 2
plates and 426 pages, 1868 to 1870.
By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. Note on Loyén’s Article on “ Leskia mirabilis, Gray.”
By W. G. BINNEY and THOMAS BLAND. Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca.
By THOMAS BLAND. Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca, with Descriptions of New
Species; Additional Notes on the Geographical Distribution of Land Shells in
the West Indies.
By H.C. Boiron. Index to the Literature of Uranium.
By A. D. BRown. Note on’ Bulimus ciliatus, Gould.
By W. H. Dawu. On the Genus Pompholyx and its Allies, with a revision of the Lim-
neide of Authors (Plate IT).
By A.M. EpWwArps. Results of a Microscopical Examination of Specimens of Sand
obtained from an Artesian Well.
By H. ENDEMANN and O. LoEw. On the Earth contained in the Zircons of North
Carolina.
By GEORGE N. LAWRENCE. A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica; List of
a Collection of Birds from Northern Yucatan; Catalogue of Birds from Puna
Island, Gulf of Guayaquil, in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, col-
lected by J. F. Reeve; Characters of some new South American Birds, with
Notes on other rare or little known Species.
By O. Lorw. On a New Product obtained by the Decomposition of Trichlormethyl-
sulphonbromide; On the Number of Isomeric Bodies.
By J.S. NEWBERRY. Notes on the Later Extinct Floras of North America, with Des-
criptions of some New Species of Fossil Plants from the Cretaceous and Tertiary
Strata; On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the Great Lakes, and the Valley
of the Mississippi.
By FELIPE Pony. Review of the Fish of Cuba belonging to the Genus Trisotropis,
with an Introductory Note by J. Carson Brevoort; Note on the Hermaphroditism
of Fish; New Species of Cuban Fish.
By TEMPLE PRIME. On the names applied to Pisidium, a genus of Corbiculada ; List
of the Species of Mollusca found in the vicinity of North Conway, New Hamp-
shire; Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculade, with Figures.
By COLEMAN T. ROBINSON. Lepidopterological Miscellanies (Plate I).
By PAUL SCHWEITZER. On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid; its history, its modes of sep-
aration from sesquioxyds, principally from Sesquioxyd of Iron, and its estimation.
3
By SANDERSON SMITH and TEMPLE PRIME. Report on the Mollusca of Long Island,
N. Y., and of its Dependencies.
By THeEo. A. TELLKAMPF. Note respecting the Eyes of Amblyopsis spelzus.
By E. G. Squier. Observations on a Collection of Chalchihuitls from Central America.
The current volume, Vol. X, 1871 to 1873, contains to date, 330 pages
and 14 plates, and will be completed in the present year. The following
is a list of the articles as far as printed : —
By GEO. N. LAWRENCE. Descriptions of New Species of Birds from Mexico, Central
America, and South America; with a Note on Rallus longirostris.
By THOMAS BLAND and W. G. BINNEY. Notes on the Genus Pineria and on the Lin-
gual dentition of Pineria Viequensis, Pfr.
By FELIPE Pony. Genres des Poissons de la Faune de Cuba, appartenant a la Famille
Percidex, avec une Note d@’ introduction par J. Carson Brevoort. (Plate I.)
By THOMAS BLAND and W. G. BINNEY. On the Lingual Dentition of Helix turbin-
iformis, Pfr., and other species of Terrestrial Mollusca. (Plate I1.)
By THEO. A. TELLKAMPF. Notes on the Ascidea Manhattensis, DeKay, and on the
Mammaria Manhattensis. (Plate III.)
By WILLIAM STIMPSON. Notes on North American Crustacea, in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution. (No. III.)
By Gro. N. LAWRENCE. Descriptions of three New Species of American Birds, with
a Note on Eugenes spectabilis.
By EDWARD S. MorSE. On the Tarsus and Carpus of Birds. (With Plates IV and V.)
By THOMAS BLAND and W. G. BINNEY. On the Systematic Arrangement of North
American Terrestrial Mollusks.
By FELIPE Pory. Monographie des Poissons de Cuba compris dans la sous-famille
des Sparini. (With Plates VI and VII.)
By Gro. N. LAWRENCE. Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Genera Icterus
and Synallaxis.
By THOS. BLAND. Description of a New Species of Mollusk of the Genus Helicina.
By TEMPLE PRIME. Notes on Specimens of Corbiculade in the Cabinet of the Jardin
des Plantes at Paris, and on the authorship of the Encyclopédie Méthodique.
By P. FiscHer. Note sur!’ Anatomie des Cyrenes Américaines. (Plate VIII.)
By Tos. BLAND and W. G. BINNEY. On the Relations of Certain Genera of Terres-
trial Mollusca of, or related to the Sub-family Succinine, with Notes on the Lin-
gual Dentition of Succinea appendiculata, Pfr. (Plate IX, in part.)
By THOS. BLAND and W. G. Binney. Description of Hemphillia, a New Genus of
Terrestrial Mollusks. (Plate LX.)
By Professor BENJAMIN N. MARTIN. Essay upon a Necessary Limitation of the Doc-
trine of the Unity of the General Forces of Nature.
By W. J. Hayes. Description of a Species of Cervus. (Plate X.)
By THOMAS BLAND and W. G. Binney. On the Lingual Dentition of Certa.n Terres-
trial Pulmonata Foreign to the United States. i
By JNO. J. STEVENSON. The Upper Coal Measures West of the Alleghany Mountains.
(Plate XII.)
By THOMAS BLAND and W.G. BINNEY. On the Lingual Dentition of Geeotis. (With
plate XI in part).
4
*
By THOMAS BLAND and W.G. BINNEY. Note on a curious form of Lingual Dentition
in Physa. (With plate XI.)
By A.S. PACKARD, Jr. Catalogue of the Pyralide of California, with descriptions of
new Californian Pterophoridz.
By A.S. PACKARD, Jr. Notes on some Pyralide from New England, with Remarks on
the Labrador Species of this Family.
By JNO. J. STEVENSON. Notes on the Coals of the Kanawha Valley, West Virginia.
By Louis ELSBERG. On the Subdivisions of Science and their Classification.
By THOMAS BLAND and W. G. BINNEY. On Prophysaon, a new Pulmonate Mollusk,
on Ariolimax, on Helix lychnuchus and other species. (With Plates XIII and
XIV.)
By THOMAS BLAND. On the Physical Geography of, and the distribution of the Ter-
restrial Mollusca in, the Bahama Islands.
By ALBERT R. LEEDS. Spectroscopic Examination of Silicates.
Vol. XI and following Volumes will be printed in parts of not less than
32 pages (with or without plates) each, at the rate of four parts a year.
Yearly Subscriptions $2.00, Payable in Advance.
Complete Sets of the Annals (9 Vols.) can be had for - $34.00
Single Volumes, Plates uncolored, - - - - - - - 4.00
or with many of the Plates colored, - - - - 5.00
Single Parts of Volumes 9 and 10 and of future Volumes (each), 60
Some single Parts of previous volumes can also be had at same price.
THOMAS BLAND,
Chairman of the Publication Committee.
JOHN H. HINTON, M.D.,
Treasurer,
21 West 32d Street.
Special Agents for the Lyceum.
NATURALISTS’ AGENCY,
Salem, Mass.
“4
t
Sige hui
hu.
mee Neg q
gee et
Dew.
ne ea! 20)
Tar No
<a, tain SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO
> Pues »
: ’ 3 9088 0
j\ My i wi ¥; ‘ NY VIO MIMI AA y
Wuvi uy UYU oy
W
Wei
Viv
WW
Wi
Spek
iW
SS
vine
ve
vu
UW
>> >> Dm D> J
Uw
ee
TITUTION LIBRARIES
1276 3561
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11